

Chapter 01: Rotational Dynamics

01
a

Rotational Dynamics

Hints

14. In U.C.M., direction of velocity and acceleration

Classical Thinking change from point to point.
4. For a seconds hand of a watch, T = 60 s 16. While moving along a circle, the body has a
constant tendency to regain its natural straight
ω = 2π = 2π = π rad/s line path.
T 60 30
This tendency gives rise to a force called
5. For earth, T = 24 hr = 24 × 3600 = 86400 s centrifugal force. The centrifugal force does not
2π 2π 2π act on the body in motion, the only force acting
ω= = rad/hr = rad/s on the body in motion is centripetal force. The
T 24 86400
centrifugal force acts on the source of
6. For minute hand, TM = 60 × 60 s; for hour hand, centripetal force to displace it radially outward
TH = 12 × 3600 s from centre of the path.
ωM TH 12 × 3600 1 17. In circular motion,
∴ = = =12 : 1 ….[ ω ∝ ]
ω H TM 60 × 60 T Centripetal force ⊥ Displacement
∴ work done is zero.
100
7. n = 100 r.p.m. = r.p.s.
60
18. L = Iω. In U.C.M.,
2π × 100 ω = constant
ω = 2πn = = 10.47 rad/s
60 ∴ L = constant
8. n = 3.5 r.p.s. 20. In uniform circular motion, acceleration is
ω = 2πn = 2 × π × 3.5 = 7π caused due to change in direction and is directed
= 7 × 3.14 ≈ 22 rad/s radially towards centre.
9. Using, ω = 2πn 24. At each point on circular path, the magnitude of
∴ 125 = 2πn velocity remains the same for any value of θ.

∴ n = 125 25. The particle performing circular motion

2π flies-off tangentially.
∴ n ≈ 20 Hz 2
34. p = mv; F = mv
dω r
10. α= = 0 ….( ω = constant)
dt F mv 2 1 v
∴ = × =
p r mv r
11. Using,
α = ω-ω0 = 2π(n − n 0 ) 35. F=
mv 2
t t r
2 × 3.14 × (350 − 0) 1
= ≈ 10 rad/s2 If m and v are constants, then F ∝
220 r
12. C = 2πr F1 r 
∴ =  2
C F2  r1 
∴ r=
2π 2
36. Using, F = mv
∴ v = r(2πn) = C × 2π × f = fC ….[ ω = 2πn] r
2π
r = mv = 10×(5) = 250 = 2 m
2 2
∴
13. Using, v = rω = 0.2 × 10 m/s = 2 m/s F 125 125

1
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

2 68. M.I. depends on the distribution of mass about
37. Breaking tension T = mv
r the axis of rotation. Also, M.I. is proportional to
Where, r = length of the string the mass.
Tr 77. Through bending, weight of opponent is made
∴ v2 =
m to act through the hip of the judo fighter to make
∴ v2 = 50×1 its torque zero.
1 2
1 2 1  2π  2Iπ2
∴ v = 5 2 m/s 78. K.Erot = Iω = I   = 2
2 2  T  T
3000 ⇒ K.E.rot ∝ T −2
38. f = 300 r.p.m. = r.p.s;
60
3000 1 2
θ = ωt = 2π × × 1 = 100 π rad 79. E= Iω
60 2
2E 2×9
47. Centripetal acceleration, ∴ ω= = = 3 rad/s
I 2
acp = ω2r = g l sin θ = g tanθ
l cos θ 1
80. E= Iω2
= 10 × tan 60° = 17.3 m/s2 2
2E 2 × 360
48. Using, ∴ I= 2 = = 9= 0.8 kg m2
ω (30) 2
mrω2 = T and ω = 2πn
n= 1 T 81. MK2 = I
= 2Hz
2π mr ∴ MK2 = MR2 ⇒ K2 = R2
i.e. K is independent of M.
2
49. Using, Fs = mv
r 5MR 2 2 5R2 5R
86. Idisc = = MK2 ⇒ K = ⇒K=
4 4 2
v2 = Fs r = 10 ×210 = 104
5
∴
m 10 90. Ix = Iy = I
∴ v = 100 m/s According to principle of perpendicular axes,
Ix + Iy = Iz
50. v = 36 km/h = 10 m/s
∴ Iz = 2I z
Using,
y
mv 2 500 × 100
∴ F= = = 1000 N
r 50
o x
55. For looping the loop, minimum velocity at the
highest point should be gl .

57. Thrust at the lowest point of concave bridge

mv 2 MR 2
= mg + 91. IC =
r 2
2
MR 2 R
mv 2 ∴ I0 = + M  
58. N = mg cos θ − , θ = angle with vertical. 2 2
R
As vehicle descends, angle increases, its cosine MR 2 MR 2
= +
decreases, hence N decreases. 2 4
2
3MR
61. v1 = rg =
4
v2 = 5rg = 5 × rg = 5 × v1
MR 2
2 92. For a solid cylinder, M. I. about axis =
65. Moment of Inertia of a given body is I = MR 2
Thus, M.I. of a body depends on position of the ∴ According to the theorem of parallel axes,
axis of rotation and hence is not constant. MR 2
M. I. about line of contact = + MR2
66. As axis of rotation changes, distribution of mass 2
about the axis of rotation is changed. = 3 MR2
I = MR2 ⇒ ‘I’ will change. 2

2
 

Chapter 01: Rotational Dynamics

94. M.I. of a rod about an axis passing through its 120. P = τ.ω
ML2 ∴ τ = P = 50 W ≈ 0.42 Nm
edge and perpendicular to the rod =
3 ω 120 rad / s
( )
2
ML 2
ML 2 ×1× 3
2
∴ Ix = + = = 2 kg m2 121. P = τω = 60 × 2π × 25 = 3000 π W
3 3 3

95. L = Iω Critical Thinking

[L] = [I] [ω] = [M1L2T0] [M0L0T−1]
= [M1L2T−1] 1. In non-uniform circular motion, particle
possesses both centripetal as well as tangential
100. Unit of angular momentum, L = kg m2 / s accelerations.
2 s
= kg m
s s 2. Frequency of wheel, n = 300 = 5 r.p.s.
2
60
= kg m s = J-s Angle described by wheel in one rotation
s2 = 2π rad.
2 Therefore, angle described by wheel in 1 sec
101. Angular momentum L = Iω = Ml .ω θ = 2π × 5 radians = 10 π rad
3

105. τ = I α = kg m s = [M L T ]2 −2 1 2 –2 3. n = 2000, distance = 9500 m

Distance covered in ‘n’ revolutions = n(2πr)
108. τ = Iα = MK2α = nπD
109. τ = Iα = 2.5 × 18 = 45 Nm ∴ 2000πD = 9500
9500
110. τ = Iα ∴ D= = 1.5 m
2000 × π
∴ α = τ = 500 = 5 4. Period of second hand = Ts = 60 s and
I 100
ω Period of minute hand = Tm = 60 × 60 = 3600 s
∴ α= ⇒ ω = α.t = 5 × 2 = 10 rad/s 2π 2π
t Angular speed of second hand ωs = =
Ts 60
111. I = τ = 2000 = 100 kg m2 Angular speed of minute hand ωm = 2π = 2π
α 20 Tm 3600

113. τ = dL = 4L − 0 = L ∴ ωs = 2π × 3600 = 60 : 1
dt 4 ωm 60 2π

1  K2  5. For minute hand, T = 60 min = 60 × 60 s

116. Etotal = mv2 1 + 2 
2  R 
Angular speed, ω = 2π = 2π
rad/s
1 2 T 60×60
= × 10 × 25 × 10−4 × 1 + 
2  5 π 180
= × = 0.1
= 0.0175 J = 175 × 10−4 J 1800 π
o
180
117. For solid sphere, K = 2 ….[ 1 rad = ]
2

π
R2 5
2gh 2gh 6. TE = 24 hr, TH = 12 hr
∴ v= = ωE 2π / TE TH 12 1
K2 2
1+ 2 1+ ∴ = = = =
R 5 ωH 2π / TH TE 24 2

v= 10gh = 10 × 9.8 × 0.6 =

∴ 8.4 ≈ 2.9 m/s angle described 2π
7 7 7. ω= = = π rad/s
time taken 2
118. For a ring,
8. n1 = 600 r.p.m., n2 = 1200 r.p.m.,
a= gsin θ = gsin θ Using,
1+1
 K2  Increment in angular velocity, ω = 2π(n2 − n1)
1 + 2 
 R  ω = 2π(1200 − 600) rad/min
= (2π × 600)/60 rad/s
∴ a = gsin θ = gsin 30° = g
2 2 4 ω = 20π rad/s
3
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

9. n = 540 = 9 r.p.s., ω = 2πn = 18π rad/s 18. Speed of C1 = ωR1 = 2π R1

60 T
Angular acceleration Speed of C2 = ωR2 = 2π R2
= Gain in angular velocity = 18 π = 3π rad s–2 T
time 6 Speed of C1 = 2πR1 / T = R1
∴
Speed of C 2 2πR 2 / T R2
10. Using, α = dω
dt
19. r = 0.25 m, n = 15 r.p.m. = 15 r.p.s.
∴ α = 15π-10π = 5π = 2.5 π rad/s2 60
4-2 2
ω = 2πn = 2×π×15 = π rad/s
210 60 2
11. n1 = 0, n2 = 210 r.p.m. = r.p.s.
60 v = rω = 0.25 × π = π m/s
 210  2 8
dω = 2π(n2 − n1) = 2π  − 0  = 7 π rad/s
 60 
20. T = 20 = 1 = 0.5 s
α = dω = 2π×210 = 4.4 rad/s2 40 2
dt 60×5 ω= 2π = 2π = 4π rad/s
T 0.5
12. Using,
Let r = 50 cm = 0.5 m
θ = 2t + 3t2
v = rω = 0.5 × 4π = 2π m/s
∴ ω = dθ = 2 + 6t
dt 21. v = rω
α= dω = 6 rad/s2 v
dt
∴ ω= = constant [As v and r are constant]
r
13. v = r.ω 22. T1 = T2 ⇒ ω 1 = ω 2
where r is distance from axis of rotation. v v
At the north-pole, r = 0 ⇒ v = 0 ω= ⇒ = constant
r r
14. A particle will describe a circular path if the angle v1 v 2 v r R
∴ = ⇒ 1= 1=
→ → r1 r2 v 2 r2 r
between velocity, v and acceleration a is 90°.
23. For seconds hand, T = 60 s,
n
15. Frequency = r.p.s., t = 1 min = 60 s r = 3 cm = 3 × 10−2 m
60
2π 2π
Angular velocity, ω = 2π n ω= = = 0.1047 rad/s
T 60
60
and v = ωr = 0.1047 × 3 × 10−2 = 0.00314 m/s
Linear velocity, v = ωr = 2πn × π = 2π n cm/s
2
∴
60 60 600
24. n = 600 r.p.m. = r.p.s. = 10 r.p.s.
60
16. Using,
2π 2 × 3.14
v = rω = r × 2πn
v = rω = r × = 60 × = 6.28 mm/s = 10 × 2 × 3.142 × 10
T 60
= 628.4 cm/s.
∆v = 6.28 2 mm/s ≈ 8.88 mm/s
25. Using,
17. Angular velocity of particle P
v = rω = 0.5 × 70 = 35 m/s
about point A,
v v 26. T = 24 hr, r = 6400 km
ωA= =
rAB 2r v = ωr = 2π × r = 2π ×6400 = 2 × 3.14 × 6400
Angular velocity of particle P T 24 24
about point C, v ≈ 1675 km/hr
v v
ωC= = ˆi ˆj kˆ
rBC r → → →
27. v = ω × r = 3 −4 1 = −18iˆ − 13jˆ + 2kˆ
ωA v r
= × 5 −6 6
ωC 2r v
ωA 1 d 2θ
= 28. Angular acceleration = = 2θ2
ωC 2 dt 2

4
 

Chapter 01: Rotational Dynamics

Total time 140s
29. No. of revolutions = = 1200
Time period 40s 36. n2 = 1200 r.p.m. = = 20 r.p.s.
60
= 3.5 Rev.
600
So, distance = 3.5 × 2πR = 3.5 × 2π × 10 n1 = 600 r.p.m. = = 10 r.p.s., t = 5 s
60
≈ 220 m
2 π ( n 2 − n1 ) 2π ( 20 −10 )
30. Refer Shortcut 1 α = ω2 -ω1 = =
t t 5
In 15 seconds hand rotates through 90°
20π 2
→
θ = = 4π rad/s
Change in velocity ∆ v = 2v sin   5
2
 90°  θ = ω1t + 1 α t2 = 20π × 5 + 1 × 4π × 25
= 2(rω) sin   → 2 2
 2  v2 →
v1 = 100 π + 50 π = 150 π
2π 1
=2×1×
T
× 90° Number of revolutions = θ = 150π = 75
2 2π 2π
4π π 2 cm
= = ω θ
60 2 30 s 37. α= and ω =
t t
31. Let velocity at A = v1 θ
Velocity at B = v2 ∴ α= 2
t
 Velocity is constant,
But α = constant ⇒ θ ∝ t2
∴ v1 = v2 = v (say) θ1 (2) 2
∠AOB = 60° So, =
θ1 + θ2 (2 + 3) 2
∴ Change in velocity,
θ1 4
|v1 − v2 |= v12 + v 2 2 − 2v1v 2 cos θ or =
θ1 + θ2 25
= v 2 + v 2 − 2v 2 × cos θ θ1 + θ2 25
or =
θ θ1 4
= 2v 2 (1 − cos θ ) = v 2 × 2sin 2
2 θ2 25
or 1 + =
= 2 v sin θ = 2 v sin 30° θ1 4
2 θ2 21
∴ =
32. θ = 2t3 + 0.5 θ1 4
d
∴ ω= (2t3 + 0.5) = 6t2
dt 38. By using equation ω2 = ω02 − 2αθ
At t = 2 s, ω = 6 × 22 = 24 rad/s  ω0  2
2

  = ω0 − 2α(2πn)
33. Using,  2 
ω − ω0 36 − 0 3 ω02
α= = = 6 rad/s2 ∴ α= ....(i)
t 6 4 4π × 36
1 1 Now let fan complete total n′ revolutions from
θ = ω0t + αt2 = × 6 × 6 × 6 = 108 rad
2 2 the starting to come to rest
1 1 0 = ω02 − 2α(2πn′)
34. θ = ω0t + αt 2 = 2 × 2 + × 3 × (2)2 = 10 rad
2 2 ω02
∴ n′ =
4απ
35. v = 72 km/hr = 72× 5 = 20 m/s, Substituting the value of α from equation (i),
18
0.5 ω02 4×4π×36
d = 0.5 m ⇒ r = m n′ = = 48 revolutions
2 4π 3ω02

∴ ω0 = v = 20 = 80 rad/s Number of rotations = 48 – 36 = 12

r 0.5/2
40. Tangential force acting on the car increases with
ω2 = ω 02 + 2αθ the magnitude of its speed.
0 = (80)2 + 2α(2π × 20) ∴ at = time rate of change of its speed
− 6400 = 80 πα = change in the speed of the car per unit time
which is 3 m/s
α = −80 = − 25.48 rad/s2
π ∴ Tangential acceleration = 3 m /s2
5
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

41. There is no relation between centripetal and 54. Velocity, v = ωr
tangential acceleration. Centripetal acceleration
∴ v′ = ωr′ = ωr = v = 10 cm/s
is a must for circular motion but tangential 2 2
acceleration may be zero. ∴ a=ω r 2
r a
42. When a body is moving with constant speed, the ∴ a′ = ω2r′ = ω2 × 2 = 2 = 10 cm/s2
tangential acceleration developed in a body is
zero.
55. Using,
43. Work done by centripetal force in uniform ω = 2πn = 2π × 1 = 2π rad/s
circular motion is always equal to zero. a = rω2 = 0.4 × (2π)2 = 0.4 × 4 π2
mv 2 a = 1.6 π2 m/s2
46. F=
r 56. Using,
∴ F ∝ v2. If v becomes double, then F (tendency to a = ω2r = 4π2n2r = 4(3.14)2 × 12 × 20 × 103
overturn) will become four times. ∴ a ≈ 8 × 105 m/s2
47. Angular momentum is an axial vector. It is 57. Net acceleration in non-uniform circular motion
directed always in a fixed direction (perpendicular
to the plane of rotation either outward or inward), a= a 2t + a c2
if the sense of rotation remains same.  900 
2

= (2) 2 +  
48. The instantaneous velocity of a body in U.C.M.  500 
is always perpendicular to the radius or along ≈ 2.7 m/s2
the tangent to the circle at the point.
58. Using,
p 2
49. r = π, n =   r.p.s.
t ar = v = 20×20 = 40 m/s2, at = 30 m/s2
r 10
v = rω = r × 2πn 2
a= 2
a +a 2
= 402 +302 = 50 m/s
p r t
= π × 2π ×
t 59. As ω is constant, acceleration is due to the
2p 2 p change in direction of velocity = ω2r
=
t As rA > rB ⇒ aA > aB
50. The radius vector points outwards while the 60. In half a circle, the direction of acceleration is
centripetal acceleration points inwards along the reversed.
radius. 2 2
It goes from v to − v
1200 r r
51. n = 1200 r.p.m. = r.p.s. = 20 r.p.s.
60 Hence, change in centripetal acceleration
a = ω2r = (4 π2 n2) r = 4 × (3.142)2 × (20)2 × 0.3 2 2
= v −  − v 
≈ 4740 cm/s2 r  r 
2
52. r = 10 cm = 0.1 m, a = 1000 × 10 m/s = 2v
2

a = ω2r r
2 a
∴ ω = 61. If ar = 0, there is no radial acceleration and
r
circular motion is not possible
a 1000 × 10 ≈ 316 rad/s So ar ≠ 0
∴ ω = =
r 10 × 10−2 If at ≠ 0 the motion is not uniform as angular
n = 316/2π = 50.3 r.p.s. ≈ 50 r.p.s. velocity will change
∴ n = 3000 r.p.m. So ar ≠ 0 and at = 0 for uniform circular motion
53. Radius of horizontal loop, r = 1 km = 1000 m mv 2
3 62. Centripetal force = and is directed always
v = 900 km/h = 900×10 = 250 m/s r
3600 towards the centre of circle. Sense of rotation
2 does not affect magnitude and direction of this
∴ a = v = 250×250 = 62.5 m/s2 centripetal force.
r 1000
a 62.5 63. The surface will rise from the sides, due to
∴ = = 6.25
g 10 centrifugal force.
6
 

Chapter 01: Rotational Dynamics

64. Distance covered, 73. T = ma = mrω2
s = θ × 2πr T ∝ ω2
360o ω'2 = T' = 4T = 4
660 = 90 × 2πr ω2 T T
360 ∴ ω′2 = 4ω2
r = 420 m ∴ ω′ = 2 ω
F = mv = 840 × 10 × 10 = 200 N
2
n′ = 2n = 2 × 5 = 10 r.p.m.
r 420
74. Breaking tension = 4 × 10 = 40 N
65. L = r p sin θ = r p for U.C.M. [ θ = 90°] ∴ T = mrω2
∴
L2
=
r 2m2 v2
=
mv 2
∴ ω2 = T = 40 = 200
mr 3
mr 3
r mr 200×10-3×1
66. Using, T = mω2r ∴ ω ≈ 14 rad/s
∴ 10 = 0.25 × ω2 × 0.1 75. Using,
∴ ω = 20 rad/s
v = 2πr
2 T
67. F = mω R
2πr 2π 20
∴ R ∝ 12 (m and F are constant) ∴ T= = × = 1s
ω v 80 π 2
If ω is doubled, then radius will become 1/4  T = Time taken for one revolution
times i.e., R/4
There are 2 revolutions ⇒ total time taken = 1 s
68. Using, F = mrω2 = m × 4π2n2r
ω = 2π =4π ....( T = 1)
∴ m × 4π2n2r = 6 × 10−14 T
6 × 10−14 4
∴ n2 = α = dω = π = 2π
4 × 1.6 × 10−27 × 3.142 × 0.12 dt 2
∴ n ≈ 5 × 106 cycles/s
at = α . r i.e. = 2π × 20 = 40 m/s2
mv 2 π
69. The centripetal force, F =
r 2
mv 2 76. n= r.p.s.
∴ r= π
F T sinθ = Mω2R .…(i)
2
∴ r ∝ v or v ∝ r T sinθ = Mω2L sinθ .…(ii)
v r 1 From (i) and (ii),
(If m and F are constant), =1
=
1

v2 r2 2 T = Mω2L = M 4π2n2L
2
æ 2ö
2
= M 4π2 ççç ÷÷÷ L = 16 ML
70. Using, Fcp = mω r = m  2π  r
2
èπø
 T 
2
77. Linear velocity, v = ωr = 2πnr
= 500 × 10–3 ×  2 × 22 × 1  × 0.49
 7 11  = 2 × 3.14 × 3 × 0.1
−3 = 1.88 m/s
= 500 × 10 × 16 × 0.49 = 0.08 N Acceleration, a = ω r = (6π)2 × 0.1 = 35.5 m/s2
2
49
Tension in string, T = m ω2r = 1 × (6π)2
71. m = 2 kg, r = 1 m, F = 32 N = 1 × (6π)2 × 0.1
Force, F = mω2r = 35.5 N
∴ ω2 = 32 = 16 ∴ ω = 4 rad/s 78. This horizontal inward component provides
2×1
∴ Frequency of revolution per minute required centripetal force to negotiate the curve
safely.
n = ω × 60 = 4×7 × 60 ≈ 38 rev / min
2π 2×22 79. Because the reaction on inner wheel decreases
−2 and becomes zero. So it leaves the ground first.
72. r = 20 cm = 20 × 10 m = 0.2 m
mv 2 82. m = 100 kg, v = 9 m/s, r = 30 m
Using, F = = 10
r Maximum force of friction = centripetal force
1 r 0.20 mv 2 100 × (9) 2
∴ mv 2 = 10 × = 10 × =1J = = 270 N
2 2 2 r 30
7
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

83. Since car turns through 90° after travelling ∴ R ≤ (10)2 × 1 = 12.5 m
471 m on the circular road, the distance 471 m is 0.8 × 10
quarter of the circumference of the circular path. If R ≤ 12.5 m
R is the radius of the circular path, then ∴ R = 12 m
1
(2πR) = 471
4 92. v = 12m / s, v′ = 4 2 m / s
∴ R = 471 × 2 = 471 × 2 = 300 m v= µrg
π 3.14
v = 12 m/s, m = 1000 kg ∴ 12 = μrg , 4 2 = µ′rg
∴ Centripetal force, µ 3 µ
12 = ⇒ =
1000 × (12 )
2 2

Fcp = mv = = 480 N 4 2 µ′ 2 µ′
R 300
∴ µ′ = 2 µ
84.
2
tan θ = v ⇒ tan θ ∝ v2 9
rg
93. For the crate not to slide, the centripetal force
tan θ1 = v12 = v 2 = 1 2
∴ should be mv = µmg
tan θ2 v 22 4v 2 4 r
∴ tan θ2 = 4 tan θ1 ∴ v2 = µrg = 0.6 × 35 × 9.8 = 205.8
2
∴ v = 14.3 m/s
85. sin θ = h and tan θ = v
l rg 94. Using,
2

∴ tan sin −1  h   = v
2
µmg = mv
rg r
  l  2
∴ 0.5 mg = mv
1  v2h  r
86. Reaction on inner wheel, R1 = M g −  2
2  ra  v = 0.5 × r × g = 0.5 × 10 × 9.8 = 49
1  v h
2 ∴ v = 7 m/s
Reaction on outer wheel, R2 = M g + 
2  ra  95. Using,
where, r = radius of circular path, h
2a = distance between two wheels and tan θ ≈ θ =
l
h = height of centre of gravity of car. h = l θ = 1.5 × 0.01 = 0.015 m
87. Using, 96. l = 1 m, g = 110 m/s2
µmg = mω2r
r = 400 m, v = 72 km/hr = 72 × 5 = 20 m/s,
μg 0.4×10 18
∴ ω= = = 4 = 2 rad/s
r 1 v = h
2

rg l
88. µ mrω2 ≥ mg; ω ≥ g
2 20 × 20 × 1
µr ∴ h= vl = = 0.1 m = 10 cm
rg 400 × 10
89. Using,
v2 = µrg = 0.8 × 100 × 9.8 = 784 97. Using,
∴ v = 28 m/s vmax = µrg = 0.2 × 100 × 9.8 = 14 m/s

90. v= µgr 34.3

98. C = 34.3 m ⇒ r = ,
2× π
When µ becomes µ , v becomes v i.e.
2 2 2π 2π
T= 22 s ⇒ ω = =
T 22
10
= 10 2 = 5 2 ms–1  rω2 
2 2 −1  34.3 2π × 2π 1 
∴ θ = tan−1   = tan  × × 
 g   2 π 22 9.8 
36 ×103
91. v = 36 km/hr = = 10 m/s  22 1  −1  4.9 × 2 
3600 = tan−1  34.3 × 2 × ×  = tan  
 7 × 22 9.8   9.8 
The speed with which the car turns is
v2 ≥ µRg = tan−1 (1) = 45°

8
 

Chapter 01: Rotational Dynamics

v2 106. The maximum velocity for a banked road with

99. Using, tan θ = friction,
rg
 µ + tan θ 
∴ tan12° =
(150) 2 v2 = gr  
r × 10  1 − µ tan θ 
∴ r = 10.6 × 103 m = 10.6 km v2 = 9.8 × 1000 × 
 0.5 + 1 
∴  …. [ tan 45 = 1]
 1 − 0.5 × 1 
100. Using Shortcut 11 ∴ v ≈ 172 m/s
h h
tan θ = 2 2 1/ 2 ≈ 107. Using,
(l − h ) l l 2
(l2 >> h2) θ h tan θ = v
rg
v2 r
tan θ = ∴ v= tan θ rg
rg
h v2 = tan 30o × 17.32 × 10
=
l rg 1
= × 17.32 × 10 = 10 m/s
v 2l 3
∴ h=
rg
108. Using,
101. The inclination of person from vertical is given 2
tan θ = v = 20×20 = 20 = 2.04
by, rg 20×9.8 9.8
v2 (10) 2 1 –1
θ = tan (2.04) = 63.90°
tan θ=
= =
rg 50 × 10 5
5 50
∴ θ = tan−1(1/5) 109. v = 60 km/h = 60 × = m/s,
18 3
102. θ = sin−1(0.2), N = 2000 N, r = 0.1 km = 0.1 × 1000= 100 m
1 v2 50
2
1
sin θ = 0.2 = tan θ = =   ×
5 rg  3  0.1 × 103 × 9.8
5
θ = tan–1  (50 / 3) 
2
1 ∴
 
100 × 9.8 
θ
24 110. v = 180 km/hr = 5 × 180 = 50 m/s
mg = N cos θ 18
24 Using,
∴ Weight = N cos θ = × 2000 = 1959.6 N 2
5 tan θ = v = 50×50 = 5 = 1
 rg 500×10 10 2
24 
2
1
….  cos =
θ 1 −  =  1

 5 5 
 ∴ θ = tan−1   = tan−1 (0.5)
2
103. Using,
111. m = 80 kg, v = 20 m/s, θ = tan−1(0.5)
v = rg tan θ = 10 × 10 × tan θ In order for the cyclist to turn,
10 = 10 tan θ frictional force = centripetal force
tan θ = 1 ∴ µmg = m  v  = mg v
2 2

∴ θ = 45°  r  rg
2
104. Using, h = l sin θ But v = tan θ
rg
∴ sin θ ≈ tan θ = h = 1.2 = 0.15
l 8 ∴ µmg = mg tan θ = 80 × 10 × 0.5 = 400 N
∴ tan θ = 0.15
112. Let initial velocity = v1
Now, v = rg tan=
θ 40 × 9.8 × 0.15 ≈ 8 m/s
20  6v
New velocity v2 = v 1 +  =
105. r = 50 m, l = 10 m, h = 1.5 m  100  5
v2 h 2 2
= r1 = 30 m, tan θ1 = v1 , tan θ2 = v 2
rg l r1g r2g
rgh 50 × 9.8 × 1.5 As there is no change in angle of banking,
∴ v= = = 8.6 m/s
l 10 θ1 = θ2

9
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

∴ tan θ1 = tan θ2 Centripetal force = mω2r
2
= 5 × 10−2 × 4π × 5
2 2
∴ v = v
1 2

r1g r2g 9
2 = 25 × 10−2 × 4
 
2 2
r1 =  v1  =  v1  =  5  = 25 = 100 × 10−2
∴   6   
r2 6 36 ≈1N
 v2   v1 
5  mg
117. T =
∴ r2 = 36 r1 = 36 × 30 = 216 = 43.2 m cos θ
25 25 5 θ
h L2 − r 2
cosθ = = L
113. Using, L L h
2 v2 mg L
Fs = mv But, tan θ = ∴ T=
r rg L2 − r 2 r

v2
= g tan θ 118. The particle is moving in circular path.
r From the figure, mg = R sin θ …(i)
Fs = mg tan θ = 90 × 10 × tan 30° ≈ 520 N mv 2
= R cos θ …(ii)
r Rsinθ
114. For banking of road, θ = tan–1  v 
2

From equation (i) and (ii) R

 rg  we get θ
–1
Rcosθ
θ = tan (0.24) rg r
∴ tan θ = 0.24 tan θ = but tan θ =
v2 h mg
v2 h
Also, tan θ = = µ ⇒ µ = 0.24 θ
rg

115. Using,
T sin θ = mω2r = mω2 l sin θ ….(i) v2 3gr
119. v = 3gr and a = = = 3g
T cos θ = mg ….(ii) r r

121. At the highest point,

mv 2
60° mg =
T r
∴ v= rg = 4000 × 10 = 200 m/s
T cosθ
ar 122. Minimum velocity at the bottom,
Tsinθ
mg v = 5gr = 5×9.8×6.4
g
From (i) and (ii), ω2 = = 313.6 = 17.7 m/s
l cos θ
g 123. Using,
∴ ω=
l cos θ mv 2
F= = mω2r = mg
r
∴ Time period, T = 2π = 2π l cos θ
g 9.8
ω g ∴ ω= ⇒ 2π =
r T 4
= 2 × 3.14 × 1 × cos60° 2π× 2
10 ∴ T= ≈4s
9.8
= 1.4 s
∴ h=
v2
=
(0.5) 2
= 0.025 m 124. TL − TH = 6 mg
g 10
125. Using,
= 2.5 cm
mv 2 2 × (4) 2
= = 32 N
116. Using, r 1
r = l sinθ It is clear that tension will be 52 N at the bottom
r = 10 sin 30° ⇒ r = 5 m, T = 3 s of the circle because we know that,
ω = 2π = 2π TBottom = mg +
mv 2
T 3 r

10
 

Chapter 01: Rotational Dynamics

126. TL = 350 N 132. According to law of conservation of energy,
Using,
mgh = 1 mv2 = 1 m × 5 × Rg
mv 2 = T – mg = (2 × 350 – 40 × 10) = 300 2 2
L
r
∴ R = 2 h = 2 × 5 = 2 cm
∴ v2 = 300 × 3 = 22.5 m/s 5 5
40
133. When body is released from the position
v ≈ 4.7 m/s
(inclined at angle θ from vertical), then velocity
127. At the highest point of the circle, at mean position,
mv 2  4 ×104  v = 2gl (1 - cosθ)
F= − mg = 70 ×  − 10  = 6300 N
r  400  mv 2
∴ Tension at the lowest point = mg +
128. Using, l
1 1 m
(K.E.)L−(K.E.)H = m  v 2L − v 2H  = m[5 rg − rg] = mg + [2gl(1 − cos60°)]
l
2 2
= 2 mrg = 2 × 1 × 1 × 10 = 20 J = mg+ mg = 2mg

129. Even though particle is moving in a vertical mv 2

134. Tension, T = + mg cos θ
loop, its speed remain constant. r
mv 2 mv 2
Tension at lowest point, Tmax = + mg For, θ = 30°, T1 = + mg cos 30°
r r
mv 2 mv 2
Tension at highest point, Tmin = − mg θ = 60°, T2 = + mg cos 60°
r r
mv 2 ∴ T1 > T2
Tmax + mg 5
= r2 = 135. T = mg + mω2r = m {g + 4π2 n 2 r} ….[ω = 2πn]
Tmin mv 3
- mg
r   n 
2
   π2 n 2 r  
= m g +  4π2   r  = m g +  
By solving we get, v = 4gr = 4´ 9.8´ 2.5   60  
     900  
= 98 m/s
136. Minimum angular velocity,
130. Using, g
2 ωmin =
mg – N1 = mv1 R
r
2π R 2
∴ mv12 = 667 – 556 = 111 ∴ Tmax = = 2π = 2π =2 2 ≈ 3 s
ωmin g 10
r
Let v2 = 2v1 137. Using, mrω2 = mg
2 2
∴ mv 2 = 4mv1 = 4 × 111 = 444
2
4π 2 r
 2π  2
r r ∴ r  = g ⇒ T =
 T  g
2
mg – N2 = mv 2
r 4
r ∴ T = 2π = 2 × 3.14 × ≈4s
g 9.8
∴ N2 = 667 – 444 = 223 N
131. By conservation of energy, 138. Critical velocity at highest point = gR
1
mv2 = mgh = 10´1.6
2 = 4 m/s
v = 2gh ….(i)
139. Tmax = 30 N
For looping the loop, the lower velocity must be
Using,
greater than 5gr
Tmax = mω2max r + mg
5gD
vmin = 5gr = ….(ii) Tmax
2 ∴ = ω2r + g
m
From (i) and (ii),
30
5gD − 10 = ω2max r
2gh = 0.5
2
5D 50 50
h= ωmax = = = 5 rad/s
4 r 2

11
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

140. Max. tension that string can bear = 3.7 kg-wt For rod C, all points are always at distance L
= 37 N from the axis of rotation, so
Tension at lowest point of vertical loop IC = ΣmL2 = ML2
= mg + m ω2r = 0.5 × 10 + 0.5 × ω2 × 4 2 2
∴ I = 0 + ML + ML2 = 4ML
= 5 + 2ω2 3 3
2
∴ 37 = 5 + 2ω
∴ ω = 4 rad/s 146. Hard boiled egg acts just like a rigid body while
rotating. It is not in the case of a raw egg
141. Using, because of liquid matter present in it. In case of
mv 2L a raw egg, the liquid matter tries to go away
TL = + mg = 6 mg = 6 × 5 × 10 = 130 N
r from the centre, thereby increasing its moment
∴ The mass is at the bottom position. (I) raw egg
of inertia i.e., >1
142. Using, (I) boiled egg
Maximum tension, Tmax =
mv12 As moment of inertia is more, raw egg will take
+mg
r more time to stop as compared to boiled egg
mv 22 (Law of Inertia).
Minimum tension, Tmin = − mg
r I 0.25
Using the law of conservation of energy, 147. R2 = =
M 1
1 2 1 ∴ R = 0.5 m ⇒ d = 1 m
mv1 = mv 22 + 2mgr
2 2
2 150. As the mass of disc is negligible, only the
∴ v= v 22 + 4rg
1
moment of inertia of five particles will be
v12 considered.
+g
Hence=Tmax r v12 + rg I = ∑ mr2 = 5 mr2 = 5 × 2 × (0.1)2 = 0.1 kg-m2
= 2
Tmin v 2 v 22 − rg
−g 151. Let the mass of loop P having radius r be m
r
2
v 2 + 5rg 4
So the mass of Q having radius = nr will be nm
= ….[ v12 = v22 + 4rg]
2
v 2 − rg 1
This gives, 4 v 22 − 4rg =v 22 + 5rg nr
r
∴ 3v = 9 rg = 9 × 10 × 10
2
2
3 P Q
∴ v 22 = 9 × 10 × 10
3 3
∴ Moment of inertia of loop P, Ip = mr2
v 22 = 100
Moment of inertia of loop Q, IQ = nm(nr)2 = n3mr2
∴ v2 = 10 m/s IQ
2
∴ = n 3 =8 ⇒ n = 2
143. I ∝ R IP
dI 2RdR 2dR
∴ = = 152. Moment of inertia of system about YY,′
I R2 R
= 2 × 1% = 2% I = I1 + I2 + I3 Y
2 1 3 3
144. Earth is solid sphere, so M.I. = MR2 = MR 2 + MR 2 + MR 2
5 2 2 2 1
4
where M = πR3ρ 7
3 = MR 2 2 3
2
2 4 8
∴ M.I. = ( πR3ρ)R2 = πR5ρ
5 3 15
145. Moment of inertia of the system about the given
axis I = IA + IB + IC
MR 2
As rod is thin, 153. M.I. of ring about diameter I = ….(i)
IA = Σm × 02 = 0 2
Rod B is rotating about one end  L = πR ⇒ R = L / π
2
∴ IB = ML ∴ From equation (i), I =
ML2
3 2π2

12
 

Chapter 01: Rotational Dynamics

2 2
154. MR s2 = MR 2h ⇒ I = 0 + m(r2)2 + m(r3)2 + m(r4)2
5 3
2 2
 l   l 
( )
2
Rs 5 ⇒ I = m   + m l 2 + m 
∴ =  2  2
Rh 3
2
∴ I = 3ml
ML2
155. M.I. of thin rod, I1 = ....(i) 164. From triangle BCD,
12
2
M.I. of ring, I2 = MR ....(ii) C 2
The rod is bend to form a ring ⇒ L = 2πR
∴ Dividing equation (i) by (ii),
2
I1 = ML × 1
a
x
I2 12 MR 2
2
= M(2πR) × 1
1 3
12 MR 2
A D a/2 B
4M π2 R 2 π2
= = 2
12MR 2
3 a
CD2 = BC2 − BD2 = a2 −  
2  
156. Let mass of the ring = mass of the disc = M
2
MR12 3a
M.I. of the ring about the diameter = ∴ x2 = ….(i)
2 4
2 Moment of inertia of system along the side AB,
M.I. of disc about the diameter = MR 2 Isystem = I1 + I2 + I3
4
Since M.I.s are equal, = m × (0)2 + m × (x)2 + m × (0)2
MR12 MR 22 3ma 2
∴ = = mx2 = ….[From (i)]
2 4 4

∴ R1 2 ⇒ R1 = 1
2
1 2
= R2 165. E = Iω = 1500
R2 4 2
2 2
1
157. I = 2 MR2 = 2  4 πR 3ρ  R 2 I(αt)2 = 1500
2
5 5 3

∴ (1.2) (25)2 t2 = 3000
= 8 × 22 × R ρ = 176 R5ρ
5
∴ t2 = 4 ⇒ t = 2 s
15 7 105
159. M.I. of the circular disc will be 1 2
166. E = Iω
2 2
2I = (2M)R
2 1 2
E1 I1ω1
∴ M.I. of the semicircular disc, I =
1
MR2 ∴ = 2
E2 1
2 I 2ω22
2
1 I1 = I2 ….[Given]
163. r2 = r4 = OA = and r3 = l 2
2 E1 ω ω
2
1
2

Moment of inertia of the system about given ∴ =  1  =  1  =

E2 ω
 2 2ω
 1 4
axis, I = I1 + I2 + I3 + I4
∴ E2 = 4E1
167. For a uniform thin rod suspended from one end,
r2 ml 2
1 2 I= , ω = 2πf
A 3
B
1 2 1 ml 2
∴ E= Iω = × × (2πf ) 2
O 2 2 3
1 ml 2
r4 r3 = × × 4π 2f 2
2 3
D C 2
4 l 3 = π2f 2 ml 2
3
13
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

240 173. As kinetic energy is same,
168. n = 240 r.p.m. = = 4 r.p.s.
60 1 I ω 2= 1 Iω 2
R R d d
2 2 2
∴ I = MR = (10) × (0.1) = 0.1 kg m 2 2

∴ E=
1 2 1
Iω = I (2πn)2 = 2π2 In2 I R ωR = ωd
2 2
∴ ….(i)
2 2 Id ωd ωR
= 2π (0.1) × 16 = 3.2 π J
As same torque is applied,
1 1 ML2 IRαR = Idαd
169. K.E.rot = Iω2 = × × ω2
2 2 12 I R ωR = Id ωd
1 L2 tR td
= × A × L × D × × ω2
2 12 I R ωR = t R
∴ ….(ii)
1 Id ωd td
∴ K.E.rot = DAL3ω2
24 From equations (i) and (ii),
170. Additional rotational K.E. = 800 J ωd = t R
1 2 1 ωR td
∴ Iω − I ω02 = 800
2 2 ∴ ωdtd = ωRtR ⇒ θd = θR = n
1
As ω0 = 0 ⇒ Iω2 = 800 174. Initial moment of Inertia I1 = 1 kg-m2
2
Moment of Inertia of lump of wax = MR2
1600 1600 = 50 × 10−3 × (20 × 10−2)2
∴ ω= = ≈ 21 rads−1
I 3.6 = 2 × 10−3 kg m2
From ω = ω0 + α t Final moment of inertia,
∴ 21 = 0 + 15 t, t =
21
= 1.4 s I2 = 1 + 2 × 10−3 = 1.002 kg m2
15
∴ % Increase in M.I. =  1.002 − 1  × 100 %
20 1  1 
171. n1 = 20 r.p.m. = = r.p.s.,
60 3 = 0.002 × 100 % = 0.2 %
60 175. M.I. of disc of central zone,
n2 = 60 r.p.m. = = 1r.p.s.,
60 4 × (0.2) 2
Work done by torque is the change in its I1 = = 0.08 kgm2
2
rotational K.E.
M.I. of wooden annular disc,
W = (K.E.)f − (K.E.)i
1 1 1 I2 = 3 [(0.2)2 + (0.5)2] = 3 [0.04 + 0.25]
=
2
I ωf2 − I ωi2 = I ωf2 − ωi2
2 2
( ) 2 2
= 1.5 × 0.29 = 0.435 kg m2
1
= MK2 ( 2πn f ) − ( 2πn i ) 
2 2
∴ M.I. of whole disc = I1 + I2 = 0.08 + 0.435
2
= 0.515 kgm2
1 9  1 
2

= × 1 × 2 × 4π2 (1) 2 −    178. M.I. of disc about tangent in plane

2 π   3   5
= mR2 = I
1 9 2 8 4
= × 1 × 2 × 4π ×
2 π 9 4
= 16 J ∴ mR2 = I
5
300 3
172. n1 = 300 r.p.m. = = 5 r.p.s., M.I. of disc about tangent ⊥ to plane I′ = mR2
60 2
600 Substituting the value of MR2 from equation (i),
n2 = 600 r.p.m. = = 10 r.p.s. we get
60
∴ Work done = Change in K.E.rot 3 4  6
I′ =  I = I
1 2 5  5
= I ( ω 22 −ω 21 )
2 179. ω2 = 1.1 ω1, E ∝ ω2
1 MR 2 ⇒ E1= Kω12 , E 2= Kω22
= × × 4π 2 ( n 22 − n12 )
2 2
∴ E2 − E1 = K ( ω22 − ω12 )= Kω12 (1.12 − 12)
= MR2 π2 ( n 22 − n12 )
= Kω12 (0.21)
= 2 × (1)2 × (3.14)2 × (102 − 52)
= 2 × (3.14)2 × 75 E 2 − E1 Kω12 × 0.21
∴ × 100
= =× 100 21%
≈ 1479 J E1 Kω12

14
 

Chapter 01: Rotational Dynamics

180. I1ω1 = I2ω2 ⇒ MK12 ω1 = MK22 ω2 188. According to the theorem of parallel axes, M.I.
K1 ω2 of disc about an axis passing through P and
∴ = perpendicular to the disc,
K2 ω1

181. Moment of inertia of solid sphere about its R P

2 O R
diameter, I = MR2
5
I 2 MR 2
∴ K= = = 0.4 R I = 1 MR2 + MR2 = 3 MR2
M 5 M 2 2
Total M.I. of the system,
182. M.I. of thin rod about axis passing through
centre perpendicular to length is = 3 MR2 + m (2R)2 + m( 2 R)2 + m( 2 R)2
2
ML2 2
Using, I = MK = = (3 M + 16 m) R
2
12
2
L L 1
∴ K= = = m
12 2 3 2 3 189. By the principle of parallel axes, IP = IG + Mh2
IP = MK 2P , IG = MK G2
183. I = ∑m ri
i i
2
= 4 Mb2 ….(i)
∴ MK P2 = MK G2 + Mh2
If K = radius of gyration of the system then, ∴ K 2P = K G2 + h2
 
I =  ∑ mi  K2 = 4 MK2 ….(ii) ∴ 100 = KG2 + 36
 
K G2 = 64 ⇒ K G = 8 cm
i
∴
∴ Comparing equations (i) and (ii),
K=b 190. I0 = 1 ML2
12
R
184. Radius of gyration of circular disc k disc = By applying theorem of parallel axes,
2 2
L
Radius of gyration of circular ring k ring = R I = I0 + M  
2 
k disc 1
∴ Ratio = = .
k ring 2 = 1 ML2 + 1 ML2
12 4
R 1 
185. For disc, K = = 4 ×  ML2 
2  12 
…. [ axis passes through centre of disc and ∴ I = 4 I0
perpendicular to its plane]
191. I = 2 MR2
5 5
= ≈ 3.54 cm
2 ∴ According to the theorem of parallel axes,
186. I = MK2 = 2 × (50 × 10−2)2 I′ = 2 MR2 + MR2 = 7 MR2
5 5
= 2 × 2500 × 10−4
7  2 
=  MR 2  = 3.5 I
= 50 × 10−2 kg m2
2 5 
= 0.5 kgm2
2
187. According to theorem of parallel axes, moment 192. M.I. at end of rod = ML = 0.33ML2
of inertia of a rod about one of its ends, 3
2
2 2
M.I. at its centre = ML = 0.083ML2
I = ML + M L
12 4 12
2 M.I. at a point midway between end and centre
= ML = Ix = Iy 2
3 = 7ML = 0.145ML2
48
∴ Moment of inertia of two rods about Z-axis
= Iz = Ix + Iy 1
M.I. at a point length from centre
= Moment of inertia of 2 rods placed along 8
X and Y-axis = 2ML
2
67ML2
= = 0.087ML2
3 768
15
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

2
193. IA = MR = 0.5 MR2 198. M.I. of ring (A) ⊥ to plane = MR2
2 MR 2
M.I. of ring (B) passing through plane =
2IB = IA 2
MR 2 3
∴ IB = I A = 0.25 MR2 ∴ M.I. of system = + MR2 = MR2
2 2 2
2
∴ IC = IA + MR2 = MR + MR2 199. M.I. of sphere about the diameter = 2 MR2
2 5
= 3 MR2 = 1.5 MR2 2
MR2 = 20 or MR2 = 50
2 5
∴ ID = IB + MR2 = 0.25 MR2 + MR2 = 1.25 MR2 According to theorem of parallel axes,
∴ IB < IA < ID < IC M.I. about the tangent

2
= 2 MR2 + MR2 = 7 MR2 = 7 × 50 = 70 kg m2
ML 5 5 5
194. IA = , IB = 0
12
2 200. I1 = 1 MR2 + 1 ML2
ML2 L L ML2 ML2
∴ IC = + M  −  = + 2 12
12 2 4 12 16
2
∴ I1 = MR + 1 M(4R2)
1 2

ML2 L L 2 12
∴ ID = + M  − 
12 2 3 = MR + 1 MR2 = 5 MR2
1 2

2 2 3 6
ML2 L
= + M   ∴ 1 2 1
I2 = MR + M (4R ) 2
12 6
2 3
ML2 ML2
= + = MR + 4 MR2 = 11 MR2
1 2
12 36 2 3 6
∴ I1 = 5 and I > I
195. Consider two perpendicular diameters, one 2 1
along the X-axis and the other along the I 2 11

Y-axis. Then, Ix = Iy =
1
MR2 ∴ I2 – I1 = 11 MR2 – 5 MR2 = MR2
4 6 6
According to the perpendicular axes theorem, 201. M.I. of the solid sphere about a diameter
the moment of inertia of the disc about an axis 2
passing through the centre is, I= MR2
5
1 1 1 M.I. of the disc about an axis through its edge
Ic = Ix + Iy = MR2 + MR2 = MR2
4 4 2 and perpendicular to its plane is
Mr 2
196. M = Vρ = πR2tρ I= + Mr2
2
∴ MX = πRX2tXρ and MY = πRY2tYρ
2 Mr 2 3
2 ∴ MR2 = + Mr2 = Mr 2
Let I = MR 5 2 2
2
2
4
πR y 4 t yρ ∴ r= R
∴ IX = πR x t xρ and IY = 15
2 2
R y4t y ML2
IY 4
(4R) (t / 4) (4) 4 202. I =
∴ = = = = 64 12
IX R x 4t x R 4t 4
Applying the theorem of parallel axes,
∴ IY = 64 IX L
2
ML2 ML2 7ML2
∴ I1 = I + M ×   = + =
197. The moment of inertia of ring about a tangent in 4 l2 l6 48
2 2
its plane = MR + MR2 = 3MR MR 2
2 2 203. Ic = ⇒ M.I. of disc about any diameter,
2
The moment of inertia of disc about its diameter
1 MR 2 MR 2
2 Id = =
= MR 2 2 4
4
∴ Applying theorem of parallel axes,
Ratio = 3MR / 2 = 6
2
∴ MR 2 5
MR / 4 2 1 It = Id + MR2 = + MR 2 = MR 2
4 4

16
 

Chapter 01: Rotational Dynamics

204. Ic = 4 kg m2 = MR2
209. E = 1 × L × ω
Using theorem of perpendicular axes, 2
M.I. of ring about any diameter, 1
I 4
∴ 225 = × L × 25
Id = c= = 2kg m 2 2
2 2 ∴ L = 9 × 2 = 18 J s
Applying theorem of parallel axes,
M.I. about tangent in its plane. 210. R = 6400 × 103m = 6.4 × 106 m, T = 24 × 3600 s
It = Id + MR2 = 2 + 4 = 6 kg m2 2 2π
L = Iω = MR 2 ×
205. M.I. of the plate about an axis perpendicular to 5 T
its plane and passing through its centre  2π 
= 2 × 6 × 1024 × ( 6.4 × 106 )2 ×  
2 5  24 × 3600 
ma
I0 = L = 7.145 × 1033 kg m2 s−1
6
211. I = MR2 = 1 × (0.5)2 = 0.25 kg m2
O a
ω = 2πn = 2 × π × 100 = 200 rad/s
a/ 2 π
L = Iω = 0.25 × 200 = 50 kg m2/s
A
212. L = Iω = I × 2π (n2 − n1)
Applying parallel axes theorem, = 0.06 × 2π × (5 − 0) = 0.6 π
2
 a  ma 2 ma 2 2 2
IA = I0 + m   = 6 + 2 = 3 ma 1 L2
 2 213. K.E. = ⇒ L2 = 2 × K.E. × I
2 I
206. Moment of inertia of a uniform circular disc ∴ L = 2 × 4 × 2 = 4 kg m2/s
about an axis through its centre and
214. E = 1 Iω2 = L ⇒ E ∝ L2
2
1
perpendicular to its plane is IC = MR 2 2 2I
2
2 2
∴ Applying theorem of parallel axes, ∴ E f =  Lf  =  150  = 9
moment of inertia of a uniform circular disc    
Ei  Li   100  4
about an axis touching the disc at its diameter
E f − E i × 100 =  E f 
and normal to the disc, ∴  − 1 × 100
Ei  Ei 
1 3
I = IC + Mh2 = 2
MR 2 + MR = MR 2
2 2 =  9 − 1 ×100 = 500 = 125%
4  4
207. Moment of inertia of rod AB about point P and
perpendicular to the plane =
Ml 2 215. L = Iω ⇒ L′ = I′ω
12 L′ I′ M ( R / 2 )
2
1
∴ = = = ⇒ L′ = L
A l B L I MR 2 4 4

P 216. E = 1 Iω2
2
L = Iω ⇒ L2 = I2ω2
O
E = 1 L
2
∴
2 I
But I = MR2
By applying parallel axes theorem,
∴ E= 1 L2 = L2
M.I. of rod AB about point ‘O’ 2 MR 2 2MR 2
2
Ml 2  l  Ml
2
= + M  = L2 1
12 2 3 217. E = ⇒ E ∝ when L is constant
But the system consists of four rods of similar 2I I
type. Hence by the symmetry, ∴ As I1 > I2 ⇒ E1 < E2
 Ml 
2
Isystem = 4   218. τ = Iα = I dω
 3  dt
where ω = constant
1 2 (Iω) 2 L2 dω = 0 ⇒ τ = 0
208. E = Iω = = ∴
2 2I 2I dt
17
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

219. n1 = 300 r.p.m. 1  1
300
∴  M + M b  ω = Mω′
= = 5 r.p.s; 2  2
60 ∴ (100 + 50)ω = 100ω′
ω = 2π(5) = 10 π rad/s
∴ ω′ = 3ω = 15 r.p.m.
τ = I α =  2 MR 2  ⋅  ω − ω0  2
5   t 
229. Refer Shortcut 8
= 2 × 2000 × 25 ×  2π − 10π 
5  2  230. Li = 1 ma2ω
4 5 2
= − 2 × 10 × 4 × π = − 2.5 × 10 dyne cm
Negative sign shows that it is a retarding torque ∴ Lf = 1 ma2ω′ + ma2ω′ = 3 ma2 ω′
2 2
220. τ = Iα
As Li = Lf ,
∴ τ′ = æççI + 50I ÷÷ö α = 1.5Iα = 1.5τ 1 ma2ω = 3 ma2ω′
èç ÷100 ø
2 2

221. α = ωf − ωi ∴ ω = 3ω′ or ω′ = ω
t 3
ωi = 2πn = 2π × 20 = 40 π rad/s Ι.2π 1
233. L = Iω = ⇒L∝
∴ α = 0 − 40π = −4π rad/s2 (retardation) T T
10 1
∴ τ = Iα = 5 × 10−3 × (−4π) = −2π × 10−2 Nm Hence, by doubling T, L becomes times.
2
Negative sign shows that it is a retarding torque.
∴ |τ| = 2π × 10−2 Nm 234. τ =
dL 4J − 1J 3J
= =
dt 4 4
222. ω0 = 2π × 240 = 8π = 25.12 rad/s,
60 1 2
235. E1 = Iω
Using, τ = Iα, 2
α = τ = – 0.81 = –5.06 In second case, I′ = 3I
I 0.16 ∴ According to conservation of angular momentum,
∴ ω = ω0 + αt = 25.12 – (5.06 × 2) = 15 rad/s Iω = I′ω′
223. n = 1800 rev/min = 30 rev/s Iω Iω ω
ω′ = = =
ω = 2πn = 60π rad/s I′ 3I 3
P 1
∴ τ= = 100000 ≈ 531 Nm Now, E2 = I′ω′2
ω 2
60π
1 ω2 1 1  1
τ 2000 = × 3I × =  Iω2  = E
224. τ = I α ⇒ I = = = 1000 kg-m2 2 9 3 2  3
α 2
1
E− E
225. Torque producing acceleration α1, E1 − E 2 3 = 2
∴ =
τ = I1α1 = 2mD2α1 E1 E 3
Same torque produces α2
236. L1 = I1ω1, L2 = I2 ω2
∴ τ = I2α2 = 2m(2D)2α2
Let I1 = MR2
∴ 4(2mD2)α2 = 2mD2α1
ω1 = 500 r.p.m.
∴ α2 = 1 α1 ∴ I2 = MR2 + MR2 = 2MR2
4
From conservation of angular momentum,
227. According to conservation of angular L1 = L2 ⇒ I1ω1 = I2ω2
momentum, L′ = L ∴ MR2 (500) = 2MR2 (ω2)
∴ I′ ω′ = Iω ∴ ω2 = 500 = 250 r.p.m.
∴ I ω′ = Iω ⇒ ω′ = nω 2
n
237. By principle of conservation of angular
228. 1 2 1 2 momentum, Iω = I1ω1 …..(i)
 MR + M b R  ω = MR ω′
2

2  2 Assuming earth to be a uniform solid sphere,

(Since the boy reaches the centre, the final I = 2 MR2
angular momentum of boy is zero). 5

18
 

Chapter 01: Rotational Dynamics

Then equation (i) becomes, 2 MR2 =

1
Mv2 +
1
Mv2
5 2 4
2
3 3
∴ ω = 2 M  R  ω1 ⇒ ω = 1 = Mv2 = ×8=6J ….[From (i)]
5 2 ω1 4 4 4

 2π  244. In this case, 1 mv2 1 + K  = mgh

2
∴ T1 = 1 ….  ω = 
T 2  2 
T 4   R 
∴ T1 = T = 24 = 6 hours ∴ 1 mv2  K 2  = mg 3v
2

4 4  1 + 2 
2  R  4g
238. The angular frequency of the composite system
1 + K = 3 ⇒ K2 = R
2 2

can be obtained by using the principle of ∴

R2 2 2
conservation of angular momentum.
Total initial angular momentum of the two discs MR 2
∴ MK2 = ⇒ The body is a disc.
I1ω1 + I2ω2 2
Since the two discs are brought into contact face 245. Acceleration of an object rolling down an
to face (one on top of the other) and their axes inclined plane,
of rotation coincide, the moment of inertia Ic of gsin θ
the composite system will be equal to the sum a=
 K2 
of their individual moments of inertia, 1+  2 
R 
i.e. Ic = I1 + I2
If ωc is the angular frequency of the composite K2
For a ring, =1
system, the final angular momentum of the R2
system is gsin θ
∴ aring = = 0.5gsin θ
Icωc = (I1 + I2)ωc 1+1
Since no external torque acts on the system, K2 1
For a solid cylinder, 2 =
Final angular momentum = Initial angular R 2
momentum gsin θ
or (I1 + I2)ωc = I1ω1 + I2ω2 ∴ acyl. = ≈ 0.67 g sin θ
 1
 1 + 
I1ω1 + I 2ω2  2
or ωc =
I1 + I 2 K2 2
For a solid sphere, 2 =
1 2 1 2 R 5
241. Iω = mv gsin θ
2 2 ∴ asph = ≈ 0.71gsin θ
 2
Iω2
3 × 22  1 + 
∴ v2 = = =1 ⇒ v =1m/s  5
m 12
As acceleration of the solid sphere is maximum,
1 1 hence the sphere will reach the ground with
242. K.E.trans. = mv 2 = × 0.4 × 22 =0.8 J maximum velocity.
2 2
1 11 2 v2 246. The disc rolls about the point of contact with the
K.E.rot =
= Iω2  MR  × 2
2 2 2  R horizontal surface, therefore speed of centre of
1 1 mass is v = r ω and that of topmost point is
= Mv 2 = × 0.4 × 22 =0.4 J
2 r ω = 2 v.
4 4
∴ K.E.tot = 0.8 + 0.4 = 1.2 J 247. In the case of rolling, as K.E.,
1 I 
243. Total K.E. of the loop =
1 2 1
Iω + Mv2 E= Mv2 1 + 2 
….(i)
2 2 2  MR 
1 1 For ring, I = MR2
= MR2ω2 + Mv2
2 2 ∴ Ering = M ring v 2ring
2
= Mv = 8 J
E ring
….(i) [ R2 ω2 = v2] ∴ vring = .…(ii)
0.3
1 1
∴ Total K.E. of the disc = Mv2 + Iω2 ∴ For cylinder, I = 1 MR2
2 2 2
2
1 1 1 v 3
= Mv2 + × MR2 × 2
2
∴ Ecylinder = M cylinder v cylinder .…[from (i)]
2 2 2 R 4

19
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

4E cylinder 1
∴ vcylinder = 252. ET = mv2 and
3 × 0.4 2
1 1 v2 1 K2
=
E cylinder
.…(iii) ER = Iω2 = (MK2) = Mv2 2
2 2 R 2
2 R
0.3
1
According to problem, ET Mv 2
R2 5
Ering = Ecylinder ∴ R= = 2 = =
ER 1 K2 K2 2
∴ vring = vcylinder .…[From (ii) and (iii)] Mv 2 2
2 R
As the motion is uniform, both will reach the
wall simultaneously. 253. For slipping or sliding without rolling,
1 a = g sin θ and v = 2gh
248. ET = 1 + K  Mv2
2

 2  2 For rolling without slipping,

 R 
∴ a′ = gsin θ
 K2  1
ER =  2  Mv2 (1 + K 2 / R 2 )
R  2
∴ v′ = 2gh
∴ The fraction of total energy associated with
(1 + K 2 / R 2 )
ER K 2 /R 2
rotation is = As a′ < a and v′ < v, slipping cylinder reaches
ET 1+ K 2 /R 2
the bottom first with greater speed.
For solid sphere, K2/R2 = 2/5
ER 2 gsin θ
∴ = 254. a = = gsin 30°
E total 7  K2   2
1 + 2  1 + 
 R   5
2
249. For solid sphere, I = MR2
5 ∴ a = 5g ×  1  = 5g
1 7 2 14
ET = Mv2
2 256. The acceleration is given by,
1 1 2 1 1
∴ ER = Iω2 =  MR 2  ω2 = MR2 ω2 = Mv2 a = gsin θ
2 2 5  5 5  K2 
1 1 7 1 + 2 
∴ 2
E = Mv + Mv = 2
Mv2  R 
2 5 10 gsin θ
∴ a= ….( I = MK2)
1  I 
250. E1 = Mv2, 1 + 2 
 MR 
2
1 1 1
258. ET = 1 + K 2  Mv2
2
E2 = Mv 2 + Iω2
2 2
 R  2
1 1
= Mv2 + (MR2)ω2 ER = K 2 1 Mv2
2 2
1 1 R2 2
= Mv2 + Mv2 = Mv2 ∴ The fraction of total energy associated with
2 2
1 ER K2 / R 2
Mv 2 rotation is, =
E1 1 E Total 1 + K 2 / R 2
∴ = 2 2 =
E2 Mv 2 K2
∴ For a ring, =1
251. Total energy = K.E. of translation + K.E. of R2
rotation ER 1 1
∴ = =
1 1 2 1 1 2 E T 1 +1 2
= Mv2 + Iω = Mv2 + × MR2ω2
2 2 2 2 5
1 1 7
259. As the body rolls the inclined plane, it loses
= Mv2 + 2
Mv = Mv 2
potential energy. However, in rolling, it acquires
2 5 10
both linear and angular speeds and hence gains
1 2 1 2
the kinetic energy of translation and that of
K.E.of rotation   Iω   Mv 2
∴ =  2  =  5  = rotation. So, by conservation of mechanical
Total energy 7 2 7 2 7 energy,
  Mv   Mv
 10   10 
2
Mgh = 1 Mv2 + 1 Iω2
∴ Percentage of (K.E.)R = × 100% = 28.57% 2 2
7 But for rolling, v = Rω
20
 

Chapter 01: Rotational Dynamics

265. Using,
∴ Mgh = 1 Mv2 1 + I 
2 MR 2  µsmg ≤ mrω2
I µsg = rω2 (For minimum angular speed)
Let 1 + =β
MR 2 ω2 = µs g = 0.25×9.8 = 25 × 9.8
r -2
5×10 5
∴ Mgh = 1 βMv2
2 = 9.8 × 5 = 49.0
2gh ∴ ω = 7 rad/s
Hence v =
β mv 2
266. Tension at mean position, mg + = 3mg
r
260. v = 2g h
, where h = l sin θ v= 2gl .…(i)
1 + K2 / R 2
and if the body displaces by angle θ with the
For solid sphere, v = 10 gh
7 vertical then v = 2gl (1 − cos θ) .…(ii)
10 × 10 × 3.5 × sin 30° = Comparing (i) and (ii), cos θ = 0
∴ v = 10 × g × l sin θ = 25
7 ∴ θ = 90°
7
∴ v = 5 m/s 267. Let the bead starts slipping
after time t
261. Centripetal force on electrons is provided by For critical condition,
electrostatic force of attraction.
frictional force provides the
∴ F ∝ 1 and r ∝ n2 where n is principal quantum centripetal force
r2 L
mω2L = µR = µm × a1 = µLmα
number. ⇒ m(αt)2L = µmLα
4
∴ F1 n 42  3  81 µ
= = 4  = ⇒t= ... [ ω = αt]
F2 n1  2  16 α

262. θ = 3 × 2π 268. Using,

2 mv 2
= mg
∴ Work done W = τθ = Frθ r
3  ∴ v2 = gr
= 200 × 3 ×  × 2π 
2  v = gr = 10×12.1 = 121 = 11 m/s
= 5652 J
269. Moment of inertia of complete disc about O is I
263.
= 1 MR2.
O T
m 2
l M
Mass of the cut - out part is m =   .
 4
T
m The moment of inertia of the cut-out portion
m about its own centre,
2
1 1 M R 1
Tension T in the string will provide centripetal I0 = mr2 =    = MR2
2 2  4  2  32
mv 2 because r = R/2.
force ⇒ =T ….(i)
l From the parallel axes theorem, the moment of
Also, tension T is provided by the hanging ball inertia of the cut out portion about O is
of mass m, 2
1 M R 3
⇒ T = mg ….(ii) Ic = I0 + mr2 = MR2 +  
  = MR2
32 4
  2 32
mv 2 v2
mg = ⇒g= ∴ Moment of inertia of the shaded portion about O
l l
is
264. Using, Is = I − Ic
v = µrg = 0.4 × 50 × 9.8 = 196 1 3
= MR2 − MR2
v = 14 m/s 2 32
v 14 13
ω= = = 0.28 rad/s = MR2
r 50 32

21
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

270. From the law of conservation of energy, we have Friction will act in upward direction.
Potential energy = Translational kinetic energy Since velocity is a constant,
+ Rotational kinetic energy  mv 2 
1 2 1 2 N =  mgsin θ − 
or mgH = mv + Iω  R 
2 2
 mv 2 
1 11  3 f = µ  mgsin θ − = mg cos θ [at = 0]
or mgH = mv 2ω2 +  mr 2  ω2 = mr 2ω2  R 
2 2 2  4
4gH As θ increases, cos θ decreases ⇒ friction
or ω2 = decreases.
3r 2 mv 2
1 2 f R N
Now the rotational kinetic energy = Iω
2
mg sin θ mg cosθ
∴ Substituting for ω2 and I, we have, mg
1  1 2  4gh
Rotational kinetic energy =  mr  2 θ
2 2  3r
mgH Again, at = 0
=
3  mv 2 
∴ Friction = µ  mgsin θ −  = mg cos θ
mv 2 k  R 
271. = 2
r r ∴ As θ decreases, cos θ increases ⇒ friction
∴ mv2 =
k increases.
r
275. mω2r cos θ = mg sin θ
1 k
∴ K.E.= mv2 = g tan θ N
2 2r ∴ ω2 =
r
k k θ
P.E. = ∫ Fdr = ∫ 2 dr = − v2 mω2r
r r ∴ tan θ = h
k k k rg θ
∴ Total energy = K.E + P.E = − =− 2 l
2r r 2r   1000 m  
 72 ×  
1 h   3600 s   mg
272. Ic = MR 2 ∴ =
2 l (400m)(10m/s)
⇒ MR2 = 6 × 2 = 12 h
=
1
Using theorem of C 1m 10
parallel axes, ∴ h = 10 cm
IR = Ic + MR2
= 6 + 12 = 18 kgm2 276. At the highest point,
Ic IR g
ω= = 2πn
R
273. Let particle A be situated B 1 g g
on the inner part and B on ∴ n= =
R2 2π R 4π 2 R
the outer part of the ring.
As the ring is moving with g 900g
A ∴ r.p.m. = 60n = 60 =
uniform angular speed, 4π 2 n π2 R
R1
both the particles will 277. For option (A),
experience a centrifugal Net force = Mv2/r = Mass × acceleration
force For option (B),
F F mω2 R1 F R → →
⇒ =
1
=
A
⇒ 1= 1 a t and ω are perpendicular hence cross product
F2 FB 2
mω R 2 F2 R 2
is not 0.
274. mv 2 For option (C),
N R Angular velocity and angular accleration have
f the same direction or opposite direction
according to the type of motion.
mg For option (D),
The correct statement is:
The resultant force acts always towards the
θ centre.

22
 

Chapter 01: Rotational Dynamics

10. Tangential acceleration: at = rα …(i)
Competitive Thinking v2
Radial acceleration: ar = …(ii)
2π r
1. ωhour = Dividing equation (i) by equation (ii),
Thour
at αr 2
2π 180 180° ∴ = rα = 2
= × ....{ 1c = } ar  v2  v
12 × 60 × 60 π π  
1  r 
ωhour = degree / s
120 11. Centripetal acceleration,
2. Angular speed of second hand, 4π 2 r 4π 2
ac = ω2r = = × 5 × 10−2 = 5 ms−2
2π T2 (0.2π) 2
ω1 = (T = 60 seconds) As particle is moving with constant speed, its
60
Angular speed of hour hand, tangential acceleration, aT = 0.
2π
The acceleration of the particle,
ω2 = (T = 12 hr) a = a c2 + a T2 = 52 + 02 = 5 m/s2
12 × 60 × 60
ω1 720
= 12 × 60 = 12. In given figure,
ω2 1 → → →
Total acceleration a= a t + a r
2π ∴ ar = a. cos θ a.sinθ
3. Angular speed of minute hand, ωm =
60 × 60 v 2 a.cosθ
also, ar = θ
2π r a
Angular speed of second hand, ωs =
60 v2 O
2π 2π 59π ∴ a. cos θ =
∴ ωs − ωm = − = rad / s r
60 3600 1800
v2
∴ 15⋅cos (30°) =
4. Degree moved by hour hand, 2.5
for 1 revolution = 360° ∴ v2 = 32.5
360° v = 5.7 m/s
for 1 hour = = 30°
12 14. v
30
for 1 min = = 0.5° T m
60 l
∴ for 20 mins = 20 × 0.5° = 10°
Hence, at 12.20 pm
Here, tension provides required centripetal force.
Angular seperation = 120° – 10° = 110°
mv 2
i.e., =T
6.
→ → →
l
ar = ω× v
2
7. mv 2 m  p  p2
15. Radial force = =   =
ax → P(R,θ) r r m mr
a
….[ p = mv]
θ 2
R ay 16. F = mω r
2π
Substituting for r = 2l, ω =
T
2
→
v2 v2  2π 
a = − cos θ ˆi − sin θ ˆj kl = m(2l)   ….(i)
R R  T 
….( F = kx and x = l here)
8. They have same angular speed ω.
Centripetal acceleration = ω2r Upon speeding, F1 = mω12 r1
a1 ω2 r r 2π
= 21 = 1 Substituting for r1 = 3l, ω1 =
a2 ω r2 r2 T1
2
 2π 
9. Since, n = 2, ω = 2π × 2 = 4π rad/s 2
k(2l) = m(3l)   ….(ii)
 T1 
25
So acceleration = ω2r = (4π)2 × m/s2 = 4π2 ….( x = 2l here)
100
23
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

Dividing equation (i) by equation (ii), For equilibrium of the block,
kl m(2l )(2π / T) 2 F ≥ mg
=
k(2l ) m(3l )(2π / T1 ) 2 ∴ µN ≥ mg
2 ∴ µ(mrɷ2) ≥ mg (∵ N = mrɷ2)
 T1  3
∴   = g
T
  4 ∴ ɷ≥
µr
3
⇒ T1 = T
2 g 10
∴ ɷmin = = = 10 rad/s
µr 0.1 × 1
mv12 ( 2m ) v 2
2
17. =
r r 25.
2 Tcosθ

⇒ v12 = 4v 22 θ T
θ
⇒ v1 = 2v2 h L Tsinθ m
18. r1 = 4 cm, ω2 = 2ω1
rω2 = constant mg
∴ r1 ω12 = r2 ω22 ∴ r1 ω12 = r1 (2ω1 ) 2 = r1 = 4 r2 O m
r
r 4
∴ r2 = 1 = = 1 cm
4 4
The centripetal force required for circular
19. Time period of rotation of both the particles (A motion is given by
and B) is same mv 2
∴ TA = TB = T sinθ ….(i)
r
2π 2π  2π  Also we have,
∴ =  t = ω 
ωA ωR   mg = T cos θ ….(ii)
Dividing eq(i) by eq(ii) we get,
ωA
∴ =1:1 mv 2 1
ωB ⋅ = Tsin θ
r mg T cos θ
21. As the car moves on a plain horizontal circular ∴ v2 = rg tanθ
track, the only force that can provide centripetal ∴ v = rg tan θ ….(iii)
acceleration so that the car does not skid is
From figure,
frictional force.
r
mv 2 v2 tanθ =
∴ = mmg ⇒µ= h
r rg
r
5 ∴ tanθ = ….(iv){L2 = r2 + h2}
v = 60 km/hr = 60 × m/s, r = 60 m, g = 10 m/s2 L − r2
2

18 Substituting equation (iv) in equation (iii) we

2
5 get,
µ =  60 ×  60 × 10
 18  r
v= rg
∴ µ = 25/54 L − r2
2

v2 g
23. For banking, tan θ = ∴ v= r
Rg L − r2
2

v2 28. rg
tan 45 = =1 vH =
90 ×10
v = 30 m/s
3rg
24. vM =
O M
f
B
N mrω
2 5rg
vL =
mg Centripetal acceleration at midway point (M)
D
v2 3rg
==
M
= 3g
r r

24
 

Chapter 01: Rotational Dynamics

5 33. Y
29. (K.E)L = mgr …(i)
2
D C
1
(K.E)H = mgr …(ii)
2
∴ Divide equation (ii) by equation (i) X
1  A B
(K.E) H  mgr 
∴ = 
2  = 1 = 0.2 IAB = 0 ….(i)
(K.E) L 5  5 ml 2
 mgr  IAD = IBC = ….(ii)
2 
3
IDC = ml2 ….(iii)
30. Tension at any given point,
From equations (i), (ii) and (iii),
mv 2 ∴ Total moment of inertia
T= + mg cos θ
r ml 2 ml 2
I=0+ + + ml2 = 5 ml 2
At the lowest point, 3 3 3

θ = 0° 34. A distance of masses

2 and 3 from axis of
m
∴ cos θ = 1 rotation is zero, they 1 2
2 don’t contribute to
mv
∴ T= + mg moment of inertia. l
r
I1 = I4 = mR2
i.e., Tension is maximum at the lowest point So  l 
2
ml 2
the chances of breaking are maximum. =m   = 3 4
 2 2
1 ∴ ITotal = I1 + I4 = ml2
31. M.I. of disc, I = MR d2 ...(i)
2 35. According to the given condition,
2 MR 2  R 2 L2 
M.I. of sphere, Isphere = MR S2 ...(ii) = M + 
5 2  4 12 
 volume of disc = volume of sphere R 2 R 2 L2
∴ − =
R  4 2 4 12
∴ πR d2  d  = π R S3 R 2 L2
 6  3 ∴ =
4 12
∴ R = 8R
3
d
3
S 12R 2
∴ L2 =
∴ RS = Rd ...(iii)
4
2 ∴ L2 = 3 R2
Substitute equation (iii) in equation (ii) ∴ L = 3R
2
2 R  2 1 2
∴ Isphere = M  d  = × MR d2 36. Isphere = Is = mR 2
5  2  5 4 5
Let ωs be angular speed of sphere,
1 1 2 I
=  MR d  = ...from (i) ∴ Esphere =
1
Is ωs 2
5 2  5
2
1 2 
ML2 =  mR 2  ωs 2 ....(i)
32. M.I. of thin Rod about one end, I = 2 5 
3
Similarly,
L 1
Now, L = 2πR ⇒ R = Icylinder = Ic = mR 2
2π 2
M.I. of ring about diameter, Let ωc be the angular speed of cylinder,
 L  2 Then it is given
M 2  ωc = 2ωs
MR 2  4π  ML
2
I1 =
= = 1
2 2 8π 2 ∴ Ecylinder = Icωc 2
2
I ML2 8π2 8π2 11
∴ = × = 
=  mR 2  ( 2ωs )
2
I1 3 ML2 3 ...(ii)
2 2 

25
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

1 2 2 41. M=
R
r0 r × (2πrdr)
E sphere  mR  ωs
2 5
2
∫ 0
∴ =  ...[From (i) and (ii)]
E cylinder 11 2 2πρ0 R 3
 mR  ( 4ωs ) ∴ M=
2

2 2  3
1 R 2
= IC = ∫ r0 r × (2πrdr) × r
5 0

2πρ0 R 5
37. K.E. possessed by rotating body, ∴ IC =
5
(K.E.)rot = 1 Iω2 By parallel axis theorem,
2
I = IC + MR2
= 1 (MK 2 )  v 2 
2

2 ρ0 2πR 5 ρ0 × 2πR 3
R  ∴ I= + × R2
5 3
= 1 Mv 2  K 2 
2
5
 1 1  16πρ R
2 R  = ρ02πR5  +  = 0
5 3 15
For M, R and ω same, v becomes constant.
8 2 3 2 8 2
2
∴ I=  πρ0 R  R = MR
Hence, as K 2 increases, K.E. i.e., work done in 5 3  5
R
bringing body to rest increases. 8
∴ a= (∵ I = aMR2)
K 2
2 K  1 K  2 2 5
 2  = ,  2  = and  2  = 1
 R A 5  R B 2  R C 42. I0 = Ic + Mh2
∴ WC > WB > WA Ml 2 l Ml 2
2
Ml 2
= + m   = +
1 1 12 4 12 16
38. Initial K.E., (K.E.)i = I ω12 + Iω22
2 2 7Ml 2
∴ I0 =
1 48
Final K.E., (K.E.)f = × (2Iω2)
2 I 7 Ml 2
ω + ω2 
2 But K = =
= I  1 
M 48M
 2 
7
∴ Loss in K.E. = (K.E.)i − (K.E.)f ∴ K= l
2
48
1 2 1 2  ω1 + ω2 
= Iω1 + Iω2 − I  
2 2  2  Ml 2 MR 2
44. I1 = + and l = 2R
I 12 4
= (2 ω12 + 2 ω22 − ω12 − 2ω1ω2 − ω22 )
4 Ml 2 MR 2
I2 = + and l = 2R
I 3 4
= (ω1 − ω2)2
4 4MR 2 MR 2 MR 2 MR 2
I2 − I1 = + − −
39. M.I. of rod about an axis passing through centre, 3 4 3 4
ML2 4MR 2 MR 2 MR 2
IC = = MK12 ...(i) = − = (4 − 1)
12 3 3 3
M.I. of rod about an axis passing through one ∴ I2 − I1 = MR2
end, ML2
ML2 45. Icm = (about middle point)
IE = = MK 22 ...(ii) 12
3
L
Divide equation (i) by equation (ii)
2 2 I Icm
MK ML 3
1
2
= ×
MK 2 12 ML2
K12 1
∴ =
K 22 4
L/3 L/6 L/2
K1 1
∴ =
K2 2 ∴ Applying theorem of parallel axes,
2
40. According to perpendicular axis theorem, ML2 L ML2
I = Icm + Mx2 = + M  =
Iz = Ix + Iy = 20 +25 = 45 kg m2 12 6 9

26
 

Chapter 01: Rotational Dynamics

46. 48. Y

m1 m2 P
O
x1 x2
O X
l

Let O be the centre of mass of the system

m 2l
∴ x1 = ...(considering m1 as origin)
m1 + m 2
Using parallel axes theorem,
m1l
x2 = ...(considering m2 as origin) M.I. about origin O,
m1 + m 2
MR 2  MR 2 2
∴ M.I. of the system is given by, IO = +6  + M ( 2R ) 
I = m1x12 + m2x22
2  2 
2 2 MR 2 54MR 2
 m 2l   m1l  ∴ IO = +
= m1   + m2   2 2
m
 1 + m 2  m1 + m 2 
55 2
m1m 22l 2 + m 2 m12l 2 m1m 2 (m 2 + m1 )l 2 IO = MR
= = 2
( m1 + m 2 ) (m1 + m 2 ) 2
2
Similarly, using parallel axes theorem,
m1m 2l 2 M.I. about the point P will be,
= IP = IO + 7M(3R)2
(m1 + m 2 )
55
47. IP = MR2 + 63MR2
I 2
181
IP = MR2
2
R R/2
49. Y 9M,R
R
2R
Moment of inertia of disc is given by r= 3
3
Idisc = Ir + Ihole ….{Ir = M.I. of remaining part} X
O
∴ Ir = Idisc − Ihole ….(i)
MR 2
Idisc = ….(ii)
2
By parallel axes theorem we get,
 M  R 2 
   2 Mass of portion removed will be,
4 2 M R
 
Ihole =    +    M0 9M R
2
 2 42  m= × (πr)2 = 2 ×   = M




( πR 0 )
2
R 3

M
M.I. of the remaining part of the disc,
 
 M hole = disc
….  4

  R
2

 the surface density is same  M2   2
9MR   3  + M  2R  
I= −  
2  2  3  
 MR 2 MR 2   
∴ Ihole =  +  ….(iii)  
 32 16 
Substituting eq (iii) and eq (ii) in eq (i) we get, 9MR 2  MR 2 4MR 2 
∴ I= − + 
MR 2 MR 2 MR 2 2  18 9 
Ir = − −
2 32 16 9MR 2  9MR 2  9MR 2 MR 2
∴ I= − = −
1 1 1  13 2  18  2 2
= MR2  − − = MR2
2 32 16  32 ∴ I = 4MR2
27
 

Chapter 01: Rotational Dynamics

46. 48. Y

m1 m2 P
O
x1 x2
O X
l

Let O be the centre of mass of the system

m 2l
∴ x1 = ...(considering m1 as origin)
m1 + m 2
Using parallel axes theorem,
m1l
x2 = ...(considering m2 as origin) M.I. about origin O,
m1 + m 2
MR 2  MR 2 2
∴ M.I. of the system is given by, IO = +6  + M ( 2R ) 
I = m1x12 + m2x22
2  2 
2 2 MR 2 54MR 2
 m 2l   m1l  ∴ IO = +
= m1   + m2   2 2
m
 1 + m 2  m1 + m 2 
55 2
m1m 22l 2 + m 2 m12l 2 m1m 2 (m 2 + m1 )l 2 IO = MR
= = 2
( m1 + m 2 ) (m1 + m 2 ) 2
2
Similarly, using parallel axes theorem,
m1m 2l 2 M.I. about the point P will be,
= IP = IO + 7M(3R)2
(m1 + m 2 )
55
47. IP = MR2 + 63MR2
I 2
181
IP = MR2
2
R R/2
49. Y 9M,R
R
2R
Moment of inertia of disc is given by r= 3
3
Idisc = Ir + Ihole ….{Ir = M.I. of remaining part} X
O
∴ Ir = Idisc − Ihole ….(i)
MR 2
Idisc = ….(ii)
2
By parallel axes theorem we get,
 M  R 2 
   2 Mass of portion removed will be,
4 2 M R
 
Ihole =    +    M0 9M R
2
 2 42  m= × (πr)2 = 2 ×   = M




( πR 0 )
2
R 3

M
M.I. of the remaining part of the disc,
 
 M hole = disc
….  4

  R
2

 the surface density is same  M2   2
9MR   3  + M  2R  
I= −  
2  2  3  
 MR 2 MR 2   
∴ Ihole =  +  ….(iii)  
 32 16 
Substituting eq (iii) and eq (ii) in eq (i) we get, 9MR 2  MR 2 4MR 2 
∴ I= − + 
MR 2 MR 2 MR 2 2  18 9 
Ir = − −
2 32 16 9MR 2  9MR 2  9MR 2 MR 2
∴ I= − = −
1 1 1  13 2  18  2 2
= MR2  − − = MR2
2 32 16  32 ∴ I = 4MR2
27
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

50. I I Differentiating w.r.t. l on both sides,
dI m  −V 2l 
=  + 
dl 4  πl 2 3 
O But for moment of inertia to be minimum,
I dI
=0
dl
V 2l
∴ =
πl 2 3
2πl 3
From the figure, ∴ V=
3
2 2
MR MR
Ic = and I = ⇒ MR2 = 4I ….(i) ∴ πR2l =
2πl 3
2 4 3
Using theorem of perpendicular axes, 2
l 3
Ic = 2Id = 2I ….(ii) ∴ =
Now, using theorem of parallel axes, R2 2
It = Ic + MR2 = 2I + 4I = 6I ∴
l
=
3
….[from (i) and (ii)] R 2
51. Moment of inertia of a rod about 53. Angular momentum acts always along the axis
an axis passing through centre perpendicular to the plane of rotation.
and perpendicular to its length is
ml 2 l 54. Angular momentum
= = I1 = linear momentum × Perpendicular distance of
12 2 3
Where l = length of the rod. line of action of linear momentum from the axis
Using parallel axes theorem; of rotation
M.I about centroid = (M.I)cm + Mh2 = mv × l
l 55. We know,
Here h =
2 3 1
K.E. = Iω2
ml 2 ml 2 2
∴ M.I about centroid = +
12 12 Here,
2ml 2 (K.E.)A = (K.E.)B ...(Given)
∴ M.I of each rod about centroid =
12 1 1
∴ I A ωA 2 = I Bω B 2
2ml 2
ml 2
2 2
∴ M.I of system = 3 × = = I2
12 2 As IB > IA,
Given I2 = nI1 ωB < ωA
ml 2  ml 2  1
∴ = n  Also, K.E. = Lω ...( L = Iω)
2  12  2
1 1
∴ n=6 ∴ L A ωA= L Bω B
2 2
52. ∴ as ωB < ωA
LB > LA

R 56. We know that, L = Iω

∴ L1 = I1ω1 and L2 = I2ω2
l L1 I1ω1
∴ =
L 2 I 2ω2
L 2 / 5M1R 2ω1
⇒ =
mR 2 ml 2 L 2 / 3M 2 R 2ω2
I= +
4 12 ( L1 = L2 = L and R1 = R2 = R is given)
m  l2  3 M1 1
I =  R2 +  ⇒1=
4 3 5 M2 2
m  V l2  M1 10
=  +  ....( V = πR2l) ⇒ =
4  πl 3  M2 3

28
 

Chapter 01: Rotational Dynamics

57. τ = mg × l sin θ. (Direction 65. Torque at angle θ
parallel to plane of rotation l
of particle) τ = Mg sin θ ….(i)
2
→
as τ is perpendicular to L , Z
l l
direction of L changes but
magnitude remains same. ω, α
→ → → → → m
59. Power = τ .ω = ( r × F).ω θ
θ Mg
60. As ω = ω0 + ατ, X
ω − ω0 0 − 4.6 4.6 Also,
∴ α= = = − rad s−2
t t t τ = Iα ….(ii)
Negative sign is for retarding Torque l
∴ Iα = Mg sin θ ….[from (i) and (ii)]
Using τ = Iα, 2
4.6 M.I. of rod here is,
6.9 × 102 = 3 × 102 ×
t Ml 2
….(Considering magnitude only) I=
3
3 × 102 × 4.6 Ml 2 l
∴ t= = 2s ∴ α = Mg sin θ
6.9 × 102 3 2
1 lα gsin θ
61. R = 20 cm = m ∴ =
5 3 2
R 3gsin θ
Moment of inertia of ∴ α=
flywheel about its axis, 2l
1
I= MR2 66. As no external torque acts on the body, its
2 angular momentum will be conserved.
2
1 1 2
= × 20 ×   = 0.4 kg m 67.
2 5
Using τ = Iα, F = 25 N
1
25 ×
τ FR 5 5 Nm
α == = = = 12.5 s−2
I I 0.4 0.4 kgm 2

62. 30 N Here, the law of conservation of angular

momentum is applied about vertical axis passing
through centre. When insect is moving from
circumference to centre, its moment of inertia
will first decrease and then increase. Hence
τ = Iα angular velocity will first increase and then
τ RF F 30 decrease.
∴ α= = = = = 25 rad/s2
I mR 2 mR 3 × 0.4 68. I1ω1 = I2ω2
63. Torque zero ⇒ α is zero Iω = 2 Iω2 ….( I2 = 2I)
θ = 2t3 − 6t2
dθ ∴ ω2 = ω
∴ = 6t2 − 12t 2
dt
d 2θ ∴ K.E.1 = 1 Iω2
∴ = 0 ⇒ 12t − 12 = 0 2
dt 2 1
∴ t = 1 second K.E.2 = I 2ω22
2
64. Using, 1 ω2
= ( 2I ) ….  I 2= 2I, ω2= ω 
Tr = I α, 2 4  2
Iα mr 2 α mrα T 2
T= = × = r Iω
r 2 r 2 =
50 × 0.5 × 2 × 2π
4
= N 2
2 ∴ K.E.1 – K.E.2 = 1 Iω2 1 − 1  = 1 Iω2 × 1 = Iω
= 157 N 2  2 2 2 4

29
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

69. Initial angular momentum of ring, L = Iω = Mr2ω
= 1 Mv 2 1 + 2 
Final angular momentum of the system 2  5
consisting of ring and four particles,
 
L = (Mr2 + 4mr2)ω′  K2  2 
….   =
As there is no torque on the system, hence  R 2 solid 5 
angular momentum remains constant.  sphere 
Mω 1
∴ Mr2ω = (Mr2 + 4mr2)ω′ ⇒ ω′ = Mv 2
M + 4m ∴ Kt = 2 = 1 =5
( t
K + K r) 1  2 7/5 7
Mv 2 1 + 
70. Iω = (I + I′)ω′ 2  5
 
 I   I  8 76. aslipping = g sin θ
ω′ =   ω =   ω = ω
 I + I′   I + I  9
arolling =
gsin θ
=
gsin θ 5
= gsin θ
 8  K2   2 7
 1 + 2  1 + 
71. By conservation of angular momentum,  R   5
 I1  a rolling 5
I1 ω1 = (I1 + I2)ω2 ⇒ ω2 =   ω1 ∴ =
 I1 + I 2  a slipping 7
∴ Loss in kinetic energy = (K.E.)i − (K.E.)f
77. Krolling = Kf + Ur
1 1 1 I I 
= I1ω12 − ( I1 + I 2 ) ( ω22 ) =  1 2  ω12 Ktrans + Krot = 0 + Mgh
2 2 2  I1 + I 2 
1 1 3v 2
∴ Mv2 + Iω2 = Mg ×
72. According to law of conservation of angular 2 2 4g
momentum, v2 3
I1ω1 = I2ω2 ∴ Mv2 + I = M. v2
R 2
2
 25I1 
∴ I1ω1 =  I1 −  ω2 I 3 MR 2
 100  ∴ M+ = .M ⇒ I =
R2 2 2
∴ I1ω1 = 0.75I1ω2
I1ω1 78. Velocity of the small object is given as,
∴ ω2 =
0.75I1 2gh
v =
1.5π k2
= ….(Given: ω1 = 1.5 π) 1+ 2
0.75 r
= 2π 2g3v 2
2π 2π ∴ v2 =
But f = = = 1 rps æ k2 ö
ω 2π 4g çç1+ 2 ÷÷÷
çè r ÷ø
In rpm; f = 60 rpm
2

73. Hollow cylinder will take more time to reach the ∴ 1 + k2 = 3 ⇒ k2 = 1 r2

r 2 2
bottom because it possesses larger moment of
inertia. I
But k =
M
74. Acceleration of a rolling body on an inclined
∴ I = 1 2 ⇒ I = 1 Mr2 → disc
plane is given by r
M 2 2
gsin θ
a=
K2 1  K2 
1+ 2
r 79. K.E.initial = mv2 1 + 2 
2  R 
 K2  2  K2  1
 2  = ;  2  = 1  1 3
 r sphere 5  r disc 2 ∴ For disc, K.E.initial = mv2 1 +  = mv2,
2  2 4
∴ asphere > adisc K.E.final = 0
∴ sphere will reach the bottom of the plane first.
Work done = change in kinetic energy
75. For solid sphere: 3
=0– mv2
Kt = 1 Mv2 4
2 3
=– (100) (0.2)2 = – 3J
and (Kt + Kr) = 1 Mv 2 1 + K 2 
2
4
2  R  ∴ |Work done| = 3 J

30
 

Chapter 01: Rotational Dynamics

80. 86.
θ T
x
h
mg mg cosθ
mg sinθ
30°
From the figure,
T = mg cosθ + mg sinθ
2gh
v= ∴ T = mg cosθ + mv2/L
K2
1+ 2
R 87. Q2
2 × 10 × h 4πε0 R 2
∴ 42 =
1
1+ vH
2 Mg
 K2 1  Q
....  For solid cylinders 2 = 
 R 2

3 vL
∴ 2 × 10 × h = 16 × Q
2
24 At highest point, T = 0
∴ h= = 1.2 m Q2 mv 2H
20 ∴ Mg – =
4πε0 R 2 R
h
Now, sin θ = Q2
x But Mg = .... (Given)
4πε0 R 2
1.2
∴ sin 30° = ∴ vH = 0
x
According to work- energy theorem
1.2 ∴ W = ∆ KE
∴ x= = 2.4 m
1/ 2 1 2 1 2
mg (2R) = mv L − mv H
2 2
81. If ring, solid disc and solid sphere are released
1 2
from same height on an inclined plane, then = mv L ....(∴ vH = 0)
after rolling they will reach the bottom in an 2
order: ∴ vL = 2 gR
Solid sphere, solid disc and ring ;as smaller the 88.
K2
value of 2 , early it will fall.
R Fx
∴ vS > vD > vR M
Fy
1 2E
83. E= mv2 ⇒ v2 =
2 m
At midway point (M),
v2 2E Fy = mg
a= =
r mr mv 2M
Fx =
r
= 3mg (
.... v M = 3rg )
84. Change in momentum
( mg ) + ( 3mg )
2 2
= Mv – (–Mv) = 2 Mv Fnet = Fy2 + Fx2 =

85. Centripetal acceleration = 10 mg

v2 89. v2 = u2 + 2atS
= K2 t2 r
r ∴ v2 = 2atS ....{ u = 0}
∴ v=Ktr v2
at =
dv d ∴ 2S
acceleration, a = = (K t r) = Kr
dt dt At the end of second revolution, the particle
F=m×a travels a distance equal to twice the
circumference of circle.
and P = F × v = mKr × Ktr = mK2 t r2
31
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

∴ S = 2(2πr) = 4πr ∴ v2 = K × R
= K × 1 n −1
v2 mR n mR
∴ at =
2 ( 4πr )
 
∴ v = K′ × 1 ....  K′ = K 
v2 ( n −1)   m
∴ at = 
8πr R 2

The time period of rotation is,

90. m = 10 g = 0.01 kg n −1
r = 6.4 cm = 6.4 × 10–2 m, n +1
T = 2π=
R 2πR × R 2
=
2π
×R 2
1 v K′ K′
K.E. of particle = mv2
2 n +1

1 ∴ T∝R 2
∴ mv2 = 8 × 10–4 J
2
16 × 10−4
95. Potential energy is given to be,
∴ v2 = = 16 × 10–2
0.01 U = − k2 ….(i)
2
v = u + 2ats 2 2r
∴ v2 = 2ats ….{ u = 0} The force acting on the particle will be,
s = 2(2πr) F = dU = −d  −k2  = + k  −32 
∴ v2 = 2at4πr dr dr  2r  2 r 

∴ at =
v2
=
16 × 10−2
= 0.1 m/s2 ∴ F = − k3
8πr 8 × 3.14 × 6.4 × 10−2 r
As the particle is moving in circular path, the
91. Speed of the body after just reaching at the
force acting on it will be centripetal force.
bottom is v = 2gh ….(i)
mv2 = k2
2

It just completes a vertical circle using this ∴ F = − mv = k

− 3 ∴
rr r
velocity.
To complete vertical circle, speed required is v 1
Now, K.E. = mv2 = k 2 ....(ii)
2 2r
v = 5g D ….(ii) ∴ Total Energy E = K + U = 0
2
From equation (i) and (ii), ....[from (i) and (ii)]
D
∴ 2gh = 5g 96. → →
2 aT at
θ
∴ h= 5D
4 R
→
92. Given ac
Angular acceleration
α = 2 rad s−2
∴ Angular speed ω = αt =
(2) (2) = 4 rad/s Velocity of object is given as
ac = rω2 = 0.5 × 16 = 8 m/s2 V= K S ….(i)
at = αr = 1 m/s2 Centripetal acceleration of the object is,
Resultant acceleration is given by, V2
2 ac = ….(ii)
a= a c2 + a 2t = 8 + 1 ≈ 8 m/s
2 2
R
Tangential acceleration is given by,
93. Work done = increase in kinetic energy
1 2 1 2 1 2 at = dV = dV dS
W= I ω2 − I ω1 = ( ω2 − ω12 ) dt dS dt
2 2 2
dV
= 2π I ( v 2 − v1 )
2 2 2 =V
dS
W
∴ I = = K S d K S ( ) ….from (i)
2π ( v 22 − v12 )
2
dS
1
94. The centripetal force acting on the particle is = K2 S
provided by the central force, 2 S
2
K
= K × 1n
2
mv at = ….(iii)
∴
R R 2

32
 

Chapter 01: Rotational Dynamics

from figure, 99. For the rod PQ,
ML2
ac V  2 α=T× L
2
tan θ = =   2 ….From (ii) and (iii)
at  R K 3 2
L/2
2 K 2S P Q
∴ tan θ = ….from (i)
R K2
Mg
∴ tanθ = 2S
R Now, T = Mg
ML2
97. At an instant, speed of P = v, going in clockwise ∴ α = Mg × L
direction 3 2
α= 3g
Speed of Q = v, going in anticlockwise direction
2L
Relative angular velocity of P w.r.t.
Q = ω− (−ω) = 2 ω 100.
ω0 ω
Relative angular separation of P and Q in time t,
vCM
θ = 2 ωt.
Relative speed between the points P and Q at
time t 1 2
→
| vr | = 2 2
v + v − 2vvcos(2ωr) L1 = L2;
L1 = LCM + mvCMr = LCM + mr2ω0 = mr2ω0
= 2v 2 (1 − cos 2ωr)
[ LCM = 0 initially]
= 2v 2 × 2sin 2 ωr L2 = LCM + mvCMr = mr2ω + mr2ω = 2mr2ω
= 2v sin ωr 2mr2ω = mr2ω0
→
Since, | v r | will not have any negative value so ω0
∴ ω=
the lower part of the sine wave will come upper 2
side. ⇒ vCM = rω = rω0
2
98. B
MR 2 ω
101. Torque: τ = Iα = ×
r 2 t
2
r MR ω
∴ τ =
2t
A C D
But τ = R × F
2
∴ F = τ = MRω
Let A be initial position of point of contact and R 2t
B be its position after the wheel completes half
102. ω0 = 0, ω = 24 rad/s, t = 8 s
revolution.
ω − ω0 24
Distance travelled by the wheel in half ∴ α= = = 3 rad/s2
t 8
C
revolution = = AD From kinematical equations for rotational motion,
2
1 2
∴ from figure ; θ = ω0t + αt
2
Displacement of initial point of contact after 1
half revolution = AB =0+ × 3 × (8)2
2
∴ AB2 = AD2 +DB2 = 96 rad.
2
C 2
103. I = 2 kg m2
AB2 =   + ( 2r )
2 ω0 = 60 rad/s
C We know,
But r =
2π ω − ω0
α=
2 2 t
C C
∴ AB2 =   +   After time t = 5 min = 300 s,
2 π
ω=0
C2 C2 1 1 0 − 60 1
∴ AB = + = C + ∴ α= = − rad/s2
4 π2 π 2 4 300 5

33
 

Chapter 01: Rotational Dynamics

1 2  ω0 
2
∴ Translational K.E. = mv ∴ 2
  =ω0 − 2α(2πn)
2  4 
∴ (Translational K.E).P < (Translational K.E.)Q ω02
∴ 2πn(2α) = ω02 −
v = ωR ⇒ ω ∝ v ⇒ ωP < ωQ 16
Hence cylinder Q reaches the ground with larger 15  ω02 
angular speed. ∴ 2πn =   ….(i)
16  2α 
1 2 when the fan stops rotating, 0 = ω02 − 2 α (2πn′)
112. Using S = at g sin θ
2
ω02
1 ∴ 2πn′ = ….(ii)
S = g sin θ.(4)2 ….(i) 2α
2 16
S 1 Comparing equations (i) and (ii), n′ = n
∴ = gsin θ.(t) 2 ….(ii) θ 15
4 2
Dividing equation (ii) by (i), 116. Work done; W = τθ
1 t2 ∴ W = Iαθ ….( τ = Iα)
= or t2 = 4 ⇒ t = 2 s
4 16 W
∴ I=
αθ
1
113. Rotational K.E.of sphere = I ω2  ωf2 = ωi2 + 2αθ 
2 W
∴ I= ….  
75% of K.E. = Heat energy 2π ( n 22 − n12 )
2 ∴ αθ= 2π2 ( n 22 − n12 ) 
 
1 2 75
∴ Iω × = MS∆θ 2π π
2 100 117. ω1 = 3 rpm = 3 × = rad/s, ω2 = 0
60 10
1 2 2 2 75  2 
× MR ω × = MS∆θ  Isp = MR 2  θ = 2π rev = 4π2 rad
2 3 100  3 
π2
2
R ω 2 0−
ω12
− ω22
100 −1
= ∆θ α= = =
4S 2θ 2 4π 2 800 ( )
km MR 2
114. v = 54 = 15 m/s τ = Iα = ×α
h 2
v 15 rad
( )
2
ω0 = = ,ω=0 2 × 4 × 10−2 1
r 0.45 s = × = 2 × 10–6 Nm
2 800
ω = ω0 + αt
15 118. When the truck moves towards right with
0= + α(15)
0.45 acceleration ‘a’, then due to pseudo force, the
15 1 rad pendulum will tilt in backward direction (to the
α=– = −
0.45 × 15 0.45 s 2 left) making an angle θ with the vertical
∴ The magnitude of average torque a
3 300
τ = Iα = − = −
0.45 45 T θ
= –6.66 kgm /s2 2 ma

115. The fan initially rotates with angular velocity ω0. θ

∴ After switching off in time t, ω2 = ω02 − 2αθ From figure, mg

here, θ = ωt T sin θ = ma
and ω = 2πN T cos θ = mg
as n revolutions are made in time t, a
∴ tan θ =
n n g
N= ⇒ θ = 2π   × t = 2πn
t t a
∴ θ = tan−1  
∴ 2 2
ω = ω − 2α(2πn) g
0

35
 

Chapter 01: Rotational Dynamics

1 2  ω0 
2
∴ Translational K.E. = mv ∴ 2
  =ω0 − 2α(2πn)
2  4 
∴ (Translational K.E).P < (Translational K.E.)Q ω02
∴ 2πn(2α) = ω02 −
v = ωR ⇒ ω ∝ v ⇒ ωP < ωQ 16
Hence cylinder Q reaches the ground with larger 15  ω02 
angular speed. ∴ 2πn =   ….(i)
16  2α 
1 2 when the fan stops rotating, 0 = ω02 − 2 α (2πn′)
112. Using S = at g sin θ
2
ω02
1 ∴ 2πn′ = ….(ii)
S = g sin θ.(4)2 ….(i) 2α
2 16
S 1 Comparing equations (i) and (ii), n′ = n
∴ = gsin θ.(t) 2 ….(ii) θ 15
4 2
Dividing equation (ii) by (i), 116. Work done; W = τθ
1 t2 ∴ W = Iαθ ….( τ = Iα)
= or t2 = 4 ⇒ t = 2 s
4 16 W
∴ I=
αθ
1
113. Rotational K.E.of sphere = I ω2  ωf2 = ωi2 + 2αθ 
2 W
∴ I= ….  
75% of K.E. = Heat energy 2π ( n 22 − n12 )
2 ∴ αθ= 2π2 ( n 22 − n12 ) 
 
1 2 75
∴ Iω × = MS∆θ 2π π
2 100 117. ω1 = 3 rpm = 3 × = rad/s, ω2 = 0
60 10
1 2 2 2 75  2 
× MR ω × = MS∆θ  Isp = MR 2  θ = 2π rev = 4π2 rad
2 3 100  3 
π2
2
R ω 2 0−
ω12
− ω22
100 −1
= ∆θ α= = =
4S 2θ 2 4π 2 800 ( )
km MR 2
114. v = 54 = 15 m/s τ = Iα = ×α
h 2
v 15 rad
( )
2
ω0 = = ,ω=0 2 × 4 × 10−2 1
r 0.45 s = × = 2 × 10–6 Nm
2 800
ω = ω0 + αt
15 118. When the truck moves towards right with
0= + α(15)
0.45 acceleration ‘a’, then due to pseudo force, the
15 1 rad pendulum will tilt in backward direction (to the
α=– = −
0.45 × 15 0.45 s 2 left) making an angle θ with the vertical
∴ The magnitude of average torque a
3 300
τ = Iα = − = −
0.45 45 T θ
= –6.66 kgm /s2 2 ma

115. The fan initially rotates with angular velocity ω0. θ

∴ After switching off in time t, ω2 = ω02 − 2αθ From figure, mg

here, θ = ωt T sin θ = ma
and ω = 2πN T cos θ = mg
as n revolutions are made in time t, a
∴ tan θ =
n n g
N= ⇒ θ = 2π   × t = 2πn
t t a
∴ θ = tan−1  
∴ 2 2
ω = ω − 2α(2πn) g
0

35
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

Hints to Evaluation Test

1. For an hour hand, T = 12 hr = 12 × 3600 s 7. Angle moved = θ in time t

2π 2π π l
ω= = = rad/s t= ….(v = velocity of bullet)
T 12 × 3600 21600 v
2. Using, v = rω Also, θ = ωt
l ωl θ
= r × (2πn) = 0.4 × 2π × 5 ∴ θ = ω  ⇒ v =
= 0.4 × 2 × 3.14 × 5 v θ
A B
l
= 12.56 ≈ 12.6 m/s
3. Since this is not a case of a normal string, the
velocity at the topmost point can be zero. M M
∴ (T.E.)initial = (T.E.)final 9. ρ= =
4 3 4 R
3
7 4 3
1 πR − π    πR 
∴ mgh + mv2 = mg (2R) 3 3 2 8 3 
2
Mentire sphere = ρV
∴ v = 2g (2R − h)
M 4 
In case of a string, v at the topmost point = ×  πR 3 
 7  4 3   3 
should be equal to Rg to complete the  8  3 πR  
   
vertical circle as T = 0 and ball will fall
8
vertically down if v = 0. = M
7
4. Using, = M1
θ = ω0t + 1 αt2 M
2 Mrem sphere = = M2
7
= 4 × 10 + 1 × 2 × (10)2 = 140 rad 2 2 R 
2

2 ∴ Isystem = M1 R2 – 2
 M 2 R + M 2   
5 5 2 
θ 140
n= = ≈ 22
2π 2 × 3.142 2 13
= M1 R2 – M2 R2
→ → →
5 20
5. v AB
= vA − vB 2  8  2 13  M  2
=  M R –  R
Now, 5 7  20  7 
→
v AB = v 2 + v 2 + 2v 2 cos(180 − θ) 16 13MR 2
= MR2 –
35 140
→ →
∴ [smaller angle between v A and − v B
=
( 64 − 13) MR2
= 180 − θ] →
140
vB
= 2v 2 (1 − cos θ) 51
B = MR2
140
= 2v 2 ( 2sin 2 (θ / 2) )
r2 r1
= 2 v sin (θ/2) θ →
= 2 Rω sin (θ/2) vA M CM M
A
10. In one complete revolution, total displacement
mv02 is zero. So average velocity is zero.
6. N cos φ = and N sin φ = mg
r
g N dω dθ
∴ tan φ = r mv02 11. = α = k ⇒ ω = kt + c1 =
 v0 
2 dt dt
  r
 r  ∴ θ = ∫ (kt + c1 )dt
2 mg
v kt 2
∴ r = 0 tan φ = + c1t + c 2
g 2
φ
= quadratic equation which has a graph of
parabola
36
 

Chapter 01: Rotational Dynamics

19.
12. n = 900 r.p.m. = 900 r.p.s = 15 r.p.s, Initially Finally
60
1.2
d = 1.2 m ⇒ r = = 0.6 m
2

a = ω2r = (2 πn)2 × 1.2 = 540 π2 m/s2

2
L L
 dω  L
13. α = ω  → So α is negative, if
 dθ 
dω dω
ω > 0, < 0 or ω < 0, >0 ML2 ML2 2
dθ dθ Ii = + = ML2
6 2 3
14. τnet = I α  ML 2 2
 L  ML
2
 3L  
2

∴ If =  + M  + + M  
 MR 2   12 2 12  2  
(Mg) R =  + 3mR 2  α
 2  =
8
ML2
3
1  MR 
2
Also, (Mg)R =  + 3mR 2  ω2 ∴ Ii ωi = If ωf
2  2  2 8
2 4mgR ∴ ML2 ω = ML2 ωf
∴ ω = 3 3
( M + 6m ) R 2 ω
∴ ωf =
4mg 4
∴ ω=
R ( M + 6m ) 20. The catch here is that the incline is smooth/
frictionless. Hence, the rotational K⋅E. of the
T sphere will not be affected.
15. Using, T = mrω2 ⇒ ω2 =
mr ∴ Conserving Energy,
6.4 1
∴ ω= ≈ 3 rad/s mv2 = mgh
0.1 × 6 2
⇒ v = 2gh
16. Using,
v= µrg
= 0.4 × 30 × 9.8
= 10.84 m/s
17. The area under the α−t graph gives change in
angular velocity.
π(2) 2 4π
Area = = = 2π
2 2
∴ ω2 − ω1 = 2π
∴ ω2 = 2π + 2π = 4π rad/s

18. P
v
θ
θ
O v = Rω

vR = v 2 + v 2 + 2v 2 cos θ
= 2v 2 (1 + cos θ )

θ
= 2 v sin  
2 

37
 

Chapter 02: Mechanical Properties of Fluids

121. Force of adhesion is more between the liquid 140. π (2R)2 × v1 = π(R)2 v2
layer and bottom of vessel. Hence velocity of 4 R 2 v1
liquid layer of bottom is least and velocity ∴ v2 = = 4v1
R2
increases towards the surface.
141. A1v1 = A2v2
dv 12
124. = = 15/s π (1)2 × 5 = π(0.5)2 × v2 ( A = πr2)
dx 0.8
1× 5
dv ∴ v2 = = 20 cm/s
125. Velocity gradient = 0.5× 0.5
dx
−1
dv 156. v = 2gh = 2 × 10 × 20 = 20 m s
∴ 5=
2.5
∴ dv = 12.5 cm/s 157. v = 2gh = 2 × 9.8 × 0.1 = 1.4 m/s

dv 0.05 158. P1 − P2 = ρg (h2 − h1)

128. F = ηA = 2 × 0.04 × =8N = 1040 × 9.8 (0.5)
dx 0.0005
P1 − P2 = 5096 N m−2
dv
129. F = ηA   159. From the Bernoulli’s Principle
 dx 
1
∴ η=
F
=
2000 P 1 − P2 = ρ ( v 22 − v12 )
1 2
 dv  10 ×
A  1
 dx  0.1 = × 1.3 × [(120)2 − (90)2]
2000 × 0.1 2
= = 20 poise = 4095 N/m2 or pascal
10

131. Since F = 6πη r v Critical Thinking

∴ F∝rv
1. At a point, pressure acts in all directions and a
F1 6πηr1v r r 1 definite direction is not associated with it, so
132. = = 1 = = pressure is a scalar quantity.
F2 6πηr2 v r2 2r 2
2. When two holes are made in the tin, air keeps
133. F = 6π ηrv
entering through the other hole. Due to this the
= 6 × 3.142 × 1.8 × 10−4 × 0.05 × 200 pressure inside the tin does not become less than
= 0.034 dyne atmospheric pressure which happens when only
2 2 one hole is made.
r g (r − σ)
136. v = 9 4. pressure (Pg) = 200 kPa,
η P0 = atmospheric pressure = 1.01 × 105 Pa
2 ( 0.1 × 10 ) × 9.8 × ( 8000 − 1330 ) = 101 kPa
−2 2

= Absolute pressure (P) = P0 + Pg

9 8.33 × 10−1
= 101 + 200 = 301 kPa
≈ 0.01743 m/s
= 17.43 × 10−3 m/s 5. Total pressure = Pa + ρgh
= 1.01 × 105 + 103 × 10 × 10
137. Neglecting buoyancy due to air,
....[ ρwater = 103 kg/m3]
2r 2rg
v= = 2.01 × 105 Pa ≈ 2 atm
9η
6. Pressure difference between lungs and
2 × ( 2 × 10−5 ) × 1.2 × 103 × 9.8
2

= atmosphere = 760 mm – 750 mm

9 × 1.8 × 10−5 = 10 mm = 1 cm of Hg
= 5.81 × 10−2 m/s Also, Pressure difference = 1 × 13.6 × g
v ≈ 5.8 cm/s i.e., one can draw from a depth of 13.6 cm of
water.
2r 2rg
138. η = (Neglecting density of air) 7. External pressure
9v
= atmospheric pressure + ρgh
2 × (10 )
−5 2
× 1000 × 9.8
= where ρ is density of water = 1000 kg/m3
9 × 1.21 × 10−2 ∴ External pressure = 105 + 1000 × 10 × 20
η = 1.8 × 10−5 N s/m2 = 105 + 2 × 105 = 3 × 105 N/m2
39
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

8. Pressure at bottom of the lake = P0 + hρg 20. From Notes 2,
FC
Pressure at half the depth of a lake = P0 + h ρg FA < or FC > 2 FA
2 2
According to given condition, Clearly, the cohesive force dominates.
2
P0 + 1 hρg = (P0 + hρg) 22. Surface tension of oil is less than that of water.
2 3 So oil spreads on water.
1 1
P0 = hρg 23. A membrane has two free surfaces, therefore
3 6
total force acting on each side = T × 2L
2P 2×105 T × 2L
h = 0 = 3 = 20 m Force per unit length of the frame = = 2T
ρg 10 ×10 L
9. P = P0 + hρg 24. In case of a square frame,
= 1.01 × 105 + 0.20 × 1000 × 10 Total length L′ = 2 × 4L = 8L
= 1.01 × 105 + 0.02 × 105 = 1.03 × 105 Pa ∴ Force due to surface tension,
 F = PA F = T × L′ = T × 8L = 8TL
∴ F = 1.03 × 105 × 1 = 1.03 × 105 N 25. T=
F
=
720
= 72 dyne/cm
2l 2×5
10.
26. Force required to separate the plates,
Glycerine

Oil h
10 cm 2TA 2 × 70 × 10−3 × 10−2
10–h =F = = 28 N
t 0.05 × 10−3
A B
2AT 2 × 8 × 75
Mercury
27. F= = = 105 dyne
t 0.12 × 10−1
At the condition of equilibrium 28. The force on disc = T × circumference
Pressure at point A = Pressure at point B = 7 × 10–2 × 2 ×π × r
PA = PB 22
= 7 × 10–2 × 2 × × (20 × 10–2)
∴ 10 × 1.3 × g = h × 0.8 × g + (10 − h) × 13.6 × g 7
⇒ h = 9.6 cm = 8.8 × 10−2 N

11. Pressure depends on depth alone. 29. F = T × (2πR)

F 75 × 10−4
13. Hydraulic brakes work as per Pascal’s law. ∴ (2πR) = = = 12.5 × 10−2 m
T 6 × 10−2
Hence change in liquid pressure is transmitted
equally to wheels. 30. F = T × l = 2 × 2πr × T = 0.0616 × 105 dyne
6160 × 7
5 10 ∴ T= dyne cm−1
15. r1 = m , r2 = m, 4 × 22 × 7
100 100
= 70 dyne cm−1
F2 = 1350 kg f = 1350 × 9.8 N;
F1 F2 31. Force due to S.T. = 2 (2πr) T
As, = ∴ Force required to lift the ring,
a1 a 2
F = 2 (2πr) T
a πr12
∴ =F1 =
1
F2 F2 22 3
a2 πr12 =2×2× × × 10−2 × 0.07
7 4
⇒ =
F1 1=F
r2 (5 / 100) 2
× 1350 × 9.8 = 22 × 3 × 10−2 × 0.01
2 2
r1 (10 / 100) 2 = 66 × 10−4 N
= 1470N 32. F = T × (2π r1 + 2πr2)
F F = T × 2π × (1.75 + 2.25) × 10−2
Pressure, P = 1 = 12
a1 πr1 = 0.074 × 2 × 3.14 × 4 × 10−2
=
1470 = 1.86 × 10–2 N
(22 / 7)(5 / 100) 2
33. Net force on stick = F1 – F2 = (T1 − T2)l
= 1.87 × 105 Pa = (0.07 – 0.06) × 2 = 0.01 × 2 = 0.02 N
P1 − P2 v 2 4.5 × 105 − 4 × 105 v 2 34. Pull due to surface tension = T × 2 × (l + t)
16. = ⇒ =
ρg 2g 103 × g 2g = 0.07 × 2(9.8 + 0.2) × 10−2
∴ v = 10 m/s = 14 × 10−3 N
40
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

8. Pressure at bottom of the lake = P0 + hρg 20. From Notes 2,
FC
Pressure at half the depth of a lake = P0 + h ρg FA < or FC > 2 FA
2 2
According to given condition, Clearly, the cohesive force dominates.
2
P0 + 1 hρg = (P0 + hρg) 22. Surface tension of oil is less than that of water.
2 3 So oil spreads on water.
1 1
P0 = hρg 23. A membrane has two free surfaces, therefore
3 6
total force acting on each side = T × 2L
2P 2×105 T × 2L
h = 0 = 3 = 20 m Force per unit length of the frame = = 2T
ρg 10 ×10 L
9. P = P0 + hρg 24. In case of a square frame,
= 1.01 × 105 + 0.20 × 1000 × 10 Total length L′ = 2 × 4L = 8L
= 1.01 × 105 + 0.02 × 105 = 1.03 × 105 Pa ∴ Force due to surface tension,
 F = PA F = T × L′ = T × 8L = 8TL
∴ F = 1.03 × 105 × 1 = 1.03 × 105 N 25. T=
F
=
720
= 72 dyne/cm
2l 2×5
10.
26. Force required to separate the plates,
Glycerine

Oil h
10 cm 2TA 2 × 70 × 10−3 × 10−2
10–h =F = = 28 N
t 0.05 × 10−3
A B
2AT 2 × 8 × 75
Mercury
27. F= = = 105 dyne
t 0.12 × 10−1
At the condition of equilibrium 28. The force on disc = T × circumference
Pressure at point A = Pressure at point B = 7 × 10–2 × 2 ×π × r
PA = PB 22
= 7 × 10–2 × 2 × × (20 × 10–2)
∴ 10 × 1.3 × g = h × 0.8 × g + (10 − h) × 13.6 × g 7
⇒ h = 9.6 cm = 8.8 × 10−2 N

11. Pressure depends on depth alone. 29. F = T × (2πR)

F 75 × 10−4
13. Hydraulic brakes work as per Pascal’s law. ∴ (2πR) = = = 12.5 × 10−2 m
T 6 × 10−2
Hence change in liquid pressure is transmitted
equally to wheels. 30. F = T × l = 2 × 2πr × T = 0.0616 × 105 dyne
6160 × 7
5 10 ∴ T= dyne cm−1
15. r1 = m , r2 = m, 4 × 22 × 7
100 100
= 70 dyne cm−1
F2 = 1350 kg f = 1350 × 9.8 N;
F1 F2 31. Force due to S.T. = 2 (2πr) T
As, = ∴ Force required to lift the ring,
a1 a 2
F = 2 (2πr) T
a πr12
∴ =F1 =
1
F2 F2 22 3
a2 πr12 =2×2× × × 10−2 × 0.07
7 4
⇒ =
F1 1=F
r2 (5 / 100) 2
× 1350 × 9.8 = 22 × 3 × 10−2 × 0.01
2 2
r1 (10 / 100) 2 = 66 × 10−4 N
= 1470N 32. F = T × (2π r1 + 2πr2)
F F = T × 2π × (1.75 + 2.25) × 10−2
Pressure, P = 1 = 12
a1 πr1 = 0.074 × 2 × 3.14 × 4 × 10−2
=
1470 = 1.86 × 10–2 N
(22 / 7)(5 / 100) 2
33. Net force on stick = F1 – F2 = (T1 − T2)l
= 1.87 × 105 Pa = (0.07 – 0.06) × 2 = 0.01 × 2 = 0.02 N
P1 − P2 v 2 4.5 × 105 − 4 × 105 v 2 34. Pull due to surface tension = T × 2 × (l + t)
16. = ⇒ =
ρg 2g 103 × g 2g = 0.07 × 2(9.8 + 0.2) × 10−2
∴ v = 10 m/s = 14 × 10−3 N
40
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

57. Area of film = 2 (10 × 10−2 × 5 × 10−2) u′ = 1000 × T × 4πr2
= (50 × 10−4 m2) × 2 R2
= 1000 × T × 4π
W = T∆A 100
= 0.035 × (50 × 10−4) × 2 = 10 × 4πR2T = 10 u
= 0.035 × 100 × 10−4 4
= 0.035 × 10−2 = 3.5 × 10−4 J 65. Volume of small droplet = πr3
3
58. Let r = radius of each small drop and 4
Volume of big drop = πR3
R = radius of a big single drop. 3
4 4 Due to volume conservation,
Then n × π r3 = π R3 4
3 3 4 
πR3 = 64 ×  πr 3 
∴ R=n r 1/3 3  3 
Initial surface energy = E1 = n × 4 π r2 × T = n E ∴ R3 = (4)3r3 ⇒ R = 4 r
Final surface energy R 1
∴ r= = = 0.25 mm
= E2 = 4 π R2 × T = 4 π r2n2/3 × T = n2/3 E 4 4
Energy released = E1 – E2 = E (n – n2/3) Work done = T × ∆A = T [n4πr2 – 4πR2]
= 4πT [nr2 − R2]
59. W ∝ r2 = 4π × 72 × 10−3 [64 × (0.25 × 10−3)2 − (10−3)2]
∴ W1 ∝ r12 and W2 ∝ r22 = 288π × 10−3 [4 × 10−6 − 10−6]
2
W1  r1   4 
2 = 2.7 × 10−6 J
∴ = =    = 16 : 9
W2  r2   3  66. As volume is conserved,
60. W∝r 2 4 4
πR3 = n πr3
∴ W1 ∝ R2 and W2 ∝ (3R)2 3 3
3
W R2 R3  0.5 × 10−2 
⇒ 1 = 2 =1:9 ∴ n= 3
= −3 
= (5)3 = 125
W2 9R r  1 × 10 
∴ R3 = 125r3 ⇒ R = 5r
4
61. V = πr3 ⇒ V ∝ r3 ⇒ r ∝ V1/3 W = n4πr2T − 4πR2T
3 = n4πr2T − 4π(25r2)T
Now, = 4πr2T (125 − 25)
W = 4 π r2 T ⇒ W ∝ r2 ∝ V2/3 22
W′  r′ 
2
2V 
2/3 = 400 × × 10–6 × 7 × 10–2
∴ =   =  
2/3
= (2) =4 1/3 7
W r  V  = 88 × 10–6
∴ W′ = 41/3 W ∴ W = 8.8 × 10−5 J
4 3 4 67. Let r be the radius of each droplet and R be the
62. 2× πr = πR3 or R = 21/3r radius of the big drop.
3 3
Since the total volume is the same, we have
Final surface area = 4πR2 = 4π22/3 r2
4πr 3 4πR 3
Initial surface area = 2 × 4πr2 106 × =
3 3
∴ Energy released = [8πr2 – 4 × 22/3 πr2]T
∴ R3 = 106 r3 ⇒ R = 100 r
63. Surface energy = surface tension ∴ The surface energy of one million drops,
× surface area E1 = 4πr2T × 106
E = T × 2A The surface energy of one big drop,
∴ New surface energy, E1 = T × 2(A/2) = T × A E2 = 4πR2T
2 2
E − E1 E2 R 1 100r  1 1
∴ % decrease in surface energy = × 100 ∴ =   × 6 =   × 6 = 2
E E1 r 10  r  10 10
2TA − TA
= × 100 = 50% 4 4
2TA 68. π R3 = 8 × πr3
3 3
64. u = T × 4 π R2 ∴ R3 = 8r3 ⇒ R = 2r
When drop is sprayed into 1000 droplets each of Work done = T (n × 4π r2 – 4πR2)
radius r, then R2
= T (8 × 4π × – 4πR2)
4 4 R 4
πR3 = 1000 × πr3 ⇒ r =
3 3 10 = T 4π (2R2 – R2) = 4πR2T

42
 

Chapter 02: Mechanical Properties of Fluids

35. Refer Shortcut 2 47. W = 8 π ( r22 − r12 ) T
r= r12 + r22 = 9 + 16 = 5 cm = 8 × 3.14 × [(6 × 10−2)2] − (4 × 10−2)2]
36. Refer Shortcut 3 × 0.035
r1r2 5× 4 = 17.58 × 10−4 ≈ 1.8 × 10−3 J
=r = = 20 cm
r1 − r2 5 − 4 48. Work done = S.T. × increase in surface area
37. Using Shortcut 2, = 25 × 10−3 × 2 × 4π × [(9 × 10−2)2
r2 + r2 = R2 – (6 × 10−2)2]
−3 −4
= 200 × 10 × π × [45 × 10 ]
∴ R = 2 r = 1.4 r
= 9000 π × 10−7 = 90π × 10−5 J
38. Here, Assertion is false but Reason is true. As
work done is, 49. dW = T × 8π (R 22 − R 12 )
W = S.T. × increase in area = T × 8π(25R2 − 9R2)
W = T × 8π (16 R2) = 128 πR2T
or S. T. =
increasein area
50. Work done in blowing a soap bubble of radius R
2 × 10−4 is given by, W = 8πR2T
= −4
= 5 × 10–2 N/m.
(10 × 8 − 10 × 4)10 2
 6 × 10−2  −2
= 8 × 3.14 ×   × 2.1 × 10
39. W = T × Surface area of bubble  2 
Since the soap bubble has two surfaces, = 47.4 × 10−5 J
W = T × 2 × 4πR2 = 8πR2T
40. W = 2 × 4πR2 × σ ; R is increased by a factor of 51. Since conditions are isothermal, therefore,
2, so W is increased by a factor of 4. energy will be conserved.
∴ 2[2 × 4πr2T] = 2 × 4πR2T
41. Increase in surface area = n × 4πr2 − 4πR2 R2 = 2r2
Required energy is equal to the product of ∴ R = 21/2 r
surface tension and increase in surface area.
= (4πnr2 − 4πR2) × T 52. Work done in increasing the radius of soap
bubble is W = 8πT[r22 – r12] = 8πT (4r2 – r2)
Work done = 24πr2T
42. T=
Change in area
53. Work done = surface tension × change in
3 × 10−4
∴ T= = 3 × 10–2 N/m surface area
2 × (10 × 11 − 10 × 6) × 10−4
= T × (2A − A)
43. Effective area = 2 × 0.02 m2 = 0.04 m2 =T×A
Surface energy, T∆A = 5 N m−1 × 0.04 m2 = 3 × 10−3 × 1.3 × 10−4
= 2 × 10−1 J = 3.9 × 10−7 J
44. Due to volume conservation, 54. Area of film = 2 (2 × 10−3) = 4 × 10−3 m2
4 4 W = T∆A
2× πR3 = πR3 ⇒ r = 21/3 R
3 3 = 40 × 10−3 × (4 × 10−3)
Surface energy ∝ Area = 16 × 10−5 J
∴
(Surface energy ) before
=
2A1 2R 2
= 55. Work done = T × ∆A
(Surface energy ) after A2 r2
= 0.072 × [(20 × 0.2 × 10−4)
2R 2 – (20 × 0.1 × 10−4)]
= = 21/3
22/3 × R 2 = 0.072 × 0.1 × 20 × 10−4
45. As volume remains constant, = 0.072 × 2 × 10−4
R3 = 8000r3 ⇒ R = 20r = 1.44 × 10−5 J
Surface energy of one big drop 4pR 2T 56. Initial surface area = 2 × length × separation
∴ =
Surface energy of 8000 small drop 8000 4pr 2T = 2 × 10 × 0.5
R2 (=
20r ) 1
2 = 10 cm2 = 10 × 10–4 m2
= = Final surface area
8000r 2 8000r 2 20
= 2 × 10 × (0.5 + 0.1) × 10−4 = 12 × 10–4 m2
46. W = 8πr2T = 8 × 3.14 × (5 × 10−2)2 × 30 × 10−2 Work done = W = T × ∆A
= 1.88 × 10−2 J = 0.070 × [12 × 10–4 – 10 × 10–4] = 14 × 10–6 J
41
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

57. Area of film = 2 (10 × 10−2 × 5 × 10−2) u′ = 1000 × T × 4πr2
= (50 × 10−4 m2) × 2 R2
= 1000 × T × 4π
W = T∆A 100
= 0.035 × (50 × 10−4) × 2 = 10 × 4πR2T = 10 u
= 0.035 × 100 × 10−4 4
= 0.035 × 10−2 = 3.5 × 10−4 J 65. Volume of small droplet = πr3
3
58. Let r = radius of each small drop and 4
Volume of big drop = πR3
R = radius of a big single drop. 3
4 4 Due to volume conservation,
Then n × π r3 = π R3 4
3 3 4 
πR3 = 64 ×  πr 3 
∴ R=n r 1/3 3  3 
Initial surface energy = E1 = n × 4 π r2 × T = n E ∴ R3 = (4)3r3 ⇒ R = 4 r
Final surface energy R 1
∴ r= = = 0.25 mm
= E2 = 4 π R2 × T = 4 π r2n2/3 × T = n2/3 E 4 4
Energy released = E1 – E2 = E (n – n2/3) Work done = T × ∆A = T [n4πr2 – 4πR2]
= 4πT [nr2 − R2]
59. W ∝ r2 = 4π × 72 × 10−3 [64 × (0.25 × 10−3)2 − (10−3)2]
∴ W1 ∝ r12 and W2 ∝ r22 = 288π × 10−3 [4 × 10−6 − 10−6]
2
W1  r1   4 
2 = 2.7 × 10−6 J
∴ = =    = 16 : 9
W2  r2   3  66. As volume is conserved,
60. W∝r 2 4 4
πR3 = n πr3
∴ W1 ∝ R2 and W2 ∝ (3R)2 3 3
3
W R2 R3  0.5 × 10−2 
⇒ 1 = 2 =1:9 ∴ n= 3
= −3 
= (5)3 = 125
W2 9R r  1 × 10 
∴ R3 = 125r3 ⇒ R = 5r
4
61. V = πr3 ⇒ V ∝ r3 ⇒ r ∝ V1/3 W = n4πr2T − 4πR2T
3 = n4πr2T − 4π(25r2)T
Now, = 4πr2T (125 − 25)
W = 4 π r2 T ⇒ W ∝ r2 ∝ V2/3 22
W′  r′ 
2
2V 
2/3 = 400 × × 10–6 × 7 × 10–2
∴ =   =  
2/3
= (2) =4 1/3 7
W r  V  = 88 × 10–6
∴ W′ = 41/3 W ∴ W = 8.8 × 10−5 J
4 3 4 67. Let r be the radius of each droplet and R be the
62. 2× πr = πR3 or R = 21/3r radius of the big drop.
3 3
Since the total volume is the same, we have
Final surface area = 4πR2 = 4π22/3 r2
4πr 3 4πR 3
Initial surface area = 2 × 4πr2 106 × =
3 3
∴ Energy released = [8πr2 – 4 × 22/3 πr2]T
∴ R3 = 106 r3 ⇒ R = 100 r
63. Surface energy = surface tension ∴ The surface energy of one million drops,
× surface area E1 = 4πr2T × 106
E = T × 2A The surface energy of one big drop,
∴ New surface energy, E1 = T × 2(A/2) = T × A E2 = 4πR2T
2 2
E − E1 E2 R 1 100r  1 1
∴ % decrease in surface energy = × 100 ∴ =   × 6 =   × 6 = 2
E E1 r 10  r  10 10
2TA − TA
= × 100 = 50% 4 4
2TA 68. π R3 = 8 × πr3
3 3
64. u = T × 4 π R2 ∴ R3 = 8r3 ⇒ R = 2r
When drop is sprayed into 1000 droplets each of Work done = T (n × 4π r2 – 4πR2)
radius r, then R2
= T (8 × 4π × – 4πR2)
4 4 R 4
πR3 = 1000 × πr3 ⇒ r =
3 3 10 = T 4π (2R2 – R2) = 4πR2T

42
 

Chapter 02: Mechanical Properties of Fluids

4 4 3
 r1  8 r1 2
69. πR3 = n πr3 ⇒ R3 = nr3 ∴
3 3   = ⇒ =
r
 2 1 r2 1
∴ R = n1/3 r ⇒ 1.4 = 5r
1
1.4 But P ∝
∴ r= = 0.28 mm r
5
P1 r2 1
Change in energy = T × ∆A ∴ = =
P2 r1 2
= 75 × [n4πr2 – 4πR2]
= 75 × 4 × π [125 (0.28 × 10–1)2 – (1.4 × 10–1)2] 1 1
= 300 × 3.14 [5(1.4 × 10–1)2 – (1.4 × 10–1)2] 78. ∆P = T  + 
= 300 × 3.14 × 4 × 1.96 × 10–2  r1 r2 

= 9.42 × 7.84 ≈ 74 erg As r1 = r and r2 = ∞,

T
70. T1 + T cos (π – θ) = T2 ∆P = But r = d/2
r
T2 − T1 2T
∴ cos (π – θ) = ∴ ∆P =
T T d
T2 − T1 2T 2 × 75 × 10
∴ – cos θ = θ ∴ F = P.A = A=
T π−θ
T1 d 0.01
T1 − T2 T2 = 150 × 103 dyne
∴ cos θ =
T = 150 gm-wt
1 ∆P r r 1 79. The length of the water column will be equal to
73. ∆P ∝ ⇒ 1 = 2 = =
r ∆P2 r1 4r 4 full length of capillary tube.
4T 1 80. In an artificial satellite, there is a state of
74. ∆P = ⇒ ∆P ∝ weightlessness. So, water will rise up to full length
r r
Further, as radius of soap bubble increases with of tube and will form a new surface of higher
1 radius of curvature but will not come out.
time, ∆P ∝
t 2T cos θ
81. From h = , the rise in capillary depends
75. P 1 = 4 P2 rrg
4T 4T upon the surface tension of the liquid and
∴ =4× ⇒ r2 = 4r1 surface tension of soap water solution is less
r1 r2
than water. Hence, height will be less in second
4 3
∴ V= πr ⇒ V ∝ r3 case. Also, as the soap solution wets the surface
3 of capillary in contact, the shape of meniscus
3
V1 r  1 1
3
will be concave.
∴ =  1  =   =
V2  r2  4 64 2T cos θ
82. h=
4T 4T rrg
76. P1 = , P2 = ⇒ P1 = 2P2
r1 r2 2T cos θ
∴ hρg =
1 2 r 1 r
∴ = ⇒ 1 =
r1 r2 r2 2 2T cos θ 1
83. h= ⇒h ∝
4 4 rrg r
Now, V1 = π r13, V2 = π r23
3 3
84.
∴ V1 = nV2
4 4 R
∴ πr13 = n πr23 ⇒ r13 = n r23 θ
3 3 r
3 3
r  1 1
∴ n =  1  =   = = 0.125 θ
 r2  2 8

V1 8
77. =
V2 1
4 3
 πr1 
∴ 3  = 8
4 3 1 r
 πr2  From figure, R =
3  cosθ

43
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

1 2T
85. h∝ 95. h=
r rrg
r1h1 r1 × 1.2 hm g ge 
∴ r1h1 = r2 h 2 ⇒ h 2 = = = 2.4 mm ∴ = e =6

....  g m =
r2  r1  he gm 6 
  
2
∴ hm = 6 he = 6 h
2T cos θ 1
86. h= ⇒h∝ 2T cos θ1 2T cos0°
rrg r 96. h= = =4
rrg rrg
hA r r 1
∴ = B = B = 2T
hB rA 2rB 2 ⇒ =4
rrg
2T cos θ 2T cos θ2
87. h= ∴ =2
rrg rrg
1 1
Here, h ∝ ⇒ h1r1 = h2r2 ∴ 4 × cos θ2 = 2 ⇒ cos θ2 =
r 2
hr 4× 2 ∴ θ2 = 60°
∴ r2 = 1 1 = = 1 cm
h2 8
2T cos θ hrrg
97. h= ⇒T=
88. l cos 60° = 2 or l = 2 × 2 cm = 4 cm rrg 2cos θ
h Tl ρ h
89. l = ∴ = l × l
sin (90 − θ) Tw ρw hw
h 6 12 850
= = = = 4 3 cm = × 3.0 = 2.55
sin 60° 3/2 3 1000
∴ Tl = 7.0 × 10−2 × 2.55 = 0.18 N/m
r1 h 2 6.6 3
90. = = =
2T cos θ  1 1 
r2 h1 2.2 1 98. h2 – h1 =  − 
ρg  r2 r1 
2T
91. h= 4T cos θ  1 1 
rrg =  − 
2T
ρg  D 2 D1 
∴ r = (where r = radius of curvature) 4 × 7 × 10−2 × cos 00  1 1 
hρg = −
2 × 547 103 × 10 × 10−3  3 6 
=
1.356 × 13.59 × 980 28 × 10−2  1 1 
= − m
= 0.06 cm 10  3 6 
2T cos θ = 4.66 × 10–3 m
92. Rise in capillary = h = = 4.66 mm
rrg
As angle of contact θ = 0° ⇒ cos θ = 1 and η
102. vC = Rn
ρ = 1 g/cc ρD
2T 2 × 70 For laminar flow, Reynold’s number Rn = 200
∴ h= =
rrg (1 / 42) × 1 × 980 200 × 10−3
∴ vC =
140 × 42 103 × 2 × 10−2
∴ h= ⇒ h = 6 cm
980 = 0.01 m s−1
2T cos θ 2 × 0.072 × cos0° vρD
93. h= = 103. Reynold’s number Rn = ….(i)
rrg 0.024 × 10−2 × 1000 × 10 η
= 6 cm ….[ cos 0° = 1] where v is the speed of flow.
Rate of flow of water Q = Area of cross section
2T cos θ hrrg × speed of flow
94. h= ⇒T=
rrg 2cos θ πD 2 4Q
Tw h cos θm ρw Q= × v or v =
∴ = w × × 4 πD 2
Tm hm cos θw ρm Substituting the value of v in equation (i),
10 cos 135° 1 1 4QρD 4Qρ
= × × = Rn = =
3.42 cos 0° 13.6 6.5 πD 2 η πDη

44
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

131. According to Bernoulli’s theorem, when 4.5×105 4 ×105 1v 2
velocity of liquid flow increases, pressure +0= +
ρg ρg 2g
decreases and vice-versa. When two boats move
105 105
parallel to each other, close to one another, the v 22 = = 3
stream of water between the boats is set into ρ 10
vigorous motion. As a result, the pressure v2 = 10 m/s
exerted by the water in between the boats 140. Let A = cross-section of tank
becomes less than the pressure of water outside a = cross-section hole
the boats. Due to this pressure difference, the V = velocity with which level decreases
boats are pulled towards each other. v = velocity of efflux i.e., velocity with which the
133. P + ρ1gh1 + ρ2gh2 liquid flows out of orifice (i.e., a narrow hole)
h = h1 + h2 = height of free surface above hole A
While at hole, horizontal velocity will be zero
1
P + ρ1 gh1 + ρ2 gh2 = P + ρ1v2 3m
2 B v
52.5cm
ρ h +ρ h   ρ 
∴ v= 2g  1 1 2 2  = 2g  h1 + h 2 2 
 ρ1   ρ1 
From equation of continuity av = AV
1 1 av
134. P1 + ρ v12 = P2 + ρ v 22 ⇒V=
2 2 A
2 ( P1 − P2 ) 2 By using Bernoulli's theorem for energy per unit
∴ =v
ρ volume
Energy per unit volume at point A = Energy per
2 ( P1 − P2 ) 2 ( 3.5 − 3) × 105
∴ v= = = 10 m/s unit volume at point B
ρ 103 1 1
P + ρgh + ρV2 = P + 0 + ρv2
136. According to Bernoulli's theorem, 2 2
2 2gh 2 × 10 × (3 − 0.525)
v2 (2.45) 2 ⇒v = = = 50 m2/s2
h= ⇒h= = 0.300 = 30.0 cm a
2
1 − (0.1) 2
2g 2 × 10 1−  
A
∴ Height of jet coming from orifice
= 30.0 − 10.6 = 19.4 cm 141. Horizontal range will be maximum when
H 90
137. The height of water in the tank becomes h= = …(Using Shortcut 15)
2 2
maximum when the volume of water flowing
= 45 cm i.e., hole 3.
into the tank per second becomes equal to the
volume flowing out per second. 142. The pressures are
Volume of water flowing out per second 2T 2T
Patm − , Patm + , Patm respectively.
= Av = A 2gh .…(i) r R
Volume of water flowing in per second 143. Below the surface of the earth, pressure
= 70 cm3/s .…(ii) increases with increase in depth. Hence pressure
From (i) and (ii) in the mine is higher than atmospheric pressure.
A 2gh = 70 The acceleration due to gravity below the
⇒ 1 × 2gh = 70 ⇒ 1 × 2 × 980 × h = 70 surface of the earth decreases uniformly with
the distance from the centre, as shown in the
4900 figure below.
∴ h= = 2.5 cm.
1960 g
1 1
138. P + ρv2 = P′ + ρ × 4v2
2 2 g′
ρ 2
P′ = P + v (1 − 4)
2 d
3 2 o R r
P′ = P − ρv
2
144. P1V1 = P2V2
139. Using Bernoulli’s theorem, 4 4
P1 v12 P v2 ∴ (H + h)rg × πr 3 = Hrg × π(2r)3
+ = 2+ 2 3 3
ρg 2g ρg 2g ∴ H + h = 8H ⇒ h = 7H

46
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

156. Area of each wing = 20 m2 ave
V=
−1 5 A
Speed, v1 = 216 km h = 216 × = 60 m s−1
18 Now applying Bernoulli’s theorem,
5 1  ave  1
2
Speed, v2 = 180 km h−1 = 180× = 50 m s−1 ρ0 + Hρg + ρ =ρ0 + ρve2
18 2  A  2
Let P1 and P2 be the pressures of air at the upper
 1 av  1
2
and lower wings of plane respectively, then ⇒ ρ  Hg +  e   =ρve2
P1 1 2 P2 1 2  2  A   2
+ v1 = + v 2 2
ρ 2 ρ 2 1  av e  1 2
⇒ Hg + = ve
1 1 2  A  2
∴ P 1 − P2 = ρ ( v12 − v 22 ) = ×1× (602 − 502 )
2 2  a 2

= 550 Pa 2Hg = ve2 1−   

 A 
(Air density, ρ = 1 kg m−3)
2Hg 2 × ( 4 − 0.6 ) ×10
pressure =
Force v e2 = = = 71 m2/s2.
1 − ( 0.2 )
2 2
area a
1−  
⇒ Force = pressure × area A
ma = 550 × 20 (m = mass of a wing) ∴ ve = 71 = 8.4 m/s
11000
m= = 1100 kg ( a = g) 163. v1 = 10 m/s, a1 = 8 cm2 = 8 × 10−4 m2,
10
Assuming mass of the plane is mostly due to its a2 = 16 cm2 = 16 × 10−4 m2, P1 = 1 × 105 N/m2,
wings, P2 = α × 105 Nm/s2
Mass of plane = 2m = 1100 × 2 = 2200 kg. a1v1 = a2v2
a1v1 8 × 10−4 × 10
158. A streamlined body offers less resistance to air. ∴ v2 = = = 5 m/s
a2 16 × 10−4
159. Weight of the ball 1 2 1
= Buoyant force + Viscous force P1 + ρv1 = P2 + ρv 22
2 2
Vρ1g = Vρ2g + kv2 1
⇒ kv2 = V(ρ1 − ρ2)g ∴ P2 = P1 + ρ ( v12 − v 22 )
2
Vg(ρ1 −ρ2 ) 1
⇒v= ∴ P2 = 10 + × 103 (102 − 52)
5
k 2
160. Pressure at the bottom of tank ∴ P2 = 1.37 × 105 N/m2
P = hρg = 3 × 105
Pressure due to liquid column Competitive Thinking
Pl = 3 × 105 – 1 × 105 = 2 × 105
and velocity of water v = 2gh 1. P = ρgh
Hence, pressure is independent of area of liquid
2Pl 2 × 2 × 105 surface.
∴ v= = = 400 m/s
ρ 103
P hρg + P (10 × 103 × 10) + 1 × 105
3. = =a
=2
161. Time taken by water to reach the bottom, Pa Pa 1 × 105
2(H − D)
t= and 4. The system is in equilibrium and pressure on
g
both sides is equal.
velocity of water coming out of hole, This means,
v = 2gD hwρw g = hoρo g
∴ Horizontal distance covered, h wρw 130 × 10−3 × 103
∴ ρo = = −3
= 928.6 kg/m3
2(H − D) ho 140 × 10
x =v×t= 2gD × = 2 D(H − D)
g
5. The pressure of lowest point in water
162. Let ‘A’ be the area of cross-section of the tank, = The pressure at lowest point in oil.
‘a’ be the area of hole, ‘ve’ be the velocity of Pa + hρwater g = Pa + hρoil g
efflux. ‘V’ be the speed with which level ∴ Pa + 0.15 × 103 × g = Pa + 0.20 × ρoil × g
decreases. 0.15 × 103
So according to equation of continuity ∴ ρoil =
0.20
ave = AV [i.e., area (a) × velocity (v) = constant] = 0.75 × 103 = 750 kg/m3
48
 

Chapter 02: Mechanical Properties of Fluids

6. Pressure difference between sea level and on the ∴ R = 8r
hill measured by mercury barometer will be, 512 ( 4πR 2 )
(h1 − h2) × ρHg × g = h × ρair × g ∴ A2 =
64
∴ (76 − h2) × ρHg = 3 × 105 × ρair ∴ A2 = 8 (4πR2)
∴ (76 − h2) × 104 = 3 × 105 Surface energy ∝ Area
E 2 A 2 8 ( 4πR )
2
∴ 76 − h2 = 30
∴ = =
∴ h2 = 46 cm on Hg E1 A1 4πR 2
F mg ∴ E2 = 8E1 = 8E ... { E1 = E}
7. T= =
2l 2l
2Tl 15. Let R be the radius of bigger drop and r be the
∴ m= radius of single small water drop.
g
Volume of big drop = n(Volume of small drop)
Fflat T × 2r 2 4 4
8. = = ∴ πR3 = n × πr3
Fcurved T × πr π 3 3
⇒ R3 = nr3
9. 2Tl = mg 1
mg 1.5 × 10−2 1.5 R = n3 r
∴ T= = = = 0.025 N/m
2l 600 Surface energy of n drops (En) = n × 4πr2 × T
−2
2 × 30 × 10
10. Surface energy of big drop (E) = 4πR2T
1
E n nr 2 nr 2 nr 2
∴ = = = = n 3
= 3
n:1
E R 2  1 2 2
2
n r
3 n 3
r
 

16. n = 1000, R = 1 cm,

For wire to float into water, its weight should be By applying conservation of volume
balanced by the surface tension of the water. initial volume = final volume
∴ mg = Tl ....(where, l = length of the wire) (1)3 = nr3
∴ Vρg = Tl 1 1
r= =
∴ πr2lρg = Tl n 1/3
(1000)1/3
T 1
∴ r2 = r= cm
πρg 10
T r = 0.1 cm
∴ r=
πρg r = 0.001 meter
Gain in surface energy
12. W = 4πr2T (n − n2/3) = T∆S
( 2 × 10 )
−3 2
= 0.075 {4π [1000 × (0.001)2 − (0.01)2]}
( )
× 0.072 1000 − 103 
2/3
W = 4π × Gain in surface energy = 8.5 × 10−4 J
4  
W = 8.146 × 10–4 J 17. ∆E = 2(T × ∆A)
13. The rectangular film of liquid has two surfaces. = 2T ( 4πr22 − 4πr12 )
Hence, the increase in surface area is,
22
∆A = [(5 × 4) cm2 − (4 × 2) cm2] × 2 = 2 × 0.035 × 4 ×
7
= (20 − 8) × 2 cm2 = 24 × 10−4m2
× ( 6×10−2 ) − ( 4×10−2 ) 
2 2
Also,  
W = T.∆A
22
W 3 × 10−4 = 2 × 0.035 × 4 × × (36 – 16) × 10–4
∴ T= = = 0.125 Nm−1 7
∆A 24 × 10−4
= 1.76 × 10–3 J
2
14. Surface area of drop, A1 = 4πR
18. W = T∆A
Surface area of 512 droplets, A2 = 512 (4πr2)
= 0.03 [ 2 × 4π × (52 – 32) × 10−4]
 volume of drop = n × (volume of droplet)
= 24π (16) × 10−6
4 3 4 = 0.384 π × 10−3 J
∴ πR = 512 × πr 3
3 3 ≈ 0.4π mJ
49
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

20. The pressure inside the bubble is equal to the cos θ1 > cos θ2 > cos θ3
pressure at a point Z0 below the free surface of ∴ θ1 < θ2 < θ3
water As the liquids rise in capillary tube,
4T
∴ = ρgZ0 π
R θ<
−2
2
∴ Z0 = 4T = 4 ×−3 2.5 ×310 = 1 cm π
Rρg 10 × 10 × 10 ∴ 0 ≤ θ1 < θ2 < θ3 <
2
21. ∆P1 = pressure difference between smaller
25. Rise of water in capillary tube is given by
bubble and larger bubble
2Tcosθ
∆P2 = pressure difference between inside and h=
outside the larger bubble Rρg
4T 4T For water, cosθ = 1
Now, ∆P1 = , ∆P2 =
R1 R2 Also, the radius of capillary tube becomes
4T (R – r) after inserting wire of radius r.
As required pressure difference ∆P = 2T
R ∴ h=
∆P = ∆P1 + ∆P2 ( R − r ) ρg
4T 4T 4T
∴ = + 26. In a freely falling platform a body experiences
R R1 R 2
weightlessness, So,the liquid will rise upto to a
R1R 2 length of the capillary i.e., 20 cm.
R=
R1 + R 2
27. The angle of contact is given by,
2 × 1 × 10−4
= = 6.67 × 10–3 m rghr
( 2 + 1) × 10−2 cos θ =
2T
22. Height of water column > length of tube. ρ = density of water
So liquid will rise to the top of capillary tube but h = height of water in capillary
will not overflow. r = radius of capillary
2T cos θ T = surface tension of water
23. h= 1000 × 10 × 5 × 10−2 × 0.2 × 10−3
rrg ∴ cos θ =
1 2 × 7 × 10−2
∴ h∝ 5 5
r ∴ cos θ = ⇒ θ = cos–1  
∴ h1r1 = h2r2 7 7
h1 r2
∴ = ….(i) 28. h1r1 = h2r2
h 2 r1
h1r1 1.8 × r
Also, area A = πr2 ∴ h2 = = = 2 cm
r2 0.9r
∴ r∝ A
r2 A2 R n η 3000 × 10−3
∴ = ….(ii) 29. vc = = = 0.15 m/s
r1 A1 ρD 103 × 0.02
From equations (i) and (ii), R nη 2 × 103 × 6 × 10−3 × 10−1
h1 A2 A/9 1 30. vc = = = 0.33 m/s
= = = ρD 720 × 5 × 10−3
h2 A1 A 3
Flow becomes turbulent, if the velocity is above
∴ h2 = 3h1 = 3h 0.33 m/s.
24. Rise in capillary tube, 31. Flow of water (Q) = 100 liters per minutes
2T.cos θ 100 × 10−3
h= =
rrg 60
Given that, h, T, r and g are constant.
= 5 × 10–3 m3/s
cos θ 3
∴ = constant
ρ 5 × 10−3
Velocity of water, v = Q =
cos θ1 cosθ2 cos θ3 A 3 × π ( 5 × 10−2 )
2
i.e. = =
ρ1 ρ2 ρ3
as ρ1 > ρ2 > ρ3 ∴ v = 2 = 0.2 m/s
3π

50
 

Chapter 02: Mechanical Properties of Fluids

Reynold’s number (Rn) 2 r 2 (r − σ)g
Terminal velocity, v =
=
vρD
=
0.2 × 1000 × 10 × 10 ( −2
) ≈ 2 × 104 9 η
η 1 × 10−3 ∴ v ∝ r2
order of (Rn) = 104
2
∴ vT1 r 
∴ =  1
dv vT2  r2 
34. F=ηA 2
dx v r  1 1
2

F dv =  1  or =   [Using (i)]
∴ shearing stress = = η nv r
 2 n 2
A dx
⇒n=4
5
9× 2
∴ −2
shearing stress = 10 × 18 = 0.25 × 10−3 N/m2 41. Terminal velocity, vT = 2 r (ρ − σ)g
10 9 η

dv
2
2 ×1 2
2 × 10−2 ∴ vT1 = (ρ1 − 0.01 ρ2)g = (8ρ2 − 0.1 ρ2)g
35. F = ηA = 0.9 × 500 × 10–4 × = 1.8 N 9η 9η
dx 0.5 × 10−3
2
36. ∴ vT2 = (7.9)g ….(i)
Fv 9η
2 × 22
vT2 = (ρ2 − 0.1ρ2)g
9η
8
∴ vT2 = (0.9ρ)g ….(ii)
9η
Fv = mg vT1 7.9
mg ∴ = = 79
4 vT2 4 ( 0.9 )
∴ 6πrηv = πr3ρg 36
3
4r 2rg 4 × 12 × 1.75 × 980 42. A1v1 = A2v2
η= = = 1089 poise 2
3× 6× v 3 × 6 × 0.35 v1 A d  10
2

∴ = 2 =  2  =   = 4 : 1
37. v2 A1  d1   5
6πηrv 43.
R n holes

Using equation of continuity,

av = constant
VR 2
πR2V = nπr2v ⇒ v =
nr 2

mg 44. v2 = v12 + 2gh = (0.4) 2 + 2 ×10 × 0.2 = 2 m/s

4 3 A1v1 = A2v2
6πηrv = πr ρg 2
3  8×10−3  d2
2 2 π  × 0.4 = π × ×2
∴ v= r ρg  2  4
9η ⇒ d ≈ 3.6 × 10−3 m
2 −6 3
2 × 0.9 × 10 × 10 × 9.8
∴ v= = 98 ms–1 45. Volume of water flowing per second = Av
9 × 1.8 × 10−5
= A 2gh
38. When the net force is zero, body moves with
terminal velocity. = (2 × 10–6) 2 × 10 × 2

39. For a given material, terminal velocity is = 2 × 2 × 10 × 10–6

independent of mass of the body but depends on = 12.6 × 10–6 m3/s
density of the material. 46. According to Bernoulli’s principle,
4 F 1 2
40. Mass = Volume × Density ⇒ M = πr 3 × ρ P= = ρv
3 A 2
As the density remains constant 1 1
∴ M ∝ r3 ⇒ F = ρv2A = × 1.2 × (40)2 × 250
2 2
1/3
= 2.4 × 105 N
1/3
r1  M1  M  1
∴ =  =   = ….(i)
r2  M 2   8M  2 Also, net force acting on the roof is upward.

51
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

47. v= 2gh = 2 × 10 × 2 = 40 cm/s 2Twater

∴ Mg = × ρπr2g
2H 2×8 rrg
t= = s
= 2πr Twater
g 10
= 2 × 3.142 × 0.1 × 10–3 × 0.07
2×8
∴ distance travelled = 40 × = 8 cm = 4.4 × 10–5 N
10
= 44 µN
48. Using equation of continuity,
52. F = 105 dyne = 105 × 10–5 N,
av = AV ….(i)
T = 7 × 10–2 N/m
where, V is velocity with which liquid level
Now the force due to surface tension on the
decreases and v is velocity of efflux.
circular cross-section of capillary with inner
radius r will be,
R F = 2πrT
1.25
Q F 105 × 10−5
∴ 2πr = =
0.75 T 7 × 10−2
= 15 × 10–3 m = 1.5 cm
According to Bernoulli’s theorem,
Energy per unit Energy per unit 53. Energy released = (Af – Ai)T
=
volume at point R volume at point Q 3 R 3 3V
∴ Af = 4πR2 = 4π = and
1 1 3 R R
P + ρgh + ρV2 = P + 0 + ρv2
2 2 V 3V
∴ Ai = n × 4πr2 = 4πr 2 =
av 4 3 r
But, V = ….[from equaion (i)] πr
A 3
1  av  1
2
⇒ Energy released = T (Ai − Af)
∴ ρgh + ρ   = ρv2
2 A 2 1 1
= 3VT  − 
2gh 2 × 9.8 × 1.25 r R
∴ v2 = = = 30.625
( )
2
1 − (a / A) 1 − 0.2
2
54. Excess pressure inside soap bubble is given as
4T
∴ v = 5.53 m/s ≈ 5.5 m/s Pi − Po = ;
r
49. For maximum range, height of the hole Pi = Pressure inside soap bubble
h+
h Po = Pressure outside soap bubble
Total height 2 = 3h Let excess pressure inside for 1st bubble and 2nd
= =
2 2 4 bubble be P1 and P2 respectively.
…(Using Shortcut 15) 4T 4T
From PQ level, hole number 2 is at height of ∴ P1 = , P2 =
r1 r2
3h
. P1 r2
4 ∴ =
P2 r1
50. Water cannot penetrate till hydrostatic pressure r P2 1
> excess pressure due to surface tension. ⇒ =
1
=
r2 P1 3
At limiting condition when water is just about to
penetrate, the two pressures are equal. As volume ∝ radius3
3
hρg = 2T/r V1  1 
∴ = 
2T 2 × 0.07 V2  3 
∴ h= =
rgr 103 × 10 × 10−4 V1 1
∴ =
∴ h = 0.14 m = 14 cm V2 27

rhgr 4 3 4
51. Twater = 55. As, πb = N × πa 3
2 3 3
(Assuming water is pure and angle of contact ∴ b3 = Na3
zero) Energy released,
2Twater ∆U = T × 4πa2 × N − T × 4πb2
∴ h= ....(i)
rrg b3
2
= T × 4π − T × 4πb2
Weight of water = Mg = ρπr hg a
Substituting for h ....[From (i)] This energy is converted into K.E.

52
 

Chapter 02: Mechanical Properties of Fluids

1 2 1 1  1 2 1
∴ mv = T × 4πb3  −  60. P1 + ρv1 + ρgh1 = P2 + ρv 22 + ρgh2
2 a b 2 2
1 1
Patm + ρ ( 0 ) + ρgh1 = Patm + ρv 22 + ρgh2
2
1 4 3 2 31 1
⇒ ρ× πb × v = T × 4πb  −  2 2
2 3 a b
1/ 2
[ speed of water of top = 0]
 6T  1 1  
v =   −  1 2
 ρ  a b  ∴ ρg(h1 − h2) = ρv 2
2
56. In equilibrium, ∴ v2 = 2g ( h1 − h 2 ) = 2gD
For air inside capillary,
= 2 × ( 9.8 ) × ( 0.2 ) = 1.98 m/s
P0(lA) = P′(l – x)A
Where, P′ is pressure in capillary after being Q = A2v2 = (6 × 10−4)(1.98)
submerged into water. = 1.19 × 10−3 ≈ 1.2 × 10−3 m3/s
P0l
∴ P′ = 61. Velocity of efflux for A: v1 = 2gh
l −x
Now since level of water inside capillary Velocity of efflux for B: v2 = 2g × 3h = 6gh
coincides with outside, the excess pressure, Water flowing out from A = Water flowing out
2γ from B. ….(Given)
∆P = P′ – P0 =
r ∴ v1A1 = v2A2
P0l 2γ Since, Area of square (A1) = L2
∴ − P0 =
l−x r
Area of circle (A2) = πr2
Solving above equation, we get, 2 2
∴ 2gh × L = 6gh × πr
l
x=
 P0 r  6gh
1 +  ∴ L2 = × πr2 = 3πr 2
 2γ  2gh
1 1 1 1
57. [vc] = [ηxρyrz] L = 3 π 2 r = r ( π ) 2 ( 3) 4
4

[M0 L1T–1] = [M1L−1T–1]x [M1L−3]y[L1]z

[M0L1T–1] = [Mx + y] [L–x −3y + z][T–x] 62. Velocity of efflux when the hole is at depth h,
Comparing both sides, v = 2gh
x + y = 0, –x – 3y + z = 1, −x = −1 Rate of flow of water from square hole
⇒ x = 1, y = −1, z = −1 Q1 = a1v1 = L2 2gy
Rate of flow of water from circular hole
58. Three vessels have same base area and equal
volumes of liquid are added in them. Q2 = a2v2 = πR2 2g(4y)
Considering the geometry of vessles, liquid in According to problem Q1 = Q2
vessle ‘C’ will rise to maximum height amongst ⇒ L2 2gy = πR 2 2g(4y)
the three. L
⇒R =
Force on base, F ∝ Pressure exerted on base, P 2π
∝ height of liquid (h)
Hence, the force on the base will be maximum 63. Power of heart = F × velocity
at vessel C. F
= × Area × velocity
Area
59. From Bernoulli’s theorem,  area × displacement 
ρv12 ρv 2 = Pressure ×  
P1 + + ρgh1 = P2 + 2 + ρgh2  time 
2 2
volume
Here h1 ≈ h2 = Pressure ×
time
ρ 2
∴ P1 – P2 =
2
( v2 − v12 ) = 0.6 (702 – 602) = 780 Pa = P.
dV
= hρg ×
dV
dt dt
This pressure difference causes uplift of plane 5 × 10−3
∴ Net force = upward force − downward force = (0.15) × (13.6 × 103) (10) ×
60
= (P1 − P2) × area − weight 13.6 × 5 × 0.15
=
= 780 × 14 − 1000 × 10 ( weight = mg) 6
= 920 N (in upward direction) = 1.70 watt

53
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

Hints to Evaluation Test

4 3 1 4 3 10. This is same as saying the there is no gravity in

1. πr ρg = 2πrT + × πr σg
3 2 3 space as the weight will cancel the pseudo force
4 4 3  1 of the lift. Thus the force of surface tension will
∴ 2πrT = πr3ρg −  πr σg  × take it to the maximum possible height.
3 3  2
4 2  σ 11. Using Shortcut 2,
2πT = πr g  ρ− 
3  2 R= r12 + r2 2
2πT
∴ r2 = h1r1
4  σ 12. h1r1 = h2r2 or h2 = ….(i)
πg  ρ−  r2
3  2
A1 r12 A
∴ 2
r =
3T
⇒r=
3T Here = where A1 = A and A2 =
A 2 r2 2 16
g(2ρ − σ) g(2ρ − σ)
r12 16 r
2. Air flows from high pressure to low pressure ∴ 2
= ⇒ 1 =4 .…(ii)
r2 1 r2
region. Thus the smaller bubble will be
∴ From (i) and (ii), h2 = 5 × 4 = 20 cm
engulfed.
4 4 4
3. Balancing forces on the edge, 13. πR3 = 64 × × πr3 = π(4r)3
3 3 3
(Tcosθ) 2πr = mg
∴ R = 4r
0.157 × 10 × 10−3
∴ r= m S1 = 64 × 4πr2 × T and S2 = 4πR2T
2 × 3.14 × 0.075 × 1 2
= 3.3 mm S 64 × 4πr 2 × T  r  64
∴=1
=
2
64
=   =4
S2 4πR × T  R  16
4. F1 and F2 are balanced.
14. Using Shortcut 3,
a F3 1 1 1
= −
R r1 r2
F2 F1 r1r2
R= = 4 mm
r1 − r1

15. W = 8πr2T
b
F4 = 8 × 3.14 × (1 × 10−2)2 × 3 × 10−2
= 7.54 × 10–5 J
Resultant force = F3 − F4
= α1l − α2l 4S
16. Then P = P0 +
= (α1 − α2)l r
4 3
5. If an bubble is formed, its radius is equal to that Now P × πr = nRgT
3
capillary
2s  4S  4
∴ Required pressure = P0 + ρgh + ⇒  P0 +  πr 3 = 2RgT
r  r 3
For 2 bubbles,
6. P = P0 + hρg = 1.01 × 105 + (3 × 103 × 1030 × 9.8)  4S  3
≈ 3 × 107 Pa  P0 +  πA
 rA  n
= A
8. The surface area is given by (S.T.) × Area  4S  3 n B
Work Done = Final surface energy − Initial  P0 +  πB
 rB 
surface energy. 4 × 0.004 
 −2 3
8 +  (2 × 10 )
2 2
= σ4π (2r) − σ4r 2 × 10−2  n
∴  = A
= 12πσr2  4 × 0.004  −2 3 nB
8 + −2 
(4 × 10 )
1  4 × 10 
9. rh = constant ⇒ r ∝
h nB
⇒ ≈8
Hence, if h is halved, then r is doubled. nA

54
 

Chapter 02: Mechanical Properties of Fluids

17. Force of surface tension balances the weight of Also, pressure at A = h2σg,
liquid raised pressure at B = h1σg
π(d 2 2 − d12 ) Net force = Net pressure × area
∴ π (d2 + d1)S = ρ hg
4 = (h2σg − h1σg) × A ….(ii)
4s Equating (ii) and (i)
∴ h=
ρ(d 2 − d1 )g ∴ (h2 − h1) σgA = (yAσ) x
4 × 0.075 xy
= 3 ∴ h2 − h1 =
10 × (2 − 1.5) × 10−3 × 10 g
= 0.06 m = 6 cm
h
18. Tension in the thread is uniform. We can find 23.
= v1 =
2g   gh .…(i)
2
the tension in any portion of thread as follows:
From Bernoulli’s theorem,
Force = Surface Tension × length
h 1
i.e. Tension in the wire = (S) × r 2ρgh + 4ρg  = ( 4ρ ) v22
2 2
 1 
=S×  
 8 − 2π  ∴ v 2 = 2gh .…(ii)
S v2
= ∴ = 2
8 − 2π v1

19. Fluids move from higher pressure to lower 24. Gauge pressure at point A = hρg
pressure. In a fluid, pressure increases with Total pressure at point A
depth, so pressure at the top Pa (the atmospheric = atmospheric pressure + gauge pressure
pressure) is lesser than at the bottom [Pa + dρg]. = Pa + hρg
Hence the air bubble will move from bottom to
top. (It cannot move side ways as the pressure at 25. Using Bernoulli’s equation,
the same level in a fluid is same). In coming 1 2 1
P1 + ρ1v1 = P2 + ρ2 v 22 ….(i)
from bottom to top, pressure decreases, so in 2 2
accordance with Boyle’s law i.e., PV = constant, Also, P1 − P2 = ρg × 6 .…(ii)
volume V will increase. Thus, the air bubble From (i) and (ii),
will grow in size and its radius will increase. 2 ( P1 − P2 ) 2ρg × 6
v 22 − v12 = =
ρ ρ
20. P = hρg
= (2g) × 6
h and ρ being constant pressure in all four
= 2 × 980 × 6
containers is same.
v 22 − v12 = 12 × 980 cm2/s .…(iv)
21.
Gasoline (0.6) 4−h From equation of continuity,
Water A1v1 = A2v2
h − 1.5
Liquid v1 A 2 π × 0.52
∴ = = = 0.25
(1.6) v 2 A1 π × 12
v12 0.252 × v 22
=

Pleft side = Pright side Substituting in (iv),

v 22 1 − ( 0.25 )  =
2
ρw × g × 2.5 = ρgas × g × (4 − h) + ρliqg(h − 1.5) 12 × 980
 
1000 × g × 2.5 = 600g (4 − h) + 1600g(h − 1.5) 12 × 980
2500 = 2400 − 600 h + 1600 h − 2400 v2 =
0.9375
2500 Quantity of water flowing
∴ h= = 2.5 m
1000 = A1v1 = A2v2
22. Mass of liquid in AB = yAσ 12 × 980
= π × 0.52 ×
Net force = mass × acceleration 0.9375
= (yAσ) × x .…(i) ≈ 88 c.c per s

55
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

26. The pressure of water at the base of aquarium Now, pressure at A, P1 = Pa + hArg
P = hρg Pressure at B, P2 = Pa + hBrg
Pressure being linear function of height, average P1 − P2 = (hA − hB)rg = hrg
pressure is half of the maximum pressure. Hence option (A) is correct.
Hence force on the lateral wall, Bernoulli’s principle is applicable for non-
F = Pav × A viscous, streamlined flow of liquid. Hence
= Pav × (h × l) option (C) is also correct.
hρg
= ×h×l
2
0.4 × 103 × 10
= × 0.4 × 0.5
2
= 400 N
27. According to equation of continuity,
Av = constant.
By attaching a jet, area of cross-section is
reduced. This results into increasing the velocity
of water flowing out of the pipe.
28. For a freely falling body, g = 0 Hence v = 0.
29. When the snow accumulates on the wings of an
aeroplane, the upper surface of the wing
becomes flat. It means the curvature of the
surface decreases. Pressure difference which
causes the lift off of the aeroplane depends on
the curvature of the wing. Thus, due to the
decrease in curvature, the lift-off of the
aeroplane also decreases.

30. Velocity of efflux, v = 2gd

2H
Time taken for the range r =
g

2H
=r 2gd ×
g
2H
∴ r2 = 2dg × 4dH
=
g
r2
⇒ d=
4H

31. According to equation of continuity,

Av = constant
At A, area is larger than B hence v is smaller at
A than at B.
Also, from Bernoulli’s principle,
1 2
P+ ρv = constant
2
This means where v is small, P is more.
At A, pressure is higher. Hence liquid at
point A will raise to greater height than at point
B. Hence option (B) is incorrect.

56
03 Kinetic Theory of Gases and Radiation

Hints

3RT
34. vrms =
Classical Thinking M0
1
10. Ideal gas equation is, PV = nRT Now, K.E.(gram molecule) = × M0 v 2rms
2
n P
∴ = = constant 1 3RT
V RT = × M0 ×
2 M0
Hence, at constant pressure and temperature,
both balloons will contain equal number of gas 3
= RT
molecules per unit volumes. This result is 2
known as Avogadro’s law.
3
35. K.E. = kBT
12. Ideal gas law is most accurate for monatomic 2
gases at low pressure and high temperature. 3
= × 1.38 × 10−23 × 300
1 mn 2 2
20. P= v rms ∴ K.E. = 6.21 × 10−21 J
3 V

∴ n=
3PV
=
3 × 105 × 100 × 10−6
≈ 5.4 × 1020 36. Energy = 300 J/litre = 300 × 103 J/m3
2
mv rms 4.556 × 10−25 × 3502 2 2 × 300 × 103
Using, P = E= = 2 × 105 N/m2
3 3
3P γP
26. vrms = ,v=
ρ ρ 3
37. kBT = 1 eV
2
v rms 3 3
∴ = = ≈ 1.46 1.6 × 10−19 × 2
v γ 1.41 ∴ T= ≈ 7730 K
3 × 1.38 × 10−23

3P 3 × 1.013 × 105 5
27. vrms = = ≈ 1838 m/s 58. For ideal monatomic gas, Cp = R
ρ 0.09 2
2
∴ R= Cp = 0.4Cp ⇒ n = 0.4
v O2 ( M 0 )2 2 1 5
28. = = =
v H2 ( M 0 )1 32 4
Cp 7 2 7
59. = R× = = 1.4
v 2rmsr (500) 2 × 6 × 10−2 Cv 2 5R 5
29. P= =
3 3 65. Highly polished mirror-like surfaces are good
= 25 × 104 × 2 × 10−2 = 50 × 102 reflectors but not good radiators.
= 5 × 103 N/m2
67. Open window behaves like a perfectly
30. vrms ∝ T blackbody.
300 27 + 273 72. Perfectly blackbody is black in colour because it
∴ =
v rms 927 + 273 does not reflect or transmit the radiation.
300 1 1 75. When light incident on pin hole enters into the
= = =
1200 4 2 box and suffers successive reflections at the
∴ vrms = 2 × 300 ⇒ vrms = 600 m/s inner wall, at each reflection some energy is
absorbed. Hence the ray once enters the box can
K.E. 3 never come out and pin hole acts like a perfect
33. = P. Here P is constant.
vol 2 blackbody.

57
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

Q
83. R=
At Critical Thinking

∴ [R] =
[Q] =  M L T 
1 2 −2

= [M1L0T−3] 8.3 × 103

[ A ][ t ]  L2  T1  1. Gas constant = = 2.96 × 102 J/kg K
28
89. According to Kirchhoff’s law of radiation, 3. P1V1 = n1RT1
R n1RT1 1 R(300)
a=e= ∴ V1 = = × = 75 R
Rb P1 2 2
92. Black cloth is a good absorber of heat. P2V2 = n2RT2
Therefore, ice covered by black cloth melts RT2 R(350)
∴ V2 = n2 = 1.5× = 105 R
more as compared to that covered by white P2 5
cloth. ∴ P (V1 + V2) = (n1 + n2) RT
93. Blackbody has maximum radiated energy at ∴ P (75 R + 105 R) = (0.5 + 1.5) R (273 + 69)
same temperature. ∴ P × 180 R = 2 × R × 342
342
96. A blackbody has a continuous emission ∴ P= = 3.8 atm
90
spectrum
4. The equation of state is, PV = nRT
b 2.93 × 10−3
102. T = = = 107 K nRT
λm 2.93 × 10−10 ⇒P= (ideal gas condition)
V
103. According to Wien’s law, Let for M mass there is n moles, then for mass
T1 λ m24800 48 4 3Mn
= = = = 3M, there are = 3n moles
T2 λ m1 3600 36 3 M
V
Let n′ = 3n, T′ = T/3 and V′ =
1 3
104. As λm ∝
T T
n 'RT ' 3nR
T Then P′ = = 3 = 3nRT = 3P
∴ Temperature of other star must be
2 V' V/3 V

105. According to Wien’s law, 6. According to the gas equation, PV = NkBT

λmT = λ′mT′ For the gas A, we have,
λ0 PV = N1kBT ....(i)
∴ λ0T = λ′ × 2T ⇒ λ′ =
2 V
For the gas B, we have, (2P)   = N2kB(2T)
8
106. According to Wien’s law, λ m T =
constant
⇒ PV = 8N2 kBT ....(ii)
λr > λ y > λb
∴ From equations (i) and (ii),
∴ Tr < Ty < Tb or TA < TC < TB
N1
N1 = 8 N2 ⇒ =8
J N2
111. In M.K.S. system, unit of σ is 2
m × s × K4
J 7
10 erg 7. Since PV = nRT,
∴ 1 2 = 4 2 For 1 mole of gas, 50 × 100 = 1 × R × T
m × s × K4 10 cm × s × K 4
erg For 2 mole of gas, 100 × V = 2 × R × T
= 103 2 50 × 100 1
cm × s × K 4 ∴ =
V × 100 2
112. Average K.E. of molecules per mole of ideal gas ⇒ V = 100 mL
3
= RT M
2 8. PV = nRT = RT
Where, R = universal gas constant M0
T = same for all gases M density M 0
Average K.E. of molecules for one mole of all ∴ ⇒ =
VP P RT
ideal gases at same temperature is same. density M0
 
 =  = x ….(i)
115. As for a blackbody, rate of absorption of heat is  P  At 0°C R(273)
more, thermometer A shows faster rise in
 density  M0
temperature but finally both will acquire the   = ….(ii)
atmospheric temperature.  P  At 100°C R(373)

58
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

47. v= 2gh = 2 × 10 × 2 = 40 cm/s 2Twater

∴ Mg = × ρπr2g
2H 2×8 rrg
t= = s
= 2πr Twater
g 10
= 2 × 3.142 × 0.1 × 10–3 × 0.07
2×8
∴ distance travelled = 40 × = 8 cm = 4.4 × 10–5 N
10
= 44 µN
48. Using equation of continuity,
52. F = 105 dyne = 105 × 10–5 N,
av = AV ….(i)
T = 7 × 10–2 N/m
where, V is velocity with which liquid level
Now the force due to surface tension on the
decreases and v is velocity of efflux.
circular cross-section of capillary with inner
radius r will be,
R F = 2πrT
1.25
Q F 105 × 10−5
∴ 2πr = =
0.75 T 7 × 10−2
= 15 × 10–3 m = 1.5 cm
According to Bernoulli’s theorem,
Energy per unit Energy per unit 53. Energy released = (Af – Ai)T
=
volume at point R volume at point Q 3 R 3 3V
∴ Af = 4πR2 = 4π = and
1 1 3 R R
P + ρgh + ρV2 = P + 0 + ρv2
2 2 V 3V
∴ Ai = n × 4πr2 = 4πr 2 =
av 4 3 r
But, V = ….[from equaion (i)] πr
A 3
1  av  1
2
⇒ Energy released = T (Ai − Af)
∴ ρgh + ρ   = ρv2
2 A 2 1 1
= 3VT  − 
2gh 2 × 9.8 × 1.25 r R
∴ v2 = = = 30.625
( )
2
1 − (a / A) 1 − 0.2
2
54. Excess pressure inside soap bubble is given as
4T
∴ v = 5.53 m/s ≈ 5.5 m/s Pi − Po = ;
r
49. For maximum range, height of the hole Pi = Pressure inside soap bubble
h+
h Po = Pressure outside soap bubble
Total height 2 = 3h Let excess pressure inside for 1st bubble and 2nd
= =
2 2 4 bubble be P1 and P2 respectively.
…(Using Shortcut 15) 4T 4T
From PQ level, hole number 2 is at height of ∴ P1 = , P2 =
r1 r2
3h
. P1 r2
4 ∴ =
P2 r1
50. Water cannot penetrate till hydrostatic pressure r P2 1
> excess pressure due to surface tension. ⇒ =
1
=
r2 P1 3
At limiting condition when water is just about to
penetrate, the two pressures are equal. As volume ∝ radius3
3
hρg = 2T/r V1  1 
∴ = 
2T 2 × 0.07 V2  3 
∴ h= =
rgr 103 × 10 × 10−4 V1 1
∴ =
∴ h = 0.14 m = 14 cm V2 27

rhgr 4 3 4
51. Twater = 55. As, πb = N × πa 3
2 3 3
(Assuming water is pure and angle of contact ∴ b3 = Na3
zero) Energy released,
2Twater ∆U = T × 4πa2 × N − T × 4πb2
∴ h= ....(i)
rrg b3
2
= T × 4π − T × 4πb2
Weight of water = Mg = ρπr hg a
Substituting for h ....[From (i)] This energy is converted into K.E.

52
 

Chapter 02: Mechanical Properties of Fluids

1 2 1 1  1 2 1
∴ mv = T × 4πb3  −  60. P1 + ρv1 + ρgh1 = P2 + ρv 22 + ρgh2
2 a b 2 2
1 1
Patm + ρ ( 0 ) + ρgh1 = Patm + ρv 22 + ρgh2
2
1 4 3 2 31 1
⇒ ρ× πb × v = T × 4πb  −  2 2
2 3 a b
1/ 2
[ speed of water of top = 0]
 6T  1 1  
v =   −  1 2
 ρ  a b  ∴ ρg(h1 − h2) = ρv 2
2
56. In equilibrium, ∴ v2 = 2g ( h1 − h 2 ) = 2gD
For air inside capillary,
= 2 × ( 9.8 ) × ( 0.2 ) = 1.98 m/s
P0(lA) = P′(l – x)A
Where, P′ is pressure in capillary after being Q = A2v2 = (6 × 10−4)(1.98)
submerged into water. = 1.19 × 10−3 ≈ 1.2 × 10−3 m3/s
P0l
∴ P′ = 61. Velocity of efflux for A: v1 = 2gh
l −x
Now since level of water inside capillary Velocity of efflux for B: v2 = 2g × 3h = 6gh
coincides with outside, the excess pressure, Water flowing out from A = Water flowing out
2γ from B. ….(Given)
∆P = P′ – P0 =
r ∴ v1A1 = v2A2
P0l 2γ Since, Area of square (A1) = L2
∴ − P0 =
l−x r
Area of circle (A2) = πr2
Solving above equation, we get, 2 2
∴ 2gh × L = 6gh × πr
l
x=
 P0 r  6gh
1 +  ∴ L2 = × πr2 = 3πr 2
 2γ  2gh
1 1 1 1
57. [vc] = [ηxρyrz] L = 3 π 2 r = r ( π ) 2 ( 3) 4
4

[M0 L1T–1] = [M1L−1T–1]x [M1L−3]y[L1]z

[M0L1T–1] = [Mx + y] [L–x −3y + z][T–x] 62. Velocity of efflux when the hole is at depth h,
Comparing both sides, v = 2gh
x + y = 0, –x – 3y + z = 1, −x = −1 Rate of flow of water from square hole
⇒ x = 1, y = −1, z = −1 Q1 = a1v1 = L2 2gy
Rate of flow of water from circular hole
58. Three vessels have same base area and equal
volumes of liquid are added in them. Q2 = a2v2 = πR2 2g(4y)
Considering the geometry of vessles, liquid in According to problem Q1 = Q2
vessle ‘C’ will rise to maximum height amongst ⇒ L2 2gy = πR 2 2g(4y)
the three. L
⇒R =
Force on base, F ∝ Pressure exerted on base, P 2π
∝ height of liquid (h)
Hence, the force on the base will be maximum 63. Power of heart = F × velocity
at vessel C. F
= × Area × velocity
Area
59. From Bernoulli’s theorem,  area × displacement 
ρv12 ρv 2 = Pressure ×  
P1 + + ρgh1 = P2 + 2 + ρgh2  time 
2 2
volume
Here h1 ≈ h2 = Pressure ×
time
ρ 2
∴ P1 – P2 =
2
( v2 − v12 ) = 0.6 (702 – 602) = 780 Pa = P.
dV
= hρg ×
dV
dt dt
This pressure difference causes uplift of plane 5 × 10−3
∴ Net force = upward force − downward force = (0.15) × (13.6 × 103) (10) ×
60
= (P1 − P2) × area − weight 13.6 × 5 × 0.15
=
= 780 × 14 − 1000 × 10 ( weight = mg) 6
= 920 N (in upward direction) = 1.70 watt

53
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

Hints to Evaluation Test

4 3 1 4 3 10. This is same as saying the there is no gravity in

1. πr ρg = 2πrT + × πr σg
3 2 3 space as the weight will cancel the pseudo force
4 4 3  1 of the lift. Thus the force of surface tension will
∴ 2πrT = πr3ρg −  πr σg  × take it to the maximum possible height.
3 3  2
4 2  σ 11. Using Shortcut 2,
2πT = πr g  ρ− 
3  2 R= r12 + r2 2
2πT
∴ r2 = h1r1
4  σ 12. h1r1 = h2r2 or h2 = ….(i)
πg  ρ−  r2
3  2
A1 r12 A
∴ 2
r =
3T
⇒r=
3T Here = where A1 = A and A2 =
A 2 r2 2 16
g(2ρ − σ) g(2ρ − σ)
r12 16 r
2. Air flows from high pressure to low pressure ∴ 2
= ⇒ 1 =4 .…(ii)
r2 1 r2
region. Thus the smaller bubble will be
∴ From (i) and (ii), h2 = 5 × 4 = 20 cm
engulfed.
4 4 4
3. Balancing forces on the edge, 13. πR3 = 64 × × πr3 = π(4r)3
3 3 3
(Tcosθ) 2πr = mg
∴ R = 4r
0.157 × 10 × 10−3
∴ r= m S1 = 64 × 4πr2 × T and S2 = 4πR2T
2 × 3.14 × 0.075 × 1 2
= 3.3 mm S 64 × 4πr 2 × T  r  64
∴=1
=
2
64
=   =4
S2 4πR × T  R  16
4. F1 and F2 are balanced.
14. Using Shortcut 3,
a F3 1 1 1
= −
R r1 r2
F2 F1 r1r2
R= = 4 mm
r1 − r1

15. W = 8πr2T
b
F4 = 8 × 3.14 × (1 × 10−2)2 × 3 × 10−2
= 7.54 × 10–5 J
Resultant force = F3 − F4
= α1l − α2l 4S
16. Then P = P0 +
= (α1 − α2)l r
4 3
5. If an bubble is formed, its radius is equal to that Now P × πr = nRgT
3
capillary
2s  4S  4
∴ Required pressure = P0 + ρgh + ⇒  P0 +  πr 3 = 2RgT
r  r 3
For 2 bubbles,
6. P = P0 + hρg = 1.01 × 105 + (3 × 103 × 1030 × 9.8)  4S  3
≈ 3 × 107 Pa  P0 +  πA
 rA  n
= A
8. The surface area is given by (S.T.) × Area  4S  3 n B
Work Done = Final surface energy − Initial  P0 +  πB
 rB 
surface energy. 4 × 0.004 
 −2 3
8 +  (2 × 10 )
2 2
= σ4π (2r) − σ4r 2 × 10−2  n
∴  = A
= 12πσr2  4 × 0.004  −2 3 nB
8 + −2 
(4 × 10 )
1  4 × 10 
9. rh = constant ⇒ r ∝
h nB
⇒ ≈8
Hence, if h is halved, then r is doubled. nA

54
 

Chapter 02: Mechanical Properties of Fluids

17. Force of surface tension balances the weight of Also, pressure at A = h2σg,
liquid raised pressure at B = h1σg
π(d 2 2 − d12 ) Net force = Net pressure × area
∴ π (d2 + d1)S = ρ hg
4 = (h2σg − h1σg) × A ….(ii)
4s Equating (ii) and (i)
∴ h=
ρ(d 2 − d1 )g ∴ (h2 − h1) σgA = (yAσ) x
4 × 0.075 xy
= 3 ∴ h2 − h1 =
10 × (2 − 1.5) × 10−3 × 10 g
= 0.06 m = 6 cm
h
18. Tension in the thread is uniform. We can find 23.
= v1 =
2g   gh .…(i)
2
the tension in any portion of thread as follows:
From Bernoulli’s theorem,
Force = Surface Tension × length
h 1
i.e. Tension in the wire = (S) × r 2ρgh + 4ρg  = ( 4ρ ) v22
2 2
 1 
=S×  
 8 − 2π  ∴ v 2 = 2gh .…(ii)
S v2
= ∴ = 2
8 − 2π v1

19. Fluids move from higher pressure to lower 24. Gauge pressure at point A = hρg
pressure. In a fluid, pressure increases with Total pressure at point A
depth, so pressure at the top Pa (the atmospheric = atmospheric pressure + gauge pressure
pressure) is lesser than at the bottom [Pa + dρg]. = Pa + hρg
Hence the air bubble will move from bottom to
top. (It cannot move side ways as the pressure at 25. Using Bernoulli’s equation,
the same level in a fluid is same). In coming 1 2 1
P1 + ρ1v1 = P2 + ρ2 v 22 ….(i)
from bottom to top, pressure decreases, so in 2 2
accordance with Boyle’s law i.e., PV = constant, Also, P1 − P2 = ρg × 6 .…(ii)
volume V will increase. Thus, the air bubble From (i) and (ii),
will grow in size and its radius will increase. 2 ( P1 − P2 ) 2ρg × 6
v 22 − v12 = =
ρ ρ
20. P = hρg
= (2g) × 6
h and ρ being constant pressure in all four
= 2 × 980 × 6
containers is same.
v 22 − v12 = 12 × 980 cm2/s .…(iv)
21.
Gasoline (0.6) 4−h From equation of continuity,
Water A1v1 = A2v2
h − 1.5
Liquid v1 A 2 π × 0.52
∴ = = = 0.25
(1.6) v 2 A1 π × 12
v12 0.252 × v 22
=

Pleft side = Pright side Substituting in (iv),

v 22 1 − ( 0.25 )  =
2
ρw × g × 2.5 = ρgas × g × (4 − h) + ρliqg(h − 1.5) 12 × 980
 
1000 × g × 2.5 = 600g (4 − h) + 1600g(h − 1.5) 12 × 980
2500 = 2400 − 600 h + 1600 h − 2400 v2 =
0.9375
2500 Quantity of water flowing
∴ h= = 2.5 m
1000 = A1v1 = A2v2
22. Mass of liquid in AB = yAσ 12 × 980
= π × 0.52 ×
Net force = mass × acceleration 0.9375
= (yAσ) × x .…(i) ≈ 88 c.c per s

55
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

26. The pressure of water at the base of aquarium Now, pressure at A, P1 = Pa + hArg
P = hρg Pressure at B, P2 = Pa + hBrg
Pressure being linear function of height, average P1 − P2 = (hA − hB)rg = hrg
pressure is half of the maximum pressure. Hence option (A) is correct.
Hence force on the lateral wall, Bernoulli’s principle is applicable for non-
F = Pav × A viscous, streamlined flow of liquid. Hence
= Pav × (h × l) option (C) is also correct.
hρg
= ×h×l
2
0.4 × 103 × 10
= × 0.4 × 0.5
2
= 400 N
27. According to equation of continuity,
Av = constant.
By attaching a jet, area of cross-section is
reduced. This results into increasing the velocity
of water flowing out of the pipe.
28. For a freely falling body, g = 0 Hence v = 0.
29. When the snow accumulates on the wings of an
aeroplane, the upper surface of the wing
becomes flat. It means the curvature of the
surface decreases. Pressure difference which
causes the lift off of the aeroplane depends on
the curvature of the wing. Thus, due to the
decrease in curvature, the lift-off of the
aeroplane also decreases.

30. Velocity of efflux, v = 2gd

2H
Time taken for the range r =
g

2H
=r 2gd ×
g
2H
∴ r2 = 2dg × 4dH
=
g
r2
⇒ d=
4H

31. According to equation of continuity,

Av = constant
At A, area is larger than B hence v is smaller at
A than at B.
Also, from Bernoulli’s principle,
1 2
P+ ρv = constant
2
This means where v is small, P is more.
At A, pressure is higher. Hence liquid at
point A will raise to greater height than at point
B. Hence option (B) is incorrect.

56
03 Kinetic Theory of Gases and Radiation

Hints

3RT
34. vrms =
Classical Thinking M0
1
10. Ideal gas equation is, PV = nRT Now, K.E.(gram molecule) = × M0 v 2rms
2
n P
∴ = = constant 1 3RT
V RT = × M0 ×
2 M0
Hence, at constant pressure and temperature,
both balloons will contain equal number of gas 3
= RT
molecules per unit volumes. This result is 2
known as Avogadro’s law.
3
35. K.E. = kBT
12. Ideal gas law is most accurate for monatomic 2
gases at low pressure and high temperature. 3
= × 1.38 × 10−23 × 300
1 mn 2 2
20. P= v rms ∴ K.E. = 6.21 × 10−21 J
3 V

∴ n=
3PV
=
3 × 105 × 100 × 10−6
≈ 5.4 × 1020 36. Energy = 300 J/litre = 300 × 103 J/m3
2
mv rms 4.556 × 10−25 × 3502 2 2 × 300 × 103
Using, P = E= = 2 × 105 N/m2
3 3
3P γP
26. vrms = ,v=
ρ ρ 3
37. kBT = 1 eV
2
v rms 3 3
∴ = = ≈ 1.46 1.6 × 10−19 × 2
v γ 1.41 ∴ T= ≈ 7730 K
3 × 1.38 × 10−23

3P 3 × 1.013 × 105 5
27. vrms = = ≈ 1838 m/s 58. For ideal monatomic gas, Cp = R
ρ 0.09 2
2
∴ R= Cp = 0.4Cp ⇒ n = 0.4
v O2 ( M 0 )2 2 1 5
28. = = =
v H2 ( M 0 )1 32 4
Cp 7 2 7
59. = R× = = 1.4
v 2rmsr (500) 2 × 6 × 10−2 Cv 2 5R 5
29. P= =
3 3 65. Highly polished mirror-like surfaces are good
= 25 × 104 × 2 × 10−2 = 50 × 102 reflectors but not good radiators.
= 5 × 103 N/m2
67. Open window behaves like a perfectly
30. vrms ∝ T blackbody.
300 27 + 273 72. Perfectly blackbody is black in colour because it
∴ =
v rms 927 + 273 does not reflect or transmit the radiation.
300 1 1 75. When light incident on pin hole enters into the
= = =
1200 4 2 box and suffers successive reflections at the
∴ vrms = 2 × 300 ⇒ vrms = 600 m/s inner wall, at each reflection some energy is
absorbed. Hence the ray once enters the box can
K.E. 3 never come out and pin hole acts like a perfect
33. = P. Here P is constant.
vol 2 blackbody.

57
  Chapter 03: Kinetic Theory of Gases
and Radiation
No. of moles of gas leaked is given by n1 − n2 γRT
12. vrms =
PV P′V M0
i.e. n1 − n2 = −
RT RT 1
V
vrms ∝
⇒ n1 − n2 = ( P − P′) M0
RT
( v1 )rms ( M 0 )1 32
6. Using ideal gas equation, = =
before heating, at T1 = 17 + 273 = 290 K,
( v 2 )rms ( M 0 )2 2

PV = n1R × 290 ....(i) v2 = 2 km/s

After heating, at T2 = 27 + 273 = 300 K, 1
13. vrms ∝
PV = n2R × 300 ....(ii) M0
where, n1 and n2 are number of moles at T1 and Let v1 be the rms velocity of uranium of mass
T2 respectively. M1 = 235 units and v2 be the rms velocity of
From equations (i) and (ii), uranium of mass M2 = 238 units
PV PV
n 2 – n1 = − v1 − v 2 M 2 − M1 238 − 235
R × 300 R × 290 ∴ = = = 0.0064
v2 M1 235
But, nf – ni = (n2 – n1)NA
v1 − v 2
i.e., nf – ni = −
PV  10  23 ∴ % ratio = × 100 = 0.64
×  × 6.023×10 v2
R  290 × 300 
Given: P = 105 Pa and V = 30 m3 3RT
14. vrms =
105 × 30 ×10 × 6.023×1023 M0
∴ nf – ni = − = –2.5 × 1025
8.3× 290 × 300 ∴ vrms ∝ T
1 1 v2 T
7. λ= = 2 2
∴ = 2
λd n 2 4πr n 2 v1 T1
1
⇒λ∝ 2 T2
r ∴ v2 = v1
T1
8. Mean free path of gas molecules is,
127 + 273
1 k BT ∴ v2 = 200 ×
λ = 2
27 + 273
2 πd P
1 k BT 400
∴ L= ∴ v2 = 200 ×
2 300
2 4π r P
400
According to given conditions, ∴ v2 = m/s
1 k BT′ 3
L′ = ∆v 1 ∆T 1 6 1
2 4π ( r′ ) P′
2
15. vrms ∝ T ⇒ = =× =
v 2 T 2 300 100
L′ T′ r 2P 2T r 2P 1 ∴ The rms velocity will increase nearly by 1%
= × = × =
L ( r′ )2 P′ T ( 2r ) × ( 2P )
2
T 4
16. Its known from kinetic theory of gases-
L v1 T
∴ L′ = = 1 but v2 = 2v1 (given)
4 v2 T2
10. The rms velocity is related to Temperature as
v1 27 + 273 1 300
vrms ∝ T ∴ = ⇒ =
2v1 T 4 T
( v1 )rms T1 ( v1 )rms 0 + 273
⇒ T = 1200 K = 927 °C
∴ = ⇒ =
( v2 )rms T2 1  T2
 v1  1 2
 2  rms 17. Using, P = rv rms ,
3
273
⇒ T2 = = 68.25 K r ( v rms )
2
4 P1
= 1× 2 1
⇒ t2 = T2 – 273 = −204.75 °C P2 r2 ( v rms )
2
2
3RT  ( v rms )1   P1   ρ2  3 2
11. vrms = ∴   =   ×   = × = 1
M0  ( v rms )2   P2   ρ1  2 3

v'rms =
3R(2T)
= 2 vrms ( v rms )1
=1
M0 / 2 ( v rms )2
65
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

1 + 3 + 5 + 7 16 27. Diatomic gases have 5 degrees of freedom,
18. Average speed = = = 4 km/s
4 4 neglecting vibrational mode.
12 + 32 + 52 + 7 2 84 2 2 7
R.M.S. speed = = ∴ For hydrogen, γ1 = 1 + = 1 + =
4 4 f 5 5
= 4.583 km/s Monatomic gases have 3 degrees of freedom,
∴ R.M.S. speed − average speed = 0.583 km/s 2 2 5
∴ For helium, γ2 = 1 + =1+ =
f 3 3
3
20. Average kinetic energy = RT Considering two vibrational modes, diatomic
2 gases have 7 degrees of freedom,
i.e. K.E. ∝ T 2 2 9
As T is constant, K.E. remains same. ∴ For gas X, γ3 = 1 + =1+ =
f 7 7
21. Pressure exerted by the gas on wall of container 7 5 9
is given by, ∴ (γ1, γ2, γ3) =  , , 
5 3 7
1 2
P= ρv .…(v ≡ r.m.s. speed) 28. Using Shortcut 3,
3
Amount of energy required is given as,
1 M
∴ P =   v2 f f
3 V =E = n RT NK ( T2 − T1 )
2 2
2 1 M  2 f
P=  v ∴ E = ( n ⋅ N A ) ⋅ k B ⋅( T2 − T1 )
3 2 V  2
2  K.E  1 where N = nNA and kB = Boltzmann constant
∴ P=   ....( K.E. = Mv2)
3  V  2 3
∴ E= n N A k B (T 2 −T1 ) ⋅ ….( f = 3 for He)
2
3
22. K.E.avg = kBT M 1
2 Now,=n =
M0 4
2 0.69 × 1.6 × 10−19
∴ T= × = 5333.33 K = 5060 °C 3 1 3
3 1.38 × 10−23 ∴ E= × N k (T − T1 ) = N A k B (T2 − T1 )
2 4 A B 2 8
23. The average kinetic energy of monatomic gas
3
29. Molar specific heat at constant pressure
molecule (K.E.) = k BT 7
2 Cp = R
2
3
K.E. = × (1.38 × 10−23 J K−1) × (300 K) Using, Cp − Cv = R
2
7 5
3× (1.38×10−23 JK −1 ) × (300K) Cv = Cp − R = R −R= R
= 2 2
2 × (1.6 ×10−19 J / eV)
∴
Cp
=
( 7 / 2) R
=
7
= 3.9 × 10−2 eV = 0.039 eV
Cv (5 / 2)R 5
24. Average kinetic energy per molecule for any
kind of molecule of an ideal gas is 30. Given,
3 R
K.Eavg = kT = 0.4
2 Cv
3 Cp − Cv
∴ (K.Eavg)hydrogen = kT1 and ∴ = 0.4
2 Cv
3 Cp
(K.Eavg)oxygen = kT2 ∴ = 0.4 + 1
2 Cv
But T1 = T2 ∴ γ = 1.4
∴ (K.Eavg)O = (K.Eavg)H ∴ the molecules of the gas are rigid diatomic.
26. Using Shortcut 3, CP
Internal energy of a gas with f degrees of 31. Given: =γ
CV
freedom,
f CP − CV γ −1
U= nRT ∴ =
2 CV 1
5 3 R
Now, f O2 = , fAr = ∴ =γ–1 .…( CP – CV = R)
2 2 CV
5 3 R
∴ Utotal = (2) RT + (4) RT = 11RT. ∴ CV =
2 2 γ −1

66
  Chapter 03: Kinetic Theory of Gases
and Radiation
32. For rigid diatomic molecule, 2.88 × 106nmK
CP 7 5 ∴ λmax = = 500 nm
γ= = ∴ CV = CP 5760 K
CV 5 7 ∴ wavelength of maximum energy = 500 nm
Also for molar specific heats, i.e., U2 is maximum energy.
5
CP – CV = R ∴ CP − CP = R 42. From Wien’s displacement law-
7
λmax T = constant
2 2
CP = R ∴ n= = 0.2857 If T is also same, λmax = constant
7 7
Hence, λ′max = λ′′max
33. dU = n × Cv × dθ
R  R  44. Using Shortcut 6,
=n× × dθ ...   C v =  l b
γ −1  γ −1  4
 3 × 3   327 + 273 4
E 2  A 2   T2 
8.314 =    =    
= 2000 × × (–10) = –4.2 × 105 J E1  A1   T1   l × b   27 + 273 
0.4  
4
1 600 
34.
f
CP =  + 1  R
 =    
2  9
   300 
 33.24 E2 1
∴ f=2× 

− 1 = 2 × 3 = 6 ∴ = × (16 )
 8.31  E1 9
16
35. r + a + tr = 1 ∴ E2 = E ....( E1 = E)
9
∴ tr = 1 – r – a = 1 – 0.8 – 0.1 = 1 – 0.9 = 0.1
Q = 1000 J/min 45. Q ∝ T4
∴ Heat energy transmitted per minute Q1 T   T 
4
1
4

Qt = Q × t = 1000 × 0.1 = 100 J ∴ =  1 =  1  =

Q2  T2   2T1  16
∴ Heat energy transmitted in 5 minutes
∴ Q2 = 16Q1
= 100 × 5 = 500 J
36. From Wien’s displacement law, 46. For blackbody, P = AeσT4.
1
λ∝
1 For same power, A ∝
T4
T 2 4
⇒ν∝T  r1   T2 
∴   =  
This means more the temperature higher will be r
 2  T1 
the corresponding frequency. 2 2

Given T2 > T1, hence frequency corresponding r1 T  r T 

∴ =  2  i.e., 2 =  1 
to maximum energy is more at T2. r2  T1  r1  T2 

37. As λRed > λGreen > λViolet, 47. For perfectly blackbody,
λQ > λR > λP. Q = σAT4t
According to Wien’s law, TQ < TR < TP = 5.7 × 10–8 × 1 × (727 + 273)4 × 60
= 3.42 × 106 = 34.2 × 105 J
38. From Wien’s displacement law,
1 48. Using Shortcut 6,
λm ∝ 2 4
T P2 r  T 
∴ λm T = constant ∴ =  2  2
P1  r1   T1 
40. From Wien’s displacement law r
Now, r2 = 1 and T2 = 2T1
b 2
T=
λ max P2 1
∴ = × 16
b = Wien’s constant P1 4
2892 × 10−6 ∴ P2 = 4 × 450 = 1800 W
∴ T= = 200 K
14.46 × 10−6
49. σ × 4πR2 (T4 − T04 ) = 912 × πR2
41. According to Wien’s displacement law, 912 912
1 ∴ T4 − T04 = = = 40 × 108
λmax ∝ 4 ×σ 4 × 5.7 ×10−8
T
∴ T4 = 40 × 108 + (300)4 = (40 + 81) × 108
∴ λmaxT = b
∴ T ≈ 330 K
also T = 5760 K
67
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

50. The rate of radioactive energy emission from a hot 56. Escape velocity at the surface of the earth
surface is given by Stefan-Boltzmann Law- = 11.2 km/s = 11.2 × 103 m/s
dE Oxygen will escape when rms speed of its
R= = eσA ( Thot
4 4
− Tambient )
dt molecules,

Hence,
=
R′ (=400 − 200 )
4 4
3 vrms = 11.2 × 103 m/s
R ( 600 − 200 )
4 4
16
∴
3k BT
= 11.2 × 103
M0
51. Rate of loss of heat by radiation is given as
(11.2 )
2
dQ ×106 × 2.76 ×10−26
– = σA ( Thot 4
− Tcold ) = R ∴ T=
dt 3×1.38×10−23

∴
RA ( Thot4 − Tcold
=
4
) A = 8.363 × 104 K
RB (T 4
hot
4
− Tcold ) B 1 U  1 4
57. P=   = kT
RA (327 + 273) 4 − (27 + 273) 4  3 V  3
∴ = 
RB (227 + 273) 4 − (27 + 273) 4  u
( ∝ T4 and k is constant of proportionality)
V
(6004 − 3004 ) 9
= = PV = nRT
(5004 − 3004 ) 4
nRT 1 4
52. Using Shortcut 6, = kT
V 3
2 4
⇒ V∝ T–3
2 4
R1 r  T  8 127 + 273 
∴ =  1  ×  1  =   ×  
R2 r
 2 T
 2  2   527 + 273  4
Volume of spherical shell of radius R = πR3
400  16
4 3
= 16 ×   = =1 i.e., V ∝ R3
 800  16
1
53. According to Avogadro’s law, ⇒R∝
T
1 mole = 22.4 L of any gas
∴ 67.2 L = 3 mole ∴ n=3 58. Speed of sound in a gas is,
3 γP
Cv = R for monatomic gas v=
2 ρ
8.31 × 3 In standard conditions, P = 1 atm = 105 Pa
∴ ∆Q = n Cv ∆T = 3 × × 20 = 748 J
2
γ × 105 × 1089
54. From Wien’s displacement law, ∴ 330 =
1400
λmax T = b
γ × 105 × 1089
TA ( λ max )B 500 5 ∴ 108900 =
Hence, = = = 1400
TB ( λ max )A 300 3
∴ γ = 1.4
Now, from Shortcut 6, 2
Q r2 T4 But, γ = 1 +
power Ratio, A = A2 A4 f
Q B rB TB 2
∴ f= =5
where, A = 4πr2 ( γ − 1)
2
Q A 32 54  5 
i.e. = × =  59. Q = msdT
Q B 52 34  3 
dQ dT
55. According to Wien’s displacement law, = ms
dt dt
λmT = constant Pdt = msdT
T1 λ m 2 3 / 4 λ 0 3 P
∴ = = = dT = dt
T2 λ m λ0 4 ms
1

Power radiated for a blackbody, P = σAT4 Rise in temperature (dT) ∝

1
P1  T1 
4
s
∴ =  From graph we can observe that rise in
P2  T2 
4
temperature in graph A is more than B and C.
P 3 81 ∴ dT is maximum for A and minimum for C and
∴ = = 
nP  4  256 specific heat value is maximum for C and
∴ n=
256 minimum for A.
81

68
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

Q
83. R=
At Critical Thinking

∴ [R] =
[Q] =  M L T 
1 2 −2

= [M1L0T−3] 8.3 × 103

[ A ][ t ]  L2  T1  1. Gas constant = = 2.96 × 102 J/kg K
28
89. According to Kirchhoff’s law of radiation, 3. P1V1 = n1RT1
R n1RT1 1 R(300)
a=e= ∴ V1 = = × = 75 R
Rb P1 2 2
92. Black cloth is a good absorber of heat. P2V2 = n2RT2
Therefore, ice covered by black cloth melts RT2 R(350)
∴ V2 = n2 = 1.5× = 105 R
more as compared to that covered by white P2 5
cloth. ∴ P (V1 + V2) = (n1 + n2) RT
93. Blackbody has maximum radiated energy at ∴ P (75 R + 105 R) = (0.5 + 1.5) R (273 + 69)
same temperature. ∴ P × 180 R = 2 × R × 342
342
96. A blackbody has a continuous emission ∴ P= = 3.8 atm
90
spectrum
4. The equation of state is, PV = nRT
b 2.93 × 10−3
102. T = = = 107 K nRT
λm 2.93 × 10−10 ⇒P= (ideal gas condition)
V
103. According to Wien’s law, Let for M mass there is n moles, then for mass
T1 λ m24800 48 4 3Mn
= = = = 3M, there are = 3n moles
T2 λ m1 3600 36 3 M
V
Let n′ = 3n, T′ = T/3 and V′ =
1 3
104. As λm ∝
T T
n 'RT ' 3nR
T Then P′ = = 3 = 3nRT = 3P
∴ Temperature of other star must be
2 V' V/3 V

105. According to Wien’s law, 6. According to the gas equation, PV = NkBT

λmT = λ′mT′ For the gas A, we have,
λ0 PV = N1kBT ....(i)
∴ λ0T = λ′ × 2T ⇒ λ′ =
2 V
For the gas B, we have, (2P)   = N2kB(2T)
8
106. According to Wien’s law, λ m T =
constant
⇒ PV = 8N2 kBT ....(ii)
λr > λ y > λb
∴ From equations (i) and (ii),
∴ Tr < Ty < Tb or TA < TC < TB
N1
N1 = 8 N2 ⇒ =8
J N2
111. In M.K.S. system, unit of σ is 2
m × s × K4
J 7
10 erg 7. Since PV = nRT,
∴ 1 2 = 4 2 For 1 mole of gas, 50 × 100 = 1 × R × T
m × s × K4 10 cm × s × K 4
erg For 2 mole of gas, 100 × V = 2 × R × T
= 103 2 50 × 100 1
cm × s × K 4 ∴ =
V × 100 2
112. Average K.E. of molecules per mole of ideal gas ⇒ V = 100 mL
3
= RT M
2 8. PV = nRT = RT
Where, R = universal gas constant M0
T = same for all gases M density M 0
Average K.E. of molecules for one mole of all ∴ ⇒ =
VP P RT
ideal gases at same temperature is same. density M0
 
 =  = x ….(i)
115. As for a blackbody, rate of absorption of heat is  P  At 0°C R(273)
more, thermometer A shows faster rise in
 density  M0
temperature but finally both will acquire the   = ….(ii)
atmospheric temperature.  P  At 100°C R(373)

58
04 Thermodynamics

Hints

31. For an isothermal process,

Classical Thinking ∆U = 0 and work done = W = P (V2 − V1)
As volume decreases, the work done by the gas
7. Internal energy depends only on the temperature is negative.
of the gas.
32. Refer Mindbender 3(i)
10. ∆W = P∆V; here ∆V is negative. Hence ∆W
will be negative 35. When heat is supplied at constant pressure, a
part of it goes in the expansion of gas and
17. Heat always refers to energy in transit from one remaining part is used to increase the
body to another because of temperature temperature of the gas which in turn increases
difference. the internal energy.
19. Refer Mindbender 3(ii). 37. Work done = P∆V = P(V2 – V1)
20. Q = ∆U + W where W = P∆V 41. The process is very fast; so the gas fails to gain or
21. st
From 1 law of thermodynamics, lose heat. Hence, this process is adiabatic.
∆U = Q − W 45. Air inside the tube of wheel when suddenly
∴ ∆U = Q (< 0) ….( W = 0) comes out, undergoes adiabatic expansion.
During adiabatic expansion the temperature of
∴ ∆U < 0 the system decreases and thus, the air becomes
So, temperature will decrease. slightly cooler.
22. Q = ∆U + W 48. In thermodynamic processes,
∆U = Q − W Work done = Area enclosed by PV-diagram and
V-axis.
23. Q = ∆U + W
From graph, it is clear that (Area)iso > (Area)adi
∴ W = Q – ∆U = 110 – 40 = 70 J
or Wiso > Wadi
25. As the system is not in equilibrium during rapid
expansion, it cannot be described by equation of P
state.
Isothermal
26. As the volume is continuously increasing and
the work of expansion is always positive, so the Adiabatic
work done by the system continuously V
increases.
50. By the first law of thermodynamics,
27. Work done = Area of triangle Q = ∆U + W
1 In adiabatic process, Q = 0 ⇒ ∆U = – W
= × AC × AB
2
51. For an adiabatic process, Q = 0
1 PV
= ×V×P=  Work is done on the gas, W = – 90 J
2 2
∴ From Q = ∆U + W,
28. A quasi-static process like a slow isothermal 0 = ∆U − 90
expansion or compression of an ideal gas is
∴ ∆U = + 90 J
reversible process while the other given
processes are irreversible in nature. 53. In a closed cyclic process, the change in internal
energy is always zero ⇒ E = 0
29. In isothermal process, heat is released by the gas
to maintain the constant temperature. 54. In isochoric process, volume remains constant.
70
 

Chapter 04: Thermodynamics

55. Process CD is isochoric as volume is constant; 10V
∴ W = P  V + − V

process DA is isothermal as temperature  100 
constant and process AB is isobaric as pressure 10PV
is constant. = = 0.1 × 105 × 4 = 4 × 104 J
100
56. As work done is area under PV curve, 4. Work done = P(V2 – V1)
W1 > W2. Now, as density of water = 1 g/cm3
61. When the freezer is placed on top, the cold air ∴ V1 = 1 cm3 = 10−6 m3
produced from it is denser than the warmer air ∴ W = 1 × 105 × (1.091 – 1) × 10–6 = 0.0091 J
in the bottom. Cold air being dense flows down 5. Refer Mindbender 3(i)
and the warm air is forced to rise up. So, when
the warm air rises up, it becomes colder in the 6. Q = W + ∆U
freezer. As a result, uniform cooling is ∴ 35 = − 15 + ∆U ⇒ ∆U = 50 J
maintained in the refrigerator. 7. By 1st law of thermodynamics,
62. In a refrigerator, the heat dissipated in the Q = ∆U + W
atmosphere is more than that taken from the 2 × 103 × 4.2 = ∆U + 500
cooling chamber, therefore the room is heated if ∴ ∆U = 7900 J
the door of a refrigerator is kept open.
8. By 1st law of thermodynamics,
QC T Q = ∆U + P(∆V)
64. = C ∴ ∆U = Q – P(∆V)
QH TH
300
= 1500 – (2.1 × 105) (2.5 × 10–3) = 975 J
∴ QH = 500 × ≈ 577 calorie
260 9. For the first process, using Q = ∆U + W.
∴ 8 × 105 = ∆U + 6.5 × 105
72. For path (2), V decreases for constant P which ∴ ∆U = 1.5 × 105 J
results in decrease in temperature of gas. Since final and initial states are same in both
73. The cyclic process 1 is clockwise whereas processes, ∆U will be same in both processes
process 2 is anticlockwise. Clockwise area For second process, using Q = ∆U + W,
represents positive work and anticlockwise area ∴ 105 = 1.5 × 105 + W
represents negative work. Since negative area ∴ W = – 0.5 × 105 J
(2) > positive area (1), hence net work done is Negative sign indicates work is done on the gas.
negative.
10. Q = ∆U + W
74. As internal energy is a state function, therefore ∴ ∆U = Q − W = 2240 − 168 = 2072 J
change in internal energy does not depend upon 11. Q = ∆U + W = (Uf − Ui) + W
the path followed i.e., ∆UI = ∆UII. ∴ −30 = (Uf − 30) − 10
75. Given that, Q = 15 J ∴ Uf = 10 J
Work done (W) = Force × displacement 12. Using Shortcut 2(ii)
=5×2 W 1 3 2
⇒ = 1 – = 1 – = = 0.4
= 10 J Q γ 5 5
∴ From first law of thermodynamics,
CP 5
∆U = |Q| – |W| = 15 – 10 = 5 J 13. For monatomic gas, γ = =
CV 3
Using Shortcut 2(i),
Critical Thinking 3
∆U C V
= = = 0.6
1. In first case, there is no change in volume. ∆Q C P 5
So work done is zero. Similarly, from Shortcut 2(ii),
In the second case, ∆W 1 2
= 1 − = = 0.4
W = P(nV – V) = (n−1)PV ∆Q γ 5
∴ Percentage of heat utilized in increasing internal
2. W = P(V2 − V1) = 105 × (2 − 1) = 105 J
energy,
3. External work done = PdV = P (V2 – V1) ∆U
× 100 = 0.6 × 100 = 60%
V1 = V = 4 m3 and ∆Q
10V ∆W
V2 = V + 10% V = V + × 100 = 0.4 × 100 = 40%
100 ∆Q

71
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

14. From Mindbender 3(ii), 22. As PV = constant it is isothermal process. As a
∆U = mL – P(V2 – V1) result, the temperature remains constant.
P(V2 − V1 ) Also from PV graph we know that, pressure is
= 540 − decreasing hence P2 < P1 which is represented
J
by graph (iii).
1.013 × 105 × (1671 − 1) × 10−6 
= 540 −
4.19 23. Differentiating the equation,
= 540 − 40.37 ≈ 500 calorie PV = constant
∆P ∆V
15. State of a thermodynamic system cannot be P∆V + V∆P = 0 ⇒ =–
P V
determined by a single variable (P or V or T).
V2
16. Work done by the system = Area of shaded 24. Using, W = nRT ln
portion on P-V diagram V1
= (300 – 100)10–6 × (200 – 100) × 103 = 20 J m V 
=   RT ln  2 
As anticlockwise area of cyclic process denotes M  V1 
negative work, net work done by the system in
m V 
this case, W = −20 J ≈ 2.3 × RT log10  2 
M  V1 
17. Work done = Area of PV graph (here trapezium)
96  140 
1 = 2.3 × R (273 + 27) log10  
= (1 × 105 + 5 × 105 ) × (5 − 1) 32  70 
2
= 12 × 105 J = 2.3 × 900 R log102

18. WAB is negative (volume is decreasing)  V2 

25. W = nRT ln  
WBC is positive (volume is increasing)  V1 
Since |WBC| > |WAB|, = 0.2 × 8.3 × (27 + 273) × ln 2
∴ net work done is positive. = 0.2 × 8.3 × 300 × 0.693
Area between the semicircles is,
≈ 345 J
π (1)
2
π r2 π
= = atm-litre  V2 
2 2 2 26. W = 2.303 × nRT log  
 V1 
19. As initial and final states in the two processes
are same,  V1 
= − 2.303 × nRT log  
Therefore, ∆u1 = ∆u2.  V2 
Also, area under curve a > area under curve b, 22.4 
∴ W1 > W2 = –2.303 × 1 × 8.31 × (273 + 0) log  
 11.2 
As ∆Q = ∆u + W
= −8.31 × 2.303 × 273 × log 2
∴ ∆Q1 > ∆Q2
= −1572.5 J ….( log 2 = 0.3010)
20. Being the same gas, n = constant
From equation of states, 27. Using, P1V1 = P2V2 we get,
P1V1 PV 80V P′ 10
= 2 2 PV = P′ × ⇒ =
T1 T2 100 P 8
P1V1 5P V P′ − P  10 
∴ = 1 1 ∴ × 100 =  − 1 × 100
T1 3T2 P 8 
5T1 2 
∴ T2 = =  × 100 
3 8 
∴ ∆T = T2 − T1 = 0.667 ≈ 67% 1
= × 100
21. In step-1 piston is not fixed hence, pressure is 4
constant and volume changes. So work is done = 25 %
while maintaining temperature constant. Hence, V1
the process is isothermal and c = ∞. 28. V2 =
4
In step-2 piston is fixed hence, pressure
The process being slow, is isothermal.
increases and volume is constant so work is not
done which increases the internal energy and ∴ T2 = 75 °C and P1 = 50 cm ….(Given)
temperature of gas. Hence, process is not P1V1 50
∴ P2 = = = 200 cm of Hg
isothermal and c ≠ ∞. V2 1/ 4

72
 

Chapter 04: Thermodynamics

29. Due to compression the temperature of the system 3
Since for monatomic gas such as helium, γ =
increases to a very high value. This causes the 2
flow of heat from system to the surroundings, thus 2/3
1
decreasing the temperature. The decrease in ∴ T1 = T2   ⇒ 4T1 = T2
temperature results in decrease in pressure. 8
1
30. For adiabatic process, PVγ = K nR [ T2 − T1 ] R [3T1 ] 9
∴ Work done = =4 = RT1
Differentiating above equation, γ −1 2 8
∴ PγVγ – 1 dV + dP Vγ = 0  
3
dP
∴ =–γ K
P 37. P= shows it’s an adiabatic process
dP  dV  Vγ
∴ × 100 = –γ  × 100  = –1.4 × 5 = −7 % For adiabatic process, C = 0.
P  V 
Negative sign indicates decrease in pressure. 3
38. Here, γ =
31. As the change is sudden, the process is adiabatic 2
∴ P1V1γ = P2 V2γ For adiabatic process, TVγ–1 = constant
γ −1
γ T2  V1  3
= ( 2 ) 2 = (2)1/2
3/ 2 −1
P2 V  4 8 ∴
=  1  =  
= 
∴ = T1  V2 
P1 V
 2  1  1
∴ T2 = 2 T
γ
P V  P′
32. Using, 2 =  1  ⇒ = (8)5/2 39. For adiabatic process, TVγ–1 = constant
P1  V2  P 1/ ( γ − 1) 1/ ( γ −1)
V2 T  1
∴ P′ = P × (2)15/2 ∴ =  1 =  
V1  T2  2  
33. As the change is sudden, the process is adiabatic
V 1
∴ PVγ = constant ⇒ P1V1γ = P2V2γ or 2 < ....( γ > 1)
γ 1.4 V1 2
V   300 
∴ P2 = P1  1  = 106 ×   = 106 (2)1.4
V
 2  150  40. Change in internal energy of the gas,
= 2.64 × 10 dyne / cm 6 2 R ( T2 − T1 )
∆U = − ∆W= ....( n = 1)
γ −1
34. P1V1γ = P1V2γ
8.3
γ = (308 – 300) = 166 J
 P2   V1  (1.4 − 1)
∴  =  
 P1   V2 
1
41. For adiabatic change,
P  γ PVγ = constant.
∴ V2 = V1  1  = V1C1/γ …(C > 1)
 P2  ∴ dP + γ dV = 0
1 dP 2 2 4
P  γ′ ∴ dV = − =− × %=− %
∴ V2′ = V1′  1  = V1C
1/γ′ γ 3 3 9
P
 2 Negative sign indicates volume is decreasing.
 γ → Monatomic 
 γ > γ′   ⇒ V2′ > V2 42. For a cyclic process, ∆U = 0
 γ′ → Polyatomic 
∴ By 1st law of thermodynamics,
This means, Assertion is false, Reason is true.
Q = ∆U + W = 0 + W
nR ( Ti − Tf ) = Area of closed curve
35. Using, W =
γ −1 20 
2

∴ Q = πr2 = π   kPa × litre

R ( T − Tf )  2 
∴ 6R = …. (Given: n = 1)
5  = 100π × 103 × 10−3 J
 − 1
3  = 100 πJ
∴ Tf = (T – 4) K
43. From the given VT diagram,
36. As 22.4 litre of gas contains 1 mole of gas, 5.6 For process AB, V ∝ T ⇒ Pressure is constant
1 For process BC, V = Constant and for process
litre of gas contains number of moles of He =
4 CA, T = constant
Using, T1V1γ – 1 = T2 V2γ – 1, These processes are correctly represented on PV
∴ T1(5.6)γ – 1 = T2(0.7)γ – 1 diagram by graph (C).
73
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

44. AB is isobaric process; BC is isothermal Dividing equation (i) by (ii),
process; CD is isometric process and DA is 500 5
isothermal process. = ⇒ TC′ = 400 K
TC′ 4
These processes are correctly represented by
graph (A). TC 300 1
52. ηmax = 1 – =1– = = 25%
45. For isothermal process (gas A) TH 400 4
P1V1 = P2V2 ⇒ 24% efficiency is possible.
∴ P0(2V0) = P2(V0) TC W
⇒ P2 = 2P0 53. η=1– =
TH Q
For adiabatic process (gas B)
PVγ = constant 
W = 1 −
TC   ( 273 + 27 )  × Q
∴  Q = 1 − 
P2  TH   ( 273 + 627 ) 
∴ = (2)γ
P1  300  6
⇒ W = 1 −  × 3 × 10 cal
∴ P2 = (2)γ P0  900 
Hence,
(P2 ) B (2) γ P0
= = (2)γ − 1 = 2 × 106 × 4.2 J
(P2 ) A 2P0 = 8.4 × 106 J
W Q − QC 200 TH − TC
46. η= = H = 54. In first case, η =
QH QH 746 TH
∴ %η = 26.8 % ≈ 27 % 2TH − 2TC T −T
In second case, η′ = = H C=η
2TH TH
1g 2kcal
47. Input energy × = 2 kcal/s
s g TH − TC 50 T
55. Efficiency, η = = =1− C
10 TH 100 TH
Output energy = 10 kW = 10 kJ/s = kcal / s
4.2 TC 1 273
∴ = ⇒ TC = ≈ 137 K
o/p energy 10 TH 2 2
∴ =η = > 1, which is impossible.
i/p energy 4.2 × 2 ….( TH = 0 °C = 273 K)
48. QC = 2000 cal
56. TC = 0 °C = 273 K,
QC
As Coefficient of performance = , TH = 17 °C = 17 + 273 = 290 K
W
QC TC
∴ 4 = 2000/W Coefficient of performance = =
W TH − TC
∴ W = 500 cals = 500 × 4.2 J = 2100 J
mL
49. QH = 104 cal = 42 kJ = 42 × 103 J =
W
TC 300 80 ×1000 × 4.2 273 273
∴ QC = × QH = × 42 ×103 = 0.6 × 42 × 103 ∴ = =
TH 500 W 290 − 273 17
∴ W = QH – QC = 0.4 × 42 × 103 80 ×1000 × 4.2 ×17
= 16.8 × 103 = 1.68 × 104 J ∴ W= joule
273
TC 33.6 ×17 ×104
50. η=1− ∴ W= kWh = 0.058 kWh.
TH 273× 3.6 ×105

30 350 57. Here, PV = constant

∴ =1−
100 TH ∴ PdV = −VdP
350 30 7 dP P
∴ =1− = i.e. = −
TH 100 10 dV V
∴ TH = 500 K = 227 °C −dP −dP
Bulk Modulus, K = = V
dV / V dV
TC  −P 
51. η=1– = − V  = P
TH
 V 
1 500 500 1
∴ =1– ⇒ = ….(i) 58. From first law of thermodynamics,
2 TH TH 2
Q = ∆U + W
60 T′ T′ 2 Given: W = 0
=1– C ⇒ C = ….(ii)
100 TH TH 5 ∴ Q = ∆U = CV (∆T)

74
 

Chapter 04: Thermodynamics

3 5 
For monatomic gas, CV = R 65. dU = CvdT =  R  dT
2 2 
3 2(dU)
∴ Q = nCV (∆T) = 3 × R × 100 = 450 R ∴ dT =
2 5R
59. From first law of thermodynamics, From first law of thermodynamics,
Q = ∆U + W Q 3Q
Work done at constant pressure, dU = dQ − dW = Q − =
4 4
(W)p = (Q)p − ∆U dQ Q
∴ (W)p = (Q)p − (∆Q)v ….[(Q)v = ∆U] ∴ Molar heat capacity, C = =
dT  2(dU) 
 
Also, (Q)p = mCp ∆T and (∆Q)v = mCv∆T  5R 
∴ (W)p = m(Cp − Cv)∆T 5RQ 10
= = R
∴ (W)p = 1 × (3.4 × 103 − 2.4 × 103) × 10  3Q  3
2
= 104 cal  4 


60. We know that, slopes of isothermal and

adiabatic curves are always negative and slope Competitive Thinking
of adiabatic curve is always greater than that of
isothermal curve. AT − BT 2
1. V=
Hence, in the given graph, curve A and B P
represent adiabatic and isothermal changes W = P ∆ V = P[V2 − V1]
respectively.  AT2 − BT22  AT − BT12  
=P − 1 
61. For both the paths, ∆U remains same.  P  P 
For path iaf : ∆U = ∆Q − ∆W = 50 − 20 = 30 J. =  A(T2 − T1 ) − B ( T22 − T12 ) 
For path fi : ∆U = −30J and ∆W = − 13J
∴ ∆Q = − 30 − 13 = −43 J. 2. Using first law of thermodynamics,
62. In adiabatic process, ∆Q = 0 ∆Q = ∆U + ∆W
∴ work is done on the system ⇒ internal energy ⇒ ∆U = ∆Q – ∆W
of the system increases Given that, ∆Q = 35 J,
∴ ∆U = ∆W ⇒ n × Cv × ∆T = ∆W Here, ∆W is negative because work is done on
 R  3 the system.
∴ n ×  × 7 = 146 × 10
 γ −1 ∴ ∆W = –15 J
8.3 ∴ ∆U = 35 J – (–15 J) = 50 J
∴ 103 × × 7 = 146 × 103
( γ − 1)
3. Q = ∆U + W
∴ On solving we get, γ = 1.4
mL = ∆U + P∆V
∴ The gas is diatomic.
∴ ∆U = mL – P∆V
63. From the graph, WAB = 0 and = (1 × 540 × 4.2) – (105 × 1650 × 10–6)
WBC = 8 × 104 (5 − 2) × 10−3 = 240 J ∴ ∆U = 2103 J
∴ WAC = WAB + WBC = 0 + 240 = 240 J
∴ QAC = QAB + QBC = 600 + 200 = 800 J 4. Using Mindbender 3(ii)
By 1st law of thermodynamics, For boiling process,
QAC = ∆UAC + WAC ∆U = mL – P(Vsteam − Vwater)
∴ 800 = ∆UAC + 240 = 1 × 2256 – [105 × (1671 − 1) × 10−6]
∴ ∆UAC = 560 J = 2256 – 167
64. For the given cyclic process, = 2089 J
total work done = WAB + WBC + WCA
WAB = P∆V = 10(2 – 1) = 10 J and 5. Given: P = 1.013 × 105 N/m2,
WBC = 0 ….( V = constant) ∆Q = 54 cal = 54 × 4.18 J
m = 0.1 g = 10–4 kg,
∴ By first law of thermodynamics,
Vsteam = 167.1 cc = 167.1 × 10–6 m3
Q = ∆U + W
∆U = 0 (Process ABCA is cyclic) Initial volume of water at 100 °C,
∴ Q = WAB + WBC + WCA mass 10−4 –7 3
Vwater = = 3 = 10 m
∴ 5 = 10 + 0 + WCA ⇒ WCA = – 5 J density 10

75
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

From Mindbender 3(ii) 12. In ideal gas, by definition, there is no interaction
Change in internal energy, between particles, no intermolecular forces. So
∆U = mL – P(Vsteam – Vwater) pressure change at constant temperature does
= ∆Q – P (Vsteam – Vwater) not change internal energy i.e., ∆U = 0.
= (54 × 4.18) – 1.013 × 105 But real gases have interactions i.e., attraction
× (167.1 × 10–6 – 0.1 × 10–6) between molecules at low pressure and
= 225.72 – 16.92 repulsion at high pressure. Thus, even if
= 208.8 J temperature is constant, change in pressure
changes their internal energy.
CP 5 ∴ ∆U ≠ 0
6. For a monatomic gas, γ = =
CV 3
13. ∆Q = ∆U + ∆W
Using Shortcut 2(i) ∴ ∆Q = 0 – 150 J
∆U CV 3 Thus, heat has been given by the system.
= =
Q CP 5
14. In isobaric process,
∴ Fraction of heat energy to increase the internal Q = nCP∆T and W = n (CP − CV) ∆T
energy be 3/5. W C
∴ =1− v
5 Q Cp
7. For monoatomic gas, γ =
3 Cp
Using Shortcut 2(ii) but γ = = 1.4
Cv
∆W 1 3 2
=1 − =1 − = 300 1
∆Q γ 5 5 ∴ = 1−
Q 1.4
8. Considering anticlockwise sense of area, 300 × 1.4
∴ Q=
PV 0.4
WBCOB = – Area of triangle BCO = − 0 0
2 = 1050 J
Considering clockwise sense of area,
15. In adiabatic process, exchange of heat ∆Q = 0
P0 V0
WAODA = Area of triangle AOD = 16. From Shortcut 3
2
∴ Total work = 0 For an adiabatic process,
P ∝ Tγ/γ−1
9. QABC = QAC + WABCA Given that, P ∝ T3
In this case, γ
1 ∴ = 3 ⇒ γ = 3γ− 3
WABCA = Area of PV graph = × AB× BC γ −1
2
3
1 4 ∴ − 2γ = − 3 ⇒ γ =
⇒ 500 = QAC + × (4 × 10 × 2 × 10−3) 2
2
⇒ QAC = 500 − 40 = 460 J 17. T1 = 27 + 273 = 300 K
T2 = 627 + 273 = 900 K, γ = 1.5
10. For cyclic process, heat absorbed For an adiabatic change,
1
= work done = Area = (P1 − P2 )(V1 − V2 ) Tγ
= constant ....(Refer Shortcut 3)
2
P γ −1
11. At S.T.P., 1/ 2
 P2   T2 
3/ 2
P2 
1/ 2
900 
3/ 2

T1 = 273 K and P1 = 1 atm ∴   =  ⇒  5 

=  
 P1   T1   10   300 
V1
Given that, V2 = and P2 = 50 atm ∴ P2 = 27 × 105 N / m2
16
Being the same gas compressed, n = constant 18. As the work is done on the system,
Equation of state ∆W = – 32.4 J
P1V1 PV In an adiabatic process, ∆Q = 0
⇒ = 2 2
T1 T2 ∴ ∆U = – ∆W = 32.4 J
P2 V2 Now, the internal energy is a state function.
∴ T2 = × T1 Thus, it does not depend on the path.
P1V1
For second case,
50 × V1
= × 273 ∆Q = ∆U + ∆W′
16 × 1 × V1 ∴ 13.5 × 4.2 = 32.4 +∆W′
T2 = 853 K ∴ ∆W′ = 56.7 – 32.4 = 24.3 J
76
 

Chapter 04: Thermodynamics

19. In case of adiabatic process, ∆Q = 0 23.
∴ ∆W = – ∆U
Thus, work done by the air will be,
P2 V2 − P1V1 adiabatic
∴ ∆W = –
γ −1
For an ideal gas at S.T.P., isothermal
P1 = 105 Pa
For adiabatic process, PVγ = constant
γ
 V1  V/2 V
∴ P2 = P1 ×  
 V2  Work done = area under curve
1
1.4
105
While compressing the gas adiabatically, the
= 105 ×   = Pa area under the curve is more than that for
3 4.6555
isothermal compression.
V1 = 1 L = 1 × 10–3 m3 and
V2 = 3 L = 3 × 10–3 m3 24. V1 → V1/2
 105 
 × 3 × 10−3  − (105 × 1 × 10−3 ) adiabatic
4.6555
∴ ∆W = –  
1.4 − 1
isothermal
=–
( 0.6444 − 1) × 102
0.4
= 88.9 J
The nearest answer in the option is 90.5 J. Thus, isobaric
(C) is the correct option.
20. For isobaric process, work done,
w1 = P(V2 – V1) V1/2 V1
= P(2V – V) ...( Volume is doubled)
Work done = area under curve
For isothermal process, Wadiabatic > Wisothermal > Wisobaric
 V2  For isochoric process, W = 0
w2 = nRT ln  
 V1  25. Figure shows the PV diagram of the given
 2V  process.
= PV ln  
 V 
adiabatic
w2 PVln ( 2 ) P3
∴ = isothermal
w1 PV P1
∴ w2 = w1 ln 2
21. To raise the temperature of a gas, the amount of V1 V2
heat that must be supplied From figure it can be said that,
At constant volume area under the curve for isothermal expansion is
Qv = mCv∆T lesser than area under the curve for adiabatic
At constant pressure compression.
Qp = mCp∆T ∴ The work done is negative.
Q v Cp Also, pressure P3 > P1
∴ =
Qp Cv 26. For step-1: Isothermal Expansion
For diatomic gas, PV = P2(2V) or P2 =
P
Cp 7 2
= 1.4 or For step-2: Adiabatic Expansion
Cv 5
Qv 1 5 P2 V2γ = P3V3γ
∴ = = P 5 5
Q p 1.4 7 ∴ (2V) 3 = P3 (16V) 3
2
22. 1st process is isothermal expansion and 2nd 5 5
P 2V  3 P  1 3 P
process is isobaric compression, both of these ∴ P3 =   = ×   =
are shown correctly in option (D). 2  16V  2 8 64

77
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

27. P 80η 180 η
34. Given, η′ = η + =
Pf 100 100
9
η′ = η
Pi 5
Adiabatic
also, TH = 100 K (say)
it is increased by 25 %
Isothermal ∴ TH′ = 125 K
TC′ = TC
η T −T TH′
Vi V0 V ∴ = H C×
η′ TH ′
TH − TC
28. In process – I, volume is constant.
5 100 − TC 125 100 − TC 125
∴ The process is isochoric. = × = ×
In process – II, P and V are related non-linearly 9 100 125 −TC 125 − TC 100
and also temperature is changing. ∴ 625 − 5TC = (900 − 9TC) × 1.25
∴ The process is adiabatic. = 1125 − 11.25 TC
In process – III, temperature is constant. ∴ 6.25 TC = 500
∴ The process is isothermal. ∴ TC = 80 K
In process – IV, pressure is constant. TH′ − TC 125 − 80
∴ The process is isobaric. ∴ η′ = × 100 = ×100
TH′ 125
TC ∴ η′ = 36 %
29. Efficiency, η = 1 –
TH
TC 1
T − T 100 35. η=1– =
= H C= = 0.268 = 26.8% TH 6
TH 373
TC 1 5
∴ =1– = ….(i)
 T  300  TH 6 6
30. η = 1 − C  × 100 = 1 −  × 100 = 40%
 TH  500  When T2 is reduced by 62 °C,
2 1
TC 1 T η' = 2 × η = =
31. η=1– i.e., =1– C 6 3
TH 10 TH
∴
1 ( T − 62 )
=1– C
TC 1 9 T 10 3 TH
∴ =1– = ⇒ H=
TH 10 10 TC 9
TC − 62 2
T  ∴ =
∴ W = QC  H − 1  , TH 3
 TC  5 ( TC − 62 ) 2
∴ = ….[From (i)]
 10  6 × TC 3
10 = QC  − 1
9  6 × 310
∴ TC = 310 K and TH = = 372 K
1 5
10 = QC   ⇒ QC = 90 J
9
36. Efficiency of Carnot engine is,
TC 390 20 TC TH − TC
32. η=1– = 1– = η=1− =
TH 590 59 TH TC
20 If both TH′ = TH + x
Heat used in work, W = ηQ = × 500
59 And TC′ = TC + x
= 169.49 kcal
TH′ − TC′ (TH + x) − (TC + x) TH − TC
Heat delivered to sink = Q −W = 330.51 kcal ∴ η′ = = =
TH′ TH + x TH + x
33. TH = 400 K, TC = 300 K As denominator of η′ is greater that of η
For heat engine ∴ η′ < η
W TH − TC
=
η =
Q TH QH T
37. = H
400 − 300 QC TC
∴ W=Q×
400 300 500
∴ =
W × 400 150 TC
∴ Q= = 800 × 4 = 3200 J
100 ∴ TC = 250 K
78
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

50. The rate of radioactive energy emission from a hot 56. Escape velocity at the surface of the earth
surface is given by Stefan-Boltzmann Law- = 11.2 km/s = 11.2 × 103 m/s
dE Oxygen will escape when rms speed of its
R= = eσA ( Thot
4 4
− Tambient )
dt molecules,

Hence,
=
R′ (=400 − 200 )
4 4
3 vrms = 11.2 × 103 m/s
R ( 600 − 200 )
4 4
16
∴
3k BT
= 11.2 × 103
M0
51. Rate of loss of heat by radiation is given as
(11.2 )
2
dQ ×106 × 2.76 ×10−26
– = σA ( Thot 4
− Tcold ) = R ∴ T=
dt 3×1.38×10−23

∴
RA ( Thot4 − Tcold
=
4
) A = 8.363 × 104 K
RB (T 4
hot
4
− Tcold ) B 1 U  1 4
57. P=   = kT
RA (327 + 273) 4 − (27 + 273) 4  3 V  3
∴ = 
RB (227 + 273) 4 − (27 + 273) 4  u
( ∝ T4 and k is constant of proportionality)
V
(6004 − 3004 ) 9
= = PV = nRT
(5004 − 3004 ) 4
nRT 1 4
52. Using Shortcut 6, = kT
V 3
2 4
⇒ V∝ T–3
2 4
R1 r  T  8 127 + 273 
∴ =  1  ×  1  =   ×  
R2 r
 2 T
 2  2   527 + 273  4
Volume of spherical shell of radius R = πR3
400  16
4 3
= 16 ×   = =1 i.e., V ∝ R3
 800  16
1
53. According to Avogadro’s law, ⇒R∝
T
1 mole = 22.4 L of any gas
∴ 67.2 L = 3 mole ∴ n=3 58. Speed of sound in a gas is,
3 γP
Cv = R for monatomic gas v=
2 ρ
8.31 × 3 In standard conditions, P = 1 atm = 105 Pa
∴ ∆Q = n Cv ∆T = 3 × × 20 = 748 J
2
γ × 105 × 1089
54. From Wien’s displacement law, ∴ 330 =
1400
λmax T = b
γ × 105 × 1089
TA ( λ max )B 500 5 ∴ 108900 =
Hence, = = = 1400
TB ( λ max )A 300 3
∴ γ = 1.4
Now, from Shortcut 6, 2
Q r2 T4 But, γ = 1 +
power Ratio, A = A2 A4 f
Q B rB TB 2
∴ f= =5
where, A = 4πr2 ( γ − 1)
2
Q A 32 54  5 
i.e. = × =  59. Q = msdT
Q B 52 34  3 
dQ dT
55. According to Wien’s displacement law, = ms
dt dt
λmT = constant Pdt = msdT
T1 λ m 2 3 / 4 λ 0 3 P
∴ = = = dT = dt
T2 λ m λ0 4 ms
1

Power radiated for a blackbody, P = σAT4 Rise in temperature (dT) ∝

1
P1  T1 
4
s
∴ =  From graph we can observe that rise in
P2  T2 
4
temperature in graph A is more than B and C.
P 3 81 ∴ dT is maximum for A and minimum for C and
∴ = = 
nP  4  256 specific heat value is maximum for C and
∴ n=
256 minimum for A.
81

68
  Chapter 03: Kinetic Theory of Gases
and Radiation

Hints to Evaluation Test

1. Black is a good absorber and also a good 7. 3PV = nHRT ….(i)
emitter as per Kirchhoff’s radiation law. P(2V) = nOR(3T) ….(ii)
2. Since power radiated is same for body A and Dividing equation (i) by (ii),
body B, 3 nH 1 n 9
= ⇒ H =
TA 4
0.49  1  2 nO 3 nO 2
∴ = ….  ∝ T4  Using Avogadro’s principle,
TB 4 0.01  emissivity 
1 ρH
=
( 2n H N A ) / V = nH 1 9
× =
TA  0.49  4 ρO ( 32n O N A ) / 2V n O 8 16
or =  = 2.6
TB  0.01 
Qr
T 5200 8. Using r = ,
or TB = A = = 2000 K Q
2.6 2.6 15
Using Wien’s displacement law r= = 0.1
150
i.e., λm T = constant
Using a + r + tr = 1,
we get, λATA = λBTB
tr = 1 − (a + r) = 1 − (0.6 + 0.1) = 0.3
 TB  λ B Qt
or λA = λB  = Now using, t = we get,
 TA  2.6 Q
But λB − λA = 1 µm (given) Qt = Qt = 150 × 0.3 = 45 J
λ 1.6
⇒ λB − B = 1 µm or λ B = 1 µm ( vrms )1 T1
2.6 2.6 9. Using, vrms ∝ T, =
2.6
( v rms )2 T2
or λB = ⇒ λB = 1.6 µm Given that, T2 = 273 K,
1.6
( v rms )1
 M  RT 10 × R × 293 (vrms)1 = 4 (vrms)2 or =4
4. P0 =   = ….(i) ( vrms )2
 M0  V M 0V
T1
Gas is heated to 50 °C and x gram of gas ∴ 4=
escapes, pressure is still P0 273
(10 − x)g (273 + 50) ⇒ T1 = 273 × 16 = 4368 K
∴ P0 = ×R× ….(ii) = 4368 − 273 = 4095 °C
M0 V
∴ 10(293) = (10 − x) (323) ⇒ x ≈ 0.92 g 11. Using, a + r + tr = 1,
….[From (i) and (ii)] a + 0.74 + 0.22 = 1 ⇒ a = 0.04
By Kirchhoff’s law, a = e ⇒ e = 0.04
5. Isothermal compression ⇒ T = constant
12. By Stefan’s law,
3RT Rate of loss of heat ∝ Area
vrms =
M0 For sphere, A = 4πr2
8RT ⇒ A ∝ r2
∴ Mean momentum = mv = m
πM 0 ∴ R1 ∝ r12 and R2 ∝ r22
3 R1 r 
2
1
2
1
Mean kinetic energy =
2
RT ∴ =  1  =   =
R2  r2  2 4
All the above equations are functions of
temperature, which is a constant. 13. According to Wien’s displacement law,
1
6. According to Kirchhoff’s law, good absorbers λm ∝ ⇒ λ m2 < λ m1 …. ( T1 < T2 )
T
are good emitters and bad reflectors. While at
Therefore I–λ graph for T2 has lesser
lower temperature, a blackbody absorbs all the
wavelength (λm) and so curve for T2 will shift
incident radiations. It does not reflect any
towards left side.
radiation incident upon it when it is thrown into
the furnace. Initially, it is the darkest body. 14. From PV = nRT as per given data,
At later times, the blackbody attains the PHe n M / ( M He )0 ( M H )0
P∝n⇒ = He = =
temperature of the hot furnace and so it PH nH M / ( M H )0 ( M He )0
radiates maximum energy. It becomes the
brightest of all. ( M H )0 2
∴ PHe = PH × = 4 × = 2 atm
Option (A) represents the answer. ( He )0
M 4

69
 

Chapter 04: Thermodynamics

nRT QBC = CP∆T for 1 mole of the gas
∴ P=
constant  T
= CP  T − 
or P ∝ T (decreasing)  n 
In P-V diagram, the corresponding line will be a  n −1
straight line parallel to Y axis (P axis) with QBC = CPT  
 n 
decreasing P.
∴ Qnet = QAB + QBC
For the given line CA, temperature is constant
with volume decreasing 1− n   n −1
= CVT   + CPT  
nRT  n   n 
∴ P= i.e., PV = constant T
V = (CV − nCV + nCP − CP)
∴ In P-V diagram, corresponding line is a n
hyperbola with P increasing. T
= {(n(CP − CV) − (CP − CV)}
n
10. As a and d are two points on the same adiabatic T T
path, = (nR – R) = (n – 1)R
n n
∴ T1 (Va)γ−1 = T2 (Vd)γ−1 = RT (1 − n−1)
T1 (V ) γ −1
i.e., = d γ −1 14. TH = 400 K, TC = 200 K
T2 (Va )
γ−1 γ−1 For heat engine
Similarly, T1 (Vb) = T2 (Vc) W TH − TC
T1 (V ) γ −1 =
η =
i.e., = c γ −1 Q TH
T2 (Vb ) 400 − 200
∴ W=Q×
(Vd ) γ −1 (Vc ) γ −1 400
∴ =
(Va ) γ −1 (Vb ) γ −1 W × 400
∴ Q= = 1200 × 2 = 2400 J
200
Vd Vc V V
i.e. = or a = b
Va Vb Vd Vc 15. Given that, Q = 10 J
Work done (W) = Force × displacement
12. Coefficient of performance =3×2
TC =6J
K=
TH − TC ∴ From first law of thermodynamics,
(273 − 13) 260 ∆U = |Q| – |W| = 10 – 6 = 4 J
∴
= 5 =
TH − (273 − 13) TH − 260 16. Coefficient of refrigerator,
∴ 5TH − 1300 = 260 TC 300
K= = =3
∴ 5TH = 1560 TH − TC 400 − 300
∴ TH = 312 K = 39 °C
13. P
P A T

P T
n
B C
V
AB is an isochoric process
PA PB P P 1 T
∴ = or =  ⇒ TB =  
TA TB T  n  TB n
For 1 mole of the gas,
T  1 
QAB = CV∆T = CV  − T  = CVT  − 1
n  n   
1− n 
= CVT  
 n 

81
05 Oscillations

Hints

20. vmax = Aω where ω = 2πn = 2 ×π× 100

Classical Thinking ∴ vmax = 0.5 × 2π (100) = 100 π m/s
6. F = – kx⇒ ma = –kx 21. v2= 9(16 − x2)
x
∴ =  − m  = constant ∴ =v 3 16 − x 2
a  k
kg m 1 Comparing with v = ω A 2 − x 2 , we get
7. Unit of k = N/m = 2 = kg/s2 = [M2 ]
s m [T ] ω = 3, A = 4
= [M1L0T−2] ∴ vmax = Aω = 4 × 3 = 12 unit
8. The standard differential equation is satisfied by 22. Here, Assertion is false because, the direction
only the function sinωt − cosωt. Hence it of velocity in S.H.M. can be towards or away
represents S.H.M. from mean position whereas the displacement
is always away from mean position.
k 4.84
10. ω= = = 2.22 rad/s
m 0.98 24. Velocity is same. So by using v = Aω,
A1ω1 = A2ω2 = A3ω3
k ω m1
11. ω= ⇒ 2 = 25. Maximum acceleration of S.H.M.,
m ω1 m2
α = ω2A
m1 m
∴ 2= ⇒m2 = 1 Maximum velocity of S.H.M.,
m2 4
β = Aω
13. In S.H.M., at mean position, velocity is maximum ω2 A × A ω2 A 2 β2
∴ α= = =
So v = Aω (maximum) A A A
14. a = −ω2x, at mean position x = 0 ∴ Amplitude of oscillation is,
So acceleration is minimum (zero) β2
A=
α
15. Acceleration = ω2A is maximum at extreme
position 26. A = 10 cm, T = 4 sec
2π 2π π
a ω= = =
16. a = −ω2x ⇒ = ω2 T 4 2
x x = 5 cm when t = 0
2
17. −Aω is the acceleration of the particle when it ∴ 5 cm = 10 cm sin (ωt + φ)
is at one extreme point. 1
∴ sinφ =
2
18. a = ω2x
π
a a 2 ∴ φ=
∴ ω2 = = = 100 6
x x 0.02
∴ Equation of displacement is
∴ ω = 10 rad/s
x = 10 cm sin  πt + π 
19. Since the particle start from x = 0 and have the  3 2
same amplitude but different time periods, they
will meet again at x = 0 where their velocities m 200 × 10−3
27. T = 2π = 2π
are maximum equal to Aω1 and Aω2, i.e. k 80
v1 ω
= 1 =
2π T2
×
6
= =2 = 2π 25 × 10−4 = 2π× 5 × 10−2
v2 ω2 T1 2π 3 = 10π × 10−2 = 0.31 s
82
 

Chapter 05: Oscillations

m 49. Comparing given equations with standard form,

28. T = 2π A1 = 10 and A2 = 25
k
A1 10 2
T2 m2 4m ∴ = =
∴ = = =2 A2 25 5
T1 m1 m
∴ T2 = 2 × 2 = 4 s 50. Phase difference between two S.H.M.s,
29. As mg produces extension x, hence  2π π  π π π
 t − t = t = (1) =
mg  3 2  6 6 6
k=
x 51. Two equations are,
∴ T = 2π (M + m) y1 = A1 sin (ωt + 2π) and
k y2 = A2 sin (ωt + 4π)
(M + m)x The phase difference, φ = 4π− 2π = 2π
= 2π
mg Resultant amplitude,
R= A12 + A 22 + 2A1A 2 cos 2π = ± (A1 + A2)
30. With respect to the block, the springs are
connected in parallel combination
1
∴ Combined stiffness k = k1+ k2 54. E= mω2A2⇒ E ∝ A2
2
1 k1 + k 2
∴ n=
2π m 1
55. Total energy = mω2 A 2 = constant
2
31. Force of friction = µmg= mω2 A = m (2πn)2 A
1 μg 61. F = −kx
∴ n=
2π A ∴ dW = Fdx = −kxdx
W x
∴ ∫ dW
= ∫ − kx dx
38. For S.H.M., displacement x = a sin ω t and 0 0

acceleration A = −ω2x sin ωt are maximum at 1

π
∴ W = U = − kx2
ωt = . 2
2
1
39. Phase change = 2 × 2π = 4π radian 62. K.Emax = mω2A2
2
40. y = Asin(2πnt + α). 1
= × 1 × (100)2× (6 × 10−2)2 = 18 J
Its phase at time t = 2πnt + α 2

π 63. K.E. = 3 × P.E.

41. α = ωt ⇒ = ω× 4
2 1 1
K.E. = mω2 (A2− x2) = 3 × mω2x2
π 2π 2 2
∴ =ω= ⇒ T = 16 s
8 T ∴ A2 = 4x2⇒ A = 2x
8
∴ x= = 4 mm
42. φ = tan–1  b  = tan–1  6  = tan–1  3  2
a 8 4
64. Kinetic energy at mean position,
47. x = Acosωt 1
K.Emax = mv 2max
a 2
2K.E max
∴ vmax =
O t m
2 × 16
∴ vmax = = 100 = 10 m/s
0.32
dx
v= = −Aωsin ωt
dt 3 A 2 16
65. x= A⇒ 2 = ….(i)
d2x 4 x 9
a = 2 = −Aω2cosωt 1
dt mω2 A 2
T.E. 2 A2 16
This is correctly depicted by graph in (C). ∴ = = 2 = ….[From (i)]
P.E. 1 x 9
mω2 x 2
48. Displacement and force (ma) are out of phase 2
(∆α= π) in S.H.M. Therefore, the correct graph 80 16
will be (D) ∴ = ⇒ P.E. = 45 J
P.E. 9

83
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

66. A = 10 × 10−2m = 10−1m
1 Critical Thinking
K.Emax = mω2 A2
2
2. F = −kx
1
= kA2 3. Acceleration ∝ – displacement and acceleration is
2
1 always directed towards the equilibrium position.
∴ 5= × k × (10–1)2
2 4. Acceleration in S.H.M. is directly proportional
10 to displacement and is always directed to its
∴ = k ⇒k = 1000 N/m mean position.
10−2
5. For S.H.M., F = −kx
l
67. T = 2π ∴ Force = Mass × Acceleration ∝ – x
g
F = –Akx; where A and k are positive constants
l g
∴ = = constant 6. As F = – kx⇒ | F | ∝ x
T 2 4π 2
π
69. In the given case, effective acceleration geff. = 0 7. x = 6 cos  3πt + 
 3
∴ T=∞
dx  π
∴ = –6 sin  3πt +  3π and
70. When the pendulum is falling freely with dt  3
acceleration g,
d2x π
l ∴ = −6(9π2) cos  3πt + 
T′ = 2π =∞ dt 2  3
g−g
d2x
∴ = – 9π2x
71. For seconds pendulum, T = 2 s dt 2
l 2
∴ 2 = 2π
g
8. Comparing given equation with d 2x + ω2 x =0
dt
g 4.9 we get,
∴ l= = 2 ≈ 50 cm
π2 π ∴ ω2 =α⇒ω = α
α
k p ∴ 2πn = α⇒n=
76. ω2= ,r= 2π
m 2m
Angular frequency, A × 4π 2 1 × 4 × (3.14) 2
9. amax = Aω2 = =
ω′ = (ω 2
− r2 ) T2 0.2 × 0.2
0.1 × 4 × (3.14) 2
Fmax = m ×amax =
k p2 0.2 × 0.2
= −
m 4m 2 ∴ Fmax= 98.596 N
80. When two bodies have the same frequency, then 10. x = 0.25 sin (200 t)
one is excited and other vibrates with its natural Comparing with x = A sinωt,
frequency due to resonance. A = 0.25 m, ω = 200 rad/s
∴ vmax = Aω = 0.25 × 200 = 50 m/s
84. When the springs are stretched by the same
force F, the extensions in springs A and B are x1 11. a = ω2x
and x2 respectively which are given by, 8
F = k1x1 = k2x2 ∴ ω= a/x = = 2 rad/s
2
x1 k ∴ vmax = Aω = 6 × 2 = 12 cm/s
= 2 ….(i)
x2 k1
12. vmax = Aω and amax = Aω2
1 1
Work done, W1 = k1x12 and W2 = k 2 x 2 2 a max Aω2 0.64
2 2 ∴ = = ⇒ω = 4 rad/s
v max Aω 0.16
W1 2
∴ = k1 . x12 ….(ii) ∴ 0.16 = A × 4 ⇒ A = 0.04 m = 4 × 10−2 m
W2 k2 x2
Using equation (i) in equation (ii) we get, 13. amax = Aω2
W1 2
k a max 7.5
= k1 . k 22 = 2 ∴ A= = = 0.61 m
W2 k 2 k1 k1 ω2 (3.5) 2

84
 

Chapter 05: Oscillations

14. vmax = Aω and amax = Aω2 24. Maximum acceleration, amax = ω2A
a max 4 Amplitude remaining constant, amax∝ω2
∴ ω= = = 2 rad/s
v max 2 ( a max )1  ω1 
2 2
 100   1 
2

=  =   = 
15. From the given equation, A = 5 and ω = 4, ( a max . )2  ω2   1000   10 
x=3 1
∴ Ratio of max. accelerations =
∴ v = ω a − x = 4 (5) − (3) = 16
2 2 2 2 102
25. Comparing given equation with standard equation,
16. vmax = Aω
π
v max 10 y = Asin(ωt + α), we get, A = 2 cm, ω =
∴ ω= = 2
A 4 2
π π2
Now, v = ω A 2 − x 2 ∴ amax = ω2A =   × 2 = cm/s2
2   2
∴ v2 = ω2(A2− x2)
2
v dx
∴ x2 = A2− 26. v= = 4 ×π× cos  πt + π 
ω2 dt  3
52
∴ x= A2 −
v2
= 42 − = 2 3 cm = 4π cos  4π + π  = 4π cos  π 
ω2 (10 / 4) 2  3 3
1
17. Velocity of a particle executing S.H.M. is given = 4π× = 2π cm/s
2
by
dv π
ω A2 − x 2
v= 27. a= = – 4π2 sin  4π + 
dt  3
2π A 2 2π 3A 2 πA 3
= A2 − = =
T 4 T 4 T π 3
= – 4π2 sin = – 4π2× = – 2 3 π2 cm/s2
3 2
18. vmax = ωA
∴ 100 =ω× 10 ⇒ω = 10 rad/s 2π 2π
28. ω= = = 100 π rad/s,
∴ v = ω2 (A2− x2) T 0.02
∴ (50)2 = (10)2 (102− x2) A = 2.5 m at t = 0
∴ 25 = 102− x2 Equation of particle performing S.H.M. is given
by,
∴ x2 = 100 − 25 = 75 ⇒ x = 5 3 cm
x = A sin (ωt + α)
19. ω ( A2 − x 2 ) =
v= 2 602 − 202 ≈ 113mm / s ∴ 2.5 = 5 sin (100π× 0 + α)
2.5 π
∴ = sin α⇒α = 30° or
20. A = 50 mm = 50 × 10−3m 5 6
2π Hence, the correct equation is,
∴ vmax = Aω = A ×
T π
x = 5 sin 100πt + 
2π  6
= (50 × 10−3) × ≈ 0.16 m/s
T
29. When particle starts from extreme position,
21. Velocity, v = ω A 2 − x 2 and x = A cos ωt …(i)
acceleration = ω2x 60
n = 60 r.p.m. = = 1 r.p.s.
Now given that, ω2x = ω A 2 − x 2 60
∴ ω2.1 = ω 22 − 12 ⇒ω = 3 ω = 2πn = 2π× 1 = 2π
2π 2π x = 0.1 cos (2π× 2)…[From (i)]
∴ T= = = 0.1 cos 4π = 0.1 m ….[ cos 4 π = 1]
ω 3

22. Acceleration, a = ω2x 30. Velocity, v = ω a 2 − x 2

2
2
aT ω xT  2π  4π 2
At x = s, let v = v0
∴ = =ω2T =
  T=
x x  T  T ∴ v0 = ω a 2 − s 2
It is a constant term for S.H.M. i.e., it does not ∴ v 0 2 = ω2(a2 – s2) ….(i)
change with time. Due to blow, the new velocity at x = s,
23. Maximum acceleration, v0
v=
ω2A = A × 4π2n2 2
= 0.01 × 4 × (π)2× (60)2 = 144π2m/s2 ∴ v2 = ω2(a′2 – s2)
85
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

 v0 
2
2π
∴ 2 2 2
  = ω (a′ – s )
35. T= s , 2A = 4 cm ⇒ A = 2 cm
 2 3
v=A …(Given)
v02
∴ = ω2(a′2 – s2) ….(ii) ∴ 2
ω A −x =
ωx 2 2
…(Numerically)
4
Dividing equation (ii) by equation (i) 2 A2
∴ ω2 x 2 ⇒x
A2 − x 2 = =
1 a ′2 − s 2 ω2 + 1
= 2 2
( 2 ) = 4= 1
2
4 a −s A2
∴ x2 = =
∴ a2 – s2 = 4a′2 – 4s2  4π 2
  4π × 3  4
2
+ 1
 2 + 1 
a2 + 3s2 = 4a′2  T   4π
2

a 2 + 3s 2 ⇒ x = 1 cm
∴ a′ =
2 2π
36. y = a sin t
31. We have, T
v2= ω2(A2 – x2) and α = −ω2x ∴
a
= a sin
2πt
∴ v2 = ω2A2 – ω2x2 and α2 = ω4 x2 = ω2 (ω2 x2) 2 3
α2 1 2πt
∴ v2 = ω2A2 – ∴ = sin
ω2 2 3
α2 2πt π 2πt π 1
∴ v2 + = ω2A2 ∴ sin = sin ⇒ = ⇒t = s
ω2 3 6 3 6 4
v2 α2 4
∴ + 4 2 =1 38. 2A = 4 cm ⇒ A = = 2 cm
2 2
ωA ωA 2
 v 
2
 α 
2 4π 2
amax = Aω2 = A ⋅
∴   +  2  =1 T2
 ω A  ω A
which is an equation of an ellipse. A 2 1
∴ T = 2π = 2× π× = 2π × = 2 s
a max 2π 2 π
32. In simple harmonic motion,
y = A sinωt and v = Aω cosωt. From these 2π 2π π rad
39. ω= = =
y2
v 2
T 12 6 s
equations, we obtain + = 1, which is an
A 2 A 2ω2 π
∴ 2 = 4  sin t1  ….(For x = 2 cm)
equation of ellipse.  6 
2 π π π
33. For S.H.M., v = ω A 2 − x 2 ∴ = sin t1 ⇒ = t1
4 6 6 6
2πA1
v1 = v0 = ω1 A12 − 0 =ω1A1 = ∴ t1 = 1 s
T1
Similarly, for x = 4 cm, it can be shown that
2πA 2 t2 = 3 s
v2 = ω2 A 22 − 0 =ω2 A 2 =
T2 So time taken by particle in going from 2 cm to
1 extreme position is t2− t1 = 2 s. Hence required
Given that, A2 = 2A1 and T2 = T1
3 1
ratio will be .
v 2 2πA 2 T T A 2
∴ = × 1 =1 × 2
v1 T2 2πA1 T2 A1 40. In S.H.M., velocity of particle also oscillates
v2 simple harmonically. Speed is more when the
∴ = 3 × 2 = 6 ⇒ v2 = 6v0 particle is near the mean position than when it is
v0
near the extreme position. Therefore, the time
v max A
34. v= .…(Given) taken for the particle to go from 0 to will be
2 2
x = a sin ωt A
∴ v = aω cosωt and vmax = aω less than the time taken to go from to A.
2
aω Hence, T1< T2.
∴ aω cos ωt =
2 41. y = 5sin(π t + 4π).
1 π Comparing it with standard equation
∴ cosωt = ⇒ωt =
2 3 y = A sin (ωt + α) we get,
π 3a 2πt
∴ x = a sin = A = 5 m and = πt ⇒T = 2 s
3 2 T

86
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

44. AB is isobaric process; BC is isothermal Dividing equation (i) by (ii),
process; CD is isometric process and DA is 500 5
isothermal process. = ⇒ TC′ = 400 K
TC′ 4
These processes are correctly represented by
graph (A). TC 300 1
52. ηmax = 1 – =1– = = 25%
45. For isothermal process (gas A) TH 400 4
P1V1 = P2V2 ⇒ 24% efficiency is possible.
∴ P0(2V0) = P2(V0) TC W
⇒ P2 = 2P0 53. η=1– =
TH Q
For adiabatic process (gas B)
PVγ = constant 
W = 1 −
TC   ( 273 + 27 )  × Q
∴  Q = 1 − 
P2  TH   ( 273 + 627 ) 
∴ = (2)γ
P1  300  6
⇒ W = 1 −  × 3 × 10 cal
∴ P2 = (2)γ P0  900 
Hence,
(P2 ) B (2) γ P0
= = (2)γ − 1 = 2 × 106 × 4.2 J
(P2 ) A 2P0 = 8.4 × 106 J
W Q − QC 200 TH − TC
46. η= = H = 54. In first case, η =
QH QH 746 TH
∴ %η = 26.8 % ≈ 27 % 2TH − 2TC T −T
In second case, η′ = = H C=η
2TH TH
1g 2kcal
47. Input energy × = 2 kcal/s
s g TH − TC 50 T
55. Efficiency, η = = =1− C
10 TH 100 TH
Output energy = 10 kW = 10 kJ/s = kcal / s
4.2 TC 1 273
∴ = ⇒ TC = ≈ 137 K
o/p energy 10 TH 2 2
∴ =η = > 1, which is impossible.
i/p energy 4.2 × 2 ….( TH = 0 °C = 273 K)
48. QC = 2000 cal
56. TC = 0 °C = 273 K,
QC
As Coefficient of performance = , TH = 17 °C = 17 + 273 = 290 K
W
QC TC
∴ 4 = 2000/W Coefficient of performance = =
W TH − TC
∴ W = 500 cals = 500 × 4.2 J = 2100 J
mL
49. QH = 104 cal = 42 kJ = 42 × 103 J =
W
TC 300 80 ×1000 × 4.2 273 273
∴ QC = × QH = × 42 ×103 = 0.6 × 42 × 103 ∴ = =
TH 500 W 290 − 273 17
∴ W = QH – QC = 0.4 × 42 × 103 80 ×1000 × 4.2 ×17
= 16.8 × 103 = 1.68 × 104 J ∴ W= joule
273
TC 33.6 ×17 ×104
50. η=1− ∴ W= kWh = 0.058 kWh.
TH 273× 3.6 ×105

30 350 57. Here, PV = constant

∴ =1−
100 TH ∴ PdV = −VdP
350 30 7 dP P
∴ =1− = i.e. = −
TH 100 10 dV V
∴ TH = 500 K = 227 °C −dP −dP
Bulk Modulus, K = = V
dV / V dV
TC  −P 
51. η=1– = − V  = P
TH
 V 
1 500 500 1
∴ =1– ⇒ = ….(i) 58. From first law of thermodynamics,
2 TH TH 2
Q = ∆U + W
60 T′ T′ 2 Given: W = 0
=1– C ⇒ C = ….(ii)
100 TH TH 5 ∴ Q = ∆U = CV (∆T)

74
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

54. F = k x (in magnitude) 61. r = 10 cm for the particle performing U.C.M.
f 0.1 × 10 Now, projection of U.C.M. along any diameter
⇒k= = = 10 N/m of the circle is an S.H.M.
x 0.1
Now, period of oscillations of the system, Hence, in the given example,
A = r = 10 cm
T = 2π m =
2 × 3.14 ×
0.1
6.28 ×
=
1
k 10 10 π
∴ T = 0.628 s 62. α = 10πt +
2
55. For the given figure π 41
substituting t = 2 = 20π + = π
1 k eq 1 2k 2 2
f= = ….(i)
2π m 2π m 63. Equation of linear S.H.M.,
If one spring is removed, then keq = k x = 8 cos (12πt)
∴ f′= 1 k
….(ii) ∴ x = 8 sin(12πt +
π
)
2π m 2
f f π
∴ From equations (i) and (ii), = 2 ⇒ f′ = ∴ Initial phase angle = rad
f′ 2 2
1 64. x = A sin (ωt + α)
56. T∝ ⇒ T1 : T2 : T3
k ∴ +5 = 10 sin (2π× 0 +α) = 10 sin α
1 1 1 1 5 −1  1  π
= : : = 1: 2 : ∴ α = sin−1   = sin   = 6
k k/2 2k 2  10  2
57. System is equivalent to parallel combination of 65. y = 10 sin (20 t + 0.5)
springs
Comparing with equation y = A sin (ωt + α)
∴ keq = k1 + k2 = 400 we get,
m 0.25 π
∴ T = 2π = 2π = s initial phase α = 0.5 rad
k eq 400 20
66. y = 5 sin (πt + 4π)
58.
m x
mg = kx⇒ = Comparing with standard equation,
k g y = A sin (ωt + α)
m x −2 2π ∴ A = 5, α = 4π
∴ T = 2π = 2π = 2π 9.8 × 10 = s
k g 9.8 10 67. x = A sin ωt
59. Extensions in springs are x1 and x2 then 2πt
∴ 2.5 = 5 sin
k1x1 = k2x2 and x1 + x2 = A 6
kx 2πt π 1
⇒ x 2 =1 1 ∴ = or t = s
k2 6 6 2
k1x1 Phase difference corresponding to 6 s is 2π.
⇒ x1 + A
=
k2 1
So, phase difference corresponding to s
k A 2
⇒ x1 = 2 2π π
k1 + k 2 is i.e.
12 6
60. In series combination
2π 2π π
2k1 68. ω= = =
k1 2k1 T 12 6
k1
Using v = Aω cos (ωt +α) we get,
π
6.28 = 24 cos  2π + α 
k2 6  6 
k2
1 π
∴ = cos  + α 
m
2 3 
m
π
1
=
1
+
1 ∴ + α = cos–1  1 
k s 2k1 k 2 3 2
−1 π π
 1 1 ∴ +α=
⇒ks =  +  3 3
2k
 1 k 2
∴ α=0
88
 

Chapter 05: Oscillations

2π 2π π ∴ R2(cos2δ + sin2δ)
69. ω= = =
T 6 3 = A12 + A22 cos2φ + 2 A1 A2 cos φ +A22 sin2φ
1 π
c
∴ R2 (1) = A12 + A22 + 2 A1 A2 cos φ
t= s, α =  
2 6 ∴ R = A12 + A 22 + 2A1 A 2 cos φ
Equation of S.H.M. is,
76. x1 = A1 sin (ωt + φ1) and x2 = A2 sin(ωt + φ2)
x = A sin (ωt + α)
∴ x = x1 + x2
π 1 π 2π
= 10 sin  × +  = 10 sin   = A1 sin (ωt + φ1) + A2 sin (ωt + φ2)
3 2 6  6 
= A1[sin ωt cos φ1 + cos ωt sin φ1]
= 10 sin 60° + A2 [sin ωt cos φ2 + cos ωt sin φ2]
3 = sin ωt (A1cos φ1 + A2 cos φ2) +
= 10 ×
2 cosωt (A1 sin φ1 + A2 sin φ2)
= 5 3 cm Put A1 cos φ1 + A2 cos φ2 = A cosδ
π
A1 sinφ1 + A2 sinφ2 = A sinδ
70. α= rad ∴ x = A cosδ sinωt + A sinδ cosωt
2
= A sin(ωt + δ)
y = Asin(ωt + α)
Hence resultant is S.H.M. with same period T.
∴ y = Asin  2π t + α 
 T  77. R= A12 + A 22 + 2A1A 2 cos φ
∴ y = 0.5 sin  2π t + π  = π π
 0.4 2 42 + 32 + 2 × 4 × 3cos  − 
3 6
∴ y = 0.5 sin  5π t + π  = 0.5 cos 5πt
 2 = 25 + 12 3
78. Initial phase of resultant motion is given by,
71. Resultant amplitude = 32 + 42 = 5
 a1 sin φ1 + a 2 sin φ2 
δ = tan–1  
72. If x1 = A1 sin ω t and x2 = A2sin(ωt + 0)  a1 cos φ1 + a 2 cos φ2 
= A2 sin ω t  1 4× 3 
But A1 = A2  3× + 
= tan  2
–1 2  = tan–1  3 + 4 3 
∴ x2 = x 1  3 1 4+3 3 
 3× + 4×   
This represents a straight line.  2 2
73. The given relation can be written as,
79. x = 8 sinωt + 6 cosωt
x = 4 cos π t + 4 sin π t
Resultant amplitude 42 + 42 = 4 2 = 8 sin ωt + 6 sin  ωt − π 
 2

74. v1 = dy1= 0.1 × 100π cos 100πt + π  ∴ R = 82 + 62 = 10 cm

dt  3
80. In S.H.M., a = −ω2x
v2 = dy 2 =−0.1π sin πt =0.1π cos  πt + π  Acceleration is always opposite to displacement.
dt  2
Phase difference of velocity of first particle with 81. f = F = −kx and
respect to the velocity of 2nd particle at t = 0 is 1
P.E. = V = mω2x2
π π π 2
∆φ = φ1 − φ2 = − = −
3 2 6 V mω2 A 2
For option A : =+x +x ≠ 0
F −2kx
75. x1 = A1 sin ωt and
Hence option (A) is incorrect.
x2 = A 2 sin (ωt + φ)
F − kx
∴ x = x1 + x2 For option B : =
+x +x≠0
V mω2 x 2
= A 1 sin ωt + A 2 (sinωt cos φ + cos ωt sin φ)
Hence option (B) is incorrect.
= A1 sinωt + (A2sin ωt cos φ+A2 cos ωt sin φ) 1
= sin ωt (A1 + A2cos φ) + cos ωt (A2 sin φ) 2 × mω2 x 2
2V 2
Let R cos δ = A1 + A2 cos α For option C =
: +x +x
F − kx
R sin δ = A2 sin φ mω2 x 2
R = amplitude of resultant = +x
−mω2 x
∴ R2 cos2δ + R2 sin2δ
=−x+x=0
= (A1 + A2cos φ)2 + (A2 sin φ)2
Hence option (C) is correct.
89
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

F −Kx 2P.E.1 2P.E.2 2P.E.
For option D =
: +x +x≠0 ∴ + =
2V 1 k k k
2 × mω2 x 2
2
P.E.1 + P.E.2 =
P.E.
Hence option (D) is incorrect
82. K.E. = P.E. 1 1 2
87. K.E. = P.E. ⇒ mv2 = kx
1 1 2 2
∴ mω2 (A2− x2) = mω2x2
2 2 1 1
∴ mω2(A2− x2) = mω2x2
A 2 2
∴ A2− x2 = x2⇒2x2 = A2 ⇒ x =
2 ∴ A2− x2 = x2
∴ x = 0.71A A2 x 1
∴ x2 = ⇒ =
2 A 2
1
83. K.E. = mω2 (A2− x2)
2 88. y = 0.05 sin 4π(5t + 0.4)
1 ∴ y = 0.05 sin (20πt + 1.6π)
P.E. = mω2x2
2 Comparing this with standard equation,
At extreme position, x = A y = A sin (ωt + α) we get,
1 A = 0.05, ω = 20π
⇒ K.E. = 0 and P.E. = mω2A2
2 1 1
T.E. = mω2A2 = × 0.1 × (20π)2× (0.05)2
At mean position, x = 0 2 2
1 1
K.E. = mω2A2 and P.E. = 0 = × 10−1 × 4 × 102 × π2 × 25 × 10−4
2 2
⇒K.E. increases and P.E. decreases. = 0.05 π2 J
1 89. Comparing the given equations with the
84. P.E. = mω2 x2 = 2.5 J
2 standard form we get,
1 A
2
A A1 = 4, A2 = 5, ω1 = 10
∴ mω2   = 2.5 .…[ x = ]
2 2 2 1
E= mA2ω2⇒ E ∝ (Aω)2
1 A2 2
∴ mω2 = 2.5 ∴ (A1ω1)2 = (A2ω2)2⇒ A1ω1 = A2ω2
2 4
1 ∴ 4 × 10 = 5 ×ω⇒ω = 8 unit
∴ mω2 A2 = 10
2  2 A2 
1 A − 2 
1
Total energy of system = mω2A2 = 10 J K.E. 2 m ω 2
( A 2
− x 2
) n 
∴
2 90. = = = n2 − 1
P.E.  1 2 2  A 2

 mω x   2
2E 2  n 
85. K.E. =
3
1
1 2 2 2 91. mω2 (A2− x2) = 1  1 mω2 A 2 
K.E. 2 mω (A − x ) A 2 − x 2 x2 2 4 2 
= = = 1 −
T.E. 1 A2 A2 A2
mω2 A 2 ∴ A2− x2 =
2 4
 2E  3A 2 3A
 
 3  =1− x
2
∴ x2 = ⇒x=
∴ 4 2
E A2
x2 2 1 A 1
∴ =1− = ⇒x= 92. K.E. = mω2A2 cos2 ωt,
A 2
3 3 3 2
1
1 2 P.E. = mω2A2 sin2 ωt
86. P.E.1 = kx ⇒ x = 2P.E1 2
2 k 1
1 K.E. − P.E. = mω2A2 [cos2 ωt − sin2 ωt]
P.E.2 = ky2⇒ y = 2P.E 2 2
2 k 1
1 = mω2A2 .cos2ωt
and P.E. = k(x + y)2 2
2 ∴ Angular frequency = 2ω
2P.E 2π π π × T
∴ x+y= ∴ T′ = = = =2s
k 2ω ω 2π

90
 

Chapter 05: Oscillations

93. Force increases linearly. i.e. F ∝− x ∴ If frequency of particle is 10 then the kinetic
F′ x′ energy of the particle will vary with frequency
∴ =
F x 2 × 10 = 20
F′ A
∴ = ×  − 4  = – 2 96. Potential energy of particle performing S.H.M. is
F 2  A 1
given by, P.E. = mω2 x 2 , i.e., it varies
x′ 2
∴ F′ = – 2F ⇒ = −2
x parabolically such that at mean position, it
Potential energy, P.E. ∝ x2 becomes zero and maximum at extreme positions.
2
P.E.′  x′  97. The relation for kinetic energy of S.H.M. is
∴ =   = (−2)2 = 4
P.E. x given by
∴ P.E.′ = 4P.E. 1
= mω2 ( A 2 − x 2 ) ….(i)
Speed of particle is given by 2
v = ω A2 − x 2 ⇒ v ∝ A2 − x 2 Potential energy is given by
−A 1
At x = , = mω2 x 2 .…(ii)
4 2
2 Now, for the condition of question and from
A 15
v ∝ A 2 −   = A equations (i) and (ii),
4 16
1 1 1
A mω2 ( A 2 − x 2 ) = × mω2 x 2
∴ At x = , 2 3 2
2 4 1 3
2 or mω2 x 2 = mω2 A 2 or x 2 = A 2
A 3 6 2 4
v ∝ A2 −   = A
2  4 A
so, x = 3 = 0.866 a = 87% of amplitude.
v′ 3 2
∴ = × 16 = 4
v 4 15 5 1 2
98. T.E. = mω2 A2 = 1 m  2π  A 2
4 2 2  T 
∴ Velocity at x = A/2 may be ± v
5 1 4π 2 A 2 2π 2 m A 2
Kinetic energy will be = m× =
2 T2 T2
2
K.E.′  v′  4
=   = = 0.8 A
K.E. v 5 99. x=
2
∴ K.E.′ = 0.8 K.E.
1
W = mω2A2
94. Total energy of a particle executing simple 2
harmonic motion is constant. 1
∴ K.E. = mω2 A − x
2
2 2
( )
1
95. K.E. = k(A2 – x2) 1  A2  3
2 = mω2  A 2 − mω2 A 2
=
As x = A sin (ωt + α) 2  4  8
1 3 1 2 2
∴ K.E.= k[A2 – A2 sin2 (ωt + α)] =  mω A 
2 4 2 
1 3W
= kA2 [(1 – sin2 (ωt + α)] =
2 4
1 1
= kA2 cos2 (ωt + α) ….(i) P.E. = mω2 x 2
2 2
1 + cos 2θ 1 A2 1 1
As cos2θ= , = mω2 × = mω2 A=
2
W
2 2 4 8 4
cos2 (ωt + α) = 1 + cos 2(ωt + α)
2 1 2 1
100. K.E. = mv = mA 2ω2 cos 2 ω t
∴ Eq. (i) becomes 2 2
1 1 + cos 2(ωt + α) 
K.E. = kA2   = 1 mω2 A 2  1 + cos 2ω t 
2  2  2  2 
∴ Kinetic energy of particle varies with two times hence kinetic energy varies periodically with
of frequency of particle. double the frequency of S.H.M. i.e. 2f.
91
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

101. K.E. at mean position 108. T cos θ = mg
1 1 −3
mg 50 × 10 ×10
= mω2(A2− 0) = mω2A2 ∴ T = mω2l = = =1N
2 2 cosθ 0.5
2
A 1 A 1
P.E. at x = =mω2   =mω2A 2 109. Restoring force = |– mg sin θ|
2 2 2 8 = 200 × 10–3× 10 × sin 30°
∴ The required ratio 200 × 10−2
=
1 2 2 2
 mω A 
=  2  = 4:1 =1N
1 2 2
 mω A  110. Period of simple pendulum,
8 
l
T = 2π
102. T.E. in S.H.M. = K.E.max = P.E.max. Here, the g
maximum kinetic energy of the oscillator.
l′
1 Now, 2T = 2π
K.E.max is kA2 g
2
T l
1 ∴ = ⇒l′ = 4l
= × 2 × 106 × (0.01)2 = 100 J 2T l′
2
But T.E. ≠ 100J. l
111. T = 2π
∴ P.E. at equilibrium position = 160–100 = 60 J. g
∴ P.E.max = 100 + 60 = 160 J Te gm ge / 6 1
∴ = = =
1 Tm ge ge 6
P.E. mω2 x 2
103. = 2 ∴ Tm = 6Te ⇒ clock becomes slower.
P.E.max 1
mω2 A 2
2 112. h = 10 cm = 10 × 10−2 m = 0.1 m
1 x2 A According to the principle of conservation of
∴ = 2⇒x=
4 A 2 1
energy, mv2 = mgh
2
104. x = 0 at mean position,
or v = 2gh = 2 × 9.8 × 0.1 = 1.4 m/s
1
T.E. of S.H.M. = mω2A2
2 l 98 2π
1 113. T = 2π = 2π =
∴ 25 = × 0.5 ×ω A 2 2 g 980 10
2
2π 2π
∴ ω2A2 = 100 ⇒ωA = 10 = vmax ∴ ω= = = 10
T 2π / 10
∴ The particle in S.H.M. has maximum velocity
∴ vmax = ωA = 10 × 2 10 = 20 cm/s
when it passes through mean position.
∴ v = 10 m/s 114. Linear momentum will be maximum, if velocity
of bob is maximum.
3 In S.H.M, vmax = ωA ….(i)
105. K.E. = × T.E.
4 1
T.E. = mω2A2 = E
1 3 1 2
⇒ mω2 (a2− x2) = × mω2a 2
2 4 2 2E
2 2 2 = ω2A2 = v 2max [From equation (i)]
⇒ 4 (a − x ) = 3a which on solving gives m
a 2E
a = ± 2x or x = ± ∴ vmax =
2 m
Linear momentum,
106. In vacuum, the bob will not experience any
frictional force. Hence, there shall be no Pmax = mvmax = m 2E = 2mE
m
dissipation. Therefore, it will oscillate with a
constant amplitude. l
115. T′ = 2 π
107. Time period of simple pendulum g cosθ

(T = 2π l / g ) is independent of the amplitude 1 1

= 2π = 2π
of vibration, when amplitude is small. 9.8 × cos 60° 9.8 ×1 / 2

92
 

Chapter 05: Oscillations

2 1 10 l
= = = 120. T = 2π
9.8 4.9 49 g
1
= × 3.16 = 0.45 s l l
7 ∴ T′ = 2π = 2π
g 4g
g−
116. Period of a second’s pendulum is 2 s. 5 5
It will perform 100 oscillations in 200 s l 5
5
∴ T′ = 2π = T
117. Function of wrist watch depends upon spring 4 g 2
action so it is not affected by gravity but
121. T ∝ l . Time period depends only on effective
l
pendulum clock has time period, T = 2π . length. Density has no effect on time period. If
g
length is made 4 times, then time period
During free fall, effective acceleration becomes becomes 2 times.
zero. Hence time period comes out to be infinity
122. n1: n2 = 7:8
i.e. the clock stops. Suppose at t = 0, pendulums begins to swing
118. Let T1 and T2 be the time period of vibrations of simultaneously.
pendulum A and B respectively. If n1T1 = n2T2,
n1 T l2
Then, T1 = 2π
l1
and T2 = 2π
l2 ∴ = 2 =
n2 T1 l1
g g
2
T1 13 l1 n  8
2
64
∴ =
l1
=
1.69
= ∴ =  2  =   =
T2 l2 1.44 12 l2 n
 1 7 49
If the two pendulums go out of phase in time t,
123. le = 1 m, gm = g/6
then in time t, if pendulum A completes n
Time period of second’s pendulum is 2 s
vibrations, the pendulum B will complete Te = Tm
(n + ½) vibrations.
le l
∴ t = n T1 = (n + ½) T2 ∴ 2π = 2π m
ge gm
T1 ( n + 1 / 2 ) 13
∴= = le 1 g 1
T2 n 12 ∴ lm = × gm = × = m
ge g 6 6
∴ 12n + 6 = 13n or n = 6
1 1 l
∴ n+ = 6 + = 6.5 124. T = 2π
2 2 g
2 2
119. T1 = T ∴ T2 = 4 π l where 4π = constant
g g
T1 l1 1 1
= = = ….(i) ⇒T ∝l 2
T2 l2 16 4
dl
x1 = A sin ω1t and x2 = B sin ω2t ∴ 2  dT × 100  = × 100
 T  l
They are in phase after time t and phase
dT 1  dl  1
difference is 2π ∴ × 100 =  × 100  = × (2) = 1 %
T 2  l  2
∴ ω1t – ω2t = 2π
∴ There is change of 1% per second
 2π 2π  ∴ In a day, there are 24 × 60 × 60 = 24 × 3600 s
∴  −  t = 2π
 T1 T2  24 × 3600 × 1
∴ = 24 × 36 = 864 s
1 1 100
∴  − t = 1 ∴ There will be change of 864 s per day.
 T1 T2 
t  T1  l
∴ 1 −  = 1 125. T = 2π ⇒T∝ l ….(i)
T1  T2  g
t  1 169 l1
∴
T 1 −  = 1 .…[From (i)] l2 = l1 + 69% l1 = ….[Given]
 4 100
t 3 4 l2 169
∴ × =1⇒t= T ∴ =
T 4 3 l1 100

93
 

Chapter 04: Thermodynamics

nRT QBC = CP∆T for 1 mole of the gas
∴ P=
constant  T
= CP  T − 
or P ∝ T (decreasing)  n 
In P-V diagram, the corresponding line will be a  n −1
straight line parallel to Y axis (P axis) with QBC = CPT  
 n 
decreasing P.
∴ Qnet = QAB + QBC
For the given line CA, temperature is constant
with volume decreasing 1− n   n −1
= CVT   + CPT  
nRT  n   n 
∴ P= i.e., PV = constant T
V = (CV − nCV + nCP − CP)
∴ In P-V diagram, corresponding line is a n
hyperbola with P increasing. T
= {(n(CP − CV) − (CP − CV)}
n
10. As a and d are two points on the same adiabatic T T
path, = (nR – R) = (n – 1)R
n n
∴ T1 (Va)γ−1 = T2 (Vd)γ−1 = RT (1 − n−1)
T1 (V ) γ −1
i.e., = d γ −1 14. TH = 400 K, TC = 200 K
T2 (Va )
γ−1 γ−1 For heat engine
Similarly, T1 (Vb) = T2 (Vc) W TH − TC
T1 (V ) γ −1 =
η =
i.e., = c γ −1 Q TH
T2 (Vb ) 400 − 200
∴ W=Q×
(Vd ) γ −1 (Vc ) γ −1 400
∴ =
(Va ) γ −1 (Vb ) γ −1 W × 400
∴ Q= = 1200 × 2 = 2400 J
200
Vd Vc V V
i.e. = or a = b
Va Vb Vd Vc 15. Given that, Q = 10 J
Work done (W) = Force × displacement
12. Coefficient of performance =3×2
TC =6J
K=
TH − TC ∴ From first law of thermodynamics,
(273 − 13) 260 ∆U = |Q| – |W| = 10 – 6 = 4 J
∴
= 5 =
TH − (273 − 13) TH − 260 16. Coefficient of refrigerator,
∴ 5TH − 1300 = 260 TC 300
K= = =3
∴ 5TH = 1560 TH − TC 400 − 300
∴ TH = 312 K = 39 °C
13. P
P A T

P T
n
B C
V
AB is an isochoric process
PA PB P P 1 T
∴ = or =  ⇒ TB =  
TA TB T  n  TB n
For 1 mole of the gas,
T  1 
QAB = CV∆T = CV  − T  = CVT  − 1
n  n   
1− n 
= CVT  
 n 

81
05 Oscillations

Hints

20. vmax = Aω where ω = 2πn = 2 ×π× 100

Classical Thinking ∴ vmax = 0.5 × 2π (100) = 100 π m/s
6. F = – kx⇒ ma = –kx 21. v2= 9(16 − x2)
x
∴ =  − m  = constant ∴ =v 3 16 − x 2
a  k
kg m 1 Comparing with v = ω A 2 − x 2 , we get
7. Unit of k = N/m = 2 = kg/s2 = [M2 ]
s m [T ] ω = 3, A = 4
= [M1L0T−2] ∴ vmax = Aω = 4 × 3 = 12 unit
8. The standard differential equation is satisfied by 22. Here, Assertion is false because, the direction
only the function sinωt − cosωt. Hence it of velocity in S.H.M. can be towards or away
represents S.H.M. from mean position whereas the displacement
is always away from mean position.
k 4.84
10. ω= = = 2.22 rad/s
m 0.98 24. Velocity is same. So by using v = Aω,
A1ω1 = A2ω2 = A3ω3
k ω m1
11. ω= ⇒ 2 = 25. Maximum acceleration of S.H.M.,
m ω1 m2
α = ω2A
m1 m
∴ 2= ⇒m2 = 1 Maximum velocity of S.H.M.,
m2 4
β = Aω
13. In S.H.M., at mean position, velocity is maximum ω2 A × A ω2 A 2 β2
∴ α= = =
So v = Aω (maximum) A A A
14. a = −ω2x, at mean position x = 0 ∴ Amplitude of oscillation is,
So acceleration is minimum (zero) β2
A=
α
15. Acceleration = ω2A is maximum at extreme
position 26. A = 10 cm, T = 4 sec
2π 2π π
a ω= = =
16. a = −ω2x ⇒ = ω2 T 4 2
x x = 5 cm when t = 0
2
17. −Aω is the acceleration of the particle when it ∴ 5 cm = 10 cm sin (ωt + φ)
is at one extreme point. 1
∴ sinφ =
2
18. a = ω2x
π
a a 2 ∴ φ=
∴ ω2 = = = 100 6
x x 0.02
∴ Equation of displacement is
∴ ω = 10 rad/s
x = 10 cm sin  πt + π 
19. Since the particle start from x = 0 and have the  3 2
same amplitude but different time periods, they
will meet again at x = 0 where their velocities m 200 × 10−3
27. T = 2π = 2π
are maximum equal to Aω1 and Aω2, i.e. k 80
v1 ω
= 1 =
2π T2
×
6
= =2 = 2π 25 × 10−4 = 2π× 5 × 10−2
v2 ω2 T1 2π 3 = 10π × 10−2 = 0.31 s
82
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

147. Amplitude of damped oscillator, 2π  2π × 4  Aπ  π  Aπ 1
∴ π=A× × cos  = × cos   =×
= A A 0e=−λt
; λ constant, t = time 24  24  12  3  12 2
A0 24π
For t =1 min., = A 0e−λt ⇒ eλ = 2 ∴ A= = 24m
2 π
A A 1 ∴ Path length = 2A = 48 m
For t = 3 min., A = A 0 e −λ×3 = λ 0 3 = 30 =
(e ) 2 x
∴ x = 23 155. The stone executes S.H.M. about centre of
R
A earth with time period T = 2π ; where
148. In the first case, A1 = 0 and t1 = 100 T g
3
R = Radius of earth.
A0 −100bT
∴ = a0e
3 156. If first equation is x1 = A1 sin ωt,
1 x1
∴ e−100bT = = sinωt ….(i)
3 A1
In the second case, then second equation will be
A2 = A 0e− bt 2 = A0e−200bt = A0(e−100bt)2
x2 = A2 sin  ωt + π 
2
A  2
1
∴ A2 = A0   = 0
3 9 = A2 sin ω t cos π + cos ω t sin π 
 2 2 
∴ The amplitude will be reduced to 1/9th of its 
initial value. = A2 cosωt
x2
149. The initial mechanical energy of a harmonic cosωt = ….(ii)
A2
1
oscillator at time t = 0 is E1 = kA2 By squaring and adding equation (i) and (ii)
2
x12 x 22
But because of damping, its energy at time t sin2ωt + cos2ωt = +
− bt A12 A 22
1
becomes E2 = KA 2e m where b is the damping x12 x 22
2 + = 1; This is the equation of ellipse.
E A12 A 22
constant. It is given that at time t, E2 = 1
2 157. Wavelength = velocity of wave × Time period
bt
E1 1
= − bt ⇒ E1 = 2 = e m λ = 300 × 0.05 ⇒ λ = 15 metre
∴
E2  m   E1  According to problem, path difference between
e    two points = 15 − 10 = 5m
   2 
2π
bt ∴ Phase difference = × Path difference
∴ = loge2 λ
m
2π 2π
mlog e 2 0.25× log e 2 = ×5 =
∴ t= = 15 3
b 0.05
∴ t = 5 loge 2 159. U = k|x|3
d(P.E.)
150. For a damped oscillator, the amplitude after time ∴ F=− = − 3k|x|2 ….(i)
dx
t is, A = A 0 e −λt , where λ is the damping Also, for S.H.M., x = A sin ωt and
constant. d2x
A0 A + ω2 x = 0
∴ = A 0 e −6 λ ….[ A = 0 ] dt 2
27 27
d2x
1 Acceleration, a = = −ω2 x ⇒ F = ma
∴ e−6λ = ….(i) dt 2
27
d2x
Let A′ be the amplitude after 2 minutes = m 2 =−mω2 x ....(ii)
Then A′ = A0e−2λ = A0[e−6λ]1/3 dt
A 3kx
From equation (i) and (ii) we get, ω =
1/3
∴ A′ = A0  1  = 0 m
 27  3
2π m
154. As the body starts from mean position, ∴ T= = 2π m = 2π
ω 3kx 3k(Asin ω t)
v = Aω cosωt
1
∴ T∝
∴ v = A × 2π × cos  2πt  A
T  T 

96
 

Chapter 05: Oscillations

160. The rotation of earth about its axis is periodic π
but not to and fro about a fixed point, hence 165. α = 30° =
6
not a simple harmonic motion. Using F = −kx, we get
161. σ = 1, T′ = 2 T | Fmax| = kA = mω2 A
The effective acceleration of a bob in water 1
∴ E= mω2 A2
 σ 2
= g′ = g 1 −  where σand ρ are the density of 1
 ρ = | Fmax| × A
water and the bob respectively. Since the period 2
of oscillation of the bob in air and water are 2E
∴ A=
given as, | Fmax |
l l 2 × 3 × 10−5
T = 2π and T′ = 2π respectively, =
g g′ 1.5 × 10−3
T g′ g(1 − σ / ρ) = 4 × 10–2
∴ = = = 0.04 m
T′ g g
2π 2π
σ 1 ∴ ω= = = π rad/s
= 1− = 1− T 2
ρ ρ
∴ The equation of motion is,
T 1
Substituting, = , we obtain, π
x = A sin (ωt + α) = 0.04 sin  πt + 
T′ 2 6

1 1
= 1− ⇒ ρ = 2 166. With mass m2 alone, the extension of the spring
2 ρ
l is given by,
162. For body to remain in contact amax = g m2g = kl ….(i)
∴ ω2A = g ⇒ 4π2n2A = g With mass (m1 + m2), the extension l′ is given
g 10 by,
∴ n2 = 2
= = 25
4π A 4 × (3.14) 2 × 0.01 (m1 + m2)g = kl′ = k(l + ∆l) ….(ii)
∴ n = 5 Hz The increase in extension is ∆l which is the
amplitude of vibration. Subtracting equation (i)
163. For the graph given, amplitude (A) = 1 cm
from equation (ii), we get,
Time period (T) = 8 s
m1g
2π π m1g = k∆l⇒∆l =
∴ ω= = Hz k
8 4
Acceleration, a = −ω2A sin ωt 167. The coin will leave contact when it is at the
4 π2 π 4 highest point and for that condition
At t = s, a = − × 1 × sin  × 
3 16  4 3 Maximum acceleration = Acceleration due to
gravity
π2 π − 3 2
∴ a= − sin   ⇒ A= π cm / s 2 g
16  3  32 ∴ ω2A = g ⇒ A =
ω2
164. Total energy of particle performing
1 dT 1 dl
S.H.M. = mω2 A 2 . Kinetic energy of particle 168. =
2 T 2 l
1 dl
 2π  ∴ = α(t2− t1) = α(40 – 20) = α(20)
performing S.H.M. = mω2 A 2 cos 2  t l
2  T 
1 dl
According to problem, kinetic energy = 75% of ∴ dT = T ×  
total energy 2  l 
1
⇒ 1 mω2 A 2 cos 2  2π  t =
3 1 2 2
 mω A  = T × ×α× 20
2  T  4 2  2
2π  3  2π  3 1
⇒ cos 2  t = ⇒ cos   t = = 86400 × × 12 × 10–6× 20
 T  4  T  2 2
2π  π T …[ 1 day = 86400 s]
⇒  t = ⇒t= s −5
 T  6 12 = 86400 × 10 × 12
1 = 0.864 × 12
∴ t= s
6 ≈ 10.4 seconds

97
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

Dividing equation (i) by equation (ii), we get
Competitive Thinking α α 2π
=ω⇒ =
β β T
a
1. x = a sin2ωt = (1 − cos 2ωt ) β
2 T = 2π
α
2. On comparing with standard equation
2
d y 11. Displacement of the particle, x = A sin ωt
+ ω2 y =0 we get, Velocity of the particle,
dt 2
2π dx
ω2 = K ⇒ω = = K ⇒T=
2π v= = Aω cos ωt ….(i)
T dt
K
Given that,
d2y v = π m/s, T = 16 s,
3. For S.H.M., 2 ∝ − y
dt 2π π
∴ ω= = rad/s
4. The distance covered by a particle undergoing T 8
Substituting in equation (i), we get,
S.H.M. in one time period is 4A.
π π
π=A× × cos  × 2 
5. In one complete vibration, displacement is zero. 8 8 
∴ Average velocity, vavg = 0 A A 1
∴ 1= cos  π  = ×
6. Acceleration, a = ω x 2 8 4 8 2

ω=
a 20
….( a = 20 m/s2, x = 5 m) ∴ A= 8 2m
=
x 5
12. Refer Shortcut 1(i)
ω = 2 rad/s
y = A sin ωt
2π
Period, T = =πs A Asin 2π
ω ∴= ⋅t
2 T
7. Acceleration, a = ω2x 2πt 1 π
∴ ⇒ sin −1   =
∴ 16 × 10–2 = ω2(4 × 10–2) T 2 6
ω = 2 rad/s T
2π 2π ∴ t=
T= = = π = 3.142 s 12
ω 2
13. The given equation can be written as,
8. Given, (amax= 1.0 m/s2vmax= 0.5 ms−1) 1
amax= ω2 A = ω (ωA) = ωvmax v2 = (25 − x 2 )
4
a max 1 Comparing with general equation,
∴ ω= =
v max 0.5 v2 = ω2 (A2− x2)
∴ ω = 2 rad/s 1 2π
∴ ω= ⇒T= = 4π
9. Particle velocities are 2 ω
v12 =
ω2 (A 2 − x12 ) 14. When velocity is u and acceleration is α, let the
v 22 =
ω2 (A 2 − x 22 ) position of particle be x1.
On subtracting the relations When velocity is v and acceleration is β, let the
v12 − v 22 = ω2 (x 22 − x12 ) position of particle be x2.
If ω is the angular frequency then,
v12 − v 22
ω= α = ω2x1
x 22 − x12
andβ = ω2x2
2π
As ω = we get, ∴ α + β = ω2(x1 + x2) ….(i)
T
Also, velocity of particle at particular instant
x 22 − x12 can be given as,
T = 2π
v12 − v 22 u2 = ω2A2 – ω2 x12
10. Maximum acceleration is given as, and v2 = ω2A2 – ω2 x 22
α = Aω2
Maximum velocity is given as,
....(i)
(
i.e., v2 – u2 = ω2 x12 − x 22 )
2 2 2
β = Aω ....(ii) v − u = ω (x1 – x2)(x1 + x2) ….(ii)

98
 

Chapter 05: Oscillations

from equation (i) we get ω2 A2 − x 2
v2 – u2 = (x1 – x2)(α + β) ∴ =
ω x
v2 − u 2
∴ x1− x2 = A2 − x 2 32 − 22
α+β ∴ ω= =
x 2
u 2 − v2
or x2− x1 = 5
α+β ω= rad/s
2
15. Given, 2π 2π 4π
∴ T= = = s
A=2m;x=1m ω  5  5
 2
amax−vmax = 4  
∴ ω2A −ωA = 4
18. Velocity of particle performing SHM is given
∴ (ω2−ω)A = 4
∴ (ω2−ω) 2 = 4 by, v = ω A 2 − x 2
∴ ω2−ω− 2 = 0 2A
When the particle is at a distance from
∴ ω2− 2ω + ω – 2 = 0 3
ω(ω− 2) + 1 (ω – 2) = 0 equilibrium position it’s speed is,
∴ (ω + 1) (ω – 2) = 0 2A 
2

∴ ω = 2 rad/s v = ω A 2 −  
 3 
{ω≠ –1,  Angular velocity cannot be negative}
4A 2 5A 2
2π = ω A2 − =ω
Time period, T = ω 9 9
ω 5A
2π 22 ∴ v=
∴ T= 2 =π= 7 s 3
velocity of particle at x = 1 is given by ω 5
Now, v′ = 3v = 3 × A=ω 5A
3
v = ω A 2 − x 2 = 2 ( 2 ) − (1) = 2 3 m/s
2 2
2
2A
But v′ = ω ( A′ ) −  
2

16. Using v = ω A 2 − x 2  3 
∴ v2 = ω2 (A2 – x2) Where A′ is new amplitude of motion,
2
v  4A 2 
∴ = A 2 – x2 ∴ ω 5 A = ω ( A′ ) − 
2

ω2  9 
v2
∴ + x2 = A 2 4 A2
ω2 ∴ 5A2 = ( A′ )2−
9
132
∴ Case 1: 2 + 32 = A2 .…(i) 4 A2
ω ∴ ( A′ )2 = 5A2 +
9
122
Case 2: 2 + 52 = A2 ….(ii) 49 A 2
ω ( A′ )2 =
From equation (i) and (ii) 9
132 122 7
+ 3 2
= + 52 ∴ A′ = A
ω2 ω2 3
1
∴ (132 – 122) = 52 –32 19. T = 2π m
ω2 K
1 25 − 9
∴ = KT 2

ω2 169 − 144 ∴ m=
4π2
1 16
∴ = KT 2 KT 2g
ω2 25 ∴ weight = mg = 2
×g =
4π 4π2
5
∴ ω= rad/s
4 20. T = 2π
m
ω 5 1 5 k
∴ But f = = × =
2π 4 2π 8π ∴ T∝ m
17. Given: A = 3 cm T1 m1
i.e., =
when x = 2 cm, v = a T2 m2
i.e., ω A 2 − x 2 = ω2x m1 = m, m2 = m + 1

99
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

3 m x and y both in series

∴ =
5 m +1 1 1 1 1
∴ = + =
m 9 k′ x y k
∴ =
m + 1 25
∴ Time period T = 2π m = 2π m
∴ 25m = 9m + 9 k′ k
9
m= 1
16 25. As k∝ ,
l
m T m2 4m l l l
21. T = 2π ⇒ 2= = = 2 length of spring segments = , ,
k T1 m1 m 6 3 2
⇒ T2 = 2 × 2 = 4 s ∴ k1 = 6k
k2 = 3k
1 k3 = 2k
22. n = 5 Hz, T = s
5 when connected in series combination,
T = 2π
m 1 1 1 1
= + +
k k′ 6k 3k 2k
The restoring force is equal to the weight of the ∴ k′ = k ….(i)
spring. when connected in parallel combination,
∴ kx = mg k′′ = 6k + 3k + 2k
m x ∴ k′′ = 11k ….(ii)
∴ =
k g Dividing equation (i) by equation (ii),
x k′ k 1
∴ T = 2π = =
g k′′ 11k 11

A 1 k
∴ T = 2π ….( At highest position, x = A) 26. n=
g 2π m

1 A n k m′ k 2m
= 2π ∴ = × = × =1
5 g n′ m k′ m 2k

1 A
∴ n′ = n
= 4π 2 ×
25 g x y
27. = sin ωt and = cos ωt
g 10 1 a a
∴ A= = 2
= 2
100π 100π 10π2 y2 x 2
∴ + =⇒1 y 2 + x 2 =a 2
1 1 a2 a2
∴ vmax = ωA = 2π× 5 × = m/s
10π 2
π ⇒ a circle
28. The projection of the particle on Y-axis
23. T = 2π m .
K represents simple harmonic motion.
1 t = 0, y displacement is maximum,
Also, spring constant (K) ∝
Length(l ) so equation will be cosine function.
When the spring is half in length, then K y = a cos ɷ t
becomes twice. 2π 2π π
m T′ 1 T
ɷ= = = rad/s
∴ T′ = 2π ⇒ = ⇒ T′ = T 4 2
2K T 2 2 a=3 m
24. ∴ y = 3cos 
πt 

Q 2
P

31. From the graph of velocity (v) v/s distance (x),

we see that the particle executes S.H.M. whose
R S
m
time is recorded from the extreme position.
32. Amplitude of resultant S.H.M.
Springs P and Q, R and S are in parallel R= A12 + A 22 + 2A1A 2 cos90°
Then, x = k + k = 2k ….[for P, Q]
and y = k + k = 2k ….[for R, S] R= A12 + A 22 = a 2 + b2

100
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

66. A = 10 × 10−2m = 10−1m
1 Critical Thinking
K.Emax = mω2 A2
2
2. F = −kx
1
= kA2 3. Acceleration ∝ – displacement and acceleration is
2
1 always directed towards the equilibrium position.
∴ 5= × k × (10–1)2
2 4. Acceleration in S.H.M. is directly proportional
10 to displacement and is always directed to its
∴ = k ⇒k = 1000 N/m mean position.
10−2
5. For S.H.M., F = −kx
l
67. T = 2π ∴ Force = Mass × Acceleration ∝ – x
g
F = –Akx; where A and k are positive constants
l g
∴ = = constant 6. As F = – kx⇒ | F | ∝ x
T 2 4π 2
π
69. In the given case, effective acceleration geff. = 0 7. x = 6 cos  3πt + 
 3
∴ T=∞
dx  π
∴ = –6 sin  3πt +  3π and
70. When the pendulum is falling freely with dt  3
acceleration g,
d2x π
l ∴ = −6(9π2) cos  3πt + 
T′ = 2π =∞ dt 2  3
g−g
d2x
∴ = – 9π2x
71. For seconds pendulum, T = 2 s dt 2
l 2
∴ 2 = 2π
g
8. Comparing given equation with d 2x + ω2 x =0
dt
g 4.9 we get,
∴ l= = 2 ≈ 50 cm
π2 π ∴ ω2 =α⇒ω = α
α
k p ∴ 2πn = α⇒n=
76. ω2= ,r= 2π
m 2m
Angular frequency, A × 4π 2 1 × 4 × (3.14) 2
9. amax = Aω2 = =
ω′ = (ω 2
− r2 ) T2 0.2 × 0.2
0.1 × 4 × (3.14) 2
Fmax = m ×amax =
k p2 0.2 × 0.2
= −
m 4m 2 ∴ Fmax= 98.596 N
80. When two bodies have the same frequency, then 10. x = 0.25 sin (200 t)
one is excited and other vibrates with its natural Comparing with x = A sinωt,
frequency due to resonance. A = 0.25 m, ω = 200 rad/s
∴ vmax = Aω = 0.25 × 200 = 50 m/s
84. When the springs are stretched by the same
force F, the extensions in springs A and B are x1 11. a = ω2x
and x2 respectively which are given by, 8
F = k1x1 = k2x2 ∴ ω= a/x = = 2 rad/s
2
x1 k ∴ vmax = Aω = 6 × 2 = 12 cm/s
= 2 ….(i)
x2 k1
12. vmax = Aω and amax = Aω2
1 1
Work done, W1 = k1x12 and W2 = k 2 x 2 2 a max Aω2 0.64
2 2 ∴ = = ⇒ω = 4 rad/s
v max Aω 0.16
W1 2
∴ = k1 . x12 ….(ii) ∴ 0.16 = A × 4 ⇒ A = 0.04 m = 4 × 10−2 m
W2 k2 x2
Using equation (i) in equation (ii) we get, 13. amax = Aω2
W1 2
k a max 7.5
= k1 . k 22 = 2 ∴ A= = = 0.61 m
W2 k 2 k1 k1 ω2 (3.5) 2

84
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

 v0 
2
2π
∴ 2 2 2
  = ω (a′ – s )
35. T= s , 2A = 4 cm ⇒ A = 2 cm
 2 3
v=A …(Given)
v02
∴ = ω2(a′2 – s2) ….(ii) ∴ 2
ω A −x =
ωx 2 2
…(Numerically)
4
Dividing equation (ii) by equation (i) 2 A2
∴ ω2 x 2 ⇒x
A2 − x 2 = =
1 a ′2 − s 2 ω2 + 1
= 2 2
( 2 ) = 4= 1
2
4 a −s A2
∴ x2 = =
∴ a2 – s2 = 4a′2 – 4s2  4π 2
  4π × 3  4
2
+ 1
 2 + 1 
a2 + 3s2 = 4a′2  T   4π
2

a 2 + 3s 2 ⇒ x = 1 cm
∴ a′ =
2 2π
36. y = a sin t
31. We have, T
v2= ω2(A2 – x2) and α = −ω2x ∴
a
= a sin
2πt
∴ v2 = ω2A2 – ω2x2 and α2 = ω4 x2 = ω2 (ω2 x2) 2 3
α2 1 2πt
∴ v2 = ω2A2 – ∴ = sin
ω2 2 3
α2 2πt π 2πt π 1
∴ v2 + = ω2A2 ∴ sin = sin ⇒ = ⇒t = s
ω2 3 6 3 6 4
v2 α2 4
∴ + 4 2 =1 38. 2A = 4 cm ⇒ A = = 2 cm
2 2
ωA ωA 2
 v 
2
 α 
2 4π 2
amax = Aω2 = A ⋅
∴   +  2  =1 T2
 ω A  ω A
which is an equation of an ellipse. A 2 1
∴ T = 2π = 2× π× = 2π × = 2 s
a max 2π 2 π
32. In simple harmonic motion,
y = A sinωt and v = Aω cosωt. From these 2π 2π π rad
39. ω= = =
y2
v 2
T 12 6 s
equations, we obtain + = 1, which is an
A 2 A 2ω2 π
∴ 2 = 4  sin t1  ….(For x = 2 cm)
equation of ellipse.  6 
2 π π π
33. For S.H.M., v = ω A 2 − x 2 ∴ = sin t1 ⇒ = t1
4 6 6 6
2πA1
v1 = v0 = ω1 A12 − 0 =ω1A1 = ∴ t1 = 1 s
T1
Similarly, for x = 4 cm, it can be shown that
2πA 2 t2 = 3 s
v2 = ω2 A 22 − 0 =ω2 A 2 =
T2 So time taken by particle in going from 2 cm to
1 extreme position is t2− t1 = 2 s. Hence required
Given that, A2 = 2A1 and T2 = T1
3 1
ratio will be .
v 2 2πA 2 T T A 2
∴ = × 1 =1 × 2
v1 T2 2πA1 T2 A1 40. In S.H.M., velocity of particle also oscillates
v2 simple harmonically. Speed is more when the
∴ = 3 × 2 = 6 ⇒ v2 = 6v0 particle is near the mean position than when it is
v0
near the extreme position. Therefore, the time
v max A
34. v= .…(Given) taken for the particle to go from 0 to will be
2 2
x = a sin ωt A
∴ v = aω cosωt and vmax = aω less than the time taken to go from to A.
2
aω Hence, T1< T2.
∴ aω cos ωt =
2 41. y = 5sin(π t + 4π).
1 π Comparing it with standard equation
∴ cosωt = ⇒ωt =
2 3 y = A sin (ωt + α) we get,
π 3a 2πt
∴ x = a sin = A = 5 m and = πt ⇒T = 2 s
3 2 T

86
 

Chapter 05: Oscillations

l ∴ New time period,

49. For simple pendulum, T = 2π
g I′
T′ = 2π
μ′ B
∴ T∝ l
T1 I
= 2π .…[From (1) and (2)
Now, T2= , l2 = l1− 0.6 ….(given) μB
2
=T
T2 l l T2
∴ = 2 ⇒ 2 = 22 → → →
T1 l1 l1 T1 53. A particle oscillating under a force F =
−k x − b v

2 is a damped oscillator. The first term −kx
⇒ l1 − 0.6 = T1 2 represents the restoring force and second term
l1 4T1
→

⇒ 4l1− 2.4 = l1 −b v represents the damping force.

⇒ 3l1 = 2.4 54.

Elastic support
⇒ l1 = 0.8 m
⇒ l1 = 800 mm
B
C A
50. Given l2 = (l1 + 0.36) m ; T2 =  T1 + 25 T1  D
 100 
The disturbance produced in A is transferred to
Time period of simple pendulum is given by,
all the pendulums through the elastic support. A
l and C will be in resonance, since they are of
T = 2π
g same length.
∴ TA= TC = T = 2π l
∴ T∝ l g
∴ l∝ T2
1
2  n=
 l1   T1  T
∴  = 
 l2   T2  ∴ frequency of A and C will also remain same.
   
2 ∴ amplitude of A and C will be maximum.
l1 T1
∴  = 
 l1 + 0.36   T1 + 0.25 T1  55. At mean position, velocity is maximum.
 l1   T1 
2
∴ vmax = Aω
∴  = 
 l1 + 0.36   1.25 T1  ∴ v1 = Aω
∴ (1.25)2l1 = l1 + 0.36 v2 = A1ω1
From conservation of linear momentum,
1.56 l1 = l1 + 0.36
m1v1 = m v2
∴ 0.56 l1 = 0.36
∴ m1A ω = (m1 + m2) A1ω1
∴ l1 = 0.36 A1  m1  ω
0.56 ∴ = 
A  m1 + m 2  ω1
l1= 0.64 m
k k
∴ l1 = 64 cm But ω= ; ω1 =
m1 m1 + m 2
51. When magnet is cut along its axis, A1  m1  k ( m1 + m 2 )
μ ∴ = 
A  m1 + m 2  m1 k
∴ µ′ = ….(1)
2 1/ 2
 m1   m1 + m 2 
New moment of inertia, =   
 m1 + m 2   m1 
m 2
 l I A1 m1
I′ =  2  = ….(2) ∴
A
=
m1 + m 2
12 2

103
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

56. Total distance covered in one oscillation = 4a l

60. T = 2π (when stationary)
1 g
Total time for one oscillation =
n l
T′ = 2π
4a g+2
Average speed = = 4 an
1
  (When lift is accelerating upwards)
n 2
 y=t
57. x1 = A sin (ωt + φ1), x2 = A sin (ωt + φ2)
dy
vy = = 2t
∴ x1− x2 = A  2sin  ωt + φ1 + φ2  sin  φ1 − φ2   dt
  2   2 
dv y
gy = = 2 m/s2
∴ A = 2A sin  φ1 − φ2  dt
 2 
l l
T = 2π , T′ = 2π
∴ sin  φ1 − φ2  = 1 10 12
 2  2
T 12 5
φ1 − φ2 π π ⇒ = ⇒ T′ = T
∴ = ⇒φ1 − φ2= T′ 10 6
2 6 3
61. The total energy of particle performing SHM is
A
58. OP = A = 25 cm and OQ = = 12.5 cm 1 2 1
2 E= ka ⇒ E = mω2 a2
2 2
⇒∠OPQ = 30°
2E 2π 2E
Similarly ∠MNO = 30° ⇒ω = ⇒ =
ma 2 T ma 2
π Q P
∴ ∠PON = 60° = A ma 2
3 A/2 30° ⇒ T = 2π
L ω 2E
π O
∴ ωt = A/2 30° 0.2 × (2 × 10−2 ) 2
3 30° = 2π
M N 2 × 4 × 10−5
2π π
×t=
T 3 0.2 × 4 × 10−4
⇒ T = 2π = 2π seconds
T 2 × 4 × 10−5
∴ t=
6
62. Relation between ‘v’ and ‘x’ in SHM is
3
= (Given: Period = 3s) = 0.5 s v2 x2
6 2 2
+ 2 =1 → Ellipse
ωA A
59. Given: l = 1 m, Major axis = 2ωA Y
Path length (2A) = 16 cm Minor axis = 2A
16 2ωA A
∴ Amplitude (A) = = 8 cm Given: = 20π
2 2A X
Time period of simple pendulum, ∴ ω = 20π ωA
l ∴ 2πf = 20π
T = 2π f = 10 Hz
g
2π 2π 63. T sin θ = mL sinθω2
Butω = =
T l
2π
g
θ
g
= T
l

π2
= =π
1
For maximum velocity;
vmax = Aω = 8π cm/s mg

104
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

54. F = k x (in magnitude) 61. r = 10 cm for the particle performing U.C.M.
f 0.1 × 10 Now, projection of U.C.M. along any diameter
⇒k= = = 10 N/m of the circle is an S.H.M.
x 0.1
Now, period of oscillations of the system, Hence, in the given example,
A = r = 10 cm
T = 2π m =
2 × 3.14 ×
0.1
6.28 ×
=
1
k 10 10 π
∴ T = 0.628 s 62. α = 10πt +
2
55. For the given figure π 41
substituting t = 2 = 20π + = π
1 k eq 1 2k 2 2
f= = ….(i)
2π m 2π m 63. Equation of linear S.H.M.,
If one spring is removed, then keq = k x = 8 cos (12πt)
∴ f′= 1 k
….(ii) ∴ x = 8 sin(12πt +
π
)
2π m 2
f f π
∴ From equations (i) and (ii), = 2 ⇒ f′ = ∴ Initial phase angle = rad
f′ 2 2
1 64. x = A sin (ωt + α)
56. T∝ ⇒ T1 : T2 : T3
k ∴ +5 = 10 sin (2π× 0 +α) = 10 sin α
1 1 1 1 5 −1  1  π
= : : = 1: 2 : ∴ α = sin−1   = sin   = 6
k k/2 2k 2  10  2
57. System is equivalent to parallel combination of 65. y = 10 sin (20 t + 0.5)
springs
Comparing with equation y = A sin (ωt + α)
∴ keq = k1 + k2 = 400 we get,
m 0.25 π
∴ T = 2π = 2π = s initial phase α = 0.5 rad
k eq 400 20
66. y = 5 sin (πt + 4π)
58.
m x
mg = kx⇒ = Comparing with standard equation,
k g y = A sin (ωt + α)
m x −2 2π ∴ A = 5, α = 4π
∴ T = 2π = 2π = 2π 9.8 × 10 = s
k g 9.8 10 67. x = A sin ωt
59. Extensions in springs are x1 and x2 then 2πt
∴ 2.5 = 5 sin
k1x1 = k2x2 and x1 + x2 = A 6
kx 2πt π 1
⇒ x 2 =1 1 ∴ = or t = s
k2 6 6 2
k1x1 Phase difference corresponding to 6 s is 2π.
⇒ x1 + A
=
k2 1
So, phase difference corresponding to s
k A 2
⇒ x1 = 2 2π π
k1 + k 2 is i.e.
12 6
60. In series combination
2π 2π π
2k1 68. ω= = =
k1 2k1 T 12 6
k1
Using v = Aω cos (ωt +α) we get,
π
6.28 = 24 cos  2π + α 
k2 6  6 
k2
1 π
∴ = cos  + α 
m
2 3 
m
π
1
=
1
+
1 ∴ + α = cos–1  1 
k s 2k1 k 2 3 2
−1 π π
 1 1 ∴ +α=
⇒ks =  +  3 3
2k
 1 k 2
∴ α=0
88
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

Hints to Evaluation Test

πt  1 1
1. x = cos(πt), y = cos   ∴ (100) x2= (9)  1 
 2 2 2  27 
1 + cos ( πt ) 1 1 10
y= i.e. 2y2 – 1 = cos(πt) ∴ x= = m = cm
2 300 10 3 3
∴ 2y2 = x + 1 represents a parabola. ≈ 5.8 cm
2. Since the amplitudes of the SHM is small, 6. U = 5x(x – 4)
θ1 = θ0sin(ω1t), (taking first one as reference) = 5(x2 – 4x)
θ2 = θ0sin(ω2t ±π) = 5[(x – 2)2 – 4]
For the two to be in same phase, ∴ The particle executes SHM about x = 2.
ω1t = ω2t ±π −dU
F= = 5[x + (x – 4)]
2π 2π dx
Substituting, ω = = we get,
T 3 ma = 5(2x – 4)
2π 2π 21 ∴ a = 100x – 200 = 100(x – 2)
∴ t= t+π⇒t= s
3 7 8 ∴ ω2 = 100 ⇒ω = 10 rad/s
2π π
3. The concept is that projection of a circle on its ∴ Time period = = s
ω 5
diameter where the circular motion is uniform,
is an SHM.
8.
∴ Amplitude of motion = 0.5 m ma
ω = 60 rev/min = 2π rad/s
2π
∴ T= =1s
ω
mg
4. k n1 = 2k(x2) = 3k(x3)
as tension in the spring remains the same.
Also, x1 + x2 + x3 = A
x1 x1
∴ x1 + + =A The block will lose contact when N = 0
2 3
i.e. mg = ma
∴
( 6 + 3 + 2 ) x1 = A g = Aω2
6
g g
6A ∴ A= =
∴ x1 = ω2  4π2 
11  2 
x 3A  T 
∴ x2 = 1 = 10
2 11 ∴ A=
 A π2
x1 6  2
∴ Ratio of amplitudes = =  11  = F
− 
x1 + x 2  A  3
9  9. B = A
 11   Ax 
 
5. At the mean position,  V0 
M1v = (M1 + M2)v′  BA 2 
3v = 9v′ ∴ F = – x
 V0 
∴ v = 3v′
1 1 BA 2
Also, Kx2 = Mv2 ∴ Time period = 2π
2 2 MV0
K 10 1 10. At mean position,
∴ v= x= (0.1) = m/s
M 3 3 1 2
1 P.E. = kx = 0
∴ v′ = m/s 2
3 3 i.e., P.E. is minimum.
1 1 Also, velocity is maximum at mean position.
∴ Kx2= (M1 + M2) v′2
2 2 ⇒K.E.is maximum.

106
 

Chapter 05: Oscillations

11. vmax = Aω = 0.20 × 100 = 20 cm/s 18. amax = Aω2

4π 2 3 × 4 × ( 3.14 )
2

12. x = a sin  ωt + π  = A⋅ =
( 2 × 3.14 )
2
6 T2

12
v = dx = aω cos  ωt + π  .…(i) = = 3 cm / s 2
dt  6 4
We know that vmax. = aω l
aω 19. T = 2π
∴ By substituting v = in equation (i) we get g
2
∴ T ∝ l , hence if l is made 9 times then T
time (t)
becomes 3 times.
aω  π
= aω cos  ωt + 
2  6
π π π 2π T
⇒ =ωt + ⇒ = .t ⇒ t =
3 6 6 T 12

1
14. T.E. = mω2A2,
2
(where A = amplitude) Potential energy
1
K.E. = mω2(A2− x2)
2
1  A 
2

= mω2  A 2 −   
2   2  
1 3A 2
= mω2×
2 4
1
= mω2A2  3 
2 4
3
∴ K.E. = T.E.
4
15. For a particle performing S.H.M.,
x = A sin ωt and
v = Aω cos ωt
a = – Aω2 sin ωt = Aω2 cos (90 + ωt)
π
∴ a = Aω2 cos (ωt + )
2
π
∴ The acceleration shows a phase lead of
2

F 8
16. From graph, slope K = = =4
x 2

T = 2π m
K
0.01
∴ T = 2π = 0.3 s
4

2π
17. x = A sin t
T
A 2π
∴ = Asin ⋅ t ….  x = A m 
2 T  2 
2π 1 π
∴ sin t = = sin
T 2 4
2π π T
∴ t = ⇒t=
T 4 8

107
 

Chapter 05: Oscillations

2π 2π π ∴ R2(cos2δ + sin2δ)
69. ω= = =
T 6 3 = A12 + A22 cos2φ + 2 A1 A2 cos φ +A22 sin2φ
1 π
c
∴ R2 (1) = A12 + A22 + 2 A1 A2 cos φ
t= s, α =  
2 6 ∴ R = A12 + A 22 + 2A1 A 2 cos φ
Equation of S.H.M. is,
76. x1 = A1 sin (ωt + φ1) and x2 = A2 sin(ωt + φ2)
x = A sin (ωt + α)
∴ x = x1 + x2
π 1 π 2π
= 10 sin  × +  = 10 sin   = A1 sin (ωt + φ1) + A2 sin (ωt + φ2)
3 2 6  6 
= A1[sin ωt cos φ1 + cos ωt sin φ1]
= 10 sin 60° + A2 [sin ωt cos φ2 + cos ωt sin φ2]
3 = sin ωt (A1cos φ1 + A2 cos φ2) +
= 10 ×
2 cosωt (A1 sin φ1 + A2 sin φ2)
= 5 3 cm Put A1 cos φ1 + A2 cos φ2 = A cosδ
π
A1 sinφ1 + A2 sinφ2 = A sinδ
70. α= rad ∴ x = A cosδ sinωt + A sinδ cosωt
2
= A sin(ωt + δ)
y = Asin(ωt + α)
Hence resultant is S.H.M. with same period T.
∴ y = Asin  2π t + α 
 T  77. R= A12 + A 22 + 2A1A 2 cos φ
∴ y = 0.5 sin  2π t + π  = π π
 0.4 2 42 + 32 + 2 × 4 × 3cos  − 
3 6
∴ y = 0.5 sin  5π t + π  = 0.5 cos 5πt
 2 = 25 + 12 3
78. Initial phase of resultant motion is given by,
71. Resultant amplitude = 32 + 42 = 5
 a1 sin φ1 + a 2 sin φ2 
δ = tan–1  
72. If x1 = A1 sin ω t and x2 = A2sin(ωt + 0)  a1 cos φ1 + a 2 cos φ2 
= A2 sin ω t  1 4× 3 
But A1 = A2  3× + 
= tan  2
–1 2  = tan–1  3 + 4 3 
∴ x2 = x 1  3 1 4+3 3 
 3× + 4×   
This represents a straight line.  2 2
73. The given relation can be written as,
79. x = 8 sinωt + 6 cosωt
x = 4 cos π t + 4 sin π t
Resultant amplitude 42 + 42 = 4 2 = 8 sin ωt + 6 sin  ωt − π 
 2

74. v1 = dy1= 0.1 × 100π cos 100πt + π  ∴ R = 82 + 62 = 10 cm

dt  3
80. In S.H.M., a = −ω2x
v2 = dy 2 =−0.1π sin πt =0.1π cos  πt + π  Acceleration is always opposite to displacement.
dt  2
Phase difference of velocity of first particle with 81. f = F = −kx and
respect to the velocity of 2nd particle at t = 0 is 1
P.E. = V = mω2x2
π π π 2
∆φ = φ1 − φ2 = − = −
3 2 6 V mω2 A 2
For option A : =+x +x ≠ 0
F −2kx
75. x1 = A1 sin ωt and
Hence option (A) is incorrect.
x2 = A 2 sin (ωt + φ)
F − kx
∴ x = x1 + x2 For option B : =
+x +x≠0
V mω2 x 2
= A 1 sin ωt + A 2 (sinωt cos φ + cos ωt sin φ)
Hence option (B) is incorrect.
= A1 sinωt + (A2sin ωt cos φ+A2 cos ωt sin φ) 1
= sin ωt (A1 + A2cos φ) + cos ωt (A2 sin φ) 2 × mω2 x 2
2V 2
Let R cos δ = A1 + A2 cos α For option C =
: +x +x
F − kx
R sin δ = A2 sin φ mω2 x 2
R = amplitude of resultant = +x
−mω2 x
∴ R2 cos2δ + R2 sin2δ
=−x+x=0
= (A1 + A2cos φ)2 + (A2 sin φ)2
Hence option (C) is correct.
89
 

Chapter 06: Superposition of Waves

5. y = 4 sin  πt + πx  Compare with standard wave equation,

 16 
y = A sin  2πt + 2πx  we get,
Comparing with standard form,  T λ 
y = A sin (2πnt + 2π x) we get, 2π
= 1.5 π ⇒ = 1 = 0.66
λ
λ λ 2 1.5
A = 4 cm, 2πn = π ⇒ n = 0.5 Hz and ∴ x = 0.66 m
λ = 32 cm ….  2π = π  12. y = 0.5 (314 t – 12.56 x)
 λ 16 
Compare this equation with standard wave
Using, equation,
v = nλ = 16 cm/s ….(negative x-direction)
y = A sin  2πt − 2πx  we get,
6. ∆φ = 2πt = 2 πnt = 2 × π × 0.5 × 0.4 = 0.4 π  T λ 
T 2π
= 12.56 ⇒ λ = 2 × 3.14 = 0.5 m
λ 12.56
7. n= 1 = 1
= 25 Hz, v = 25 m/s,
T 0.04 13. n = 400 ⇒ T = 1/ 400
Using, λ = v = 25 = 1 m φ1 = ωt1 – kx
n 25 φ2 = ωt2 – kx (at same point)
Equation of the wave is, ∆φ = φ2 – φ1 = ω(t2 – t1) = 2πn × (t2 – t1)
y = A sin 2π  t − x  = 2π × 400 × 10–3 = 0.8 π
T λ  
∴ 0.8 π = 180 × 0.8 = 144° ….[ π = 180°]
= 0.02 sin 2π (25t − x)
14.
8. y1 = A1 sin  ω t − 2πx  and Compressional Rarefactional
 λ  maximum maximum

y2 = A2 sin  ω t − 2πx + φ + π 
 λ 2
LONGITUDINAL
So phase difference, δ = φ + π and WAVE
2
Using, ∆x = λ .δ we get,
2π T = 0.2 s ⇒ n = 1 = 5 Hz
T
∆x = λ  φ + π  Time interval between two consecutive
2π  2
compressional maxima, T = 1 = 1 s
9. The given equation is y = 10 sin (0.01 πx − 2πt) n 500
Hence ω = coefficient of t = 2π Time interval between compressional maxima
Maximum speed of the particle vmax = aω and rarefactional maxima, T = 1 = 1 s
= 10 × 2π = 10 × 2 × 3.14 = 62.8 ≈ 63 cm/s 2 2n 1000

5λ
10. x = 5 sin  t − x  cm 15. Here, A = 0.05m, = 0.25 ⇒ λ =0.1m
 0.04 4 2
t x 
Now using standard equation of wave,
∴ x = 5 sin 2π  −  2π
 2π × 0.04 2π × 4  =y Asin (vt − x) we get,
λ
Comparing with standard form,
y= 0.05sin 2π(3300t − 10x)
x = a sin 2π  t − x  we get,
T λ  16. y = 0.5 sin [π (0.01x – 3t)]
T = 2π × 0.04, λ = 2π × 4 = 0.5 sin [0.01 πx – 3πt]
4 Comparing with standard wave equation,
∴ v= λ = = 100 cm/s = 1 m/s
T 0.04 y = A sin  2πt − 2πx  we get,
 T
λ 
11. Phase difference = 2π × Path difference 2π
λ =3π ⇒T= 2
2π λ T 3
∴ π= ×x ⇒ =x
λ 2 ∴ n = 1 = 3 Hz
From equation, y = 0.04 sin (500πt + 1.5πx) T 2

109
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

147. Amplitude of damped oscillator, 2π  2π × 4  Aπ  π  Aπ 1
∴ π=A× × cos  = × cos   =×
= A A 0e=−λt
; λ constant, t = time 24  24  12  3  12 2
A0 24π
For t =1 min., = A 0e−λt ⇒ eλ = 2 ∴ A= = 24m
2 π
A A 1 ∴ Path length = 2A = 48 m
For t = 3 min., A = A 0 e −λ×3 = λ 0 3 = 30 =
(e ) 2 x
∴ x = 23 155. The stone executes S.H.M. about centre of
R
A earth with time period T = 2π ; where
148. In the first case, A1 = 0 and t1 = 100 T g
3
R = Radius of earth.
A0 −100bT
∴ = a0e
3 156. If first equation is x1 = A1 sin ωt,
1 x1
∴ e−100bT = = sinωt ….(i)
3 A1
In the second case, then second equation will be
A2 = A 0e− bt 2 = A0e−200bt = A0(e−100bt)2
x2 = A2 sin  ωt + π 
2
A  2
1
∴ A2 = A0   = 0
3 9 = A2 sin ω t cos π + cos ω t sin π 
 2 2 
∴ The amplitude will be reduced to 1/9th of its 
initial value. = A2 cosωt
x2
149. The initial mechanical energy of a harmonic cosωt = ….(ii)
A2
1
oscillator at time t = 0 is E1 = kA2 By squaring and adding equation (i) and (ii)
2
x12 x 22
But because of damping, its energy at time t sin2ωt + cos2ωt = +
− bt A12 A 22
1
becomes E2 = KA 2e m where b is the damping x12 x 22
2 + = 1; This is the equation of ellipse.
E A12 A 22
constant. It is given that at time t, E2 = 1
2 157. Wavelength = velocity of wave × Time period
bt
E1 1
= − bt ⇒ E1 = 2 = e m λ = 300 × 0.05 ⇒ λ = 15 metre
∴
E2  m   E1  According to problem, path difference between
e    two points = 15 − 10 = 5m
   2 
2π
bt ∴ Phase difference = × Path difference
∴ = loge2 λ
m
2π 2π
mlog e 2 0.25× log e 2 = ×5 =
∴ t= = 15 3
b 0.05
∴ t = 5 loge 2 159. U = k|x|3
d(P.E.)
150. For a damped oscillator, the amplitude after time ∴ F=− = − 3k|x|2 ….(i)
dx
t is, A = A 0 e −λt , where λ is the damping Also, for S.H.M., x = A sin ωt and
constant. d2x
A0 A + ω2 x = 0
∴ = A 0 e −6 λ ….[ A = 0 ] dt 2
27 27
d2x
1 Acceleration, a = = −ω2 x ⇒ F = ma
∴ e−6λ = ….(i) dt 2
27
d2x
Let A′ be the amplitude after 2 minutes = m 2 =−mω2 x ....(ii)
Then A′ = A0e−2λ = A0[e−6λ]1/3 dt
A 3kx
From equation (i) and (ii) we get, ω =
1/3
∴ A′ = A0  1  = 0 m
 27  3
2π m
154. As the body starts from mean position, ∴ T= = 2π m = 2π
ω 3kx 3k(Asin ω t)
v = Aω cosωt
1
∴ T∝
∴ v = A × 2π × cos  2πt  A
T  T 

96
 

Chapter 05: Oscillations

160. The rotation of earth about its axis is periodic π
but not to and fro about a fixed point, hence 165. α = 30° =
6
not a simple harmonic motion. Using F = −kx, we get
161. σ = 1, T′ = 2 T | Fmax| = kA = mω2 A
The effective acceleration of a bob in water 1
∴ E= mω2 A2
 σ 2
= g′ = g 1 −  where σand ρ are the density of 1
 ρ = | Fmax| × A
water and the bob respectively. Since the period 2
of oscillation of the bob in air and water are 2E
∴ A=
given as, | Fmax |
l l 2 × 3 × 10−5
T = 2π and T′ = 2π respectively, =
g g′ 1.5 × 10−3
T g′ g(1 − σ / ρ) = 4 × 10–2
∴ = = = 0.04 m
T′ g g
2π 2π
σ 1 ∴ ω= = = π rad/s
= 1− = 1− T 2
ρ ρ
∴ The equation of motion is,
T 1
Substituting, = , we obtain, π
x = A sin (ωt + α) = 0.04 sin  πt + 
T′ 2 6

1 1
= 1− ⇒ ρ = 2 166. With mass m2 alone, the extension of the spring
2 ρ
l is given by,
162. For body to remain in contact amax = g m2g = kl ….(i)
∴ ω2A = g ⇒ 4π2n2A = g With mass (m1 + m2), the extension l′ is given
g 10 by,
∴ n2 = 2
= = 25
4π A 4 × (3.14) 2 × 0.01 (m1 + m2)g = kl′ = k(l + ∆l) ….(ii)
∴ n = 5 Hz The increase in extension is ∆l which is the
amplitude of vibration. Subtracting equation (i)
163. For the graph given, amplitude (A) = 1 cm
from equation (ii), we get,
Time period (T) = 8 s
m1g
2π π m1g = k∆l⇒∆l =
∴ ω= = Hz k
8 4
Acceleration, a = −ω2A sin ωt 167. The coin will leave contact when it is at the
4 π2 π 4 highest point and for that condition
At t = s, a = − × 1 × sin  × 
3 16  4 3 Maximum acceleration = Acceleration due to
gravity
π2 π − 3 2
∴ a= − sin   ⇒ A= π cm / s 2 g
16  3  32 ∴ ω2A = g ⇒ A =
ω2
164. Total energy of particle performing
1 dT 1 dl
S.H.M. = mω2 A 2 . Kinetic energy of particle 168. =
2 T 2 l
1 dl
 2π  ∴ = α(t2− t1) = α(40 – 20) = α(20)
performing S.H.M. = mω2 A 2 cos 2  t l
2  T 
1 dl
According to problem, kinetic energy = 75% of ∴ dT = T ×  
total energy 2  l 
1
⇒ 1 mω2 A 2 cos 2  2π  t =
3 1 2 2
 mω A  = T × ×α× 20
2  T  4 2  2
2π  3  2π  3 1
⇒ cos 2  t = ⇒ cos   t = = 86400 × × 12 × 10–6× 20
 T  4  T  2 2
2π  π T …[ 1 day = 86400 s]
⇒  t = ⇒t= s −5
 T  6 12 = 86400 × 10 × 12
1 = 0.864 × 12
∴ t= s
6 ≈ 10.4 seconds

97
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

Dividing equation (i) by equation (ii), we get
Competitive Thinking α α 2π
=ω⇒ =
β β T
a
1. x = a sin2ωt = (1 − cos 2ωt ) β
2 T = 2π
α
2. On comparing with standard equation
2
d y 11. Displacement of the particle, x = A sin ωt
+ ω2 y =0 we get, Velocity of the particle,
dt 2
2π dx
ω2 = K ⇒ω = = K ⇒T=
2π v= = Aω cos ωt ….(i)
T dt
K
Given that,
d2y v = π m/s, T = 16 s,
3. For S.H.M., 2 ∝ − y
dt 2π π
∴ ω= = rad/s
4. The distance covered by a particle undergoing T 8
Substituting in equation (i), we get,
S.H.M. in one time period is 4A.
π π
π=A× × cos  × 2 
5. In one complete vibration, displacement is zero. 8 8 
∴ Average velocity, vavg = 0 A A 1
∴ 1= cos  π  = ×
6. Acceleration, a = ω x 2 8 4 8 2

ω=
a 20
….( a = 20 m/s2, x = 5 m) ∴ A= 8 2m
=
x 5
12. Refer Shortcut 1(i)
ω = 2 rad/s
y = A sin ωt
2π
Period, T = =πs A Asin 2π
ω ∴= ⋅t
2 T
7. Acceleration, a = ω2x 2πt 1 π
∴ ⇒ sin −1   =
∴ 16 × 10–2 = ω2(4 × 10–2) T 2 6
ω = 2 rad/s T
2π 2π ∴ t=
T= = = π = 3.142 s 12
ω 2
13. The given equation can be written as,
8. Given, (amax= 1.0 m/s2vmax= 0.5 ms−1) 1
amax= ω2 A = ω (ωA) = ωvmax v2 = (25 − x 2 )
4
a max 1 Comparing with general equation,
∴ ω= =
v max 0.5 v2 = ω2 (A2− x2)
∴ ω = 2 rad/s 1 2π
∴ ω= ⇒T= = 4π
9. Particle velocities are 2 ω
v12 =
ω2 (A 2 − x12 ) 14. When velocity is u and acceleration is α, let the
v 22 =
ω2 (A 2 − x 22 ) position of particle be x1.
On subtracting the relations When velocity is v and acceleration is β, let the
v12 − v 22 = ω2 (x 22 − x12 ) position of particle be x2.
If ω is the angular frequency then,
v12 − v 22
ω= α = ω2x1
x 22 − x12
andβ = ω2x2
2π
As ω = we get, ∴ α + β = ω2(x1 + x2) ….(i)
T
Also, velocity of particle at particular instant
x 22 − x12 can be given as,
T = 2π
v12 − v 22 u2 = ω2A2 – ω2 x12
10. Maximum acceleration is given as, and v2 = ω2A2 – ω2 x 22
α = Aω2
Maximum velocity is given as,
....(i)
(
i.e., v2 – u2 = ω2 x12 − x 22 )
2 2 2
β = Aω ....(ii) v − u = ω (x1 – x2)(x1 + x2) ….(ii)

98
 

Chapter 06: Superposition of Waves

2π v 332
62. Using, = coefficient of x in the argument of 74. For closed pipe, n = ⇒ n
= ≈ 2Hz
λ 4l 4 × 42
2π
the sine function = k ⇒ λ = 75. n1 – n2 = 10 .…(i)
k v
Distance between adjacent nodes = λ/2. Using n1 = and n2 = v we get,
4L1 4L 2
π
∴ The distance between adjacent nodes = n1 L2 26
k = = ….(ii)
n2 L1 25
πx On solving these equations,
63. y = 6 sin cos 8πt
6 n1 = 260 Hz, n2 = 250 Hz
Comparing with the standard wave equation v 1
 2πx   2πt  76. n= ⇒n∝
y = A sin   cos   we get, 4L L
 λ   T  L1 100 n2
2πx πx ∴ = =
= ⇒ λ = 12 L2 101 n1
λ 6 As L2 > L1 , hence n2 < n1
∴ The distance between two consecutive nodes, ∴ n1 – n2 = 5
λ 12 100 n2
= =6 ∴ =
2 2 101 n2 + 5
64. Energy is not carried by stationary waves.
∴ 101 n2 – 100 n2 = 5 × 100
65. The given equation can be written as, ∴ n2 = 500 Hz
 πx  ∴ n1 = n2 + 5 = 500 + 5 = 505 Hz
y = 4sin  4πt − 
 16  77. According to problem,
Co-efficient of t(ω) 1 T v
∴ v= = ....(i)
Co-efficient of x(k) 2l m 4L
4π 1 T +8 3v
∴ v= = 64 cm/s along + x direction. and = .…(ii)
π / 16 2l m 4L
66. y = A sin (100t) cos (0.01x) Dividing equation (i) by equation (ii),
Comparing with standard wave equation, T 1
= ⇒ 9T = T + 8 ⇒ T = 1 N
 2πt   2πx  T +8 3
y = 2A sin   cos   we get,
 T   λ 
v
2πt 78. For closed pipe, n1 =
= 100 t 4L
T v
2π 1 100 ∴ 250 =
∴ T= ⇒n= = 4 × 0.2
100 T 2π ∴ v = 200 m/s
2πx 2π
Also, = 0.01 x ⇒ λ = 79. Fundamental frequency of a closed pipe is given
λ 0.01
Velocity of wave, v
by n0 =
100 2π 4L
v = nλ = × = 104 mm/s Length l of air column first decreases and then
2π 0.01
3 becomes constant (when rate of inflow = rate of
= 10 × 10 mm/s = 10 m/s
outflow). Therefore, f0 will first increase and
67. When two bodies have the same frequency, then then become constant.
one is excited and other vibrates with its natural
80.
frequency due to resonance.
λ/4
71. L2 = 3L1 = 3 × 24.7 = 74.1 cm
72. For closed organ pipe, only odd harmonics are
present. Hence note of frequency 100 Hz will λ
not be emitted as 100 = 2 × 50. The first resonance will occur at length L =
4
73. For a closed pipe, For closed pipe, only odd frequencies are present.
2nd overtone = 5th harmonic So next resonance will be obtained at length
∴ 5th harmonic = 5 × fundamental frequency 3λ 5λ
, , …...
= 5 × 50 = 250 Hz 4 4

113
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

81. Fundamental frequency of open pipe, 88. Let L1 and L2 be the lengths of open and closed
v 350 pipes respectively. (Neglecting end correction)
n1 = = = 350 Hz
2L 2 × 0.5 ∴ λ1 = 2L1, λ2 = 4L2
Given that, λ1 = λ2
82. For open organ pipe,
v 320 ∴ 2L1 = 4L2
n0 = = = 400 Hz L1 1
2L 2 × 40 × 10−2 ∴ =
n = 1200 Hz = 3 × 400 Hz L2 2
∴ The mode of vibration is 3rd harmonic 4v 2v
⇒ 2nd overtone 89. For open pipe, no = 4nf = =
2Lo Lo
83. L1 = 50 cm, L2 = 50.5 cm 7v
As L2 > L1, so n2 < n1 For closed pipe, nc = 7nf =
4Lc
For open pipe, no = nc ....[Given]
v
n= 2v 7v L 8
2L ∴ = ⇒ o =
Lo 4Lc Lc 7
n1 – n2 = 3 beats/s
v 1 1  90. Fundamental frequency of closed pipe,
∴  −  =3
2  L1 L 2  v v
n′ = ⇒L=
v  1 1  4L 4n '
∴  −  =6 Fundamental frequency of open pipe,
10−2  50 50.5 
v v
6 × 50 × 50.5 × 10−2 n= ⇒L=
∴ v= = 303 m/s 2L 2n
0.5
v v n
∴ = ⇒ n′ =
84. λ1 = 2L, λ2 = 2L + 2∆L 4n ' 2n 2
v v
n1 = and n2 = 91. When one end is closed, n1 = 100/2 = 50 Hz
2L 2L + 2∆L
n2 = 3 n1 = 150 Hz,
v 1 1 
∴ No. of beats = n1 − n2 =  −  n3 = 5 n1 = 250 Hz and so on
2  L L + ∆L 
v∆L 92. Let ‘L’ be the length of the pipe,
= v
2L2 n= ….(i)
2L
85. Given frequencies are 425, 595, 765 Hz
2
v = 340 m/s When the pipe having a length of L is inside
Option A : For a closed pipe having L = 1 m, 5
v 340 water, then length of the air column,
nc = = = 85 Hz 2L 3L
4L 4 L1 = L – =
Option B: For L = 2 m, nc = 42.50 Hz 5 5
Option C: For open pipe having, L = 1 m, ∴ n′ =
v
v 340 4L1
n0 = = = 170 Hz
2L 2 v 5v
Option D: For L = 2 m, n0 = 85 Hz = =
3L 12L
4×
Open pipe has all the harmonics, which is not 5
possible. 5  v 
Closed pipe has only odd harmonics. Hence =   ….[From (i)]
6  2L 
L = 2 m is not possible.
∴ Correct option is (A). 5
∴ n′ = n
6
86. First overtone frequency for closed pipe
3v 93. For open pipe, fundamental frequency,
=
4L v
n=
v 2L
Fundamental frequency for open pipe =
2L v 1  v  1
For closed pipe, n′ = = ⋅  = n
First overtone frequency for open pipe 4L 2  2L  2
 v  v 4 3v n
= 2 = = × ∴ = 512 Hz ⇒ n = 2 × 512 = 1024 Hz
 2L  L 3 4L 2

114
 

Chapter 06: Superposition of Waves

v v 104. Let e be the end correction then according to the
94. For open pipe, n1 = ⇒ L1 =
2L1 2n1 information given,
v v v 3v
For closed pipe, n2 = ⇒ L2 = = ⇒ 0.35 + e = 3(0.1 + e)
4L 2 4n 2 4(l1 + e) 4(l2 + e)
After joining, L = L1 + L2 e = 2.5 cm = 0.025 m.
Since it is a closed pipe, l2 − 3l1 48 − 3(15)
v v 105. e = = = 1.5 cm
n= = 2 2
4L 4(L1 + L 2 )
106. e = 0.3 d
v
= l2 − 3l1
 v v  d=
4 +  2
 2n1 4n 2  l2 − 3l1 0.62 − 3 × 0.2
8n1 n 2 ∴ d= =
= 0.6 0.6
4 ( 4n 2 + 2n1 ) 6.2 − 6
=
n1n 2 6
=
2n 2 + n1 = 0.033 m = 3.33 cm
500 × 450
= v
( 2 × 450 ) + 500 107. Fundamental frequency n =
2L
= 160.7 Hz ≈ 161 Hz 350 1
∴ 350 = ⇒ L = m = 50 cm
96. For a closed organ pipe, 2L 2
n1 : n2 : n3…. = 1 : 3 : 5 .…
108. For a pipe open at both ends,
97. n = 100 Hz and n′ = 500 Hz = 5 × 100 v 333
n= = = 500 Hz
∴ n′ = 5 n ⇒ Pipe is closed at one end. 2l 2 × 33.3 × 10−2
98. For a closed pipe, frequency of second note ∴ Frequency of 5th overtone,
3v 3 × 330 n = 6n = 6 × 500 = 3000 Hz
=
= = 165 Hz
4l 4 × 1.5 3v 4v
nd
109. nc = and n0 =
99. Frequency of 2 overtone 4L1 2l2
n3 = 5n1 = 5 × 50 = 250 Hz. ∴ nc = n0 gives,
l1 3
100. For a pipe closed at one end, 3l2 = 8l1 ⇒ =
v 340 l2 8
n= =
4l 4 × 34 × 10−2 110. For resonance,
∴ Frequency of 5th overtone ∴ nc = n0
340 × 102 v v L 1
n′ = 11 n = 11 × = 2750 Hz ∴ = ⇒ 1 =
4 × 34 4L1 2L 2 L2 2
101. For a closed pipe, 111. Frequency of 5th overtone of closed organ pipe =
Frequency of 1st overtone, Frequency of fifth overtone of open organ pipe.
n′ 480
n′ = 3n ⇒ n = = = 160 Hz ∴ 11 n = 6 n′
3 3 v v
∴ 11 × = 6×
v 330 4L 2L′
102. For a closed pipe, n = =
4l 4 × 1 L 11
∴ =
∴ Frequency of second note = 3 L′ 12
3 × 330
n= Hz 112. Difference between two successive resonance
4 ×1 frequencies
103. Number of beats per second, ∆n = 595 − 425 = 170 Hz
16 4 v 1 1  Similarly ∆n = 425 − 255 = 170 Hz
n
= = ⇒ n = n1 − n 2 =  −  If pipe is open at both ends, air column will
20 5 4  l1 l2 
vibrate with all harmonics i.e. n1, 2n1, 3n1, ….
4 v  1 1  0.01v v ∴ ∆n = n1 = 170 Hz
∴ =  − = =
5 4  1 1.01  4 × 1.01 4 × 101 But in that case, successive resonance
16 × 101
–1 frequencies will be multiples of 170 Hz which
∴=v = 323.2 ms
5 contradicts the given data.

115
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

If pipe is closed, air column will vibrate with 3
∴ L= × 64 = 48 cm
only odd harmonics i.e., n1, 3n1, 5n1,…. 4
∴ ∆n = 2n1 ∴ Length of the tube = L – e = 48 – 1 = 47 cm
170
∴ n1 = = 85 Hz λ
2 120. Here, L2 − L1 = or λ = 2(L2 − L1)
In this case, 3n1, 5n1, 7n1 corresponds to 2
frequencies 255, 425 and 595 Hz. Using, v = nλ,
v v
2v n= =
113. Open pipe resonance frequency, f1 = λ 2(L 2 − L1 )
2L
nv 330
Closed pipe resonance frequency, f 2 = = = 500 Hz
4L 2(49 − 16) × 10−2
n v v 2v 3v
∴ f2 = f1 where, n is odd 121. np = , nq = , nr = , ns =
4 4L 2L 2L 4L
As f2 > f1 ⇒ n = 5 np : nq : nr : ns
114. Frequency of first overtone of closed pipe = v
:
2v 4v 3v
: :
Frequency of first overtone of open pipe 4L 4L 4L 4L
3v1 v 2 3 γP 1 γP  γP  ∴ np : nq : nr : ns : : 1 : 2 : 4 : 3
∴ = ⇒ =  v = 
4L1 L 2 4L1 ρ1 L2 ρ2  ρ  2L
122. For a vibrating string, λ =
4L ρ 4L ρ1 p
∴=L2 =
1 1

3 ρ2 3 ρ2 where p = Number of loops = Order of vibration

or mode
115. Fundamental frequency of a pipe closed at one 2(2)
end = Frequency of 2nd overtone of pipe open ∴ For fourth mode p = 4, λ = =1m
4
1
at both ends × ∴ v = nλ = 500 × 1 = 500 m/s
2
v 1 3v 1 3 123. y = 0.021sin(x + 30t)
∴ = × ⇒ =
4nL1 2 2nL 2 L1 L 2 Comparing this equation with the standard form
∴ L2 = 3L1 = 30 cm we get,
ω = 30 rad/s and k = 1
116. t1 – t2 = 1 ω 30
L L ∴ v= = = 30 m/s
∴ − 1
= k 1
340 3740
T
∴ 3400 L = 340 × 3740 Using, v = we get,
34 × 374 m
∴ L= = 374 m
34 T
30 = ⇒ T = 0.117 N
1.3 × 10−4
117. Critical hearing frequency for a person is
20,000 Hz. 124. Here, λ = 2 × 8 = 16 m
For a closed pipe vibrating in Nth mode,
1 T 1 T
frequency of vibration n= =
2L m 2 L2 m
(2N − 1)v
n1 = = (2N − 1)n 1 T
4l 1 T
= =
∴ 20,000 = (2N – 1) × 1500 2 2M 2 ML
L 
∴ N = 7.1 ≈ 7 L
Also, in closed pipe, 1 96
Number of overtones = = 5 Hz
2 0.120 × 8
= (Number of mode of vibration) – 1
= 7 – 1 = 6. 125. Stretched wire produces integral number of
harmonics
l2 − 3 l1 49 − 3 × 16
118. e = = = 0.5 cm Let 420 = 6 × 70 Hz
2 2
490 = 7 × 70 Hz
119. λ = (15 + 1) × 4 = 64 cm ∴ Fundamental frequency of wire is 70 Hz
3λ 1 T
For second resonance, L = n=
4 2L m

116
 

Chapter 06: Superposition of Waves

1 T 131. n ∝ T
∴ L=
2n m ∴ n1 ∝ T1 and n2 ∝ T2
1 450 But T2 > T1 ⇒ n2 > n1
∴ L=
2 × 70 5 × 10−3 ∴ n − n1 = 5
1 ∴ n − k T1 = 5
= × 3 × 100
2 × 70
∴ n − k 100 = 5
30
= = 2.1 m ∴ n − 10 k = 5 ….(i)
14
∴ n2 − n = 5
126. L1 + L2 + L3 = 110 cm and ∴ k T2 − n = 5
n1L1 = n2L2 = n3L3
n1 : n2 : n3 :: 1 : 2 : 3 ∴ k 121 − n = 5
n1 1 L L ∴ 11 k − n = 5 ….(ii)
∴ = = 2 ⇒ L2 = 1 and Adding equeations (i) and (ii),
n2 2 L1 2
k = 10
n1 1 L L Substituting in equation (i),
= = 3 ⇒ L3 = 1
n3 3 L1 3 n − 100 = 5 ⇒ n = 105 Hz
L1 L
∴ L1 + + 1 = 110 0.01
2 3 132. m = = 2 × 10−2 kg/m
∴ L1 = 60; L2 = 30 cm, L3 = 20 cm 0.5
1 T
n=
T T T 2l m
127. v = = ⇒v∝
m πr 2r r 1 800 2 × 102
∴ n= = = 200 Hz
vA TA rB 1 1 1 2 × 0.5 2 × 10−2 1
∴ = . = . =
vB TB rA 2 2 2 2
133. nA = 324 Hz, nb = 6 Hz
1 The frequency of string B is
128. n ∝ nB = nA ± nb = 324 ± 6 = 330 or 318 Hz
L
Now, the frequency of a string is proportional to the
∆n ∆L
∴ = − square root of tension. Hence, if the tension in A is
n L
slightly decreased, its frequency will be slightly
If length is decreased by 2%, then frequency reduced, i.e., it will become less than
n 2 − n1 2 324 Hz. If the frequency of string B is 330 Hz, the
increases by 2% i.e., =
n1 100 beat frequency would increase to a value greater
2 2 than 6 Hz if the tension in A is reduced. But the
∴ n2 − n1 = × n1 = × 392 = 7.8 ≈ 8 beat frequency is found to reduce to 3 Hz.
100 100
Hence, the frequency of B cannot be 330 Hz. It
129. n ∝ T is therefore 318 Hz. When the tension in A is
T2 n2 reduced, its frequency becomes 324 – 3 = 321
∴ = 22 Hz which will produce beats of frequency 3 Hz
T1 n1
2
with string B of frequency 318 Hz.
n 22 320 
∴ T2 = × T1 =   × 16 = 25 kg-wt
n12  256  n1 T1
134. n ∝ T= = ….(i)
∴ ∆T = T2 − T1 = 25 − 16 = 9 kg-wt n2 T2
50 150n1
1 T ∴ n2 = n1 + × n1 =
130. n = 100 100
2l m n1 100 2
∴ = = ….[From (i)]
1 n2 150 3
Let T′ = 2T , A′ = A
2 T1 4
∴ =
Now, m = ALρ T2 9
1 m T2 − T1 T 
∴ m′ = A′Lρ = ALρ = ∴ % increase = ×100 =  2 − 1 ×100
2 2 T1 T
 1 
1 T′ 1 2T 1 T 9  500
∴ n′ = = = 2   = 2n =  − 1 × 100 = = 125%
2l m′ 2l (m / 2)  2l m  4  4

117
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

135. When a musical instrument is played, it produces a 146. The sonometer wire vibrates in second overtone
fundamental note which is accompanied by a as shown in the figure
number of overtones called harmonics. The number
of harmonics is not the same for all instruments. It N N
A A A
N N
is the number of harmonics which distinguishes the
note produced by a sitar from that produced by a
violin. ⇒ 4 Nodes and 3 Antinodes
T 1 T
136. n∝ 147. Using, n = ⇒n∝ T
l 2l m
∴ l ∝ T ( n = constant) As T1 > T2 ⇒ n1 > n 2
l2 T2 ∴ n1 − n 2 =
6
∴ =
l1 T1 The beat frequency will remain fixed at 6 if
i. n1 remains same but n2 is increased to a
∴ l2 = l1 169 new value ( n ′2 − n 2 =
12 ) by increasing
100
∴ l2 = 1.3l1 = l1 + 0.30 l1 = 30% of l1 tension T2.
ii. n2 remains same but n1 is decreased to a
137. According to law of tension, new value ( n1 − n1′ = 12 ) by decreasing
N∝ T tension T1.
Therefore, when the tension is doubled, the
frequency becomes 2 times. 1 L n
148. n ∝ ⇒ 2 = 1
L L1 n2
138. Distance between six successive nodes,
 n1  270
5λ ∴ L2 = L1   = 50 × = 13.5 cm
= 85 cm
= n
 2 1000
2
2 × 85 T 60.5
∴ =λ = 34 cm = 0.34 m 149. v = = = 110 m/s
5 m  0.035 
∴ Speed of sound in gas,  
 7 
= nλ = 1000 × 0.34 = 340 m/s
150. String vibrates in five segments
140. 5 2λ
N A A ∴ λ =λ ⇒ λ =
N 2 5
N
v v 20
1.21 Å ∴ n= = 5 × = 5× 5 Hz
=
λ 2λ 2 × 10

141. In fundamental mode of vibration, wavelength 1 T

151. n = ⇒n∝ T
is maximum 2L m
λ For octave, n′ = 2n
∴ L= = 40 cm ⇒ λ = 80 cm
2 n′ T′
∴ = =2
142. At fixed end, node is formed and distance n T
between two consecutive nodes, ∴ T′ = 4T = 16 kg-wt
λ
= 10 cm ⇒ λ = 20 cm n1 T1
2 152. n ∝ T ⇒ =
n2 T2
∴ v = nλ = 100 × 20 × 10–2 = 20 m/s
n 10
∴ = ⇒ T2 = 40 N
143. n ∝ T 2n T2
144. Here, λ = 2l 153. n ∝ T
∴ v = nλ = 480 × 2 × 0.3 = 288 m/s ∆n 1 ΔT
∴ =
v 36 1 n 2 T
145. Here, λ = = = 0.5 m = m
n 72 2  1 ΔT 
∴ Beat frequency, ∆n =  n
∴ Distance between wall and first antinode 2 T 
λ 1 1 2
= = m = × × 400 = 4
4 8 2 100

118
 

Chapter 06: Superposition of Waves

1 T 1 T1 T1
154. Using, n = ∴ = =
2 m 3 T2 T1 + 8
1 T 1 1 T1 1
Number of beats =  −  ∴ =
2 m  l2 l1  T1 + 8 9
1 20  1 1  ∴ 9 T1 = T1 + 8 ⇒ T1 = 1 kg-wt
= −3 
− 7
=
2 1 × 10  49.1 × 10 −2
51.6 × 10−2 
1 T
161. n =
1 T 2L πr 2d
155. Fundamental frequency n =
2l πr 2r 1 9T
n′ =
1 n r l r 2L 1 2L′ πr′2d
⇒n∝ ⇒ 1 = 2 × 2 = × =
lr n 2 r1 l1 2r L 1 n′ 3L r
∴ = ⋅ ….(i)
156. At resonance, frequency of A.C. will be equal to n L′ r′
natural frequency of wire,  mass remains the same
1 T 1 10 × 9.8 100
n
= = = = 50 Hz r L′
2l m 2 × 1 9.8 × 10−3 2 =
r′ L
157. Here, nl = constant Substituting in eq. (i)
∴ n1l1 = n2l2 ⇒ 110 (l1) = (l1 – 5) n2 n′ L
110 × 60 =3
∴ = n2 ⇒ n2 = 120 Hz n L′
55
∴ Number of beats = 120 − 110 = 10  L′ > L
∴ n′ < 3 n
158. Mass per unit length of the string
1.0 × 10−3 162. L1 = 40 cm, L2 = 30 cm
m= = 5 × 10−3 kg m−1
20 × 10−2 1 T T
speed of waves in string n= ⇒ = constant
2L m L
I 0.5
v= = = 10 ms−1 T1 T2 L T1
m 5 × 10−3 ∴ = ⇒ 1 =
L1 L2 L2 T2
Now, v = nλ
2
v 10 T2 L  30 9
2
∴ λ= = = 0.1 cm = 10 cm ∴ =  2  =   =
n 100 T1  L1   40  16
λ
∴ separation between successive nodes = Let T1 = Vdg and density of fluid in which
2 weight will be immersed is ρ
= 5 cm
∴ T1 – T2 = Vρg
159. If a rod clamped in the middle, then it vibrates T1 − T2 ρ
similar to an open organ pipe as shown in the ∴ =
T1 d
figure. A
T2 ρ 9 7
N ∴ 1– = =1– =
T1 d 16 16
A A d 16
l N ∴ =
ρ 7
l
163. On earth:
A
1 Mg 1 g
∴ Fundamental frequency of vibrating rod is, n= = , Since M = 1 kg
2L m 2L m
v v
given by n1 = ⇒ 2.53 = On moon:
2l 2 ×1
∴ v = 5.06 km/s. 1 Mg / 6 1 Mg
n′ = =
2L m 2L 6m
n1 T1
160. n ∝ T ⇒ = For resonance: n = n′
n2 T2
n2 = 3n1 ….[Given] 1 g 1 Mg
=
n1 1 2L m 2L 6m
∴ =
n2 3 which gives M = 6 kg
119
 

Chapter 05: Oscillations

33. Standard equation of S.H.M., is of the type 1
39. K.Emax = mω2 a2
y = a sin ω t, y = a cos ωt or combination of the 2
two. Comparing with standard equation
But the equation, y = a tan ω t does not belong a = 8 cm, ω = 100 rad/s2
to any of these types. 1
∴ K.Emax = × 4 × 104× 64 × 10–4 = 128 J
34. 2
B
�A2 + B2
1
40. W1 = kx2 and
2
1
W2 = k (x + y)2
2
A 1 1
W2 – W1 = k (x2 + 2xy + y2) – kx2
y = A0 + A sin ωt + B sin ωt 2 2
∴ y − A0 = A sin ωt + B cos ωt ky
= (2x + y)
Resultant amplitude, 2
R = A 2 + B2 + 2ABcos900 1
41. W1 = kx2 ….(i)
∴ R= A +B 2 2 2
1
W2 = k(2x)2 ….(ii)
1 2
35. K.E. = mω2A2 cos2ωt
2 Dividing equation (i) by (ii),
K.E. is maximum at mean position and W1 1
minimum at extreme position and extreme =
W2 4
T ∴ W2 = 4W1
position is reached at every . This is best
4 ∆W = W2 – W1 = 4W1 – W1
depicted by graph (B). = 4 × 10 – 10 = 30 J
K.E. 1 2
42. P1 = kx1
2
2P
⇒ x12 = 1
k
t 1 2
T T P2 = kx 2
2
4 2
2P
⇒ x 22 = 2
36. K.E. is maximum at mean position and P.E. is k
minimum at mean position. 1
P = k ( x1 + x 2 )
2

1 2
37. K.E. = mω2 (A2− x2) 1
2 = k ( x12 + x 22 + 2x1x 2 )
1 2
P.E. = mω2 x2
2 1  2P1 2P2 2P1 2P2 
= k + +2 ⋅ 
K.E. A 2 − x 2 2  k k k k 
∴ =
P.E. x2 1 2
P= (
k × P1 + P2 + 2 P1P2
2 k
)
1
38. K.E. = mω2 (A2− x2),
2 P = P1 + P2 + 2 P1P2
1
P.E. = mω2x2 43.
2
K.E. A2 − x 2 θ
=
P.E. x2
A l
Here x = l
2
2 A2
K.E. A −
4 = 3A × 4 = 3
2
∴ = h
P.E. A 2
4 A2 1
4
101
 

Chapter 06: Superposition of Waves

∴ n1 − n2 = 10 186. Using v = nλ,

3 v v v v
n1 = = and n2 = =
v 101 × 100 × 10 λ1 0.50 λ 2 0.51
∴ − v = 10 ⇒ v =
100 101 3 3  1 1 
∴ ∆n = n1 − n2 = v  −  = 12
∴ v = 33667 cm/s = 336.67 m/s  0.5 0.51 
12 × 0.51 × 0.50
181. Let the frequencies of the 28 forks be ∴ v= = 306 m/s
0.01
n1 …… ni …….n28
Such that ni− 1 − ni = 4 Hz 187. Frequency of string = 440 ± 5
When frequency of tuning fork is decreased,
∴ n1 − n28 = 108 Hz
beat frequency is increased.
n1
= 2 ⇒ n1 = 2n28 ∴ Frequency of string = 445 Hz
n 28
188. Comparing given equation with standard form,
∴ 2n28 − n28 = 108 Hz
y = A sin 2πnt we get,
n28 = 108 Hz and n1 = 216 Hz
n1 = 316 and n2 = 310
182. n1λ1 = n2λ2 2π 2π
110 110 Number of beats heard per second,
∴ < ….[ n1 > n2]
177 175 316 310 3
n1 – n2 = − =
∴ n1 = n2 + 6 2π 2π π
∴ (n2 + 6)λ1 = n2λ2 189. nA = Known frequency = 288 c.p.s
∴ (n2 + 6) 110 = n2 × 110 x = 4 b.p.s.,
177 175 After loading of wax on tuning fork B, nB
∴ 175 (n2 + 6) = 177 n2 decreases. If we consider nA > nB then,
∴ n2 = 3 × 175 = 525 Hz after loading, nA − nB will increase. But it
∴ n1 = n2 + 6 = 525 + 6 = 531 Hz contradicts the given data that x decreases to
2 b.p.s.
183. Let n be a frequency of given fork. ∴ nB = nA + x = 288 + 4 = 292 c.p.s.
We have following possibilities for n:
190. nA = 512 Hz
Case I: When 2 beats/s are produced, oscillator
reads 514 Hz. Given that, nA − nB = 8
When B is loaded with wax, the number of beats
∴ n – 2 = 514 or n + 2 = 514
reduces to 4 per second.
∴ n = 516 Hz or n = 512 Hz ….(i)
⇒ nB – nA = 8 is the correct equation.
Case II: When 6 beat/s are produced, oscillator
⇒ nB = nA + 8 = 512 + 8 = 520 Hz
reads 510 Hz
∴ n – 6 = 510 or n + 6 = 510 191. Here, n11 = n1 + (11 – 1) × 8 = n1 + 80
∴ n = 516 Hz or n = 504 Hz ….(ii) and n11 = 2 n1
∴ From equations (i) and (ii), ∴ 2 n1 = n1 + 80 ⇒ n1 = 80 Hz
∴ n = 516 Hz ∴ n10 = 80 + (10 – 1) × 8 = 152 Hz

v 1 1 1
184. Using, v = nλ or n = we get, 192. T = = = = 0.2 s
λ n 2 − n1 325 − 320 5
v 330 v
n1 = = = 66 Hz 193. Using, v = nλ we get, n =
λ1 5 λ
v 330 Given that, n2 – n1 = 5
and n2 = = = 60 Hz
λ 2 5.5  1 1
∴ v  − = 5
Number of beats per second, λ
 2 λ1 

n1 − n2 = 66 – 60 = 6  1 1  5 × 52 × 52.5
∴ v  − = 5 ⇒ v =
185. From the given equations of progressive waves,  52 52.5  0.5
ω1 = 500π and ω2 = 506π = 10 × 52 × 52.5 = 273 m/s
∴ n1 = 250 Hz and n2 = 253 Hz 273
∴ n1 = = 520 Hz and
Hence, beat frequency = n2 − n1 52.5 × 10−2
= 253 – 250 = 3 beats per second 273
n2 = = 525 Hz
∴ Number of beats per minute = 180. 52 × 10−2

121
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

194. nA = 305 Hz
∴ vmax = y0  2πv 
Given that, nA ∼ nB = 5  λ 
When B is filed, the number of beats reduce to 3 Let, vmax = 2v
beats/s.
∴ The correct equation is, y0  2πv  = 2v ⇒ λ = πy0
 λ 
nB – nA = 5 ⇒ nB = nA + 5 = 305 + 5 = 310 Hz
195. nB = 384 Hz  λ
204. Speed = nλ = n(4ab) = 4n × ab …  ab = 
Given that nA ∼ nB = 4  4 
When A is filed, the number of beats reduce ∴ Path difference between b and e is
3λ
to 3 per second ⇒ The correct equation is, 4
nB – nA = 4 ⇒ nA = nB − 4 = 384 – 4 = 380 Hz 2π
Now, Phase difference = × Path difference
λ
196. Given equations are,
2π 3λ 3π
y1 = a sin (2000 π t) = a sin 2π (1000 t) and = . =
λ 4 2
y2 = a sin (2008 π t) = a sin 2π (1004 t)
∴ Comparing with the standard form, 205. Given that, vmax = 4 vp
y = A sin 2π nt we get, ∴ Aω = 4 × nλ
n1 = 1000 Hz and n2 = 1004 Hz 2π 1
∴ A× =4× ×λ
∴ Number of beats = 1004 – 1000 = 4 beats/s T T
πA
197. Loudness depends upon intensity while pitch ∴ A × π = 2 λ or λ =
depends upon frequency. 2
199. The loudness of sound is measured on decibel 206. For the second resonance, x = 3L1 = 54 but
scale which is logarithmic. during summer, temperature increases and
hence velocity of sound increases.
 I
Loudness or sound level = 10 log   . Each ∴ x > 3L1 i.e., x > 54 cm
 I0 
increase in intensity by a power of 10 increases  I −12 −2
207. dB = 10 log10   ; where I0 = 10 Wm
decibel reading of 10 units. I
 0
Hence, to increase the decibel reading by 20,
 I1  I1
there needs to be an increase in intensity by Since, 40 = 10 log10  ⇒ = 104
10 × 10 = 100. I
 0 I0
 I2  I2
200. At t = 0 and x = π , the displacement Also, 20 = 10 log10  ⇒ = 102
2k  I0  I0
I2 d2
y = A0 sin  ω(0) − k × π  = − A0 sin π = − A0
 ∴ = 10−2 = 12 ⇒ d 22 = 100d12
 2k  2 I1 d2
Point of maximum displacement (A0) in ⇒ d2 = 10 m ….[ d1 = 1 m]
negative direction is Q.
201. Maximum pressure at closed end will be p T
208. The frequency of vibration of a string n =
atmospheric pressure added to acoustic wave 2l m
pressure. Also number of loops = Number of antinodes.
∴ pmax = pA + p0 and pmin = pA − p0 ∴ With 5 antinodes and hanging mass of 9 kg, we
p max p +p 5 9g
∴ = A 0 have p = 5 and T = 9g ⇒ n1 =
p min p A − p0 2l m
With 3 antinodes and hanging mass M, we have
I
202. Energy density (E) = = 2π2ρn 2 A 2 3 Mg
v p = 3 and T = Mg ⇒ n 2 =
2l m
v max =ωA =π2 nA ⇒ E ∝ (v max ) 2

5 9g 3 Mg
i.e., graph between E and v max will be a  n1 = n2 ⇒ =
2l m 2l m
parabola symmetrical about E axis.
∴ 25 × 9 g = 9 × Mg ⇒ M = 25 kg.
203. Wave velocity = v
209. In a stretched string, all multiples of
Particle velocity, fundamental frequencies can be obtained.
vmax = dy = y0  2πv  cos  2π (vt − x)  i.e., if fundamental frequency is ‘n’, then higher
dt  λ  λ  frequencies will be 2n, 3n, 4n, 5n …
122
 

Chapter 06: Superposition of Waves

For N = 1, 2, 3, ... we get l = 25 cm, 75 cm, 125
cm ... etc.
As the tube is only 120 cm long, length of air
column after water is poured in it may be
75 cm 25 cm or 75 cm only. Hence, the corresponding
∴ Any two successive frequencies will differ by ‘n’ length of water column in the tube will be
Given that, n = 420 – 315 = 105 Hz. (120 – 25) cm = 95 cm or (120 – 75) cm = 45 cm.
∴ The lowest resonant frequency of the string is Thus minimum length of water column is 45 cm.
105 Hz.
215. A2 = A2 + A2 + 2A2 cosθ
210. Using λ = 2(l2 – l1) ⇒ v = 2n(l2 – l1) 1
∴ cosθ = −
∴ 2 × 512 (63.2 – 30.7) = 33280 cm/s 2
Actual speed of sound,  1  2π
v0 = 332 m/s = 33200 cm/s ∴ θ = cos−1  −  =
 2 3
∴ Error = 33280 – 33200 = 80 cm/s
216. For both the positions in Melde’s experiment,
M ALρ Tp2 = constant.
211. m= = = Aρ
L L ∴ T1p12 = T2 p 22
T/A YlA
Y = ⇒ T= . ∴ (m0 + m1)g p12 = (m0 + m2)g p 22
l/L L
Hence lowest frequency of vibration, ∴ m 0 p12 + m1p12 = m 0 p 22 + m 2 p 22

l ∴ m 0 ( p12 − p 22 )= m 2 p 22 − m1p12

Y A
1 T 1 L 1 Yl m 2 p 22 − m1p12
n=
= = ∴ m0 =
2l m 2l Aρ 2l Lρ p12 − p 22
1 9 × 1010 × 4.9 × 10−4
∴ n = 35Hz. 217. Minimum time interval between two instants
2 ×1 1 × 9 × 103 T
when the string is flat = = 0.5 s
212. As string and tube are in resonance, n1 = n2 2
|n1 – n| = 4 Hz ∴ T=1s
When T increases, n1 also increases. It is given Hence λ = v × T = 10 × 1 = 10 m
that beat frequency decreases to 2 Hz.
218. From the figure,
⇒ n − n1 = 4 ⇒ n = 4 + n1
Given that, n1 v1 T1
= ; T2 = 2 T1
n1 = n2 v2 T2
∴ n = 4 + n2 where, T1 = tension in string AB
3v 3 × 340 N frequency = n and T2 = tension in string CD
∴ n2 = =
4l 4 × (3 / 4) v1 T1 1
∴ = =
= 340 Hz A v2 2T1 2
∴ n = 344 Hz 219.
N reflected transmitted
213. The waves 1 and 3 reach out of phase. Hence
resultant phase difference between them is π. 4/m
∴ Resultant amplitude of 1 and 3 = 10 −7 = 3mm m
π incident rigid boundary
This wave has phase difference of with 4 mm
2
∴ Resultant amplitude = 32 + 42 =5 mm Reflected wave will have a phase inversion of π
while the transmitted wave will not.
214. Because the tuning fork is in resonance with air Hence, yt = (4 mm) sin (5 t + 40 x)
column in the pipe closed at one end, the
10
(2N − 1)v 220. y =
frequency is n = where N = 1, 2, 3 .... 10x − πt
4l
corresponds to different modes of vibration π
A = 10 cm, λ = cm
Substituting n = 340 Hz, v = 340 m/s, the length 5
of air column in the pipe can be 1
∴ f = Hz
(2N − 1)340 (2N − 1) (2N − 1) × 100 2
=l = m = cm
4 × 340 4 4 ∴ Assertion is false but Reason is true.

123
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

 2π 
221. Ψ = sin ωt − (x cos α + ycos β) 
 λ  Competitive Thinking
represents a wave travelling along a line in x-y
ω 600
plane through origin making an angle α with x- 1. v= = = 300 m/s
k 2
axis and β with y-axis.
2π
∆φ = [(x 2 − x1 )cos α + (y2 − y1 )cos β] 2.
2π
y = a sin  2πnt − x 
λ  5 
Comparing with the given equation, we get
For particle velocity vp,
α = 30°, β = 60°, λ = 1 m, ω = 30/s
dy  2π 
Let (x1, y1) ≡ (2 3 m,2m) and = a × 2πn cos  2πnt − x
dt  5 
(x2, y2) ≡ (3 3 m,3m)
(vp)max = 2πna
On substituting the values and simplifying
Comparing with standard equation progressive
we get,
constant,
→ ∆φ = 4π = nπ ⇒ n = 4
2π 2π
k= = ⇒λ=5
222. y1 = 4 sin (400 πt), y2 = 3 sin (404 πt) λ 5
Comparing with standard form, y = A sin 2πnt Wave velocity v = nλ = 5 n
we get,
(v p ) max 2pna 2πa
A1 = 4, A2 = 3, n1 = 200, n2 = 202 ∴ = =
v 5n 5
∴ Beat frequency = n2 − n1
= 202 − 200 = 2 beats/second 3. Given equation of the wave can also be written as,
(A + A 2 ) 2 (7) 2 49
∴ Intensity ratio = 1 = = 
Y = 3 sin  2π  −
 t x  π
(A1 − A 2 ) 2
(1) 2 1 + 
  6 10  4 
2
 A1  4   t x π
 A +1 +1 Comparing with y = A sin  2π  −  + 
223. Using, I max = 2  =  3
 = 49   T λ  4
1
I min  A1 − 1   4 − 1  (where, x and y are in metre)
A   3 
 2 
we get,
224. In the given case, the wave must be bounded. 1
A = 3 m, F = = 0.17 Hz, λ = 10 m and
225. T
v = Fλ = 1.7 m/s
Hence, option (D) is correct.

4. From, y = 60 cos (1800 t − 6x)

A = 60, ω = 1800, k = 6
Velocity of wave propagation is
ω 1800
λ vw = nλ ; n = = ,
Fundamental frequency (2n + 1) = L 2π 2π
4
2π 2π
(2n + 1) λ= =
∴ f= ×v k 6
4L
1800 2π
3 ∴ vw = × = 300 m/s
For 1st case, l = m 2π 6
8
f 680 3 Velocity of particle is
∴ (2n + 1) = × 4l = ×4× =3 dy
v 340 8 vp = = 1800 × 60 cos (1800 t − 6x)
∴ n=1 dt
⇒ Next overtone is for n = 2 ∴ v pmax = 1800 × 60 mm/s
Thus,
∴ v pmax = 1800 × 60 × 10−6 m/s
5λ 5 1 5
L = = × = m
4 4 2 8 v pmax 1800 × 60 × 10−6
∴ =
5 3 1 vw 300
∴ X = − = m = 25 cm
8 8 4 = 360 × 10−6
226. String crosses mean position simultaneously. = 3.6 × 10−4

124
 

Chapter 05: Oscillations

324 = 0.5 × 0.5 ×ω2 67. At maximum compression,
324 Gain in P.E. of spring = loss in K.E. of sphere
∴ ω2 = 1 2 1 1
0.5 × 0.5 ∴ kx = mv2 + Iω2
2 2 2
324
∴ ω= 1 1 2
0.5 × 0.5 = mv2 +  mr 2  ω2
2 2 5 
18
∴ ω= = 36 rad/s 1 1
0.5 = mv2 + mv2 ….( v = rω)
2 5
64. 4.9 7
= mv2
10
120° 14 mv 2
∴ x2 =
A 10 k
240°
B=A 14 × 2 × (6) 2
=
10 × 36
A = 2.8
4π i.e., x = 2.8 m
∴ B = A, φ = 240° =
3 68. When the spring gets compressed by length L,
K.E. lost by mass m = P.E. stored in the
65. Frequency of oscillation is,
compressed spring
1
f= = 1 k 1 2 1 2
T 2π m mv max = kx
2 2
∴ k = m(2πf)2 k
∴ vmax = x
Mole weight (i.e., atomic mass) of silver is m
given 108. Maximum momentum of the block,
∴ Mass of 1 atom, Pmax = mvmax = mk x
108
m =
6.02 ×1023 69. On the surface of the earth,
= 18 × 10–23 g 2h
time taken for falling, t =
g
= 18 × 10−26 kg
Time period of simple pendulum,
∴ k = 18 × 10–26× (2π× 1012)2
l
= 4π2× 18 × 10−2 T = 2π
g
∴ k = 7.1 N/m
On the surface of other planet,
66. At maximum compression, the solid cylinder Time taken for falling,
will stop. 2h 2h g
t′ = = = 2t ( g′= )
So loss in K.E. of cylinder = Gain in P.E. of g g/2 2
spring Time period of simple pendulum,
1 2 1 2 1 2 l
∴ mv + Iω = kx T = 2π
2 2 2 g
2
1 2 1 mR 2  v  1 2 l
∴ mv +   = kx = 2π
2 2 2 R 2 g/2
g
3 2 1 2 = 2 T ( g′ = )
∴ mv = kx 2
4 2
3 1 ∴ t′/T′ = 2t = 2
∴ × 3× (4) 2 = × 200 × x 2 2t
4 2
….( given: t = 2T ∴ t/T = 2)
36
∴ = x2 ⇒ x = 0.6 m
100 ∴ t′ = 2T′

105
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

15. In a closed pipe, odd harmonics are observed so 22. The air column in a pipe open at both ends can
lengths for resonance are also in sequence of l1, vibrate in a number of different modes subjected
3l1, 5l1,…, where, l1 is the minimum length of the to the boundary condition that there must be an
column for which resonance occurs. antinode at the open end.
∴ Next length = 3l1 = 3 × 50 = 150 cm Hence option (A) is correct.
16. For a pipe closed at one end, The ratio of frequencies when pipe is open at
Fundamental frequency, both the ends is given as,
v L/t 1 1 n:2n:3n:4n:5n
n== = = = 25 Hz v
4L 4L 4t 4 × 0.01 where n =
2L
17. As tube is closed at one end and open at other
∴ Both odd as well even i.e., All harmonics are
end.
present.
( 2n + 1) v = 260 Hz ….(i) Hence, option (B) and (C) are correct
4l
Pressure variation is minimum at antinode
( 2n − 1) v = 220 Hz ….(ii) ∴ Option (D) is incorrect.
4l
Subtracting equation (ii) from equation (i), 23. For an open pipe,
2v e = 0.6 d
= 40
4l e
v ∴ d =
∴ Fundamental frequency = = 20 Hz 0.6
2l e
∴ 2r =
18. For 1st resonance, 0.6
v 340 0.8 2
l0 = = = 0.25 = 25 cm ∴ r = = cm
4n 4 × 340 1.2 3
Next resonance will occur at a distance of
3l0 = 75 cm and further at 5l0 = 125 cm (which 24. Fundamental frequency of closed organ pipe
is not possible). v
=
Hence, h = 120 – 3l0 = 120 – 75 = 45 cm 4L
= 0.45 m v 3v
∴ =
v v 4L 2l0
19. =n⇒ l+e =
4(l + e) 4n 12 × 20
l0 =
v 2
∴ l= −e = 120 cm
4n
Here, e = (0.6)r = (0.6)(2) = 1.2 cm
25. First overtone frequency of a closed pipe
336 × 102
∴ l= − 1.2 = 15.2 cm = second harmonic frequency of an open pipe
4 × 512
3v 2v
=
v 4l1 2l2
20. Fundamental frequency of open tube, n =
2L l1 3
where v is the velocity of sound in air and L is =
l2 4
the length of the tube
330 26. Difference between successive resonance
∴ n= = 660 Hz
2 × 0.25 frequencies ∆n = 170 Hz
The emitted frequencies are n, 2n, 3n, 4n, … If pipe is open, air column will vibrate with all
i.e., 660 Hz, 1320 Hz, 1980 Hz, 2640 Hz, … harmonics i.e, n1, 2n1, 3n1, …
21. For a closed pipe, fundamental frequency ∆n = n1 = 170 Hz
v But in that case, successive resonance
n1 = = 100 Hz
4L frequencies will be multiples of 170 Hz which
For an open pipe, fundamental frequency contradicts the data given in question.
v If pipe is closed, air column will vibrate with
n′1 = = 2n1 = 200 Hz only odd harmonics , i.e., n1, 3n1, 5n1
2L
In an open pipe all multiples of the fundamental ⇒ ∆n = 2n1
are produced. Hence, frequencies produced can 170
be 200 Hz, 400 Hz and so on. ∴ n1 = = 85 Hz.
2

126
 

Chapter 06: Superposition of Waves

In this case 5n1, 7n1 and 9n1 resonance  2(L + d) − 2L 
frequencies will correspond to 425, 595 and 765 ∴ fb = V  
 4L(L + d) 
Hz respectively as given in the question. Hence,
given pipe is closed pipe and 2d
= V
v 340 4L(L + d)
length of pipe lc = = = 1 m.
4n1 4 × 85 Vd
∴ fb =
2L(L + d)
27. Before dipping in water,
v 31. Second overtone of open pipe is third harmonic,
Fundamental frequency, f =
2l 3v
∴ n3 =
After dipping in water, pipe will get filled with 2l
water partially and will act as closed organ pipe First overtone of closed pipe is third harmonic,
l 3v
of length . n2 =
2 4l
∴ After dipping in water, here, L′ be length of open pipe,
v v 3v 3v
Fundamental frequency f ′ = = =f ∴ =
l 2l 2L′ 4L
4 
2 4L
∴ L′ = = 2L
28. For a closed pipe, 2
7v
n3 = ....(i) 32. Fundamental frequency of open organ pipe,
4l
v
For an open pipe n1 =
2lo
3v
n2 = ....(ii) Frequency of third harmonic for closed organ
2l
pipe,
According to given condition, we have
3v
7v 3v n2 =
= + 150 ….[from (i) and (ii)] 4lc
4l 2l
7v 3v Given: n1 = n2
∴ − = 150 v 3v
4l 2l ∴ =
7v − 6v 2lo 4lc
= 150
4l 2lc 2 × 20
∴ lo = = = 13.33 cm
v 3 3
∴ = 150
4l
33. For a pipe closed at one end,
Fundamental frequency of pipe open at both
v
ends is n1 = and for a pipe open at both ends,
4L1
v
= 2 (150 ) = 300 Hz v v v
2l n2 = ⇒ L1 = and L2 =
2L 2 4n1 2n 2
v
29. no = v v
2Lopen For the new pipe, L = L1 + L2 = +
4L1 2L 2
v
nc = 3 × v v n1n 2
4Lclosed n= = =
4L  v v  2n1 + n 2
v  v  4× + 
nc = 3 × = 3×  4n
 1 2n 1
Lopen 
4×  2Lopen 
2 v
34. n1 =
= 3 × 100 = 300 Hz 2(l1 + 2e)
30. For a pipe open at both ends, ∴ v = 2n1 (l1 +2e) ….(i)
V v
f= n2 =
2L 2(l2 + 2e)
V V ∴ v = 2n2 (l2 + 2e) ….(ii)
∴ f1 = , f2 =
2L 2(L + d) From equation (i) and (ii), we get
V V n 2l2 − n1l1
∴ beat frequency fb = f1 − f2 = − e=
2L 2(L + d) 2(n1 − n 2 )

127
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

35. For a closed organ pipe, the frequency of ∴ Beats produced = n − n′
v 3v v
fundamental mode is nc = = −
4Lc 2L 12L
For an open organ pipe, the frequency of 17 v 17
= × = × 12 ….[From (i)]
v 12 L 12
fundamental mode is n0 =
2Lo = 17
Lc = Lo ….[Given] 38. For an organ pipe open at both ends.
∴ n0 = 2nc …(i)
n0 – nc = 2 [Given] …(ii)
∴ Solving equations (i) and (ii), we get,
A
n0 = 4 Hz, nc = 2 Hz
When the length of the open pipe is halved, its N
frequency of fundamental mode is A
v
n′0 = N
 L0 
2  A
 2 
= 2n0 = 2 × 4 Hz = 8 Hz N
When the length of the closed pipe is doubled, A
its frequency of fundamental mode is
N
v 1 1 A
=n′c = n c = × 2Hz = 1 Hz
4 ( 2Lc ) 2 2
Hence, number of beats produced per second
= n′0 − n′c = 8 – 1 = 7. For third overtone, the pipe has 4 nodes and 5
antinodes
(2n − 1)v
36. Here n = ≤ 1250 l2 − 3l1 74.1− 3× 24.1
4L 39. e= =
2 2
(2n − 1) × 340
∴ ≤ 1250 e = 0.9
0.85 × 4 But e = 0.3d
∴ 2n – 1 ≤ 12.5 ⇒ n ≤ 6.75 e 0.9
∴ Number of possible oscillations is 6. ∴ d= = = 3 cm
0.3 0.3
v 40. v = 2f(l2 − l1)
37. For open pipe first overtone, n1 =
L l1 = 9.75 cm = 0.0975 m,
3v l2 = 31.25 cm = 0.3125m,
For closed pipe first overtone, n′1 = f = 800 Hz
4L
∴ Number of beats produced are, ∴ v = 2 × 800(0.3125 − 0.0975)
v 3v ∴ v = 2 × 800(0.215)
n1 − n′1 = − =3 ∴ v = 344 m/s
L 4L
v 1 T 1 1
∴ =3 41. n= ⇒ n ∝ and v ∝ n ⇒ v ∝
4L 2lr πr r r
v
∴ = 12 ….(i)
L 1
42. Velocity of transverse wave on string, V ∝
L r
When length of open pipe is made , the 1
3 VA ∝
∴ ….(i)
fundamental frequency becomes, rA
v 3v 1
n= = VB ∝ .…(ii)
L 2L rB
2 
3 Divide equation (i) by equation (ii)
When length of closed pipe is made 3 times, the VA r
= B = B
r
fundamental frequency becomes, ∴ .…{ rA = 2rB}
VB rA 2rB
v v VA 1
n′ = = ∴ =
4(3L) 12L VB 2

128
 

Chapter 06: Superposition of Waves

1 T
43. n∝ 48. We have, v =
lr m
∴ n1l1r1 = n2r2l2 T = v2 m ….(i)
n1l1r1 = n2 2r1 × 2l1 ∴ m = 2 × 10−2
∴ n1 = 4n2
ω
n1 ∴ K=
∴ n2 = v
4
ω
44. In fifth overtone, number of loops = 6 v=
K
∴ Length of 6 loops = 2.4 m
120π
2.4 v=
∴ Length of each loop = = 0.4 m 2π / 3
6
v = 180 m/lE
∴ Distance between a node and antinode is half of
0.4 From equation (i)
length of loop = = 0.2 m T = (180)2 × 2 × 10−2
2
T = 648 N
45. n∝ T
1 1 1
n′ T′ 49. l1 : l2 : l3 = : : =6:3:2
= n1 n 2 n 3
n T
6
n′ 2T l1 = × 99 = 54
= 11
n T
3
n′ = 2 n l2 = × 99 = 27
11
46. 2
l3 = × 99 = 18
11
m1
50. Fundamental frequency of the first wire is
1 T 1 T 1 T
n= = 2
=
2l1 m 2l1 πr1 r 2l1r1 πr
m2
1 T
The first overtone n1 = 2n =
Let velocity of pulse at lower end be v1 and at l1r1 πr
top be v2 Similarly, the second overtone of the second
λ 2 v2 v wire will be,
∴ = ( λ = and n = constant)
λ1 v1 n
3 T
velocity of transverse wave on string n2 =
2l2 r2 πr
T
v= Given that n1 = n2
m
where, m is linear density. 1 T 3 T
∴ =
l1r1 πr 2l2 r2 πr
In this case, v ∝ T
λ 2 v2 T2 ( m 2 + m1 ) ∴ 3l1r1 = 2l2r2
∴ = = = l1 2r
λ1 v1 T1 m2 = 2
l2 3r1
Where, T2 is tension at upper end of rope
and T1 is tension at lower end of rope. 2r2
= ….( r1 = 2r2)
3( 2r2 )
n T 1
47. ν= =
2L m 3
….(where ‘m’ is mass per unit length)
M 1 T 1
But, m = 51. ν= ⇒ν∝
L 2l m l
n T n T l = l1 + l2 + l3 ….(Given)
∴ ν= =
M
2   2 2 ML 1 1 1 1
 L ∴ = + +
L ν ν1 ν 2 ν 3

129
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

52. Let the length of original string is l Now, np ∝ T
l = l1 + l2 + l3 ….(i) Also, tension of piano wire is increasing so np
V increases.
 n=
2l Hence, if np > nf then beat frequency increases
V with increase in tension, which contradicts the
n1 =
2l1 given data.
V ∴ nf > np
n2 =
2l2 ⇒ nP = nf – x = 256 – 5 Hz.
V 57. Let n be frequency of tuning fork.
n3 =
2l3 Let n1, n2 be frequency of wire at tension T1, T2
From equation (i), respectively.
V V V V n ∝ T …(i)
= + +
2n 2n1 2n 2 2n 3 n1 = n – 6 …(ii)
1 1 1 1 n2 = n + 6 …(iii)
= + +
n n1 n 2 n 3 n1 T1 225 15
∴ = = =
53. String vibrating in second overtone forms four n2 T2 256 16
nodes and three antinodes as shown, n − 6 15
L L 5L
∴ = …from (i), (ii), (iii)
2L n+6 16
L
6 2 6 ∴ 16n – 96 = 15n + 90
3 3
∴ n = 186 Hz

L 58. If m frequencies are arranged in increasing

order, then,
1 T
54. n= nm = n1 + (m − 1)X
2L πr 2d where X = no. of beats produced.
1 4T ∴ here,
n′ =
2L′ πr′2d n3 = n1 + (2)X
n′ 2L r ∴ n + 1 = n − 1 + 2X
∴ = ⋅ ….(i)
n L′ r′ 2X = 2
 mass remains the same ∴ X=1
r L′ 59. Let the frequency of first fork be ‘n’ then
=
r ′ L frequency of 56th fork will be
Substituting in eq. (i) n′ = n + 4 × 55
n′ L this is because each successive tuning fork is
=2 separated by 4 Hz in frequency from the
n L′
previous one.
 L′ > L Also, n′ = 3n ….(given)
∴ n′ < 2 n ∴ 3n = n + 4 × 55
55. nx = 300 Hz ⇒ n = 110 Hz
x = beat frequency = 4 Hz, which is decreasing
60. νa = 250 ± 4 = 254 Hz or 246 Hz
after increasing the tension of the string Y.
νb = 513 ± 5 = 518 Hz or 508 Hz
Also,  n ∝ T , tension of wire Y increases so
Now, νb = 2νa
ny increases Which is 508 = 2(254)
Hence, if ny > nx
∴ ν = 254 Hz
beat frequency increases, which contradicts the
data. 61. Let n be the frequency of fork C
∴ ny < nx 3n 103n 2n 98n
∴ n A =+
n = and n B =−
n =
∴ nx − n y = x 100 100 100 100
n y = n x − x = 300 − 4 = 296 Hz 5n
But n A − n B = 5⇒ = 5 ⇒ n = 100Hz
56. Suppose np = frequency of piano 100
nf = Frequency of tuning fork = 256 Hz (103)(100)
∴ nA =
x = Beat frequency = 5 b.p.s., which is decreasing 100
after changing the tension of piano wire. = 103 Hz
130
 

Chapter 06: Superposition of Waves

1 T For string of length L, integrating over,

62. n= L t
2l M dx
∆n 1 ∆T
∫
0 xg ∫0
= dt
∴ =
n 2 T t
1
L

∫ dt =
g ∫0
∴ x −1/ 2 dx
∆T ∆n 9 2
∴ = 2× =2× = = 0.02 0
T n 900 100 20
1  x1/ 2 
64. v = 4nl ….(i) ∴ t=   ( L = 20 m)
g 1 / 2  0
γP 2
v= ….(ii) = × 20 = 2 2 s
ρ 10
γP
∴ = 4nl ....[From equation (i) and (ii)]   t x 
ρ 68. y = 0.02 sin  2π  − 
0.04 0.50 
  
(84 × 4 )
2
× 1.2  1 
∴ γ=
1.0 × 105 T ω T  
0.04 
Using, v = = ⇒ =
= 1.354 ≈ 1.4 m k 0.04  1 
 
 0.50 
65. na = 250 ± 4 = 254 Hz or 246 Hz 2
0.50 
nb = 513 ± 5 → 518 Hz or 508 Hz ∴ T =  2
 × 0.04 = (12.5) × 0.04
Now, nb = 2na  0.04 
Which is 508 = 2(254) . = 6.25 N.
∴ n = 254 Hz 69. As string is clamped resulting wave is a
66. n1 − n2 = 6 standing wave of equation y = 2A sin kx cosωt
Comparing with given equation,
1 T′ 1 T
∴ − 6
= 2π
2l m 2l m ω = 60π and k =
3
1 T′ ω 60π
∴ − 600 = 6 Now velocity v = = = 90 m/s
2l m k 2π
1 T′ 3
∴ = 606 ….(i) Also, velocity of transverse wave,
2l m
1 T T T
also, = 600 ….(ii) v= =
2l m m M/L
Dividing Equation (i) by Equation (ii), we get M 902 × 3 × 10−2
∴ T = v2 × = = 162 N
 1 T′  L 1.5
  606
 2l m  = 70. For a resonance tube experiment, difference
 1 T  600 between lengths of column for two successive
  resonances is given by,
 2l m 
T′ T′ λ v
∴ = (1.01) ⇒ = (1.02) Ln+1 – Ln = =
T T 2 2n
∴ v = 2n(Ln+1 – Ln) = 2 × 320 × (0.73 – 0.20)
∴ T′ = T(1.02)
= 339.2 m/s
Increase in tension,
∆T′ = T × 1.02 − T = (0.02T) 71. A A
∆T′ N
∴ Fractional increase in the tension, = 0.02
T

T
67. Velocity of transverse string v = , where, m λ1
m =
is linear density. L = 2 60 cm
Tension T = Mg = mxg v
Fundamental frequency, ν0 =
mxg λ1
∴ v=
m here, λ1 = 2L
dx Y
= xg Also, v =
dt ρ

131
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

v 1 Y M M 6 × 10−3 kg
∴ ν0 = = 74. ρ= = = −6 2
λ1 2L ρ V AL 10 m × 0.6 m
4 kg
1 9.27 × 1010 ρ = 10 3
∴ ν0 = × m
2 × 60 × 10−2 2.7 × 103
= 4.88 × 103 Hz ≈ 5 kHz T
As v = ….(i)
µ
1 T where T: Tension in wire
72. f =
2l m m: linear mass density
1 stress × A ∆l
=  T = YA ….(ii)
2l M/L L
1 stress M ρV ρ×A×L
= =
1 stress And m = = =
L L L
2l M/V 2l density
= ρ× A ….(iii)
1 γ× strain 1 2.2 ×1011 × 0.01 from (i), (ii) and (iii),
= =
2l density 2 (1.5) 7.7 ×103 ∆L
YA
≈ 178.2 Hz L = Y ∆l
v=
ρA ρL
73. 2π f1 = 600π ⇒ f1 = 300 and
squaring and rearranging, we get,
2π f2 = 608π ⇒ f2 = 304
v2 × ρ × L 90 2× 104 × 0.6
∴ |f1 − f2| = 4 beats ∆L = = = 3 × 10−5 m
Y 16 × 1011
I (A1 + A 2 ) 2 (5 + 4) 2 81
∴ =max
= = ∴ ∆L = 0.03 mm
I min (A1 − A 2 ) 2 (5 − 4) 2 1

Hints to Evaluation Test

1. Direction reverses after reflection and phase 4. A node will be formed in the middle with two
difference introduced after each reflection antinodes at the ends of the pipe. Pressure
depending upon nature of support. antinodes are displacement nodes.
2. Given equation is, 3π
x 5. k= and ω = 300π
y = y0 sin 2π  f t −  2
 λ 4
dy  x ∴ λ = m and f = 150 Hz
∴ = [y0 cos2π 3
 f t −  ×2πf
dt  λ 2π 2π
…[ λ = and f = ]
 dy  K ω
∴   = y0×2πf
 dt max x = 0 is pressure maximum, hence a node.
Given, maximum particle velocity = 4 times ∴ It is closed at x = 0
wave velocity (fλ) For a pipe closed at one end, L = (2n + 1)
λ
∴ y0 ×2πf = 4f × λ ⇒ λ = (πy0)/2 4
3. Let f = 250 Hz, then f – 2 = 248 Hz, nλ
For a pipe closed at both ends, L =
f + 2 = 252 Hz 2
At x = 0, Let us check for x = 2m,
y = y1 + y2 + y3 = A sin 2π (f + 2) t nλ
=2
+ A sin 2π (f − 2) t + A sin 2πft 2
⇒ y = 2A sin 2π ft cos 4π t + A sin 2π ft ∴ n = 3 which is valid.
⇒ y = A (2 cos 4π t + 1) sin 2πft ⇒ The pipe is closed at x = 2m
Intensity, I ∝ R2, I = KA2 (2 cos 4πt + 1)2 6. Options (C) and (D) will not form a standing
For maximum and minimum intensity, wave.
dI (A): At x = 0, it has amplitude = 0
= 0 ⇒ 2KA 2 (1 + 2 cos 4πt) (−θ π sin 4πt)
dt ∴ Sum of the two amplitudes will be ‘a’ which is
1 1 3 1 not the condition of the problem.
⇒ t = 0, , , ,1 ⇒ ∆t =
4 2 4 4 (B): At x = 0, it has amplitude = − a
1 which will cancel out to give zero.
Beat frequency = = 4 Hz
∆t Hence, option (B) is correct.

132
 

Chapter 06: Superposition of Waves

7. 17. L = 45 = 5 × 9
l/2
L′ = 99 = 11 × 9
Hence other lengths between these values are,
l/4 L1 = 7 × 9 = 63 cm
l L2 = 9 × 9 = 81 cm
String vibrates with two loops. (Second So fundamental length is 9 cm
Harmonic) λ
∴ 9= ⇒ λ = 9 × 4 = 36 cm
The point where we touch the string becomes a 4
node and where we pluck it becomes an 18. For stationary waves, the distance between
antinode. λ
successive nodes and antinodes is always .
5λ 4
8. v = fλ, l =
2 1 T
 2l  2  82.5  19. Using, n =
v =   f = × 2L m
∴  × 1000
5
  5  100  T
≈ 330 m/s ⇒ For given m, n ∝
L
9. Comparing the given equation with n1 L T1 1 1 1
∴ = 2 = =
y = A sin(ωt − kx) we get, ω = 3000 π n2 L1 T2 4 4 8
∴ n = ω = 1500 Hz ∴ n2 = 8n1 = 8 × 200 = 1600 Hz
2π 22. By comparing the given equation with standard
and k = 2π = 12π ⇒ λ = 1 m form, we get
λ 6 A = 0.05 m, ω = 40 π rad/s
Using v = nλ, ( vmax )x = 0.375 = Aω = 0.05 × 40π = 2π m/s
v = 1500 × 1 = 250 m/s 23. In this case, n(2) = (n + 1) (1.6)
6
n +1 2 5
π ∴ = =
11. Since φ = , n 1.6 4
2 ∴ 5n = 4n + 4
∴ A= A12 + A 22 = (4) 2 + (3) 2 = 5 ∴ n=4
∴ L = 8.0 cm
13. Velocity, v = n λ,
v 1200
24. If x is at an angle θ.
λ= = =4m The ∆φ between x and 1 = 2θ,
n 300
the ∆φ between x and 2 = 2θ and
∴ The distance between a node and the
the ∆φ between x and 3 = 2π
λ
neighbouring antinode is = 1 m. ⇒ points x and 3 are in phase.
4
λ λ
15. It is given that 25. L = (n + 1) and = d
2 4
First overtone of closed pipe = First overtone of
open pipe ∴ L = 2(n + 1)d
 v   v  26. The frequency of the wire remains the same.
∴ 3  = 2 ;
 4L1   2L 2  p T
n=
where L1 and L2 are the lengths of closed and 2L µ
open organ pipes. p1 p2
∴ =
L1 3 l µ 4l 4µ
∴ =
L2 4 p1 1
∴ =
16. Since they are turned to same pitch, p2 8
fundamental frequencies are same, no = nc 2l 2(4l )
∴ λ= = =l
v v p 8
∴ =
2Lo 4Lc
Lo 4
∴ = =2:1
Lc 2
∴ Lo : Lc : : 2 : 1

133
07 Wave Optics
Hints

c λa
Now, ang = =
Classical Thinking vg λ g
7. Light is electromagnetic in nature. It does not λa 7500
∴ λg = = = 5000 Å
require any material medium for its propagation. a ng 1.5

12. Direction of wave is perpendicular to the ∴ λa − λg = 7500 – 5000 = 2500 Å

wavefront. = 2500 × 10−10 m = 2.5 × 10−7 m
20. From Huygens’ principle, if the incident va λ a
30. an m = =
wavefront be parallel to the interface of the two vm λ m
media (i = 0), then the refracted wavefront will
λa 3
also be parallel to the interface (r = 0). In other ∴ = 1.5 =
words, if light rays fall normally on the λm 2
interface, then on passing to the second λm 2 λ − λ a 2 − 3 −1
∴ = ⇒ m= =
medium, they will not deviate from their λa 3 λa 3 3
original path. 1
∴ Percentage change = × 100
24. Speed of light in glass depends upon the colour 3
of the light. Violet colour travels faster than the = 33.33% (in magnitude)
red light in a glass prism.
32. Ultrasonic waves are longitudinal waves.
This is because refractive index of glass for
violet colour is less than that for red. 35. The magnitude of electric field vector varies
periodically with time because it is the form of
sin 30° 1
25. sin r = = = 0.3125 electromagnetic wave.
1.6 3.2
∴ r = 18° 43. Using Malus’ law,
I I
λ 5460 I′ = cos 2 θ =
26. λg= a = = 3640 Å 2 6
n 1.5 1
∴ cos θ =
27. vg = 2 × 108 m/s, vw = 2.25 × 108 m/s 3
vg 8
2 ×10 ∴ θ = 55°
∴ gnw = = = 0.89
vw 2.25 × 108 46. According to Brewster’s law, when a beam of
ordinary light (i.e. unpolarised) is reflected from
c sin i
28. n= = a transparent medium (like glass), the reflected
v sin r light is completely plane polarised at angle of
∴ v=c
sin r
= 3 × 108 ×
sin 30° polarisation.
sin i sin 45°
47. At polarizing angle, the reflected and refracted
28 rays are mutually perpendicular.
= 3 × 10 × = 2.12 × 108 m/s
2
48. Let i, r and r′ be the angle of incidence,
29. Using c = ν λ, reflection and refraction respectively.
c 3 × 108
= 0.75 × 10−6 m Let r + r′ = 90°
λa = =
v 4 × 1014 ∴ r = 90° − 30° = 60°
∴ λa = 7500 Å ∴ i = r = 60°
134
 

Chapter 07: Wave optics

49. n= 3 = tan θB λ
76. Path difference = 5λ = 10 ×
∴ θB = tan −1
( 3 ) = 60° ⇒ Point is bright.
2

∴ Using, yn = nW we get,
50. tan θB = n = 1.55
0.5 = 5W ⇒ W = 0.1 mm
∴ θB = 57°10′
r = 90° −θB = 90° − 57°17′ = 32°49′ λD
77. W= ⇒ W ∝ λ for the same set-up.
d
52. For interference, phase difference must be W1 λ1
constant. ∴ =
W2 λ 2
54. For destructive interference, path difference is 1.0 5000
⇒ =
λ W2 6000
odd multiple of .
2 6000
∴ W2 = = 1.2 mm
56. I ∝ (amplitude)2 5000

78. W∝λ
Dλ
62. Fringe width (W) = W2 λ λ
d ∴ = 2 ⇒ W2 = W1 × 2
W1 λ1 λ1
∴ W∝ λ
4800
As λred > λyellow, hence fringe width will = 0.32 ×
6400
increase.
= 0.24 mm
63. For interference, wavelength of two interfering ∴ Change in W = 0.32 − 0.24
waves must be same. = 0.08 mm = 8 × 10−5 m
64. If slit width increases, the contrast between the λD λD
79. W= ⇒d=
fringes decreases. For very large width, uniform d W
illumination occurs. 6000 × 10 × (40 × 10−2 )
−10
∴ d= = 0.2 cm
0.012 × 10−2
71. Let a1 and a2 be amplitudes of two waves.
a1 4 λD λD'
= 80. W= and W′ =
a2 3 d d'
a1 + a 2 4+3 7 d
∴ = = But d′ = and D′ = 2 D
a1 − a 2 4−3 1 2
λ (2D) λD
2
 a1 + a 2  49 ∴ W′ = =4 = 4W
∴   = (d / 2) d
 a1 − a 2  1
∴ Fringe width will become four-times.
λ 81. Distance of nth dark fringe from central fringe,
72. Path difference = 12.5 λ = 25   (2n − 1)λ D
2 yn =
λ 2d
⇒ odd multiple of (2 × 2 − 1)λ D 3λ D
2 ∴ y2 = =
2d 2d
⇒ destructive interference
−3 3 × λ ×1
∴ 1 × 10 = ⇒ λ = 6 × 10−5 cm
73. Path difference = 29λ 2 × 0.9 × 10−3
λ 82. Distance of 6th bright fringe,
= 58
2 nλD 6λD
λ y6 = =
= even multiple of d d
2 Distance of 4th dark fringe,
⇒ point is bright (2n − 1)λD 7 λD
y′4 = =
2d 2 d
λ λ λ
74. ∆x = 260 = 130 = even multiple of λD  7  5 λD
4 2 2 ∴ y6 − y′4 = 6 −  =
d  2 2 d
⇒ point is bright.
5 4 ×10−7 ×1
= ×
75. For maxima, path difference, ∆l = nλ 2 1×10−3
∴ For n = 1, ∆l = λ = 6320 Å = 10−3 m = 1 mm
135
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

83. Using Shortcut 4, 104. The angular half width of the central maxima is
n1λ1 = n2λ2 given by,
∴ 62 × 5893 = n2 × 4358 λ
sin θ = ≈θ
∴ n2 ≈ 84 a
6328 × 10−10
84. Using Shortcut 4, ∴ θ= rad
0.2 × 10−3
n2 λ
n1λ1 = n2λ2 ⇒ = 1 6328 × 10−10 × 180
n1 λ2 = degree = 0.18°
0.2 × 10−3 × π
n2 5898
∴ = ⇒ n2 = 99 ∴ Total width of central maxima = 2θ = 0.36°
92 5461
105. Distance between the first dark fringes on either
λ side of central maxima = width of central
85. θ = ; θ can be increased by increasing λ, so λ
d 2λD 2 × 600 × 10−9 × 2
has to be increased by 10% maxima = =
d 1 × 10−3
10 = 2.4 mm
∴ Increase in λ = × 5890 = 589 Å
100
1.22λ y
86. From Shortcut 6, 110. dθ = =
a d
Nλ 1.22λd 1.22 × 5 × 10−7 × 103
t= ∴ y= =
n −1 a 10 × 10−2
Here N = 3 = 6.1 ×10–3 m
−5
3 × 5.45×10 = 6.1 mm ≈ 6 mm = 0.6 cm
∴ t= = 32.7 × 10−5 cm
1.5 − 1
111. Resolving power of telescope,
88. Colours of thin film are due to interference of  d  1.22
light. R.P. =  =
 1.22 λ  1.22 × 5000 × 10−10
(n − 1)t × D ∴ R.P. = 2 × 106
91. Shift in the fringe pattern =
d
−5 −2
(1.5 − 1) × 2.5 × 10 × 100 × 10 Critical Thinking
= = 2.5 cm
0.5 × 10−3
2. When the point source or linear source of light
92. Fringe shift, is placed at very large distance, a small portion
W of spherical or cylindrical wavefront appears to
W0 = (n − 1) t
λ be plane and is called a plane wavefront.
W
= (1.5 − 1) × 2 × 10−6
(5000 × 10−10 )
= 2W
i.e., The central bright maximum will shift
2 fringes upwards.
2λ
93. 2θ = (where d = slit width)
d
∴ As d decreases, θ increases. Amongst the given options none of the sources
generates plane wavefront, it can be artificially
λD produced by reflection from a mirror or by
98. For a diffraction pattern, W =
a refraction through a lens.
1
∴ W∝ , where a is slit width. 4. The plane wavefront with the ray at the
a periphery has to travel least distance through the
λ λ lens whereas the ray along the principal axis has
103. For first minima, θ = or a = to travel thickness of the lens hence this is
a θ
delayed than the peripheral ray. This results in a
6500 × 10−8 × 6 π spherical converging wavefront.
∴ a= ….( 30° = radian)
π 6
= 1.24 × 10−4 cm 5. i = 60° , r = (60° − 15°) = 45°
= 1.24 × 10−6 m ∴ n=
sin i
=
3
×
2
= 1.22
= 1.24 micron sin r 2 1

136
 

Chapter 07: Wave optics

6. µ1 sin α = µ2 sin β = µ3 sin γ = µ4 sin δ 11. From the figure,
B
As AB and CD are parallel, α = δ A
r′
∴ µ1 = µ 4 ∠ BOC = 90° i
90° − r′
P O Q
AB CD λa 90° − r
7. = cos i, = cos r ∴ n=
g = 1.5 r
AD AD λg
AB cos i C
∴ =
CD cos r sin i sin 45o
12. a ng = ⇒ 1.5 =
sin r sin r
8. Let λg (in cm) and λw (in cm) be the 1
wavelengths in glass and water. By definition, ∴ sin r = ⇒ r = 28°7′
1.5 2
in a distance λ there is one wave. Therefore,
cosi cos 45°
Number of waves in 8 cm of glass = 8/λg, Ratio of widths = =
cos r cos 28°7′
Number of waves in 10 cm of water = 10/λw
....(Refer Notes 1)
8 10 λw 5
Thus, = ⇒ = 1
λg λ w λg 4 ∴ Ratio of widths = 0.801 =
1.2475
c c
Now, ng = and nw =
vg vw sin i
13. n=
sin r
ng v w nλ w λ w
∴ = = = sin i sin 35° 0.5736
nw vg nλ g λ g sin r = = =
µ 1.5 1.5
λw 5 4 5
∴ ng = × nw = × = ∴ sin r = 0.3824
λg 4 3 3
∴ r = 22.48° = 22° 29′
5 vd 5 3 v 3 W cos 22.48′
9. vd = c⇒ = ; vw = c⇒ w = ∴ Required ratio
= = 2 ≈ 1.13
12 c 12 4 c 4 W1 cos35°
nd c / vd 12 / 5 12 3 9 ....(Refer Notes 1)
wnd = = = = × =
nw c / vw 4/3 5 4 5
2 3
sin i 14. vd = c vw = c
Using, wnd = 5 4
sin r
c 5 c 4
9 9 1 9 ∴ = = nd = = nw
∴ sin i = wnd × sin r = × sin 30° = × = vd 2 vw 3
5 5 2 10
µ 5/2 15
∴ wnd == =
d
9
∴ i = sin–1   µw 4/3 8
10  
sin i sin i
∴ wnd = =
10. sin r sin 30°
i
O
15 sin i
∴ =
8 sin 30°
(i – r)
r t 15 1 15
M ∴ sin i = × =
8 2 16

NA ∆x  15 
∴ i = sin−1  
 16 
∆x
In ∆OAM, sin (i – r) = 15. In the propagation of e.m. waves, plane of
OA
polarisation contains the direction of
∴ ∆x = OA sin (i – r) ….(i)
propagation.
ON
∆OAN, cos r =
OA 17. When unpolarised light is made incident at
t polarising angle, the reflected light is plane
∴ OA = ….(ii)
cos r polarised in a direction perpendicular to the
From (i) and (ii), plane of incidence.
→

∆x =
t sin (i − r) Therefore, E in reflected light will vibrate in
cos r vertical plane with respect to plane of incidence.

137
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

18. Using law of Malus, If I0 is the intensity of the incident unpolarised
Intensity of light transmitted from 1st polaroid, light, then the intensity after passing the first
I1 = E2 /2 polariser,
∴ Intensity of emergent light, I0
I1 = I0 (cos2 θ) =
I2 = I1 cos2 50° = (E2 cos2 50°)/ 2 = 0.21 E2 2
I2 = I1 cos2 θ and
19. If the intensity of the unpolarised light in the
I3 = I2 cos2 φ = I2 cos2 (90 − θ) = I2 sin2 θ
incident beam = I0, then the intensity of the
∴ I3 = (I1 cos2 θ) sin2 θ
unpolarised component transmitted is same for
I1 I
all orientation of the polarising sheet ∴ I3 = 2
sin 2 2θ = 0 sin 2θ
4 8
 I0 
⇒ I′0 =   Now, I3 = 2 Wm−2 and I0 = 32 Wm−2
2
32
Using Malus’ law, transmitted intensity of the ∴ 2= sin2 2θ
8
polarised light component
1 1
=I′p I p cos 2 θ ∴ sin2 2θ = or sin 2θ =
2 2
∴ (I′p ) max = Ip for θ = 0 and ∴ 2θ = 45° or θ = 22.5°
π 22. From Brewster’s law, n = tan θB
(I′p ) min = 0 for θ =
2 c
Now the maximum transmitted intensity n= = tan 60° = 3
v
I0
= Ip + v == =
c 3 × 108 8
2 ∴ 3 × 10 m/s
3 3
I0
and the minimum transmitted intensity = 23. From the figure,
2
It is given that, i + r = 90° ⇒ r = 90° − i
I0 I  sin i sin i
Ip + = 3 0  ∴ µ= = = tan i
2 2 sin r sin (90 − i)
Ip 1
Ip = I0 ⇒ =1:1 ∴ sin ic = = cot i
I0 µ

20. Let I0 be the intensity of unpolarised light. The 24. i + i' = 90°
I0 ∴ i = 45° ….( i = i')
intensity transmitted by the first sheet is .
2 sin i 3
n= =
 I0  I0 sin r 2
⇒ Transmitted intensity =  I0 − = .
 2 2 2 2 1 2
∴ sin r = × sin i = × =
This will be the intensity of incident light on the 3 3 2 3
second polaroid. The intensity transmitted by the
25. δ=i−r
I 
second polaroid will be  0  cos2 θ but i = θB
2 ∴ θB − r = δ = 24° ....(i)
where θ is the angle between their axes θB + r = 90° ....(ii)
9 Solving equations (i) and (ii),
sin θ =
15 θB = 57°
12
∴ cos θ = ….[ 1 − sin2 θ = cos2 θ] 26. Here θB + 90° + r = 180°
15
 I0   I0   12 
2
8 i.e., θB = 90 – r
2 θB
∴   cos θ =     = I0
As θB – r = 34°
2
  2
    15 25
Ratio of intensity of emergent light to that of ∴ 90 – r – r = 34
8 r
unpolarised light = i.e., 2 r = 56 ⇒ r = 28°
25
21. Let θ be the angle between the first two 27. The refractive index of air is slightly more than
polarisers and φ be the angle between the next 1. When chamber is evacuated, refractive index
two. Here, decreases and hence the wavelength increases
θ + φ = 90° and fringe width also increases.
138
 

Chapter 07: Wave optics

28. Interference occurs in longitudinal as well as But y = b/2
transverse waves. The choices (A), (B) and (D) are b λD
conditions for sustained or permanent interference. ∴ = (2n − 1)
2 2b
2
29. In interference between waves of equal b
∴ λ=
amplitudes ‘a’, the minimum intensity is zero (2n − 1)D
and the maximum intensity is proportional to b2 b2
4a2. For waves of unequal amplitudes ‘a’ and A ∴ For n = 1,2,…; λ = , ...
D 3D
(A > a), the minimum intensity is non-zero and
the maximum intensity is proportional to 36. P is the position of 11th bright fringe from Q.
(a + A)2, which is greater than 4a2. From central position O, P will be the position
of 10th bright fringe.
30. Contrast between the bright and dark fringes Path difference between the waves reaching
will be reduced. P = S1B =10 λ = 10 × 6000 × 10–10 = 6 × 10–6 m.
31. Two independent light sources cannot be 37. For dark fringe at P,
coherent because they cannot generate waves
S1P − S2P = ∆l = (2n − 1)λ/2
having a constant phase difference.
Here, n = 3 and λ = 6000
32. y1 = a sin ωt and 5λ 6000
∴ ∆l = =5× = 15000 Å = 1.5 micron
 π 2 2
y2 = b cos ωt = b sin  ω t + 
 2  38. Distance between nth bright fringe and mth dark
So phase difference, φ = π/2 fringe (n > m)
2π  1
33. For maxima,=
2π n (XO) − 2πλ ∆x =  n − m +  W
λ  2 
2π  1  λD
∴ (XO) =2π(n + λ ) or (XO) = λ(n + l) = n − m + 
λ  2 d
34. The interference patterns due to different  1 6.5 × 10−7 ×1
= 5 − 3 +  × ≈ 1.63 mm
component colours of white light overlap. The  2  1 × 10−3
central bright fringes for different colours are at
the same position. Hence, the central fringe is π
39. φ= ,
white. For a point P for which S2P − S1P = λb/2 3
where λb(= 4000 Å) represents wavelength of Let a1 and a2 be amplitudes of two waves.
blue light, the blue component will be absent ∴ a1 = 4, a2 = 3
and the fringe will appear red in colour. Slightly Resultant amplitude, a = a12 + a 22 + 2a1a 2 cos φ
λr
farther away where S2Q − S1Q = λb = where ∴ a= 37 ≈ 6
2
λr (= 8000 Å) is the wavelength for the red 40. Resultant intensity,
colour, the fringe will be predominantly blue. IR = I1 + I2 + 2 I1I 2 cos φ
Thus, the fringe closest on either side of the For maximum IR, φ = 0°
central white fringe is red and the farthest will
( )
2
appear blue. ∴ IR = I1 + I2 + 2 I1I 2 = I1 + I 2

35. In the given situation, 41.

λD S1 P
y = (2n − 1)
2d
λD d = 2λ
= (2n − 1) 6 d = 12 λ
2b S2
∆x
….( ‘missing wavelength’ ⇒ minima
Let ∆x = S2P – S1P
and here, d = b)
S1 ∴ (S2P)2 = (S1P)2 + (S1S2)2
y = (12λ)2 + (2λ)2
b = 144λ2 + 4λ2
= 148λ2
S2
∴ S2P = 12.17λ
λ
∴ ∆x = 12.17λ – 12λ = 0.17λ ≈
D 6

139
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

2π∆x 2πλ π 46. Fringe width,
∴ ∆φ = = =
λ 6λ 3 λD W λ
W= ⇒ =
φ 60°  d D d
∴ I = Imax cos2 = I0 cos2  
2  2  For sharp fringes, S < W
3 S W λ
∴ I = I0 cos2 30° = I0 ∴ < =
4 D D d
S λ
∴ <
42. Applying IR = I1 + I2 + 2 I1I 2 cos θ, at central D d
fringe (where θ = 0) we get, 47. Using,
IR = I1 + I1 + 2I1 = 4I1 λD 5000 ×10−10 ×1.2
Phase difference at a distance x when path W= =
d 0.5×10−3
xd
difference becomes , is given by = 12 × 10−4 m = 1.2 mm
D
3
2π xd ∴ Number of fringes = = 2.5
θ′ = × 1.2
λ D
∴ Phase difference,
2πxd 
∴ I R′ = I1 + I1 + 2I1 cos   ∆φ = 2nπ = 2 × 2.5 π = 5π radian
 λd 
I I I λD
 2πxd  48. W= ⇒W∝ D
= + + 2 cos   d
4 4 4  λD 
W1 D1 W − W2 D1 − D 2
I 2πxd  2  πxd  ∴ = ⇒ 1 =
or I R′ = 1+ cos  = I cos   W2 D 2 W2 D2
2 λD   λD 
DW W2 λ 2
∴ = =
43. Let the amplitudes of the two waves be a1 and a2 DD D 2 d 2
∴ a12 ∝ 4I and a 22 ∝ I ∴ λ2 =
3 × 10−5
× 10−3 = 6 × 10−7 m = 6000 Å
Let amplitude of the new wave = a 5 × 10−2
⇒ a2 ∝ 3I 49. The fringe width between first and seventh
Let K be the constant of proportionality bright fringes is
∴ a12 = K (4I), a 22 = K(I) λD
W = (7 – 1)
a2 = K (3I) d
a2 = a12 + a 22 + 2 a1a2 cos θ
−10
∴ = 6 × 6000 × 10−3 × 1.0
(where θ is the phase angle) 1.2 × 10
36 × 10−7
K (3I) = K (4I) + KI + 2 K(4I) KI cos θ = = 3 × 10−3 = 0.003 m
12 × 10−4
∴ 3 = 4 + 1 + 4 cos θ
−1 50. For nth maxima in Young’s double slit
∴ cos θ = experiment,
2
⇒ θ = 120° nDλ yd (10−3 m)(2 ×10−3 m)
y= or λ = =
d nD n(2m)
44. Resultant intensity,
10000 ×10−10 m 10000
I = I1 + I 2 + 2 I1I 2 cos φ ∴ λ= = Å
n n
At central position with coherent source, But 3500 Å < λ < 7000 Å
Icoh = 4I0 ( I1 = I2 = I0) ….(i) For n = 1, 2, 3
In case of incoherent at a given point, φ varies λ = 10000 Å, 5000 Å, 3333.3 Å
randomly with time ⇒ (cos φ)av = 0 For n = 2, λ = 5000 Å lies between 3500 Å to
7000 Å. The other wavelengths cannot fulfil this
∴ I In coh = I1 + I 2 = 2I0 ….(ii)
condition.
Icoh 2
∴ = ….[from (i) and (ii)] 51. For dark fringes,
I Incoh 1
λD
y′n = (2n – 1)
45. Fringe width of maximum just opposite to slit, 2d
nλ D d 3 λD
Wn = = For n = 2, 3 = …(i)
d 2 2 d
d2 λD
⇒n= For bright fringe, yn = n
2λD d

140
 

Chapter 07: Wave optics

λD λD
∴ y4 = 4 …(ii) 59. Fringe width, W =
d d
From equations (i) and (ii), Half-angular width of central bright portion,
y4 4 λ D 2d λ
= θ=
3 d 3λ D a
y4 8 Overlapping length,
∴ = ⇒ y4 = 8 mm 2λD
3 3 y = (2θ) D − d = −d
a
−3
52. d = d1d 2 = 4.5 × 2 × 10−6 = 3 × 10 m Number of bright fringes
λD −10
6000 × 10 × 1  2λD 
− d
∴ W = = y  a  = (2λD − da)d
d 3 × 10−3 = =
W λD / d aλD
= 2 × 10−4 m = 0.2 mm
60. In case of an excessively thin film, the path
53. D = 1 m, d = 1 mm, v = 40 cm, u = 60 cm
λ
v 40 difference is . As the path difference between
∴ d1 = d= × 1 mm = 0.67 mm 2
u 60
λ
two rays is , the film appears dark.
u 20 2
54. d = d1 = 1.2 × = 0.3 cm = 3 mm
v 80 61. In the presence of thin glass plate, the fringe
55. Using Shortcut 4, pattern shifts but no change in fringe width
n1 λ1 = n2 λ2 occurs.
∴ n1(2500) = n2(3500) 62. Path difference at P,
n 3500 7 S1
⇒ 1 = = = (S1P + (n − 1)t) − S2P
n2 2500 5
So we can say, 7th order of 1st source coincides = (S1P − S2P) + (n − 1)t S2
with 5th order of 2nd source. P
56. Using Shortcut 4,
(n + 1) λg = n λr tD tD 5 λ D
63. (n1 – 1) − (n2 – 1) =
∴ (n + 1) × 5200 = n × 6500 d d d
∴ 52n + 52 = 65n tD 5λ D
∴ [(1.7 – 1) − (1.4 – 1)] =
⇒n=4 d d
0.3tD 5 λ D
57. Using relation, d sinθ = nλ we get, ∴ =
d d
nλ 5 × 4800 × 10−10
sin θ = ∴ t=
5λ
=
d
0.3 0.3
∴ For n = 3, = 8 × 10−6 m
3λ = 8 × 10−3 mm
sin θ =
d
3 × 589 × 10−9 64. λ = 600 nm = 600 × 10–9 m
= = 3 × 10−6 t = 18 µm = 18 × 10–6 m
0.589
tD
∴ θ = sin−1(3 × 10−6) Shift, S = (n – 1) ….(i)
d
58. In Young’s double slit experiment, Fringe width,
sin θ = θ = (y/D), so ∆θ = (∆y/D) λD
W= ….(ii)
Hence, angular fringe width θ0 = ∆θ d
(with ∆y = W) will be (n − 1)t × W
∴ From equations (i) and (ii), S =
W Dλ 1 λ λ
θ0 = = × =
D d D d S (n − 1)t
∴ No. of fringes = =
Here θ0 = 1° = (π/180) rad and W λ
λ = 6000 Å = 6 × 10–7 m (1.6 − 1) × 18 × 10−6
λ 180 =
∴ d= = × 6 × 10–7 600 × 10−9
θ0 π 0.6 × 18 × 103
=
= 3.44 × 10–5 m 600
= 0.03 mm = 18
141
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

λ D λ λ
65. For 5th dark fringe, x1′ = (2n – 1) ∴ sin θ = or θ =
2 d a a
9λ D ….( sin θ  θ for small angles)
=
2d Let distance of first dark band from axis be y
D 7λ D x
For 7th bright fringe, x2 = n λ = then angle of diffraction θ is given by
d d f
D x λ λ
∴ x2 – x1′ = (µ – 1) t ∴ = or x = f
d f a a
7 λ D 9λ D D
∴ − = (µ – 1)t nλ D
d d d 71. Position of nth minima, xn =
d
2.5 λ
∴ t= For n = 1,
(µ − 1)
1 × 5000 × 10−10 × 1
5 × 10−3 =
66. For Young’s double slit experiment, the position d
of minima is; ∴ d = 10−4 m = 0.1 mm
 1  Dλ′ 2λ
y = n +  72. Angular width, θ = ⇒θ∝λ
 2 d a
Adjacent minimum is the 1st minima or n = 0 θ1 λ1 θ1 6000
∴ = ⇒ =
 1  Dλ′ Dλ′ θ2 λ 2  70  λ2
∴ y1 =  0 +  =  θ1 
 2 d 2d  100 
λ′ ∴ λ 2 =4200Å
When immersed in liquid, λ =
mm
73. In a single slit diffraction experiment, position
 Dλ′  of minima is given by, d sin θ = nλ
∴ y1 =  
 2 mmd  λ 
Now fringe shift due to introduction of sheet on So, for first minima of red, sin θ = 1 ×  R 
 d 
the path of one of the beams is W. and as first maxima is midway between first and
D second minima, for wavelength λ′, its position
W= (µ − 1)t
d will be
The requirement is, minimum must appear on λ′ + 2λ′ 3λ′
the axis. d sin θ′ = ⇒ sin θ′ =
2 2d
D  mp  Dλ′ According to given condition sin θ = sin θ′
∴ W = y1 or  −1 t =
d  mm  2m m d 2
∴ λ′ = λR
λ′ 3
∴ t=
2(m p −m m ) 2
∴ λ′ = × 589 = 392.6 nm = 3926 Å
3
67. Band width ∝ λ
74. For the first minimum,
 λyellow < λred, hence for red light, the diffraction
ad1
bands become broader and further apart. a sin θ1 = λ ≈ aθ1 = ....(i)
D
68. Diffraction is obtained when the slit width is of For the sixth minimum,
the order of wavelength of EM waves (or light). ad 6
a sin θ6 = 6λ ≈ aθ6 = ....(ii)
Wavelength of X-rays (1-100 Å) is very less D
than slit width (0.6 mm). Therefore, no ∴ By subtracting equation (i) from equation (ii),
diffraction pattern will be observed. a
(6λ − λ) = (d6 − d1)
69. Position of first minima = Position of third D
maxima 5Dλ 5 × 0.5 × 5000 × 10−10
∴ a= =
1 × λ1D ( 2 × 3 + 1) λ 2D (d 6 − d1 ) 0.5 × 10−3
∴ =
d 2 d ∴ a = 25 × 10–4 m = 2.5 mm
∴ λ1 = 3.5 λ2 75. For minima, d sin θ = nλ
70. Here for minima, Here n = 1,
a sin θ = nλ  y1d 
d  = 1(5400 Å)
For first dark band, n = 1  D 

142
 

Chapter 06: Superposition of Waves

1 T 1 T1 T1
154. Using, n = ∴ = =
2 m 3 T2 T1 + 8
1 T 1 1 T1 1
Number of beats =  −  ∴ =
2 m  l2 l1  T1 + 8 9
1 20  1 1  ∴ 9 T1 = T1 + 8 ⇒ T1 = 1 kg-wt
= −3 
− 7
=
2 1 × 10  49.1 × 10 −2
51.6 × 10−2 
1 T
161. n =
1 T 2L πr 2d
155. Fundamental frequency n =
2l πr 2r 1 9T
n′ =
1 n r l r 2L 1 2L′ πr′2d
⇒n∝ ⇒ 1 = 2 × 2 = × =
lr n 2 r1 l1 2r L 1 n′ 3L r
∴ = ⋅ ….(i)
156. At resonance, frequency of A.C. will be equal to n L′ r′
natural frequency of wire,  mass remains the same
1 T 1 10 × 9.8 100
n
= = = = 50 Hz r L′
2l m 2 × 1 9.8 × 10−3 2 =
r′ L
157. Here, nl = constant Substituting in eq. (i)
∴ n1l1 = n2l2 ⇒ 110 (l1) = (l1 – 5) n2 n′ L
110 × 60 =3
∴ = n2 ⇒ n2 = 120 Hz n L′
55
∴ Number of beats = 120 − 110 = 10  L′ > L
∴ n′ < 3 n
158. Mass per unit length of the string
1.0 × 10−3 162. L1 = 40 cm, L2 = 30 cm
m= = 5 × 10−3 kg m−1
20 × 10−2 1 T T
speed of waves in string n= ⇒ = constant
2L m L
I 0.5
v= = = 10 ms−1 T1 T2 L T1
m 5 × 10−3 ∴ = ⇒ 1 =
L1 L2 L2 T2
Now, v = nλ
2
v 10 T2 L  30 9
2
∴ λ= = = 0.1 cm = 10 cm ∴ =  2  =   =
n 100 T1  L1   40  16
λ
∴ separation between successive nodes = Let T1 = Vdg and density of fluid in which
2 weight will be immersed is ρ
= 5 cm
∴ T1 – T2 = Vρg
159. If a rod clamped in the middle, then it vibrates T1 − T2 ρ
similar to an open organ pipe as shown in the ∴ =
T1 d
figure. A
T2 ρ 9 7
N ∴ 1– = =1– =
T1 d 16 16
A A d 16
l N ∴ =
ρ 7
l
163. On earth:
A
1 Mg 1 g
∴ Fundamental frequency of vibrating rod is, n= = , Since M = 1 kg
2L m 2L m
v v
given by n1 = ⇒ 2.53 = On moon:
2l 2 ×1
∴ v = 5.06 km/s. 1 Mg / 6 1 Mg
n′ = =
2L m 2L 6m
n1 T1
160. n ∝ T ⇒ = For resonance: n = n′
n2 T2
n2 = 3n1 ….[Given] 1 g 1 Mg
=
n1 1 2L m 2L 6m
∴ =
n2 3 which gives M = 6 kg
119
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

1
88. I∝ ⇒ I = Kr–2
r2 Competitive Thinking
–3
∴ dI = K(–2)r dr
2. ν = 9 GHz = 9 × 109 Hz
dI (−2)dr
∴ = Velocity of radiation in air,
I r
c = 3 × 108 m/s
dI
∴ =–2×1%=–2% c 3 × 108 10−1
I ∴ =
λ= =9
m
ν 9 × 10 3
∴ Intensity must decrease by 2%
Wave number for the wavelength,
89. For spherical wavefront, radius = r 1
ν=
2 1 λ
Also, I ∝ a but I ∝
r2 ∴ Here, number of waves in 1 m,
1 length 1
∴ a∝ =n = = 30
r l 10 −1

90. In polar regions, magnetic compass becomes 3

inoperative hence sunlight which is easily 3. On the wavefront, all the points are in same phase.
available and scattered by earth’s atmosphere
gives plane polarised light when scattered sin i c
6. n= and n =
through 90°. This is used for navigation sin r v
purpose. ∴ For same i, as r increases, value of n decreases.
92. For diffraction at circular aperture, 1
But n ∝ , hence as value of n decreases v
1.22 λ v
θ= increases.
d
1.22 × (6 ×10−7 m) This means as sin r increases v increases.
= = 3.66 × 10−4 rad Therefore, speed of light is minimum where
(2 ×10−3 m)
angle of refraction is minimum.
If r is the radius of the image formed by the lens
r sin i i
at its focus, then θ =   7. n= = ( i << , sin i ≈ i)
f  sin r r
∴ r = f θ = (6 × 10−2 m) (3.66 × 10−4 rad) n=
c
=
c
=
i
= 21.96 × 10−6 m v 0.75c r
A = πr2 = (3.14) (21.96 × 10−6 m)2 3
∴ r = 0.75 i = i
= 15.14 × 10−10 m2 4
P 3 i
I = δ=i−r=i− i=
S 4 4
8×10−3 W
= ca c
15.14 ×10−10 m 2 8. n= = a
cg 0.8ca
kW
≈ 5.2 sin i 1
m2 ∴ =
sin r 0.8
93. When a beam of light is used to determine the for small angle i, sin i ≈ i and sin r ≈ r
position of an object, the maximum accuracy is
i 1
achieved if the light is of shorter wavelength, ∴ =
because r 0.8
1 ∴ r = 0.8 i
Accuracy ∝ Angle of deviation,
Wavelength
δ = i – r = i – 0.8 i = 0.2 i
94. Referring to diagram, while reaching to point P, i
wavefront AB has crossed distance equivalent to δ=
5
three wavefronts.
As, the gap between successive wavefront is λ, sin i
9. µ=
distance covered by wavefront AB in reaching sin r
point P is 3λ. Given: i = 2r
(3λ) i
Hence the required time, t = ∴ r=
c 2

144
 

Chapter 06: Superposition of Waves

∴ n1 − n2 = 10 186. Using v = nλ,

3 v v v v
n1 = = and n2 = =
v 101 × 100 × 10 λ1 0.50 λ 2 0.51
∴ − v = 10 ⇒ v =
100 101 3 3  1 1 
∴ ∆n = n1 − n2 = v  −  = 12
∴ v = 33667 cm/s = 336.67 m/s  0.5 0.51 
12 × 0.51 × 0.50
181. Let the frequencies of the 28 forks be ∴ v= = 306 m/s
0.01
n1 …… ni …….n28
Such that ni− 1 − ni = 4 Hz 187. Frequency of string = 440 ± 5
When frequency of tuning fork is decreased,
∴ n1 − n28 = 108 Hz
beat frequency is increased.
n1
= 2 ⇒ n1 = 2n28 ∴ Frequency of string = 445 Hz
n 28
188. Comparing given equation with standard form,
∴ 2n28 − n28 = 108 Hz
y = A sin 2πnt we get,
n28 = 108 Hz and n1 = 216 Hz
n1 = 316 and n2 = 310
182. n1λ1 = n2λ2 2π 2π
110 110 Number of beats heard per second,
∴ < ….[ n1 > n2]
177 175 316 310 3
n1 – n2 = − =
∴ n1 = n2 + 6 2π 2π π
∴ (n2 + 6)λ1 = n2λ2 189. nA = Known frequency = 288 c.p.s
∴ (n2 + 6) 110 = n2 × 110 x = 4 b.p.s.,
177 175 After loading of wax on tuning fork B, nB
∴ 175 (n2 + 6) = 177 n2 decreases. If we consider nA > nB then,
∴ n2 = 3 × 175 = 525 Hz after loading, nA − nB will increase. But it
∴ n1 = n2 + 6 = 525 + 6 = 531 Hz contradicts the given data that x decreases to
2 b.p.s.
183. Let n be a frequency of given fork. ∴ nB = nA + x = 288 + 4 = 292 c.p.s.
We have following possibilities for n:
190. nA = 512 Hz
Case I: When 2 beats/s are produced, oscillator
reads 514 Hz. Given that, nA − nB = 8
When B is loaded with wax, the number of beats
∴ n – 2 = 514 or n + 2 = 514
reduces to 4 per second.
∴ n = 516 Hz or n = 512 Hz ….(i)
⇒ nB – nA = 8 is the correct equation.
Case II: When 6 beat/s are produced, oscillator
⇒ nB = nA + 8 = 512 + 8 = 520 Hz
reads 510 Hz
∴ n – 6 = 510 or n + 6 = 510 191. Here, n11 = n1 + (11 – 1) × 8 = n1 + 80
∴ n = 516 Hz or n = 504 Hz ….(ii) and n11 = 2 n1
∴ From equations (i) and (ii), ∴ 2 n1 = n1 + 80 ⇒ n1 = 80 Hz
∴ n = 516 Hz ∴ n10 = 80 + (10 – 1) × 8 = 152 Hz

v 1 1 1
184. Using, v = nλ or n = we get, 192. T = = = = 0.2 s
λ n 2 − n1 325 − 320 5
v 330 v
n1 = = = 66 Hz 193. Using, v = nλ we get, n =
λ1 5 λ
v 330 Given that, n2 – n1 = 5
and n2 = = = 60 Hz
λ 2 5.5  1 1
∴ v  − = 5
Number of beats per second, λ
 2 λ1 

n1 − n2 = 66 – 60 = 6  1 1  5 × 52 × 52.5
∴ v  − = 5 ⇒ v =
185. From the given equations of progressive waves,  52 52.5  0.5
ω1 = 500π and ω2 = 506π = 10 × 52 × 52.5 = 273 m/s
∴ n1 = 250 Hz and n2 = 253 Hz 273
∴ n1 = = 520 Hz and
Hence, beat frequency = n2 − n1 52.5 × 10−2
= 253 – 250 = 3 beats per second 273
n2 = = 525 Hz
∴ Number of beats per minute = 180. 52 × 10−2

121
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

194. nA = 305 Hz
∴ vmax = y0  2πv 
Given that, nA ∼ nB = 5  λ 
When B is filed, the number of beats reduce to 3 Let, vmax = 2v
beats/s.
∴ The correct equation is, y0  2πv  = 2v ⇒ λ = πy0
 λ 
nB – nA = 5 ⇒ nB = nA + 5 = 305 + 5 = 310 Hz
195. nB = 384 Hz  λ
204. Speed = nλ = n(4ab) = 4n × ab …  ab = 
Given that nA ∼ nB = 4  4 
When A is filed, the number of beats reduce ∴ Path difference between b and e is
3λ
to 3 per second ⇒ The correct equation is, 4
nB – nA = 4 ⇒ nA = nB − 4 = 384 – 4 = 380 Hz 2π
Now, Phase difference = × Path difference
λ
196. Given equations are,
2π 3λ 3π
y1 = a sin (2000 π t) = a sin 2π (1000 t) and = . =
λ 4 2
y2 = a sin (2008 π t) = a sin 2π (1004 t)
∴ Comparing with the standard form, 205. Given that, vmax = 4 vp
y = A sin 2π nt we get, ∴ Aω = 4 × nλ
n1 = 1000 Hz and n2 = 1004 Hz 2π 1
∴ A× =4× ×λ
∴ Number of beats = 1004 – 1000 = 4 beats/s T T
πA
197. Loudness depends upon intensity while pitch ∴ A × π = 2 λ or λ =
depends upon frequency. 2
199. The loudness of sound is measured on decibel 206. For the second resonance, x = 3L1 = 54 but
scale which is logarithmic. during summer, temperature increases and
hence velocity of sound increases.
 I
Loudness or sound level = 10 log   . Each ∴ x > 3L1 i.e., x > 54 cm
 I0 
increase in intensity by a power of 10 increases  I −12 −2
207. dB = 10 log10   ; where I0 = 10 Wm
decibel reading of 10 units. I
 0
Hence, to increase the decibel reading by 20,
 I1  I1
there needs to be an increase in intensity by Since, 40 = 10 log10  ⇒ = 104
10 × 10 = 100. I
 0 I0
 I2  I2
200. At t = 0 and x = π , the displacement Also, 20 = 10 log10  ⇒ = 102
2k  I0  I0
I2 d2
y = A0 sin  ω(0) − k × π  = − A0 sin π = − A0
 ∴ = 10−2 = 12 ⇒ d 22 = 100d12
 2k  2 I1 d2
Point of maximum displacement (A0) in ⇒ d2 = 10 m ….[ d1 = 1 m]
negative direction is Q.
201. Maximum pressure at closed end will be p T
208. The frequency of vibration of a string n =
atmospheric pressure added to acoustic wave 2l m
pressure. Also number of loops = Number of antinodes.
∴ pmax = pA + p0 and pmin = pA − p0 ∴ With 5 antinodes and hanging mass of 9 kg, we
p max p +p 5 9g
∴ = A 0 have p = 5 and T = 9g ⇒ n1 =
p min p A − p0 2l m
With 3 antinodes and hanging mass M, we have
I
202. Energy density (E) = = 2π2ρn 2 A 2 3 Mg
v p = 3 and T = Mg ⇒ n 2 =
2l m
v max =ωA =π2 nA ⇒ E ∝ (v max ) 2

5 9g 3 Mg
i.e., graph between E and v max will be a  n1 = n2 ⇒ =
2l m 2l m
parabola symmetrical about E axis.
∴ 25 × 9 g = 9 × Mg ⇒ M = 25 kg.
203. Wave velocity = v
209. In a stretched string, all multiples of
Particle velocity, fundamental frequencies can be obtained.
vmax = dy = y0  2πv  cos  2π (vt − x)  i.e., if fundamental frequency is ‘n’, then higher
dt  λ  λ  frequencies will be 2n, 3n, 4n, 5n …
122
 

Chapter 07: Wave optics

2π Substituting equation (i) above, we get
Assuming second wave differs in phase by
( )
2
3 I max n +1
2π =
from first wave, φ = . I min ( n − 1)
2

3
Intensity, I = I0 cos2 φ
2 Intensityof bright band 16
 2π   −1  K 42. =
= K cos2   = K   = Intensityof dark band 1
 3   2 4
But I ∝ a2
38. Let A1 = A0. Then A2 = 2A0 ⇒ amplitude of bright band ab = 4 and
Intensity I ∝ A2 amplitude of dark band ad = 1
Hence I1 = I0, I2 = 4I0 ∴ Intensity of individual sources,
We have I = I0 + 4I0 + 2 I0 × 4I0 cos φ Imax = (ab + ad)2 = (4 + 1)2 = 25
For I = Imax , cos φ = 1 Imin = (ab − ad)2 = (4 − 1)2 = 9
Im
∴ Im = 9I0 or I0 = I max  a 2 + a1 
2
9 43. = 
For a phase difference of φ, I min  a 2 − a1 
I = I0 + 4I0 + 2 4I02 cosφ a 1
Given, 1 =
a2 3
= I0 + 4I0(1 + cos φ)
φ φ a2 3

= I0 1+ 8cos 2  .... 1 + cos φ=2cos 2  ∴ =
2 2 a1 1
  
Im a 2 + a1 3 + 1 a −a 3 −1
∴ = = 4 and 2 1 = =2
=
9
(1 + 8cos2 φ / 2 ) a1 1 a1 1
2
39. Resultant intensity is given by, I max  4 
∴ = 
I min  2 
IR = I1 + I2 + 2 I1I 2 cosφ
I max
π ∴ =4
At point P, φ = I min
2
∴ (IR)P = I + 9I + 0 ...{ cos90° = 0}
( ) =( )
2 2
44. I max = I1 + I 2 4I + 9I =25I
(IR)P = 10I
=( ) =( 9I )
2 2
At point Q, φ = π I min I1 − I 2 4I − =I
∴ (IR)Q = I + 9I − 2 I × 9I ...{ cos180° = −1}
= 10I – 6I 45. I max =( I1 + I 2 ) 2 =( I + 4I) 2 =9I
(IR)Q = 4I I min =( I1 − I 2 ) 2 =( I − 4I) 2 =I
∴ Difference between resultant intensities at point
P and Q is = 10I – 4I = 6I 46. a1 = I1 , a2 = I2
40. Since, superimposing waves have Intensity I0
( )
2
Maximum intensity: Imax = (a1 + a2)2 = I1 + I 2
 I1 = I2 = I0
Minimum intensity: Imin = (a1 − a2)2 = ( )
2
So Imax = 4 I0 I1 − I 2
and Imin = 0
Imax + Imin = ( I + I ) + ( I − I )
2 2

I +I ∴ 1 2 1 2
Hence, Iaverage = max min
2 = I1 + I2 + 2 I1 I 2 + I1 + I2 – 2 I1 I 2
⇒ Iaverage = 2I0
= 2(I1 + I2)
I1
41. =n  I1 
2
I2 I1
+1  +1
We know, I ∝ a2 I max I2 I
47. = =  2 

a1 I min I1 I1
∴ = n ….(i) −1  − 1 
a2 I2  I2 
2 2
 a1   1 
 + 1  +1 2
I max (a1 + a 2 ) 2  a 2 5 +1 36 9
Now,
= = 
2 =  25  =   = =
I min (a1 − a 2 ) 2  a   1  1− 5  16 4

1
− 1   −1 
 a2   25 

147
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

2 2 51. screen
 I1   9 
 +1  +1 d
I max  I 2 1 4 S1 P yn =
48.=  =  = 
 d = 5λ O 2
I min I1  9  1
 − 1   −1  S2 x E
 I2   1 
D = 10 d
49. I0 3
I0
4 8 Path difference between two interfering waves
I0 arriving at point P is,
d
d
yd  2  d
x= = =
D (10d) 20
3 3
I0 I0 5λ λ
4 8 ∴ x= =
20 4
π
⇒ phase difference, φ = = 90°
Given that, 25% of total intensity of incident 2
light is reflected from upper surface. This φ
implies, if intensity of incident light is I0, the I = I0 cos2 = I0 cos2 45°
2
intensity of light reaching the lower surface of I0
3 ∴ I =
plate will be I0. 2
4
As 50% of this intensity is reflected, the final φ
52. From formula, I = Imax cos2  
intensity of light emerging from glass plate will 2
3 φ I 1
be I0. ∴ cos2   = =
8 2 I max 2
I 2
⇒ cos φ = 0, ∴ cos φ = 0
∴ I1 = 0
4 π 3π 5π
3 ∴ φ= , , ,…
I2 = I0 2 2 2
8 Corresponding path difference,
( )
2
I max I1 + I 2 λ 3λ 4λ
Now, = Δx= , ,
4 4 4
( )
2
I min I1 − I 2 λ
∴ Δ x = (2n + 1)
1 3
2
4
 + 
λD
= 2 8
53. β=
1 3 d
 − 
 2 8  λ increases from violet to red
50. Given, ∴ λR > λG > λB ⇒ βR > βG > βB
I1 54. Fringe width is independent of the order of fringe.
=n
I2
∴ I1 = n I2 Path difference 1.8 × 10−5 −1.23 × 10−5
55. =
λ 6000 × 10−10
( ) ( )
2 2
∴ Imax = I1 + I 2 = nI 2 + I 2
(1.80 − 1.23) ×10−5
=
Say I2 = I 6000 ×10−10
( )
2
∴ Imax = n +1 I 57
= = 9.5
6
) (
2
Similarly, Imin = n −1 I ∴ Path difference = 9.5 λ
λ
( n + 1) − ( ) As path difference is odd multiple of , point
2 2

I max − I min n −1 2
∴ =
( n + 1) + ( n − 1) is dark.
2 2
I max + I min

n +1 + 2 n − n −1 + 2 n
56. Second minimum is exactly in front of one slit
= d
n +1+ 2 n + n +1− 2 n indicates, y′2 =
2
4 n 2 n (2n − 1)λD
= = But y′2 =
2n + 2 n +1 2d

148
 

Chapter 07: Wave optics

For n = 2 nλD
62. Fringe width, W =
d (2 × 2 − 1)λD d
∴ = For fourth bright fringe,
2 2d
d2 4Dλ
∴ λ= (y4)1 =
3D d
4Dλ′
57. Distance between 1st order dark fringes and (y4)2 =
d
= width of principal maximum 4D
2λD 2 × 600 ×10−9 × 2 ∴ (y4)1 − (y4)2 = (λ − λ′)
∴ Wc = = d
d 10−3
4 × 1.2 × ( 6500 − 5200 ) × 10−10 
= 2400 × 10−6 =
2 × 10−3
= 2.4 × 10−3 m –4
= 3.12 × 10 m = 0.312 mm
= 2.4 mm
λD
58. In Young’s double slit experiment, for nth 63. W=
minimum, d
λ
Δy′n =
( 2n − 1) λ for n = 1, 2, 3,... ∴ W∝ λ and µ =
λ'
2
W λ
( 2 × 5 ) − 1 λ 9λ ∴ =
∴ Δy′5 =  = W' λ'
2 2 λ W 3
∴ W' W
= = = 0.2° × = 0.15°
59. The dark band formed at point A is of the order λ' µ 4
n = 5.
λD 6000 ×10−7 × D
Path difference of nth dark band is given by, 64. Using, W = , W1 = = 2 mm
d d
λ
y′n = ( 2n − 1) D 2 1
2 ∴ = = × 104
d 6000 ×10 −7
3
 2 ( 5 ) − 1 6 × 10 −7

∴ y′5 =  When the apparatus is dipped in water,

2 wavelength and hence fringe width decreases by
= 2.7 × 10−6 m a factor of µ (R.I.).
–4
= 2.7 × 10 cm W1 2
∴ W2 = = = 1.5 mm
µ 1.33
W
60. y′n = (2n − 1) ∴ Change in fringe width = 2 − 1.5 = 0.5 mm
2
th
For 5 dark fringe, n = 5 65. For 5th dark fringe in air
∴ y′5 =
9 9
W = × 2 × 10−3 = 9 × 10−3 cm (=
2 × 5 − 1) λD 9 λD
2 2
=( y′5 )a
2d 2 d
61. For nth bright band, For 8th bright fringe in medium,
8λD
yn = n
λD ( y8 ) m = , where µ is refractive index of
md
d
For nth dark band, medium
λD ( x′5 )a = ( x 8 )m
yn′ = (2n –1)
2d 9 λD 8λD
∴ =
λD λD 2 d µd
∴ y′n+1 = [2(n+1) –1) = (2n + 2–1)
2d 2d 8× 2
∴ µ= ≈ 1.78
λD 9
= (2n + 1)
2d
66. Using Shortcut 4,
Since, dark fringe is on the other side of bright
n1λ1 = n2λ2
fringe.
n1λ1 4 × 5000
λD nλD ∴ λ2 = = = 4000 Å
∴ y′n+1 + yn = (2n + 1) + λ2 5
2d d
λD 67. Using Shortcut 4,
= ( 2n +1+ 2n )
2d n1λ1 = n2λ2
λD n1λ1 3 × 700
= (4n + 1) ∴ λ2 = = = 420 nm
2d λ2 5

149
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

68. Using shortcut 4, 0.20 d′
∴ =
∴ n1 λ1 = n2λ2 0.21 2
9 × 5896 Å = 11 × λ2 2 × 0.2
∴ d′ = = 1.9 mm
9 × 5896 0.21
⇒ λ2 =
11
75. Path difference for maxima, nλ = dsinθ
∴ λ2 = 4824 Å
Given: d = 2λ
69. Using Shortcut 4, ∴ n = 2 sin θ
mλ1 = nλ2 Maximum value of sin θ being 1,
m λ 2 600 3 n≤2
∴ = = = ∴ Values taken by n = 0, ±1, ±2 i.e., 5.
n λ1 400 2
∴ Maximum no. of interference maxima = 5
70. Using Shortcut 4,
76. For any point in interference pattern,
n1λ1 = n2λ2
φ
∴ nλRed = (n + 1) λGreen I = Imax cos2
2
n +1 λ Re d 6000 6
∴ = = = I max φ
n λ Green 5000 5 ∴ = I max cos 2
4 2
∴ 6 n = 5n + 5 φ 1
∴ n=5 ∴ cos2 =
2 4
71. Given: Wn = Wn+1 φ 1
∴ cos =
Using Shortcut 4, 2 2
nλ1D (n + 1)λ 2 D φ π
∴ = ∴ = 60° =
d d 2 3
∴ n × 780 × 10–9 = (n + 1) × 520 × 10–9 ∴ φ=
2π
∴ 780n − 520n = 520 3
∴ 260n = 520 We know that,
520  2π 
∴ n= =2 φ =   ∆x , where ∆x is path difference.
260  λ 
and ∆x = dsin θ
72. Using Shortcut 4,
2π 2π
n1λ1 = n2λ2 ∴= ( dsin θ )
3 λ
n1 λ 520 4
∴ = 2= = λ
n2 λ1 650 5 ∴ = sin θ
3d
∴ n1λ1 = n2λ2 = 520 × 5 = 650 × 4 = 2600 nm
λ 
n1λ1D 2600 ×10−9 ×1.5 ∴ θ = sin −1  
∴ y1 = =  3d 
d 0.5×10−3
= 7.8 × 10−3 m = 7.8 mm. 77. Using Shortcut 6,
Nλ 7λ 7 × 600 × 10−9
73. Using shortcut 4, t= = = = 7 µm
n − 1 (n − 1) (1.6 − 1)
n1 λ 10000 Å 5
= 2 = = 78. λ ≈ d, size of the obstacle.
n2 λ1 12000 Å 6
n1λ1 = n2λ2 = 5 × 12000 = 6 × 10000 = 60000 Å 79. Angular spread of central maxima is θ = 2λ/a
n λ D 60000 × 10−10 × 2
Therefore, x = 1 1 = 80. λblue < λyellow
d 2 × 10−3 Hence diffraction bands become narrower.
= 6 × 10−3 m
= 6 mm 84. In diffraction of light by single slit, the width of
central maximum is given as -
λ 2λD
74. Angular width of fringe: θ = width of central maxima, Wc =
d d
For λ = constant, Given: Wc = d
1 2λD
θ∝ ∴ d=
d d
θ d′ d2
∴ = ⇒D=
θ′ d 2λ

150
 

Chapter 07: Wave optics

85. Given : λ = 600 nm = 600 × 10−9 m ∴ Dividing equations (i) by equation (ii),
2λ 2 × 600 ×10−9 1/ 2 2 3
Total angular width, 2θ = = = ⇒ θn = sin−1  
a 0.2 ×10−3 sin θn 3 4
= 6 × 10−3 rad 91. Distance of nth minima from the centre of the
86. Angular width of central maxima is, nλD
screen is, ynd =
λ a
θ∝ here, n = 1
a
Given that, λD 5 × 10−5 × 60
∴ y1d = = = 0.15 cm
θ′ = (1 − 0.3)θ = 0.7 θ a 0.02
θ′ λ′ 92. Distance of 1st minima from central maxima
∴ =
θ λ λD
λθ′ 6000 × 0.7θ y1d =
∴ λ′ = = = 4200 Å a
θ θ Distance between two minima on either side of
87. In single slit diffraction, for small angle, the central maxima is
λ 2λD 2 × 5000 × 10−10 × 2
dθ = 2n is the condition for minimum. 2y1d = = = 10−2 m
2 a 0.2 × 10−3
nλ 1 × 698 × 10−9 1.22λf
∴ d= = c 93. dθ =
θ  π  D
 2° × 
 180  1.22 × 5000 × 10−10 × 5
= = 1.22 × 10–3 m
∴ d = 2 × 10−5 m 2.5 × 10 −3

∴ d = 0.02 mm
94.
88. For first minima in diffraction pattern,
a sin θ = 1 × λRed 0.25 cm θ
For first maxima in diffraction pattern,
3
a sin θ = λ Pupil
2
3 1.22λ
As both coincide, λRed = λ R.P. = =
1.22 × (500 × 10−9 m)
2 2n sin θ  1 
2 2 2 ×1×  
∴ λ = λRed × = 6600 × = 4400 Å  100 
3 3 = 3.05 × 10–5 m ≈ 30 µm
89. For nth minima in single slit diffraction, 95. N. A =
λ
a sin θ = nλ 2a
For n = 2 and θ = 60° For λ = constant
a sin 60° = 2λ 1
∴ N.A ∝
λ 3/2 3 a
∴ = =
a 2 4 96. Angular magnification ∝ focal length of
For 1st minima, n = 1 and θ = θ1 objective lens.
∴ a sin θ1 = λ Angular resolution ∝ aperture (diameter) of
λ 3 objective lens.
∴ sin θ1 = = ≈ 0.43
a 4 97. Resolving power of a microscope is,
∴ θ1 = sin−1(0.43) ≈ 25° 1
R.P. ∝
90. th
For n secondary minimum, λ
path difference = a sin θn = nλ and R.P.1 λ 6000 3
∴ = 2 = =
for nth secondary maximum, R.P.2 λ1 4000 2
λ
path difference = a sin θn = (2n + 1) D
2 98. R. P. of telescope =
st 1.22λ
∴ For 1 minimum, a sin 30° = λ ….(i)
λ 1
For 2nd maximum, a sin θn = (2 + 1) ∴ R. P. ∝
2 λ
….(ii) As λ decreases, R. P. increases.

151
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

1.22 λ 106. Let geometrical spread be a and spread due to
99. Limit of resolution θ =
D diffraction be c such that size of spot b = a + c
1.22 × 6000 × 10−10
=
0.1
θ L sin θ
= 7.32 × 10–6 rad a
D 2
100. R.P. = =
1.22λ 1.22 × 0.5 × 10−6
4 6
= × 106 = 3.28 × 10
1.22 From the figure,
101. Resolving power of telescope, c = L sin θ
D 1 For θ < c , sin θ ≈ θ
R= ⇒R∝
1.22 λ λ Lλ
∴ c = Lθ =
R1 λ 2 5500 5 a
∴ = = = Lλ
R 2 λ1 4400 4 ∴ b=a+ ….(i)
a
102. Consider a plane wavefront travelling horizontally. For minimum value of b,
When it moves, its different parts move with
a 2 + Lλ
1 ∴ 0=
different speeds (as n ∝ ). Ray 1 will travel a
v
∴ a2 = Lλ ….[considering magnitude]
faster than Ray 2. So, its shape will change as
shown and beam will bend upward. ∴ a = Lλ
Substituting value of a in equation (i)
Higher R.I. Lλ
bmin = Lλ + = 2 L=
λ 4Lλ
Ray 2 Lλ

λD
107. W =
d
Ray 1 ∴ % change in fringe width,
∆W DD ∆d
Small R.I. × 100 = × 100 − × 100
W D d
103. n = tan θB = tan 54.74° = 2 = 0.5 − (− 0.3)
sin 45° ∆d
 2 = ….[Here, is negative
sin r d
1 as d is decreased]
∴ sin r = ⇒ r = 30°
2 = 0.8 %
Positive value indicates increase in fringe width.
10λD 2λD
104. = ∴ Fringe width increases by 0.8 %.
d a
2d 108. Angular width of central maximum,
⇒a= = 0.2d = 0.2 × 1 mm = 0.2 mm
10 2λ
θ=
105. Given: 2θ = 60° d
Considering condition for minima in diffraction, Change in wavelength
Path difference (∆x) = a sinθ = nλ c c 3 × 108 3 × 108
∆λ = λi − λf = − = −
As a = 1 µm, θ = 30° and n = 1, νi ν f 4 × 1014 5 × 1014
a sin θ 1 = (0.75 − 0.6) × 10−6 = 1.5 × 10−7 m
∴ λ= = 1 × 10–6 ×
n 2 Change in wavelength, causes change in angular
∴ λ = 0.5 µm 2∆λ
If same setup is used for YDSE, width as, ∆θ =
d
λD
Fringe width W = 2∆λ 2 × 1.5 × 10−7
d ∴ d= = = 5 × 10−7 m
As, W = 1 cm and D = 50 cm, ∆θ 0.6
λD 0.5×10−6 × 0.5
∴ d= = = 25 µm
W 0.01

152
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

15. In a closed pipe, odd harmonics are observed so 22. The air column in a pipe open at both ends can
lengths for resonance are also in sequence of l1, vibrate in a number of different modes subjected
3l1, 5l1,…, where, l1 is the minimum length of the to the boundary condition that there must be an
column for which resonance occurs. antinode at the open end.
∴ Next length = 3l1 = 3 × 50 = 150 cm Hence option (A) is correct.
16. For a pipe closed at one end, The ratio of frequencies when pipe is open at
Fundamental frequency, both the ends is given as,
v L/t 1 1 n:2n:3n:4n:5n
n== = = = 25 Hz v
4L 4L 4t 4 × 0.01 where n =
2L
17. As tube is closed at one end and open at other
∴ Both odd as well even i.e., All harmonics are
end.
present.
( 2n + 1) v = 260 Hz ….(i) Hence, option (B) and (C) are correct
4l
Pressure variation is minimum at antinode
( 2n − 1) v = 220 Hz ….(ii) ∴ Option (D) is incorrect.
4l
Subtracting equation (ii) from equation (i), 23. For an open pipe,
2v e = 0.6 d
= 40
4l e
v ∴ d =
∴ Fundamental frequency = = 20 Hz 0.6
2l e
∴ 2r =
18. For 1st resonance, 0.6
v 340 0.8 2
l0 = = = 0.25 = 25 cm ∴ r = = cm
4n 4 × 340 1.2 3
Next resonance will occur at a distance of
3l0 = 75 cm and further at 5l0 = 125 cm (which 24. Fundamental frequency of closed organ pipe
is not possible). v
=
Hence, h = 120 – 3l0 = 120 – 75 = 45 cm 4L
= 0.45 m v 3v
∴ =
v v 4L 2l0
19. =n⇒ l+e =
4(l + e) 4n 12 × 20
l0 =
v 2
∴ l= −e = 120 cm
4n
Here, e = (0.6)r = (0.6)(2) = 1.2 cm
25. First overtone frequency of a closed pipe
336 × 102
∴ l= − 1.2 = 15.2 cm = second harmonic frequency of an open pipe
4 × 512
3v 2v
=
v 4l1 2l2
20. Fundamental frequency of open tube, n =
2L l1 3
where v is the velocity of sound in air and L is =
l2 4
the length of the tube
330 26. Difference between successive resonance
∴ n= = 660 Hz
2 × 0.25 frequencies ∆n = 170 Hz
The emitted frequencies are n, 2n, 3n, 4n, … If pipe is open, air column will vibrate with all
i.e., 660 Hz, 1320 Hz, 1980 Hz, 2640 Hz, … harmonics i.e, n1, 2n1, 3n1, …
21. For a closed pipe, fundamental frequency ∆n = n1 = 170 Hz
v But in that case, successive resonance
n1 = = 100 Hz
4L frequencies will be multiples of 170 Hz which
For an open pipe, fundamental frequency contradicts the data given in question.
v If pipe is closed, air column will vibrate with
n′1 = = 2n1 = 200 Hz only odd harmonics , i.e., n1, 3n1, 5n1
2L
In an open pipe all multiples of the fundamental ⇒ ∆n = 2n1
are produced. Hence, frequencies produced can 170
be 200 Hz, 400 Hz and so on. ∴ n1 = = 85 Hz.
2

126
 

Chapter 06: Superposition of Waves

In this case 5n1, 7n1 and 9n1 resonance  2(L + d) − 2L 
frequencies will correspond to 425, 595 and 765 ∴ fb = V  
 4L(L + d) 
Hz respectively as given in the question. Hence,
given pipe is closed pipe and 2d
= V
v 340 4L(L + d)
length of pipe lc = = = 1 m.
4n1 4 × 85 Vd
∴ fb =
2L(L + d)
27. Before dipping in water,
v 31. Second overtone of open pipe is third harmonic,
Fundamental frequency, f =
2l 3v
∴ n3 =
After dipping in water, pipe will get filled with 2l
water partially and will act as closed organ pipe First overtone of closed pipe is third harmonic,
l 3v
of length . n2 =
2 4l
∴ After dipping in water, here, L′ be length of open pipe,
v v 3v 3v
Fundamental frequency f ′ = = =f ∴ =
l 2l 2L′ 4L
4 
2 4L
∴ L′ = = 2L
28. For a closed pipe, 2
7v
n3 = ....(i) 32. Fundamental frequency of open organ pipe,
4l
v
For an open pipe n1 =
2lo
3v
n2 = ....(ii) Frequency of third harmonic for closed organ
2l
pipe,
According to given condition, we have
3v
7v 3v n2 =
= + 150 ….[from (i) and (ii)] 4lc
4l 2l
7v 3v Given: n1 = n2
∴ − = 150 v 3v
4l 2l ∴ =
7v − 6v 2lo 4lc
= 150
4l 2lc 2 × 20
∴ lo = = = 13.33 cm
v 3 3
∴ = 150
4l
33. For a pipe closed at one end,
Fundamental frequency of pipe open at both
v
ends is n1 = and for a pipe open at both ends,
4L1
v
= 2 (150 ) = 300 Hz v v v
2l n2 = ⇒ L1 = and L2 =
2L 2 4n1 2n 2
v
29. no = v v
2Lopen For the new pipe, L = L1 + L2 = +
4L1 2L 2
v
nc = 3 × v v n1n 2
4Lclosed n= = =
4L  v v  2n1 + n 2
v  v  4× + 
nc = 3 × = 3×  4n
 1 2n 1
Lopen 
4×  2Lopen 
2 v
34. n1 =
= 3 × 100 = 300 Hz 2(l1 + 2e)
30. For a pipe open at both ends, ∴ v = 2n1 (l1 +2e) ….(i)
V v
f= n2 =
2L 2(l2 + 2e)
V V ∴ v = 2n2 (l2 + 2e) ….(ii)
∴ f1 = , f2 =
2L 2(L + d) From equation (i) and (ii), we get
V V n 2l2 − n1l1
∴ beat frequency fb = f1 − f2 = − e=
2L 2(L + d) 2(n1 − n 2 )

127
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

35. For a closed organ pipe, the frequency of ∴ Beats produced = n − n′
v 3v v
fundamental mode is nc = = −
4Lc 2L 12L
For an open organ pipe, the frequency of 17 v 17
= × = × 12 ….[From (i)]
v 12 L 12
fundamental mode is n0 =
2Lo = 17
Lc = Lo ….[Given] 38. For an organ pipe open at both ends.
∴ n0 = 2nc …(i)
n0 – nc = 2 [Given] …(ii)
∴ Solving equations (i) and (ii), we get,
A
n0 = 4 Hz, nc = 2 Hz
When the length of the open pipe is halved, its N
frequency of fundamental mode is A
v
n′0 = N
 L0 
2  A
 2 
= 2n0 = 2 × 4 Hz = 8 Hz N
When the length of the closed pipe is doubled, A
its frequency of fundamental mode is
N
v 1 1 A
=n′c = n c = × 2Hz = 1 Hz
4 ( 2Lc ) 2 2
Hence, number of beats produced per second
= n′0 − n′c = 8 – 1 = 7. For third overtone, the pipe has 4 nodes and 5
antinodes
(2n − 1)v
36. Here n = ≤ 1250 l2 − 3l1 74.1− 3× 24.1
4L 39. e= =
2 2
(2n − 1) × 340
∴ ≤ 1250 e = 0.9
0.85 × 4 But e = 0.3d
∴ 2n – 1 ≤ 12.5 ⇒ n ≤ 6.75 e 0.9
∴ Number of possible oscillations is 6. ∴ d= = = 3 cm
0.3 0.3
v 40. v = 2f(l2 − l1)
37. For open pipe first overtone, n1 =
L l1 = 9.75 cm = 0.0975 m,
3v l2 = 31.25 cm = 0.3125m,
For closed pipe first overtone, n′1 = f = 800 Hz
4L
∴ Number of beats produced are, ∴ v = 2 × 800(0.3125 − 0.0975)
v 3v ∴ v = 2 × 800(0.215)
n1 − n′1 = − =3 ∴ v = 344 m/s
L 4L
v 1 T 1 1
∴ =3 41. n= ⇒ n ∝ and v ∝ n ⇒ v ∝
4L 2lr πr r r
v
∴ = 12 ….(i)
L 1
42. Velocity of transverse wave on string, V ∝
L r
When length of open pipe is made , the 1
3 VA ∝
∴ ….(i)
fundamental frequency becomes, rA
v 3v 1
n= = VB ∝ .…(ii)
L 2L rB
2 
3 Divide equation (i) by equation (ii)
When length of closed pipe is made 3 times, the VA r
= B = B
r
fundamental frequency becomes, ∴ .…{ rA = 2rB}
VB rA 2rB
v v VA 1
n′ = = ∴ =
4(3L) 12L VB 2

128
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

Q 4. T.N.E.I. does not depend upon shape or the size
58. C=
V of Gaussian surface but depends only upon
W charge enclosed within the surface.
But, V = ….(W = work done)
Q 5. Electric intensity at a distance r from the centre
Q 2
(It) 2 of a charged spherical conductor of radius R,
∴ C= = q
W W E= .…(i)
[A T ] 2 2 4πkε0 r 2
∴ [C] = = [M–1L–2T4A2] Since the charge is uniformly distributed on A,
[M1L2T −2 ]
the surface density of charge on A will be
εA q
59. C= ⇒C∝ε σ= ⇒ q = 4πR2σ
d 4 πR 2
1 Substituting in eq. (i), we get
∴ C ∝ A and C ∝
d 4π R 2σ σR 2
E= =
4π kε0 r 2 kε 0 r 2
V V 20 1
60. E= ⇒ d= = = m = 5 cm
d E 400 20 1 1 1
6. E∝ ⇒ E1 ∝ and E2 ∝
Akε 0 k k1 k2
61. C= E1 6
d ∴ E2 = = = 2 N/C
(5 × 10−4 ) × 5 × 8.85 × 10−12 k2 3
=
2 × 10−3 λ 1
7. E= i.e. E ∝
= 1.10 × 10−11 = 11 × 10−12 F = 11 pF 2πKε0 r 2
67. The type of current which flows from the E′ r 20 1
∴ = = =
positive plate of the capacitor to the negative E r′ 40 2
plate of the capacitor without passing through E 0.4
∴ E′ = = = 0.2 N/C
the battery is conduction current. 2 2
1 q2 σR 2
71. q = CV and U = CV2 = 8. E=
2 2C kε 0 r 2
1 R2
72. U = CV2 Just outside the conductor, R ≤ r ⇒ ≈1
2 r2
1 σ σ 4π
= × 10 × 10−6 × (1000)2 ∴ E= =
2 kε0 4πε0 k
= 0.5 × 10 × 10−6 × 106 = 5 J =
12 × 10−12 × 4 × 3.14 × 9 × 109
3.14
1 1 = 43.2 × 10–2 = 0.43 V/m
73. U= CV2 = × 8 × 10−6 × (100)2
2 2
= 4 × 10−2 = 0.04 J Q
9. E=
4πε0 R 2
1 1
74. U= × QV = × 6 × 10−6 × 500 Q max
2 2 ∴ Emax =
4πε0 R 2
= 15 × 10−4 J
∴ Qmax = 4πε0R2 × Emax
1
Critical Thinking = 9
× (10 × 10–2)2 × 2 × 106
9 × 10
q 2
1. Flux, φ = = × 10−5 C
ε0 9
For, q = 1 C, numerically, φ = ε0–1 10. E1 + − (E2) = 0
→ → ∴ E1 = E2
3. Flux = ∫ ε E ⋅ d s Let x be the distance of the point from centre of
= A where electric field is zero.
∫ ε Edscos θ 1 q1 1 q2
∴ =
∴ Flux is maximum when, cos θ = 1 4πε0 x 2 4πε0 (80 − x) 2
⇒ θ = 0°
156
 

Chapter 08: Electrostatics

(80 − x) 2 15 q 10 ×10−3
∴ 2
= =3 16. λ= =
x 5 2πrl 2 × 3.14 × 1×10−3 ×103
∴
80 − x
= 3 = 1.59 × 10−3 C/m2
x
σR 1 σR × 4π
....[Retaining positive square root] 17. E= = ×
kε0 r 4πε0 kr
∴ 80 – x = 3 x
9 × 109 × 2 × 10−6 × 5 × 10−3 × 4 × 3.14
∴ 80 = 3 x + x ⇒ 80 = (1 + 3 )x = = 90 V/m
6.28 × 2
80
∴ x= ≈ 29 cm
1+ 3 λ
18. E= ⇒ λ = 2πε0rE
2πkε0 r
q
11. Charge density σ = r 1 2
A ∴ λ = 4πε0   E = 9
×   × 4.5 × 104
2 9 × 10 2
∴ q = σ.A = σ (4 πR2)
1
∴ Distance of point from centre = × 10−5 = 5 µC/m
r = R + 0.2 = 0.1 + 0.2 = 0.3 m 2
1 q Σq
∴ E= 19. =
φ = 0 ⇒ [ charge on dipole is zero.]
4πε0 r 2 ε0
2
1 σ(4πR 2 ) σ R 20. Total flux = (−14 + 78.85 − 56)nC / ε0
= =
4πε0 r2 ε0  r 
4π
1.8 × 10−6 × (0.1) 2 2 × 10−7 =8.85 × 10−9 C ×
= = 4πε0
(0.3) 2 ε0 ε0
= 8.85 × 10−9 × 9 × 109 × 4π
12. As σ1 = σ2, = 1000 Nm 2C−1
Q1 Q2
∴ = 21. By Gauss’ law,
4πr12
4πr2 2
1
Q1 Q2 φ= (Qenclosed)
∴ = ε0
2
4πε0 r1 4πε0 r2 2
∴ Qenclosed = φε0
E 1 = (− 8 × 103 + 4 × 103)ε0
∴ E1 = E2 ⇒ 1 = or E1 : E2 = 1 : 1
E2 1 = − 4 × 103 ε0 C
1 ne λ 1
13. E= 22. E= ⇒ E∝
4πe0 r 2 2πε0 r r
Er 2 23. Relation for electric field is given by,
∴ n= 4πe0
e λ
0.036 × 0.1 × 0.1 E=
∴ n= 2πε0 r
9 × 109 × 1.6 × 10−19 2 × 2πε0 rE
360 ∴ λ = 2πε0rE =
= × 105 2
144 1 × 2 × 10−2 × 7.182 × 108
= 2.5 × 105 =
2 × 9 × 109
14. Given that, = 7.98 × 10−4 C/m
σs = σc 24. The cube has six surfaces and as the charge is at
s R2 σ R its centre. Hence, it will produce equal number
Now, Es = s 2 and Ec = c
εr εr of lines of forces through each surface.
σR R R Q
∴ Es = × = Ec The charge of Q will produce in all lines of
εr r r ε0
force.
Q
15. Flux linked with the given sphere φ = ;  Q 
ε0 ∴ Each surface will allow  .
where Q = Charge enclosed by the sphere.  6ε0 
Hence Q = φε0 = (E × Area)ε0 25. Electric field near the surface of the conductor is
A σ
∴ Q =   (4π γ02) ε0 = 4πε0Aγ0. given by, and it is perpendicular to surface.
 γ0  ε0

157
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

σR σR4π 36. If charge acquired by the smaller sphere is Q,
26. E= =
kε 0 r 4πε0 × k × r kQ
then it’s potential, V =
−6 −3
0.25 × 10 × 4 × 10 × 4 × 3.14 × 9 × 10 9 r
= kQ
6.28 × 2 ∴ 120 = ⇒ kQ = 240 ..... (i)
= 9 V/m 2
Whole charge resides on the outer sphere,
λ ∴ Potential of the outer sphere,
27. E=
2πε0 r kQ
V′ =
4πε0 rE 6
∴ λ = 2π ε0r E =
2 240
1
∴ V′ = ….[From (i)]
= × 4 × 10–2 × 9 × 104 = 2 × 10–7 C m–1 6
2 × 9 × 109 ∴ V′ = 40 V
28. Total flux φ E
37. Electric potential inside a conductor is constant
→ →
= E .∆ A = E ∆A cos θ and it is equal to that on the surface of
(where θ is an angle L conductor.
between E and ∆A) R E kq 1
For top and bottom 38. V= i.e. V ∝
R R
faces of the cylinder,
∴ Potential on smaller sphere will be more.
θ = 90°
∴ φ = E∆A cos 90° ....( cos 90° = 0) 1 q1q 2
39. Potential energy U =
∴ φ=0 4πε0 r
where, q1 = 50 e = 50 × 1.6 × 10−19 C,
29. The electric field is due to all charges present
whether inside or outside the given surface. q2 = 1.6 × 10−19 C, r = 10−12 m
9 × 109 × 50 × 1.6 × 10−19 × 1.6 × 10−19
q U=
30. φTotal = φA + φB + φC = ; 10−12
ε0
= 11.5 × 10−15 J
∴ φB = φ and φA = φC = φ′ [assumed]
q 1 q  40. Change in potential energy (∆U) = Uf – Ui
∴ 2φ′ + φ = ⇒ φ′ =  − φ  . q3
ε0 2  ε0 
31. According to Gauss’s law, total flux coming out
of a closed surface enclosing charge q is given
→ → q 40 cm
by, φ = ∫ E.d S = ε 0
50 cm
q2
From this expression, it is clear that total flux q1 D
linked with a closed surface only depends on the 30 cm
enclosed charge and independent of the shape 10 cm
40 cm
and size of the surface.
→ → q 1  q1q 3 q 2q 3   q1q 3 q 2q 3  
φ= ∫ E.d S = ε 0
= 20 Vm ….[Given] ∴=∆U 
4πε0  0.4
+ −
0.1   0.4
+ 
0.5  
q 1 q3
Thus, is constant as long as the enclosed ∴=∆U = [8q 2q 3 ] (8q 2 )
ε0 4πε0 4πε0
charge is constant ∴ k = 8q 2
⇒ The flux over a concentric sphere of radius
20 cm = 20 Vm. 41. A free positive charge moves from higher
33. Inside the hollow sphere, at any point the (positive) potential to lower (negative)
potential is constant. potential. Hence, it must cross S at some time.
A
34. Electric potential is a characteristic of electric 42. Since VA = VB = VC = VD
field. It does not matter, whether a charge is ∴ WAB = q (VB − VA) = 0 r
Q r
placed in the electric field or not. B r D
Similarly WAC = WAD = WAA = 0 r
35. At any point inside the sphere, the potential is
same and is equal to that at the surface. C

158
 

Chapter 08: Electrostatics

43. Potential energy of the system 50. The electric potential V (x, y,z) = 4x 2 volt
= (−e)(−e) =
2
e →  ∂V ˆ ∂V ˆ ∂V 
4πe0 r 4πe0 r −  ˆi
Now E = +j +k 
 ∂x ∂y ∂z 
As r decreases, potential energy increases.
∂V ∂V ∂V
Now
= 8x,= 0 and =0
44. E = − dV = −(10x + 10) ∂x ∂y ∂z
dx →
At x = 1 Hence E = − 8 xiˆ ,
E = −(10 × 1 + 10) = −20 V/m so at point (1 m, 0, 2 m)
→
45. Spheres have same potential, E = − 8iˆ volt / metre or
K Q1 = K Q 2 8 along negative X-axis.
R1 R2
1 1
Q1 = R1 51. For a charge V ∝ and for a dipole V ∝
r r2
Q2 R2
52. −12 × 10–9 C
1 q 12 × 10–9 C
46. V=
4πε0 r 6 cm A 4 cm
q1 q2
V′ = 1 q '
4πε0 r ' 1  q1 q2 
V = V1 + V2 =  −2
+ 
1 nq 4πε0  6 × 10 4 × 10−2 
= ( q′ = nq, r′ = n1/3 r )
4πε0 n1/3r
= 9 × 109  12 × 10−2 + −12 × 10−2 
−9 −9

V′ = Vn 2/3
 6 × 10 4 × 10 
9 −7
−(VQ − VP ) = 9 × 10 × 10 (2 − 3) = − 900 V.
47. E = −∆V = −(V2 − V1 ) =
∆x (r2 − r1 ) (rB − rA ) 53. Potential at A = Potential due to (+ q) charge
= −(
5 − 10 ) + Potential due to (– q) charge
= 5 V/m
6−5 1 q 1 (−q)
= + =0
48. 4πε0 2
a +b 2 4πε0 a 2 + b2
A B
5
54. Electric potential due to each charge at the
Potential in volts

4 1 2q .
centre of the square is
3 4πε0 l
2 1 2q = 1 2q
∴ total potential = 4 ×
1 4πε0 l πε0 l
C
O 55. Diagonal of the cube,
1 2 3 4 5 6
( )
2 2
Distance R in metre a12 = 2a + a

From the graph, it is observed that slope of BC = 2a2 + a2 = 3a2

is same, indicating uniform electric field a12 = 3a2 ⇒ a1 = 3a
between B and C. ∴ Potential at the centre of the cube is
Hence, electric field at R = 5 m is,
E = slope of line BC V=8× 1 Q = 8 2Q
4πε0 3 4πε0 3 a
−dV  0−5 a
= = −  = 2.5 V/m 2
dr 6−4
∴ V= 4Q
dV dV 3πε0a
49. Ex = − = −(−5) = 5, Ey = − = −3
dx dy
56. Potential will be zero at two points
dV
and Ez = − = − 15
dz q1 = 2 µC M q2 = –1 µC N
Enet = E 2x + E 2y + E z2 O
x=0 x=4 x=6 x = 12
= (5) 2 + (−3) 2 + (− 15) 2 l l'
6
= 7 units.
159
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

At internal point (M), 65. 1 q1q 2
U= ;
1  2 × 10−6 (−1 × 10−6 )  4πε0 r
× + =0
4πε0  (6 − l ) l  2
∴ net potential energy U net = 3 × 1 q
∴ l=2m 4πe0 l
So distance of M from origin; x = 6 – 2 = 4 m
At exterior point (N), 66. Electrostatic potential energy between two
1  2 × 10−6 (−1 × 10−6 )  protons at a distance r in 92U235 nucleus is given
× + =0 by
4πε0  (6 − l' ) l' 
∴ l′ = 6 m U= 1 q1q 2
So distance of N from origin, x = 6 + 6 = 12 m 4πε0 r
Substituting the values,
57. From charge configuration, at the centre electric 9 −19 −19
field is non-zero. Potential at the centre due to ∴ U = 9 × 10 × 1.6 × 10 −15× 1.6 × 10
9 × 10
2q charge V2q = 2q −14
r ∴ U = 2.56 × 10 J
2q
67. Potential energy of the system when charge Q is
r at O is
r
r U0 = qQ + qQ =
2qQ
E– q E2q E– q a a a
–q –q
When charge Q is shifted to position O′, the
and potential due to – q charge potential energy will be
q Q
V− q = − (r = distance of centre point) q q
r
∴ total potential V = V2q + V− q + V− q = 0 O O′
x

58. Potential at the centre is 5 ×  1 q  (a + x) (a − x)

 4πε0 l 
The electric field due to the oppositely placed qQ qQ qQ(2a)
U= + =
charges cancel and net electric field is (a + x) (a − x) (a 2 − x 2 )
 1 q
. −1
= 2qQ × 1− x 
 2 
2

 4πε0 l 
a 
2
a 
60. Conducting surface behaves as equipotential
≈ 2qQ × 1+ x 2 
2
surface. ( x < < a)
a  a 
61. Potential of points lying perpendicular to
∆U = U − U0 = 2qQ 1+ x 2  − 2qQ
2
electric field is same. ∴
a a  a 
62. For the isolated charged conductor the potential
is same at every point. = 2qQ
3
(x2)
Y a
63.
68. +10 V −4 V
Equipotential → P Q
surfaces E
X Work done in moving 100e− from P to Q, (Work
done in moving 100 negative charges from the
Z positive to the negative potential).
64. Potential inside the sphere will be same as that W = (100e−) × (VQ − VP)
q = (−100 × 1.6 × 10−19)(−14 V)
on its surface i.e., =V V= stat volt,
surface
10 W = 2.24 × 10−16 J
q
Vout = stat volt 69.
20
∆V = W = 4 × 10 × 1.6 × 10
−19

15
q0 0.25
Vout 2 2
∴ = ⇒ Vout = V
V 3 3 = 256 V ( 1eV = 1.6 × 10−19 J)

160
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

1
88. I∝ ⇒ I = Kr–2
r2 Competitive Thinking
–3
∴ dI = K(–2)r dr
2. ν = 9 GHz = 9 × 109 Hz
dI (−2)dr
∴ = Velocity of radiation in air,
I r
c = 3 × 108 m/s
dI
∴ =–2×1%=–2% c 3 × 108 10−1
I ∴ =
λ= =9
m
ν 9 × 10 3
∴ Intensity must decrease by 2%
Wave number for the wavelength,
89. For spherical wavefront, radius = r 1
ν=
2 1 λ
Also, I ∝ a but I ∝
r2 ∴ Here, number of waves in 1 m,
1 length 1
∴ a∝ =n = = 30
r l 10 −1

90. In polar regions, magnetic compass becomes 3

inoperative hence sunlight which is easily 3. On the wavefront, all the points are in same phase.
available and scattered by earth’s atmosphere
gives plane polarised light when scattered sin i c
6. n= and n =
through 90°. This is used for navigation sin r v
purpose. ∴ For same i, as r increases, value of n decreases.
92. For diffraction at circular aperture, 1
But n ∝ , hence as value of n decreases v
1.22 λ v
θ= increases.
d
1.22 × (6 ×10−7 m) This means as sin r increases v increases.
= = 3.66 × 10−4 rad Therefore, speed of light is minimum where
(2 ×10−3 m)
angle of refraction is minimum.
If r is the radius of the image formed by the lens
r sin i i
at its focus, then θ =   7. n= = ( i << , sin i ≈ i)
f  sin r r
∴ r = f θ = (6 × 10−2 m) (3.66 × 10−4 rad) n=
c
=
c
=
i
= 21.96 × 10−6 m v 0.75c r
A = πr2 = (3.14) (21.96 × 10−6 m)2 3
∴ r = 0.75 i = i
= 15.14 × 10−10 m2 4
P 3 i
I = δ=i−r=i− i=
S 4 4
8×10−3 W
= ca c
15.14 ×10−10 m 2 8. n= = a
cg 0.8ca
kW
≈ 5.2 sin i 1
m2 ∴ =
sin r 0.8
93. When a beam of light is used to determine the for small angle i, sin i ≈ i and sin r ≈ r
position of an object, the maximum accuracy is
i 1
achieved if the light is of shorter wavelength, ∴ =
because r 0.8
1 ∴ r = 0.8 i
Accuracy ∝ Angle of deviation,
Wavelength
δ = i – r = i – 0.8 i = 0.2 i
94. Referring to diagram, while reaching to point P, i
wavefront AB has crossed distance equivalent to δ=
5
three wavefronts.
As, the gap between successive wavefront is λ, sin i
9. µ=
distance covered by wavefront AB in reaching sin r
point P is 3λ. Given: i = 2r
(3λ) i
Hence the required time, t = ∴ r=
c 2

144
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

∴ C2 = 4 + 5 + 6 = 15 µF ....(ii) 91. C1 = 2 µF, V = 100 V
From (i) and (ii), ∴ Q1 = C1V = 2 × 100 = 200 µC
C2 15 37 If we connect this condenser to uncharged
= = condenser, then total charge, Q = Q1
C1 60 / 37 4
Q = 200 µC (due to parallel combination)
86. The capacitors of capacitance 2 µF and 6 µF are Total capacitance C = C1 + C2
connected in series. Hence, their effective = 2 µF + 3 µF = 5 µF
6× 2 Totalcharge
capacitance, Cs = = 1.5 µF. ∴ Common potential =
6+ 2 Totalcapacitance
These two branches are connected in parallel. 200 ×10−6
= = 40 V
∴ Equivalent capacitance (C′) = 1.5 + 1.5 = 3 µF 5×10−6
Now 4 µF, 4 µF and C′ are connected in series.
∴ Relation for the capacitance between P and Q, 92.
A F
1 1 1 1 5 6
= + + = or C′′ = µF X E B Y
C′ 4 4 3 6 5 C C C
87. Given six capacitors are in parallel Figure (a)
∴ Ceq = 6C = 6 × 2 µF = 12 µF Join B and E together. Similarly, join A and F.
Then the given circuit becomes as shown in
88. Capacitance of first capacitor (C1)
figure (b)
= 30 µF = 30 × 10−6 F and its voltage (V1) C
= 500 V X Y
Capacitance of the second capacitor (C2) C
= 15 µF = 15 × 10−6 F and its voltage (V2)
= 300 V C
C1V1 + C2 V2 Figure (b)
∴ Common potential (V) =
C1 + C2 ∴ Ceq = C + C + C = 3C = 3 × 2 = 6 µF
−6 −6
(30 ×10 × 500) + (15×10 × 300) 93. Given circuit can be drawn as,
=
(30 ×10−6 ) + (15×10−6 ) 8 µF
≈ 433 V
8 µF
1 1 1
89. = + A B
Ceff C1 C 2 + C3
8 µF
= 1 + 1
2 2 +1 8 µF
1 1
= + = 5
2 3 6 ∴ Equivalent capacitance between A and B
∴ Ceff = 6 µF = Cp = 4 × 8 = 32 µF
5
Q
∴ Total charge, Q = 6 × 10–6 ×120 = 144×10–6 C 94. V= But Q = Ceff V ....(i)
C
5
Cp = 3 + 6 + 3 = 12 µF
∴ Potential difference across C1,
12 × 2 24 12
−6
V1 = Q = 144 × 10 = 72 V ∴ Cs = Ceff = = = µF
12 + 2 14 7
C1 2 × 10−6
12
∴ Q= × 70 = 120 µC ....[From (i)]
90. Charge on capacitor, 7
Q = CV = 8 × 10−6 × 12 = 96 µC ∴ V=
120
= 60 V
Q 2
∴ V=
C 95. When two capacitors are connected in series
Q combination,
⇒ C=
V 1 1 1 C +C
= + = 1 2
96 CS C1 C2 C1C2
Total capacity, C = C1 + C2 = = 32 µF
3 C1C2 15
∴ CS = = µF
∴ C2 = 32 µF − C1 = 32 − 8 = 24 µF C1 + C2 4

162
 

Chapter 07: Wave optics

sin i I0  I0 
µ= 16. Using law of Malus, =   cos2θ ⇒ θ = 60°
i 8 2
sin  
2
17. Using law of Malus,
i i
2sin   cos   Intensity of light transmitted from 1st polaroid,
2
  2
µ= I0
i
 
sin   I1 = I0 cos2 θ =
2
2
∴ Intensity of emergent light, I2 = I1 cos2 45°
i
∴ µ = 2 cos I1 I
2 = = 0
2 4
µ
⇒ i = 2 cos–1   18. Using law of Malus, I2 = I1 cos2 θ
2
∴ I2 = I1 cos2 60°
10. S 1
2

∴ I2 = I1   = I1 = 0.25 I1
d 2 4

5 cm Hence, intensity becomes 25% of initial i.e., it

decreases by 75%.
thickness of slab (t) = 5 cm 19. By law of Malus, I = I0 cos2θ
n = 1.6 Now, IA′ = IAcos230°
Now, ng == =
c d/T d and IB′ = IBcos260°
v t/T t As IA′ = IB′
∴ d = n t = 1.6 × 5 = 8 cm ⇒ IA × 3 = IB × 1
4 4
c c cT IA 1
11. µ == =
v t/T t =
IB 3
µt
∴ T=
c 20. Intensity of unpolarised light after passing
through polariser A,
12. Speed of light in medium of ref. index (4/3) is I
I′A =
c 3 × 108 9 × 108 2
v=
= =
n 4/3 4 Given that the intensity of light after passing
d 4.5 × 4 through polariser B is,
⇒t= = = 2 × 10–8 = 20 ns
v 9 × 108 I
I′B =
2
13. Given: Ng = Nw ∴ Polarisers A and B are parallel to each other.
d Let polariser C makes angle θ with the polariser A.
But number of waves N = ;
λ Hence, it will make same angle with polariser B.
where d = thickness of the medium I
dg
∴ Using law of Malus, I′C = cos2 θ
d 2
∴ = w
λg λw Now, when the light passes through C and then B.
λ air I  I
But λg =
λ
and λw = air IB =  cos 2θ  cos2 θ =
µg µw 2  8
1
∴ ngdg = nwdw ∴ (cos2θ)2 =
4
n gdg 1.5 × 6 9
∴ nw = = = = 1.286 ∴ cos2θ =
1
dw 7 7
2
1
14. When polaroid is placed making 45° to y-axis, ∴ cos θ =
intensity of emergent light would lie between 2
2 ∴ θ = 45°
Imax i.e., I0 and Imin. i.e., I0. Amongst given
3 21. Using Malus’ law,
options, only option (C) satisfies this condition. I = I0 cos2θ,
15. Using law of Malus, where θ is angle between polarizer and analyser.
I0
I = I0 cos2 θ = I0 cos2 60° = I0 = I0 cos2θ
4 10

145
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

1 33.
∴ cos θ = = 0.3162
10
∴ θ ≈ 71.6°
For intensity to be zero, polarizer and analyser
should be at angle 90°. S1 S2
O
∴ Angle through which analyser should be rotated d
further, φ = 90° − θ = 90° − 71.6° = 18.4°
23. Given: Reflected ray and refracted ray are
perpendicular to each other. This implies that
the angle of incidence equals polarising angle Screen
(θB). For i = θB, reflected light is completely
plane polarised i.e., its electric vector is Amongst the options only for a circle with
perpendicular to the plane of incidence. centre as O, path difference will be constant,
giving steady interference.
24. Here i = 57°
Given: 34. A2 = a12 + a 22 + 2a1a 2 cos φ , where A is amplitude of
tan 57° = 1.54 = refractive index of glass slab resultant wave and given that, a1 = a2 = a, where,
This means according to Brewster’s law, light is a is amplitude of individual wave.
incident at polarizing angle. φ
 
Therefore, reflected light will be plane ∴ A2 = 2a2(1 + cos φ) = 2a2 1 + 2cos 2 − 1
 2 
polarized. Hence, upon analysing, its intensity
will gradually reduce to zero and then increase φ
⇒ A2 ∝ cos2
as the polaroid is rotated. 2
Now, I ∝ A2
25. θB + r = 90° φ φ
r = 90° – 57° = 33° ∴ I ∝ A2 ∝ cos2 ⇒ I ∝ cos2
2 2
27. For polarising angle,
I φ
c 35. = cos2   ;
tan θ = µ = I0 2
v
v 2π
∴ cot θ = phase difference = × path difference
c λ
v 2π 2π λ π
∴ θ = cot−1   φ= ∆x = × =
c λ λ 6 3
 π  3I
29. Given that, ∴ I = I0 cos2   = 0
6 4
reflected ray is plane polarised.
Using Brewster’s law, 2π
36. Phase difference, =
φ (∆x)
ng λ
∴ = tan i
nw For path difference λ, phase difference φ1 = 2π
∴ n g = tan(51°) × n w = 1.235 × 1.4 = 1.73 for path difference λ/4, phase difference
φ2 = π/2.
30. According to Brewster’s law, φ
n = tan θB Using, I = 4I0 cos 2
2
sin i 1
But n = = (In this case). I1 cos 2 (φ1 / 2)
sin r slope ∴ =
I 2 cos 2 (φ2 / 2)
1 1
∴ tan θB == = 3 K cos 2 (2π / 2) 1 K
o
slope tan 30 ∴
= = ⇒ I2 = .
I2  π / 2  1 / 2 2
cos 2 
∴ θB = tan−1 ( 3 ) = 60°  2



31. Path difference for all wavelengths at the central λ

37. Path difference, ∆x = ∆φ
point will be zero. Hence, central band will be 2π
white a few coloured bands are observed on λ
either side of the central band. Given: ∆x =
3
32. The two sources of light emitting different 2π
⇒ phase difference, ∆φ =
wavelengths will not form interference fringes. 3

146
 

Chapter 08: Electrostatics

As C1, C2 are in series, 126. While drawing the dielectric plate outside, the
CC capacitance decreases till the entire plate comes
Cs = 1 2 out and then becomes constant. So, V increases
C1 + C2
2k1C0 × 2k 2C0 2k k C
and then becomes constant.
= = 1 2 0
2C0 (k1 + k 2 ) k1 + k 2 ab 1 12 × 9 × 10−4 
127. C = 4πε0k  =
 ⋅ 6  
Cs 2k1k 2 b − a  9 × 109  3 × 10−2 
∴ =
C0 k1 + k 2 = 24 × 10−11 = 240 pF
122. Capacity of capacitor = C 128. Initial charge on the capacitor Q = 10 × 12
ε0 AV = 120 µC
Q = CV = .…(i)
d Final charge on the capacitor Q′
After inserting a slab, capacitance becomes C1
= (5 × 10) × 12 = 600 µC
and charge remains same, Q = C1V1
∴ Charge supplied by the battery later = Q′ − Q
By increasing the distance, we get same
potential difference as in first case. = 480 µC
Q = C2V ….(ii) ε0A
ε A 129. Using, C =
C= 0 d
d−t
Cd 3 × 5 × 10−3
1 d − 3 + 2.4 3 d − 0.6 3 ∴ A =
= ≈ 1.695×109 m 2
∴ = + = + ε0 8.85 × 10−12
C2 ε0A kε 0 A ε0A kε0 A
From equations (i) and (ii), Q Qd
130. V= = ⇒ V∝d
C = C2 C ε0 kA
1 1
∴ = 1 C d 15 2
C C2 131. C∝ ⇒ 1= 2⇒ =
d d − 0.6 3 d C 2 d1 C2 6
∴ = + ∴ C2 = 45 µF
ε0A ε0A kε0 A
3 Aε Aε Aε
∴ d = d – 0.6 + 132. C = ⇒ C1 = 1 and C2 = 2
k d d1 d2
3
∴ k= =5 C2 Aε d A d 1 1 1
0.6 ∴ = 2 × 1 = 2× 1 = × =
C1 d2 A1ε A1 d 2 2 2 4
123. Capacity of plate in medium,
C1 1
kε A ∴ C2 = = ×12 = 3 µF
Cm = 0 ….(i) 4 4
d
If medium is removed, 133. Cmedium = k Cair
ε0 A C medium 110
C= ….(ii) ∴ k= = = 2.2
d Cair 50
From equations (i) and (ii),
Cm = kC 134. Aluminium being a metal, the field inside it will
Cm 16 µF be zero. Hence it would not affect the field in
∴ C= = = 2 µF between the two plates. Hence capacity
k 8
q q
124. Potential difference across the condenser, = = remains unchanged.
V Ed
σ σ
V = V1 + V2 = E1t1 + E2t2 = t1 + t2 ε0 A ε A ε (5A)
k1ε0 k 2ε 0 135. C = and C′ = 0 + 0
d 2d 2d
σ  t1 t 2  Q  t1 t 2 
V=  +  =  +  6ε A 3ε A
ε 0  k1 k 2  Aε0  k1 k 2  = 0 = 0
2d d
125. If length of the foil is l, then 3ε A ε A 2ε A
∴ ∆C = C′ − C = 0 − 0 = 0
kε0 (l × b) d d d
C= ….[ A = l × b]
d Percentage change in capacitance,
2.5 × 8.85 × 10−12 (l × 400 × 10−3 )  2ε 0 A 
∴ 2 × 10−6 =
0.15 × 10−3 ∆C  d 
= × 100 %= 200%
2 × 10−6 × 0.15 × 10−3 C  ε0A 
∴ l = = 33.9 m  
2.5 × 8.85 × 10−12 × 400 × 10−3  d 

165
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

1 Q2 Akε0 A A A

136. U = and C = ε0   kε0   ε0  
2 C d 4
  ,C 2
  ,C 4
141. C1 =
= 2 = 3
1 1 d d d
∴ U∝ ∝
C k A/4 A/2 A/4
U1 k
∴ = 2 k
U2 k1 d
If k1 = 1 and k2 = 2 then, 1 2 3
U U
U2 = 1 = 1
k2 2
∴ Ceq = C1 + C 2 + C3
137. Presence of proton will not affect field between the  k +1 ε A  4 +1
plates (since proton charge is quite small = 
0
=   × 10 = 25 µF
 2  d  2 
compared to the charges on the plate)
V 200 20000 144. Displacement current does not depend on the
∴ E= = = = 10000 V/m moving charges but it changes with time which
d 2 × 10 −2
2
causes variation in the field.
138. The two condensers filled with k and with air 145. Change in the field results in the formation of
are in parallel. magnetic fields. Hence displacement currents
ε0  3A  3ε0 A lead to magnetic field between the plates of a
With air: C1 =  = capacitor.
d 4  4d
ε0 K  A  ε0 Ak 1 1
With medium: C2 = 146. U1 = CV12 , U2 = CV12
 = 2 2
d 4 4d
U1 V2
∴ Ceq = C1 + C2 ∴ = 12
U2 V2
3ε0 A ε0 Ak εA 3 k C
∴ Ceq = + = 0  +  = (k + 3) V22 900
4d 4d 4d  4 4  4 ∴ U2 = 2
U1 = × U1 = 9 U1
V1 100
C
∴ Ceq = (k + 3) 1 1
4 147. Increase in energy = C1V12 – C0V02
2 2
1
139. C =
ε0A = C (V12 – V02) ....( C1 = C0 = C)
d 2
1
 ε 0 A   ε 0ε r A  = × 10 × 10–6 (121 – 100)
C1C 2   .  2
d/2  d/2 
∴ C= = 1
C1 + C 2  ε0 A ε0ε r A 
+
= × 10 × 21 × 10–6 = 105 × 10–6 J = 105 µJ
  2
d/2 d/2 
2ε0 Aε r 2Cε r 1 1
= = 148. U1 + U2 = C1 V12 + C2 V22
d(1 + ε r ) (1 + ε r ) 2 2
1
= [4 × 10−6 × 50 × 50 + 2 × 10−6 × 100 × 100]
140. In air, the potential difference between the plates, 2
σ 1 3
Vair = .d = [10−2 + 2 × 10−2] = × 10−2 J
ε0 2 2
In the presence of partially filled medium, 149. U = 1 CV2 = 1 Q
2

potential difference between the plates, 2 2 C

σ t Here, Q in both cases is same
Vm = (d − t + )
ε0 k Q2
∴ U1 = and
Potential difference between the plates with 2C1
dielectric medium and increased distance is, 2
U2 = Q = Q
2

σ t 2C 2 2kC1
Vm′ = (d + d ') − t + 
ε0  k Now, C ∝ k ⇒ C2 = kC1
According to question, Vair = Vm′ which gives ∴ Decrease in energy = U1 − U2
= Q − Q = Q × 1 − 1 
2 2 2
t 2
k= ⇒k= =5 2C1 2kC1 k 2C1  
t − d' 2 − 1.6

166
 

Chapter 08: Electrostatics

U1 − U 2 Q2 (40 ×10−6 ) 2 16 ×10−10
∴ Fractional decrease in energy = 157. U = = = = 8× 10−5 J
U1 2C 2 ×10 ×10−6 2 ×10−5
Q2  1  = 8 × 10−5 × 107 = 800 erg
× 1−
= 2C1  k  = 1 − 1
1 1
 Q2  k 158. U = CV2 = ×12×10−12 × (50)2 = 1.5 × 10−8 J
  2 2
 2Cl 
159. Total capacitance of given system,
1 1 3 2 1 1 1 1
150. U = CV 2 = × 4 ×10−6 × (10 ) = 2 J = + +
2 2 Ceff 4 ( 4 + 4 ) 4
1 1 1 1
152. If C is the capacitance of each capacitor then, ∴ = + +
Ceq 4 8 4
1 1 1 1 3
= + + = 8
Ceff C C C C ∴ Ceq = µF
5
C
∴ Ceff = = 2µF ⇒ C = 6 µF 1 1 8
3 ∴ U= CeqV2 = × × 10−6 × 225
2 2 5
Now, for parallel combination,
= 180 × 10−6 J
Ceff = 3C = 3 × 6 = 18 µF
= 180 × 10−6 × 107erg = 1800 erg
1 1
∴ U= Ceff V 2 = ×18×10−6 × (200) 2
160. Energy stored in fully charged capacitor,
2 2
−6 4
= 9 × 10 × 4 × 10 = 36 × 10 −2 1
U= CV2
= 0.36 J 2
But work done by battery W = QV or
153. In parallel combination, U = W = CV.V = CV2
Ceff = C1 + C2 + C3 + C4 + C5 + C6 = 6 × 1 Energy required to charge the capacitor,
= 6 µF and V = 2 V U = CV2 =
ε0 A 2 ε0 Ad 2
∴ .V = 2 ⋅ V
∴ Q = CV = 6 × 2 = 12 µC d d
Q 12  V
∴ Q1 = = = 2 µC = ε 0 E 2 Ad ….  E =
6 6  d 
Q 2 µC
In series, V1 = 1 = =2V 1 1
C1 1 µF 161. U= CV 2 = × 6 × 10−6 (100) 2 = 0.03J
2 2
∴ VT = 6V1 = 12 V
C 1 162. Work done in placing the charge = Energy
Ceff (in series) = = µF stored in the condenser
6 6
1 Q2 (8 × 10−18 ) 2
Using E = CV2, ∴ W= = = 32 × 10−32 J
2 2C 2 × 100 × 10−6
1 1 1
∴ E= × ×10−6 × 12 × 12 = 12 × 10−6 J = 12 µJ 163.= QV Area of triangle OAB
U =
2 6 2
C 3C 164. Heat produced = Energy stored in capacitor
154. Ceff = C + =
2 2 1 1
= CV 2 = × 4×10−6 × (400) 2 = 2 × 10−6 × 16 × 104
1  3C  3CV 2 2 2
∴ Work done =   V 2 = = 0.32 J
2 2  4
1 1
1  165. U = CV 2 = × 700 ×10−12 × (50) 2
 qV  1 2 2
2
155. The required ratio,  = = 350 × 10−12 × 2500 = 8.75 × 10−7 J
qV 2
166. C1 = 4 × 10−6 F, V1 = 50 volt, C2 = 2 × 10−6 F,
1Q 2
V2 = 100 volt
156. Energy, U = .
2 C ∴ Total energy before connection
For a charged capacitor, charge Q is constant =
1 1
C1V12 + C2 V22
and with the increase in separation, C will 2 2
1 1
decrease (C ∝ ). = (4 × 10 × 50 × 50 + 2 × 10−6 × 100 × 100)
−6
d 2
Hence overall U will increase. = 1.5 × 10−2 J
167
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

Equivalent capacity in parallel combination, 172. As A and B are at the same potential.
CP = C1 + C2 = 4 × 10−6 + 2 × 10−6 = 6 × 10−6 F WAB = qo (VB − VA) = 0
Common potential in parallel combination of The amount of net work done will be zero for
equipotential surface.
C1V1 + C 2 V2
capacitors, V = 173. W = qV
C1 + C2
Change in K.E = work
−6 −6
= 4 × 10 × 50−6 + 2 × 10 −6 × 100 ∴ 1
mv2 = qV
4 × 10 + 2 × 10 2
4 ×10−4 2 2qV
= = × 102 volt v=
6 ×10−6 3 m
∴ Total energy after connection 174. Since the electric field is directed from south to
north hence rate of change of potential will be
= 1 CpV2
2 along this direction, but it is zero along east and
west.
2 2
= 1 × 6 × 10−6 × × × (102)2 Q1 Q2
2 3 3 175. When ≠ ; current will flow in
R1 R2
4 connecting wire so that energy decreases in the
= × 10−2
3 form of heat through the connecting wire.
= 1.33 × 10−2 J
176. Work done, W = Uf − Ui
1 1 (C) 1
.(3V0)2 = 3 × CV02
2
1Q Ui = CV02 and Uf =
167. Using, U = , 2 2 3 2
2C
1 2 2
1 (Q + 2) 2 ∴ Uf − Ui = CV 0 (3 − 1) = CV 0
1.21U = 2
2 C
ε AV 2  ε A
1.21 (Q + 2) 2 1.21 Q + 2 ∴ W= 0 0 ….  C = 0 
∴ = ⇒ = d  d 
1 Q2 1 Q
∴ 1.1Q = Q + 2 ⇒ Q = 20 C 177.

k2 = 6
k1 = 3
169. Suppose charge on inner sphere is + Q as A air A
shown.
Potential on inner sphere d
d/3 2d/3
Q Q –Q
V= − ε0A
4 6 Cair = = 9.
4 cm d
∴ = 1 1 +Q
3 Q −  6 cm d1 d2
4 6 1 1 1 +
= + = k1ε0 A k 2ε0 A
∴ Q = 36 e.s.u. C med C1 C 2

εA k1k 2ε0 A
170. U = 1 CV2 = 1 0 V2 ∴ Cmed =
2 2 d k1d 2 + k 2d1
At any instant, let the separation between plates 3 × 6 × ε0A 18ε0 A
= =
be x 2d d 4d
3× + 6×
3 3
εA
∴ U = 1 0 V2 C med 18e0 A d 18
2 x ∴ = × =
Cair 4d e0A 4
dU 1 1 dx ε AV 2
∴ = ε0 AV2(–1) 2 = – 1 0 2 (v) ∴ Cmed =
18
×9
dt 2 x dt 2 x
4
i.e., potential energy decreases as (1/x2). = 40.5 pF
171. As separation between plates is reduced, C 178. Initial energy of the system,
increases but charge on it remains same. Hence, 1 1 1
Ui = CV12 + CV22 = C ( V12 + V22 )
2 2 2
from the relation U = 1 q , U decreases. Also,
2
0

2 C When the capacitors are joined, common

work done in charging the capacitor is stored as CV1 + CV2 V +V
potential, V = = 1 2
potential energy. 2C 2

168
 

Chapter 08: Electrostatics

∴ Final energy of the system, 1
2
186. Work done = qV
1 1 V +V 2
Uf = (2C)V2 = 2C  1 2 
2 2  2  1
= × 4 × 4 × 10−6
1 2
= C(V1 + V2)2 = 8 × 106 J
4
∴ Decrease in energy = Ui − Uf work 8 × 106
∴ Power = = = 80 MW
1 time 0.1
= C(V1 − V2)2
4 187. Here, V is constant.
179. Using Shortcut 11 1
U= CV2
2πε0 L 2
Capacitance of a cylindrical capacitor =
b C′ → kC ⇒ energy stored will become k times
l n 
a q = CV ⇒ q will become k times
Energy stored in the capacitor, kq
∴ Surface charge density, σ′ = = kσ0
b A
Q 2l n  
1 Q2 1 2
 Q ×k
 a=
U= = 188. A charged cloud induces opposite charge on
2 C 2 2πε0 L L
pointed conductors. At sharp points of the
where k is a constant.
conductor, surface density of charge is very high
If the charge and length are doubled,
and charge begins to leak from the pointed ends
Q′2 4  Q2 
× k =  = 2 times the energy. by setting up oppositely charged electic wind.
L′ 2 L 
When this wind comes in contact with the
180. Heat produced = Energy of charged capacitor charged cloud, it neutralizes some of the charge
1 on it. Hence, the potential difference between
= CV 2
2 the cloud and the building is reduced. This in
1 turn reduces the chance of lightening striking
= × (2 × 10−6 ) × (100) 2
2 the building (if the lightning strikes the building,
= 0.01 J then the charge is conducted to the earth and the
1 building remains safe).
CV 2 40 10−6 (3000) 2
× ×
181. Power = 2 = = 90 kW 189. Volume = 1 litre = 1 × 10−3 m3
t 2 × 2 × 10−3
u = 1 ε0E2 = 1 × 8.85 × 10−12 × (103)2
182. The ±q charges appearing on the inner surfaces 2 2
of A, are bound charges. B is uncharged initially = 4.425 × 10−6
and as it is isolated, the charges on A will not be
affected on closing the switch S. No charge will ∴ Energy stored in 10−3 m3 of air
flow into B. = 4.425 × 10−6 × 10−3 = 4.425 × 10−9 J
r q in
183. E inside = r ….(r < R) 191. φE = = 0 ⇒ qin = 0
3e0 ε0
rR 3 Now,
E outside = ….(r ≥ R)
3e0 r 2 qIN for S1 = −3q − q + q = − 3q
i.e. inside the uniformly charged sphere, field qIN for S2 = + q − q = 0
varies linearly (E ∝ r) with distance and that qIN for S3 = −3q + q = − 2q
1 qIN for S4 = −3q
outside it varies according to E ∝
r2 192. Assertion is true, Reason is true and Reason is a
184. Work done = Energy stored in condenser correct explanation for Assertion.
1 1  Q1 + Q 2 
∴ mgh = CV 2 VA =   R2
2 4πε0  R 2 
CV 2 10 ×10−6 × (6 ×103 ) 2
∴ h= = = 1800 m 1  Q1 Q 2  Q1 R1
2mg 2 ×10 ×10−3 ×10 VB =  +  B
4πε0  R1 R 2  Q2
185. Work done in compression A
1 1 1 
= Energy stored in condenser ∴ VB − VA = Q1  − 
⇒ Ratio of energies = 1 4πε0  R1 R 2 

169
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

193. The given circuit can be redrawn and reduced to 194. Let the plates be numbered as shown below.
the following: Plates 2, 3, 4 and 5 may be treated as a collection
E of two plates as shown in the diagram.
We get five capacitors with top and bottom
C capacitors having a capacitance C/2 and the rest
C with capacitance C.
C C 2C 1
C 2L
2 A
L
C C L 3
C
L 4
B
E
Now, the potential across 2L 5
the two capacitors in C 6
parallel in E. Hence the Hence the circuit gets reduced as shown in the
charge stored in each is (19/11)C figure below. C/2
C C/2
q1, q2 = CE .…(i)
The other two capacitors
are in series. Hence the
charge in each of them is C A B
q3 = (19/30) CE .…(ii)
C
Therefore the potential across the (19/11) C
capacitor is
V1 = q3 /[(19/11) C] = (11/30)E C C
Now working backwards we get the circuit, The equivalent capacitance of the above
E arrangement (Cnet) = 3/7 C.
C/2 C/2

(11/30)E

(8/3)C
2C A B

C
C
C
C C
2/7 V 3/7 V 2/7 V
Since the potential is (11/30)E, the charge on
If the potential applied across AB is V, the
the parallel capacitor,
charge on the capacitors (q)
q4 = (11/30)CE ….(iii) q = CV
For the two series capacitors, net C = (8/11)C Hence the charges on plate X = q = (−1/7) CV
Hence, charge in the capacitors
195. Metal plate acts as an equipotential surface,
q5 = (8/30)CE
therefore the field lines should enter normally to
The potential across the (8/3)C capacitor, the surface of the metal plate.
V2 = (3/30)E
We now consider the following circuit:
E Competitive Thinking
2. Charge enclosed by cylindrical surface is,
(3/30) E

(2/3)C
Qenc = 100 Q. By applying Gauss' law,
1 1
2C =φ = (Qenc. ) (100Q)
2C ee
0 0

q enclosed
C C C 3. Electric flux, ϕ =
e0

The charge on the X = 2 C capacitor is The flux through a closed surface containing an
Q6 = (3/15)CE = (1/5)CE electric dipole will be zero.

170
 

Chapter 08: Electrostatics

Totalchargeenclosed 9. Electric field intensity at a point outside
4. Flux = uniformly charged thin plane sheet is given by,
e0
i.e. for first surface, σ
E=
−q 2ε0
φ1 =
ε0 ∴ It is independent of ‘d’.
For second surface, 1 q
q 10. E=
φ2 = 4πε 0 r2
ε0
9 × 109 × ( 4 × 1010 × 1.6 × 10−19 )
=
Q
5. φE = enclosed ; Qenclosed remains unchanged. ( 20 ×10 )
−2 2

e0
= 1440 N/C
6. Charge 8q is placed at one corner of the cube, 11. There will be zero charge inside closed surface
we can imagine it to be placed at the centre of a
large cube which can be formed using an 1 q
12. E= ⋅
arrangement of 8 similar cubes. 4πε0 r 2
Charge 8q is at centre of the 8 cubes arranged to 9 × 109 × 3 × 10−9
form a closed box. ∴ E= −2 2
= 3 × 104 V/m
(3 × 10 )
∴ By using Gauss’s law,
8q kq
total flux through the bigger cube = 13. E=
ε0 r2
Er 2 2 × ( 0.3)
2
1 8q q 2 × 9 × 10−2 × 10−9
∴ Flux through one small cube = × =. q= = =
8 ε0 ε0 k 9 × 10 9
9

7. ∴ q = 2 × 10–11 C
14.
+σ
a
q 60°
30°
+σ
Let charge enclosed in the sphere of radius a be → sss  
=E cos60o ( − xˆ ) +  − sin 60o  ( yˆ )
q. According to Gauss’ theorem, 2E 0  2E 0 2E 0 
→ → q
∫ E.ds = → σ  3 xˆ 
ε0 E= 1 −  yˆ − 
2E 0  2  2 
q
E.4πr2 = A B
ε0 15. Electric field at point P
q + +λ −λ-
4πAr3 = ….( E = Ar) due to line charge A as + -
ε0
shown in figure is, + -
⇒ q = 4πε0Aa3 ….( r = a) P -
+
→ q -
8. The field due to a uniformly charged spherical EA = + R
2πε0 r -
+
shell is zero at all points inside shell. λ -
= î +
i.e., E = 0 for r < R 2πε0 R
According to Gauss’ theorem, Similarly, electric field due to line charge B,
q → λ ˆ
E= EB = i
4πε0 r 2 2πε0 R
∴ For r > R, Total electric field at point P is,
E∝ 1
→ → →
E EA + EB
=
r2
λ ˆ λ ˆ
Hence, for r > R, value of electric field = i+ i
2πε0 R 2πε0 R
decreases with increase in r.
As, the net charge on dipole is zero, the net flux λ
= N/C
across the sphere is also zero. πε0 R

171
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

16. For a charged conductor of any shape (assuming 24.
→
dV = E⋅ dx
air medium), VA 2
σ ∫ dV = −∫ 30x dx
2
E1 = ….(i)
ε0 VO 0

2
For a infinite thin plane sheet (assuming air VA – VO = − 10x 3  = −80 J
0
medium),
σ 25. Potential at surface of a sphere is,
E2 = ….(ii)
2ε 0 q
V=K = 10 V
Comparing (i) and (i) r
E1 = 2E2. where, q and r are the charge and radius of the
small drop respectively.
Q
17. Total flux = using Gauss’ law As the volume of 27 small drops equals volume
ε0 of the large drop,
Q 4  4
∴ flux through one face = 27  πr 3  = πR 3
6ε0 3  3
18. where, R is radius of large drop.
∴ R = 3r
a/2 a/2 The total charge on large drop is Q = 27q
O Q
a Q a P Hence, potential at surface of this drop is
KQ (27q) Kq
V′ = = K =9 = 9 × 10
R (3r) r
Flux due to charge at O, ∴ V′ = 90 V
Q
φ1 = 5 × → −dV
6ε0 26. E=
dr
Flux due to charge at P i.e., electric field is directed along decreasing
Q potential.
φ2 =
6ε0 ∴ VB > VC > VA
Q ∴ Potential is maximum at B.
∴ φ = φ1 + φ2 =
ε0
→ dV
19. Eight identical cubes are required to arrange so 27. E= −
dr
that this charge is at centre of the cube formed. → ∧ ∧ ∧

q r = xi + y j + zk
∴ φ=
8ε0 → ∂V ∧ ∂V ∧ ∂V ∧
E = − i− j− z
∂x ∂y ∂z
∧ ∧ ∧
q = −(6 y) i − (6 x −1 + 2z) j − (2 y) k
a 2a At point (1, 1, 0),
→ ∧ ∧ ∧ ∧ ∧ ∧
a E = − 6 i − 5 j − 2 k = −(6 i +5 j + 2 k )

21. V1 + V2 = 0
2a
28. V=
1 q
= 9 × 109 ×
65 ×10−9 ( )
4πε0 r 25 × 10−2
kq′ kq r 
∴ + = 0 ⇒ q′ = −  1  q ∴ V = 2340 volt
r1 r2  r2 
q q′ 29. Electrical potential, V = Q
22. V= + 4πε0 R
4πε0 r 4πε0 R
Now, q = σ.4πr2 and q′ = σ.4πR2 Electric field, E = 0
σ.4πr 2
σ.4πR σ(R + r)
2
30. Potential at the surface of bubble,
∴ V= + ⇒V=
4πε0 r 4πε0 R ε0 kq
Kq Kq 
V=
 r
23. U = ∫ V dq = ∫ dq V = 
R  R  Since bubble collapses into droplet of radius R.
1 KQ 2 4
= So (4πr2)t = πR3
2 R 3

172
 

Chapter 08: Electrostatics

∴ R = (3r2t)1/3 when r increases, U decreases
Now the potential of the droplet In case of unlike charges, (q1 q2) is negative
kq Vr  r 
1/3
when r increases, |U| decreases
1=
V= = V 
but because of negative sign, U increases.
R ( 3r 2 t )1/3  3t 
35. Potential at A,
31. In region A, V = constant ⇒ EA = 0
1  Q1 Q 
4−2 V1 =  + 2 
In region B, EB = = 1 Vm−1 4πε0  R 2R 
2
In region C, V = constant EC = 0 Potential at B,
4−0 1  Q2 Q 
In region D, ED = = 4 Vm−1 V2 = + 1 
1 4πε0  R 2R 
Here EA = EC and EB < ED Work done,
W = q(V1 − V2)
32. q q =1µC
q  Q1 Q  Q Q 
r W=  + 2  −  2 + 1 
4πε0  R 2R   R 2R  
2 2 m O
W=
q ( Q1 − Q 2 ) ( )
2 −1
2 ( 4πε0 R )
q q
The potential at point O is the addition of the 37. As ∆V will is same in all condition, work will
potentials created by all four charges. be same.
∴ V = 4 Vq W = q (Vf − Vi)
q 1
Now, Vq = K where, r = × diagonal 38. +q −2q +q
r 2
but, diagonal of a square = 2(sideof square) a a
∴ Diagonal = 2 × 2 2 = 4 m 1  q1q 2 q 2q 3 q 3q1 
U=  + + 
1 4πε0  r12 r23 r31 
∴ r = ×4 = 2 m
2 1  −2q 2 −2q 2 q 2 
1 ×10−6 9 =  + + 
∴ Vq = 9 × 109 × = ×103 V 4πε0  a a 2a 
2 2
q  1 −7q 2
∴ V = 4 Vq = 18 × 103 volt = −4 + =
4πε0a  2  8πε0a
33. Potential at the centre O,
1 Q 1 1 1 1
V=4× 40. = + +
4πε0 a / 2 Cs C1 C 2 C3
+q +q 1 1 1 1
= + +
A B Cs 1 2 4
4
a
O Cs = pF
7
2
Q Q
41. For series combination, V1 = and V2 =
D C1 C2
C
+q +q V2 C1
∴ = =4:1
10 V1 C 2
× 10−9
∴ 9
V = 4 × 9 × 10 × 3 = 1500 2 volt
8 × 10−2 42. The given circuit can be redrawn as shown in figure
2 where, C = (3 + 2) µF = 5 µF
1 1 1 1 12 µF
∴ = + +
34. Potential energy of a system of charges is CPQ 5 20 12
20 1 P C
 1  q1q 2 5 µF
U=   = = Q
 4πε0  r 60 3
In case of like charges, (q1 q2) is positive ∴ CPQ = 3 µF
20 µF

173
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

43. 46. The Given circuit is
4 µF 4 µF 2 µF
12 µF 12 µF
A B

4 µF 4 µF
⇒ A B 2 µF 2 µF B ≡
B
4 µF

A 2 µF A 2 µF
4 µF 4 µF 2 µF

⇒
3 µF
8 µF
A B ≡
B
∴ CAB = 8 µF
44. C 2 µF
A

A C C B 3 µF
47.
C
Q Q2
+80 µC
3.75 µF
4 µF
CP = C + C + C = 3C
Q1
3C C 2 µF
A B
Q
As C =
V
3.75 µF ∴ C∝Q
Q1 C1
3C × C ∴ =
Ceq = Q2 C2
3C + C
3C 2 Q1 2
∴ 3.75 = i.e., =
4C Q2 3
3C Q = Q1 + Q2
∴ 3.75 =
4 i.e., Q1 = Q – Q2
3.75 × 4 i.e., Q1 = 80 – Q2
∴ C= = 5 µF
3
80 − Q 2 2
∴ =
45. The circuit resembles Wheatstone’s balanced Q2 3
network 3(80 – Q2) = 2Q2
240 – 3Q2 – 2Q2 = 0
4 µF 4 µF
240 – 5Q2 = 0
240
Q2 =
5
A B ≡
Q2 = 48 µC

48. Effective capacity when connected in parallel

4 µF 4 µF
= C + C = 2C
2 µF
C
Effective capacity when connected in series =
4 µF 2
C
A B ≡ A B ∴ 2C − =6
2
3C
=6
2
2 µF
C = 4 µF

174
 

Chapter 08: Electrostatics

49. Initial charge on 6 µF condensor is – C1V1 + C 2 V2
Common potential V =
Q = CV = 6 × 10−6 × 100 = 6 × 10−4 C. C1 + C 2
When 6 µF and 14 µF are joined, the total charge 3 × 10−6 × 600 + 6 × 10−6 × 300
in circuit must remain same. Also, the potential on =
3 × 10−6 + 6 × 10−6
both condensor will be finally same as they are
1800 × 10−6 + 1800 × 10−6 3600
connected at ends with each other. = −6
= = 400 V
9 × 10 9
Q
∴ V′ =
C parallel 52. C1 C2
−4
6 × 10
∴ V′ = = 30 V
(6 + 14) × 10−6 V1 V2
6 µF 6 µF
+ −
+ − V
Q Given,
C1 = C2 = C (say)
We have,
100 V 14 µF V = V1 + V 2
When capacitor C1 is completely filled with
Q CV 6 µF × V′ dielectric material of constant K,
Now, =1
=
1 1

Q2 C 2 V2 14 µF × V′ V2 q
V1 = ...{ initially V1 = V2 ; V2 = }
Q1 6 K C2
∴ =
Q 2 14 V2
∴ V= + V2
K
50.
∴ KV = V2 + KV2
1 µF 2 µF 5 µF
∴ KV = V2(1 + K)
+ – KV
∴ V2 =
10 V 1+K

Equivalent capacitance of capacitor is given by, 53. The given circuit can be redrawn as follows.
1 1 1 1 The P.D. across 4.5 µF capacitor,
= + + 4.5 µF 9 µF
Cs 1 2 5 9
=V × 12
10 9 
Cs = µF  + 9
17 2 
Now, charge is given by,
= 8V
10 100
Q = CsV = × 10 = µC 12 V
17 17 54.
∴ Potential difference across 2µF capacitor
100 /17 50 6 µF
= = V
2 17
51. 3 µF 6 µF 6 µF 6 µF
6 µF

C1 C2 240
Here, 6µF, 6µF and 6µF are in series.
+ –
900 V 1 1 1 1
∴ = + +
Cs 6 6 6
Q = CV, Here Q is a constant
∴ Cs = 2 µF
1
∴ C∝ The circuit can be drawn as,
V
C1 V2 3 V 2 µF
∴ = ⇒ = 2 ⇒ V1 = 2V2
C 2 V1 6 V1
6 µF
Also V1 + V2 = 900 V
∴ 2V2 + V2 = 900 V
V2 = 300 V and V1 = 600 V 240
175
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

Here, 2 µF and 6 µF are in parallel, 59. Balanced Wheatstone’s Bridge
∴ Cp = 2 + 6 = 8 µF 20 µF 20 µF
55. Here 100pF and 100pF are in series, hence their
equivalent is 50pF which is in parallel with 20 µF 20 µF
50pF, whose equivalent is 100pF.
100 × 50 100
CAB = = pF
100 + 50 3 150 V
⇒ Ceff = 20 µF
56. ∴ Q = Ceff V = 20 × 10–6 × 150 = 3 × 10–3 C
Q S T V 60. The two capacitors attain common potential
A P C R C B
C C C U C (VC) given by the relation,
Total charge Q+0 Q
VC = = =
Total capacitance C + 2C 3C
C C
The final charges on two capacitors are
C Q.S.U C
⇒ A.P.R CQ Q 2Q
T.V.B Q1 = CVC = = and Q2 = 2CVC =
C C 3C 3 3

61. The charge flowing through C4 is

3C 3C q4 = C4 × V = 4 CV ….(i)
⇒ A B For the series combination of C1, C2 and C3,
1 1 1 1
= + +
The equivalent capacitance between A and B is Ceq C 2C 3C
1 3C + 3C
= ⇒ Ceq = 1.5C 1 6+3+ 2 11 6C
Ceq (3C)(3C) ∴ = = ⇒ Ceq =
Ceq 6C 6C 11
57. C1 and C2 are in parallel, Now, Ceq and C4 form parallel combination
∴ Ceq1 = C1 + C2 = 18 pF giving,
Ceq2 and C3 are in series, 6C 50C
C′ = Ceq + C4 = + 4C =
Ceq1 × C3 11 11
∴ Ceq 2 = = 6 pF 50
Ceq1 + C3 ∴ Net charge, q = C′V = CV
11
Ceq2 and C4 are in parallel, Total charge flowing through C1, C2, C3 will be
∴ Ceq2 + C4 = 6 + 9 = 15 pF 50 6CV
q′ = q − q4 = CV − 4CV = ….(ii)
58. To hold 1 kV P.D., minimum four capacitors, 11 11
which can withstand P.D. upto 300 V, As C1, C2, C3 are in series combination, the
connected in series are required. charge flowing through them will be same.
1 ∴ From equations (i) and (ii),
∴ Cs = µF 6CV/11 3
4 the required ratio = =
Now, to get capacitance of 2 µF, 8 such series 4CV 22
combinations should be connected in parallel. σ
8 62. Electric field in vacuum Ev = and
i.e. Ceq = = 2 µF. ε0
4
σ
1 2 3 4 in medium, E =
1 ε0k
If k > 1, then E < E0.
2
Electric field between plates, E = q
…

…
…

63.
8 ε0A
1 kV 2
Electrostatic force, F = qE = q
ε0A
Hence, the minimum number of capacitors
required are 8 × 4 = 32. Thus, F is independent of distance between the
plates.
176
 

Chapter 08: Electrostatics

ε0A 72. Force between plates of capacitor
64. C=
d  q 
F = qE = q  
Hence as d increases, C decreases.  2A ∈0 
Q is constant ⇒ V increases.
q2
F=
66. After separation: 2A ∈0
i. charge = constant ∴ q = CV
εA C2V 2
ii. capacity C = 0 F=
d 2A ∈0
Capacity decreases with increase in distance.
Q  A ∈0  2
iii. V=   CV
 d 
C F=
Potential increases as capacitance decreases. 2A ∈0
CV 2
V 30 − ( −10 ) F=
67. E= = −2
= 2000 Vm−1 2d
d 2 × 10
73. +q –q
68. Capacitance of a parallel plate capacitor with a
dielectric of dielectric constant k,
C = kε0 A
d
V
∴ C = kε0 AE ….  d = 
V  E
−12 −4 6 As separation between the plates are decreasing
∴ 15 × 10 –12
= k × 8.86 × 10 × 10 × 10 as they approach each other
500
and V = E.d
∴ k = 75 = 8.5 Electric field remains constant between the
8.86
plates, so V ∝ d
69. Volume of 8 drops will be same as volume of 1 q2
large drop formed by combining smaller drops. Now, force on each plate = But, F = ma
2Aε0
4  4 F
∴ 8  πr 3  = πR 3 acceleration (a) =
3  3 d
m
∴ R = 2r q2
the capacitance of bigger drop is i.e., acceleration (a) =
C′ = 4πε0R = 4πε0 2r = 2C
2Aε 0 ( m )
t
a = constant
70. The equivalent circuit is shown in the figure. So V-t curve V
P
1 2
R
4 3
t
X Y
74. When a dielectric is introduced between the
3 2 plates, as battery remains connected, E or V
Q remains unchanged.
The condensers P and Q are in parallel. Hence Charge on plates before introduction of
their equivalent capacitance is 2C. This dielectric medium is, q0 = C0V
combination is in series with capacitor R. Hence After inserting the medium, q = kC0V
the equivalent capacitance between X and Y is Induced charge, q′ = q − q0
given by = C0V (k − 1)
C × 2C 5 
CPQ = = 90 × 10−12 × 20  − 1 = 1.2 nC
C + 2C 3 
2 2 ε0 A
= C= . 75. Electric field inside parallel plate capacitor having
3 3 d Q
σ charge Q at place where dielectric is absent =
71. E= ⇒ σ = kε0E Aε0
kε0
Q
∴ σ = 2.2 × 8.85 × 10−12 × 3 × 104 ≈ 6 × 10−7 C/m2 and where dielectric is present =
kAε0

177
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

76. 1 1 C1C 2
−1

+ Ceq =  +  =
+
–  C1 C 2  C1 + C 2
– 5 × 10 10 10
A +
k = = µF = × 10–6 F
+ –
15 3 3
+ –
1 1 10
+ – U = CeqV2 = × × 10–6 × 3002 = 0.15 J
2 2 3
t
1 Q2
Potential difference between the plates, 82. U=
2 C
σ σ 1
V = Vair + Vmedium = × (d − t) + ×t ∴ Increase in energy = Q 22 − Q12 
ε0 kε0 2C 
σ t Q t 1
∴ V= (d − t + ) = (d − t + ) = [0.52 − 0.12]
ε0 k Aε0 k 2 × 48×10 −6

Q ε0A ε0A 106

∴ C= = = = [24 × 10−2]
V  t  1
d−t+  d − t  1−  96
 k  k = 0.25 × 104 = 2500 J
ε0 A ε0 A ε0 A 2ε0 A
77. C= + + = Q
q
2d d 2d d 83. W= ∫C
q
dq
78. Ceq= C1+C2+C3 10C
εA εA εA
q = 10C
q q 2  75C
= 0 + 0 + 0 ∴ W= ∫ dq =   5C =
3d 6d 9d q = 5C C 2C 2
11ε A Let W′ be the work done in increasing the
= 0
18d voltage across capacitor from 10V to 15V.
15C
dE q 2 
q = 15C
q 125C
79. Displacement current = Ak ε0
dt ∴ W′ = ∫ dq =  10C =
−6 −12 q = 10C C
2C 2
2.21 × 10 = 1 × k × 8.85 × 10 × 25
W′ 125
−6
2.21 × 10 × 10 −3 ∴ =
∴ K= −12
= 9.98 × 103 ≈ 10 W 75
8.85 × 25 × 10
∴ W′ = 1.67W
80. 2µF 4µF 84. When connected in series,
C1
(=
Ceq )
1
=
N1
; V1 3V

When connected in parallel,

+ –
6V
=( )2
Ceq N=
2 C 2 ; V2 V
cc 2× 4 8 1
Ceff = 1 2 = = µF U= CV 2
c1 + c2 2+4 6 2
8 –6 1 1
Q = Ceff V =
6
× 10−6 × 6 = 8 × 10 C ∴
2
( )
Ceq V12 = Ceq V22
1 2 2
( )
∴ Q = 8µC 1 C1 1
Now , 9V 2 = N 2C2 V 2
2 N1 2
1
U= CV2 C 2 N1N 2
2 C1 =
9
1 8 
= ×  × 10−6  × 62 85. When another capacitor is connected in parallel,
2 6  then capacitance increases by a factor 2 and
= 24µJ potential difference becomes half.
81. 1
C1 = 5µF C2 = 10µF ∴ Final energy (U) = CV2
2
2
1 V CV 2
= × 2C ×   =
2 2 4
∴ Total electrostatic energy of resulting system
300 V decreases by a factor 2.
178
 

Chapter 08: Electrostatics

1 1 q1q 2
86. U= C ( V22 − V12 ) 91. F′ =
( )
2
2 4πε0 r − t + t k
1
= × 15 × 10−6 × ( 252 −152 )
2 2
 r r   3r  9 2
2 r −  +  4   r
F   2   2    2
15 × 10−6 × ( 625 − 225 )
= = = 42
= F′ r2 r 2
r
2 F 9
=
15 × 10−6 × 400 F′ 4
= 4
2 F′ = F
9
= 15 × 10–6 × 200
92. When two air capacitors are connected in series,
= 3 × 10–3 J their effective capacity is,
C × C C2 C
87. Given that net FE and FG is zero. C1 = = =
C + C 2C 2
i.e., FE = FG When one of them is filled with dielectric
∴
1 (∆e) 2 Gm 2
× 2 = 2 ….(i) material, effective capacity becomes,
4πε0 d d 1 1 1
= + ….(where K is dielectric constant)
In case of hydrogen atoms, net charge on one H- C 2 C KC
atom will be ∆e 1 1 1
∴ = 1+
G C 2 C  K 
∴ ∆e = m ….[from (i)] C CK
 1  ∴ C2 = =
   1 (K + 1)
 4πε0  1 + K 
6.67 × 10−11 Change in effective capacities,
= 1.67 × 10–27
9 × 109 CK C
C2 – C1 = −
= 1.438 × 10 –37
C K +1 2
 K 1
= C − 
88. Force on charged particle in electric field,  K +1 2
F = eE  2K − (K + 1) 
= C 
eE  2(K + 1) 
∴ Acceleration experienced by it, a =
m  K −1 
eE eE = C 
For electron, ae = and for proton ap =  2(K + 1) 
me mp
C  K − 1
=
As, mp > me, ae > ap 2  K + 1 
As electron is pulled with greater acceleration, it → →
will take lesser time to cover height h. 93. Electric flux, φE = E.d S = ∫ ∫ EdScosθ
= ∫ EdScos90°=0
→ →
( )
→
89. AB =  B − A  = a −4ˆj + 3kˆ
  The lines are parallel to the surface.
→ →
∴ Work done = F⋅ AB 95. Refer Shortcut 7
 σ ˆ Let r be radius of each small drop and R be
= q
 2ε0 
(
 k ⋅ a −4ˆj + 3kˆ ) radius of bigger drop.
The volume remains constant
3qσa 4 4
= ∴ πR3 = n × πr3
2ε0 3 3
90. As it is evident from symmetry of figure, plates ∴ R = n1/3r
2 and 4 have charges + Q/2 each. For the small drop,
q ( Q / 2) Capacitance, C0 = 4πε0r and
We know that, C = ⇒C= charge q0 = C0V = 4πε0rV
V V
For the bigger drop,
ε0A  ε0A  Capacitance, C = 4πε0R and
⇒ Q = 2CV = 2 V ….  C = 
d  d  charge Q = nq0
179
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

Q nq 0 This shows as C increases Q increases but not
∴ Potential of bigger drop = =
C 4πε0 R linearly. Also the given relation does not
correspond to exponential graph. Hence correct
n(4πε0 rV) r  1 
= = nV   = n  1/3  V = n2/3V choice is (B).
4πε0 R R n  Charge

96. Let the charge of each drop is g Q2

g
 C= ⇒ g = CV
V
C
∴ charge of final drop ⇒ Q = ng 1µF 3µF
Let ratio of each small drop is r and big drop is
99. The capacitance of a parallel plate capacitor in
R
the absence of the dielectric is
V = nv
ε0 A
4 3 4 C0 = ….(i)
πR = n. πr 3 d
3 3
The capacitance of a parallel plate capacitor in
R3 = nr3
the presence of dielectric slab of thickness t and
R = (n)1/3 r
dielectric constant k, is
Potential on big drop
ε0A ε0A
kQ C = =
V′ = t  3   3d 
R (d − t) +    d − d  +  
k  4   4k 
kng
V′ = 1/3 ε0A 4kε0 A
n r C = = ….(ii)
 d 3d  d(k + 3)
Ratio of energy start in big drop to small drop  + 
1 kg 2/3  4 4k 
′
U′ 2 QV QV′ ng.
r
n Dividing equation (ii) by equation (i) we get,
= ⇒ ⇒ C 4kε0 A d 4k
U 1 gV kg = × =
gV g.
2 r C0 d(k + 3) ε0 A k + 3
n 5/3 100. In steady state, current through capacitor is zero
U′ =
1 E r
1
97. Using, U = CV 2 , I r1
2
1 Aε0 V P Q

U= × × (Ed) 2 ….  E = C
2 d  d  r2
R S
1
= ε0 E 2 Ad ∴ VPQ = VRS
2
E
Also, I =
98. Q1 r + r2
Q  E 
1µF ∴ VPQ =  × r2  = VRS
 r + r2 
C r2
Q2 ∴ Charge on capacitor is, QC = CVPQ = CE
2µF (r + r2 )

101. Electric field E is given by,

E V V ≡ potential difference 
E= ….  
d d ≡ plate separation 
2 2Q
Q2 = Q= ….(i) V
2 +1 3 ∴ E= ….{ d = h}
Q = CRV h
….(i)
CR = (1 µF||2 µF) series with C
Q
3C But V =
∴ CR = C
C+3
it
C×3  V= ….(ii)
∴ Q = E   C
 C+3
Substituting equation (ii) in equation (i) we get,
2 3CE  2CE
⇒ Q2 =  = …. using (i) E=
it
3 C+3 C+3 Ch

180
 

Chapter 08: Electrostatics

102. Cnet = 5 µF 1 2µF × 8 µF
= × × V2
Qnet = 5 × 8 = 40 µC 2 10 µF
We know, 1
Q2µF = 2 × 8 = 16µC = × (1.6 µF ) V 2
2
∴ Q4µF = Q12µF = Qnet − Q2µF ∆U
...{9µF|| 3µF = 12µF} ∴ % loss of energy = ×100
U
= 40 − 16 = 24µC 1.6
= × 100
Voltage across 4µF and 12µF can be given as, 2
V4µF + V12µF = V = 80 %
Q12µF 24 kdq
∴ V4µF = V − =8− = 6V 106. Potential at O, V =
C12µF 12 ∫ L+r
∴ V12µF = 2V Q
 dq = dL
i.e. V9µF = 2V L
∴ Q9 µF = 9 × 2 = 18 µC kQ
L
dL
∴ Q = Q4 µF + Q9 µF = 42 µC ∴ V= ∫ L+r
L 0
kQ 9 × 109 × 42 × 10−6
∴ E= = = 420 N/C kQ L kQ
r2 30 × 30 = ln [ L + r ]0 = ln2
L L
103. q1 = CV1 Q1, C,V Q
+ −
= ln 2
4πε0L

→ 107.
+ −
q2 = CV2 Q2, C,V

Initially from charge conservation Q a

q1 + q2 = Q1 + Q2 dr
r
CV1 + CV2 = CV + CV
C(V1 + V2) = 2CV
V1 + V2
V=
2
Charge in potential energy of system Electric field due to charge Q at r = a is,
∆U = Ui − Uf kQ
Ea = ….(i)
1 1  1 1  a2
=  CV12 + CV22  −  CV 2 + CV 2  Consider a shell of thickness dr in the region
2 2  2 2 
a ≤ r ≤ b.
1
= C{V12 + V22 − 2V 2 } A
2 charge on shell, dq = Area × r = 4 π r2d r
r
1  V + V 
2

= C V12 + V22 − 2  1 2   b

2   2   ∴ total charge in the region a ≤ r ≤ b is, q = ∫ dq

a
1  1 1  b
⇒ C V12 + V22 − V12 − V22 − V1V2  b
 r2 
2  2 2  = 4πA ∫ r dr = 4πA  
a  2 a
1  V12 V22  2 2
⇒ C + − V1V2  ∴ q = 2πA [b − a ]
2  2 2  Electric field at r = b is,
1 1
C{V12 + V22 − 2V1V2 } ⇒ C ( V1 − V2 ) k  2 π A  b 2 − a 2  + Q 
2
⇒
4 4 Eb = ….(ii)
b2
1
∆U = C ( V1 − V2 )
2
For electric field to be constant in the region
4
a ≤ r ≤ b we must have, Ea = Eb
1 from equation (i) and (ii)
104. Initial energy stored, U = ( 2µF ) × V 2  
2 kQ  2 2
 2π A  b − a  + Q 
∴ Energy dissipated on connection across 8 µF, = k
a2 b2
1  C1 C 2  2 Qb 2
∆U=  V ∴ − Q =2π A ( b 2 − a 2 )
2  C1 + C 2  a2

181
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

Q b 2 − Qa 2 Kq
2π A ( b 2 − a 2 )
= Electric field, E =
a2 r2
Q ( b2 − a 2 ) 6
2π A ( b 2 − a 2 )
= ∴ E= V/m
a 2 r2
Q
∴ A= 112. y
2πa 2
→

108. To make potential zero net charge on two p

capacitors must be made zero. Hence, capacitors θ x
must be connected such that
Q = Q1 − Q2 = 0 z
→
∴ C1V1 − C2V2 = 0 p = p cosθ î + p sinθ ĵ
∴ C1V1 = C2V2 →

∴ 120 C1 = 200 C2 E1 = E î ….(Given)

3 C1 = 5 C2
→ → →
∴ T1= p × E1
Q = (p cosθ î + p sinθ ĵ ) × E ( î )
109. C =
V
1 Q
τkˆ pEsin θ −kˆ
= ( ) ….(i)
but V = for a spherical body.
4πε0 R →
E 2 = 3 E1 ˆj ….(Given)
∴ C = 4πε0R
( p cos θ ˆi + p sin θ ˆj )×
→
∴ C = 4π × 8.85 × 10−12 × 6400 × 103 T2
= 3 E1ˆj
∴ C = 7.1 × 10−4 F
=−τkˆ 3 pE1 cos θ kˆ ….(ii)
110. from (i) and (ii), we get,
r1 = 9 cm
r2 = R pE sin θ = 3 pE cosθ
9 cm sin θ 3 pE
O
=
R cos θ pE
tan θ = 3
θ = tan–1 3
q
Capacity of isolated sphere, C = θ = 60°
V
C = 4πε0r1 ….(i) 113. Potential at O, V = Kdq
Capacity of earthed concentric hollow sphere ∫ L+r
 r1 r2 
is; CH = 4πε0    dq = Q dL
 r2 − r1  L
 r1 R  L
∴ 10C = 4πε0   ….(ii) ∴ V = KQ dL = KQ ln [ L + r ]0L
 (R − r1 )  L ∫ L+r L
0
Dividing equation (ii) by equation (i),
10C  r1 R  1 = KQ ln2 = Q
ln2
=  L 4πε0L
C  R − r1  r1
9R 1 KQ
∴ 10 = 114. V =
(R − 9) 9 R
r
∴ 10R − 90 = R VR A
∴ Q=
∴ 9R = 90 K
∴ R = 10 cm KQ
As, E =
q r2
111. Electric potential, V = K
r Substituting for Q,
Considering the 60 V equipotential surface, K  VR 
∴ E=
60 =
Kq r 2  K 
10 ×10−2
VR
∴ Kq = 6 ∴ E=
r2

182
 

Chapter 08: Electrostatics

q q′ For electric field to be constant in the region
115.=V +
4πε0 r 4πε0 R a ≤ r ≤ b, we must have
Ea = E b
q = σ4πr 2 and q′ =σ4πR 2 From equations (i) and (ii),
σ4πr 2 σ4πR 2 KQ  2π A ( b 2 − a 2 ) + Q 
=V + = K  
4πε0 r 4πε0 R a2 b2
Q b2
σ(r + R ) ∴ − Q =2π A ( b 2 − a 2 )
∴ V= a2
ε0
Q b 2 − Qa 2
2π A ( b 2 − a 2 )
=
a2
1 q1
116. For 1st sphere: V1 = and Q ( b2 − a 2 )
4πε0 r1
2π A ( b 2 − a 2 )
=
1 q2 a2
For 2nd sphere: V2 =
4πε0 r2 Q
∴ A=
But V1 = V2, 2πa 2
q1 q 118. Initially, charges on the two spheres will be,
⇒ = 2
r1 r2 q1 = σ (4πR2) and
q q2 = σ [4π (2R)2] = σ (16πR2)
Let, σ = be the surface charge density of the
A ∴ q1 + q2 = 20 σπR2
sphere. After redistribution of charges, final charges on
σ1 A1 σ 2 A 2 the spheres will be,
then, =
r1 r2 Q1 R
=
σ A r 4πr22 r1 r2 5 Q 2 2R
⇒ 1= 2 1= = =
σ 2 A1r2 4πr12 r2 r1 4 ∴ Q2 = 2Q1
117. As charges are conserved, total number of
charges on both the spheres will remain
constant.
i.e., q1 + q2 = Q1 + Q2
a ∴ Q1 + 2Q1 = 20 σπR2
b Q 20 5
dr ∴ Q1 = σπR2 = σ(4πR2)
r 3 3
40 5
and Q2 = σπR2 = σ(16πR2)
3 6
5 5
Electric field due to charge Q at r = a is, ∴ σ1 = σ and σ2 = σ
3 6
KQ
Ea = ….(i) 1
a2 119. Initial energy stored U = CV2
Consider a shell of thickness dr in the region 2
a ≤ r ≤ b. When terminals b and c are connected, C1 and
b b b
A
C2 are connected in series with each other.
q = ∫ dq = ∫ ρ dV = ∫ r ( 4 π r dr )
2
∴ Energy dissipated on connecting switch across
a a a
C2,
….(Volume of spherical shell = 4πr2 dr)
1  C1C 2  2 1  C  2
b
 r2 
b
∆U=   V = ×  V
= 4πA ∫ r dr = 4πA   2  C1 + C 2  2 2
a  2 a
∆U
∴ q = 2πA [b2 − a2] % loss of energy = × 100
U
Electric field at r = b is, ( C / 2 ) × 100
=
K  2 π A ( b 2 − a 2 ) + Q  C
Eb = ….(ii)
b2 = 50 %

183
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

120. 1  −4Q 
∴ V0 =  
4πε0  r2 
θ
1 Q
∴ V′sphere =   + V0 and
T T cos θ 4πε0  r1 
1 Q
θ V′shell =   + V0
4πε0  r2 
qE
T sin θ Q 1 1
θ ∴ V′sphere – V′shell =  − 
4πε0  r1 r2 
mg
At equilibrium, =V ....[from (i)]
T cos θ = mg ….(i) This shows that because of the presence of
T sin θ = qE ....(ii) charge on the outer shell, potential everywhere
From equations (i) and (ii), inside and on the surface of the shell will
qE change by the same amount and hence the
tan θ =
mg potential difference between sphere and shell
q = 5 × 10–6 C, E = 2000 V/m, m = 2 × 10–3 kg will remain unchanged.
5 × 10−6 × 2000
∴ tan θ = Kε0 A
2 × 10−3 × 10 122. Capacitance of element =
dx
1
∴ tan θ =
2
∴ θ = tan–1 (0.5)
121. Shell → →
x dx
K (1 + αx ) ε0 A
Sphere Capacitance of element, C′ =
dx
+Q –Q +Q
r1 1
d
dx
∑ C′ = ∫ Kε A (1 + αx )
0 0
r2
1 1
= ln (1 + αd )
C Kε0 Aα
x 2 x3
Let r1 and r2 be the radii of the sphere and Now, log(1+x)=x− + ........
2 3
hollow shell respectively.
Given, αd << 1
1 Q 1 Q
∴ Vsphere =   and Vshell =   1 1  α 2d 2 
4πε0  r1  4πε0  r2  =  αd − 
C Kε0 Aα  2 
∴ potential difference between the two spheres
Vdiff = Vsphere – Vshell 1 αd  αd 
= 1 − 
Q 1 1 C Kε0 Aα  2 
=  −  =V ....(i)
4πε0  r1 r2  Kε0 A  αd 
C= 1 + 
When the shell is given (– 4Q), the potential at d  2 
its surface and inside will change.

Hints to Evaluation Test

→ → → →
rp
→ → VP − VQ = − E ⋅ ( r p − r Q )
1. VP − VQ = ∫ E.d l
→
rq (
= − (2iˆ + ˆj). (1− 2)iˆ + (2 −1) ˆj + (0 − 1)kˆ )
→
If E is constant, then
→
= − (2iˆ + ˆj).( −1iˆ +1jˆ − 1kˆ )
rp
→ →
VP − VQ = − E ⋅ ∫ dl = −(−2 + 1)
→
rQ =1V

184
 

Chapter 08: Electrostatics

2. The initial potential of the outer shell, We are traversing the loop from negative to
KQ K(2Q) positive. Therefore, potential drop due to battery
V2 = +
R2 R2 can be taken as positive.
K(Q + 2Q) Writing the equation for net potential drop along
= the loop,
R2
 q1 q1 
After connecting the shells, by a wire, the E − + =0 ⇒ q1 = 3CE
potentials of the shells,  6C 6C 
Kq K(3Q − q) ∴ Charge flow along the 6C capacitor = 3CE
V1′ = + and
∴ Energy stored in the capacitor
R1 R2
Kq K(3Q − q) 1
V2′ = + = QE
R2 R2 2
1
where ‘q’ is the remaining charge on inner shell. = q1(E/2)
As inner and outer shell are connected, 2
V1′ = V2′ = 3/4 CE2
In the second case, when the switch 2 is ‘ON’,
Kq Kq the circuit diagram would be as given in figure
⇒ = ⇒ q = 0 or R1 = R2
R1 R2 (ii)
The later is not possible ⇒ q = 0 B
K(3Q) 4C 4C
Thus, V2′ = ⇒ V2 = V2′
R2
So the potential of the outer shell does not 3C
change after connecting with wire.
6C 6C
⇒ (A) is correct.
A q
3. −q +q −q +q
C 2C
5V E
Figure (ii)
The circuit is symmetric about AB. Therefore,
As both the earthed points are at 0 V, we can we can say that charge entering the 4C capacitor
redraw the circuit as, to B would be the same as charge leaving B
2CC 2 through the other 4C capacitor. Therefore, there
C and 2C in series = = C
2C + C 3 would be no charge flow along 3C capacitor.
2  Hence, Energy in the 3C capacitor = 0.
q = CeqV =  C  (5 V)
3  5. Total number of surfaces = 6
2  Total charge, Q = 24 C
=  × 6 µF  (5 V) = 20 µC Q
3  Total flux, φ =
ε0
4. The circuit with the switch 1 in ‘ON’ position is So, flux through each surface
shown in figure (i). We apply the Kirchhoff’s 24 4
φ
2nd law. Consider the closed loop through the = = = V-m
6 6ε0 ε0
6C capacitors.

4C 4C 6. Potential V ∝ 1
r
r
V′ = × V
r′
6C 6C q 16
= V =8V
2
7. An electric dipole produces uniform electric
E field. For uniform electric field, equipotential
Figure (i) surface is planar.
Potential drop across the capacitors 8. By using W = Q∆V
q q 
= − 1 + 1  ∆V = 2 = 0.1 volt
 6C 6C  20

185
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

9. Net charge inside the sphere 16. If two charges are of the same sign, they repel
= ∫ ρ dV each other. Thus if two protons are brought
closer, some work is done against the force of
Due to spherical symmetry, we get, repulsion. Therefore the electric potential
R
Q = ∫ 4πr 2rrdr energy of the system increases.
0
R
= 4πA ∫0 r 2 (R − r)dr 17. −q −q
+Q
R R 
4 4
x 2x
= 4πA  − 
 3 4 
Total potential energy of the system is
3Q 1  (−q)(+Q) (+Q)(−q) (−q)(−q) 
∴ A= U= + +
πR 4 4πε0  x 2x 3x 
10. Electric flux through: U = 0 (given)
i. X-Y plane 3 × 100 = 300 1  −qQ qQ q 2 
ii. Y-Z plane 8 × 100 = 800 ∴ 0=  − + 
4πε0  x 2x 3x 
iii. X-Z plane 4 × 100 = 400
−3 qQ q 2
Hence, the required ratio = 3 : 8 : 4 0= +
2 x 3x
11. Using Shortcut 7 Q 1 2 2
Potential of the bigger drop ⇒ = × =
q 3 3 9
= n 2/3 × potential on each droplet
V = 1 × q = 9 × 109 × 25 × 10
−6
= 642/3 × 10 18.
= 42 × 10 4πε0 r 10
= 16 × 10 V = 22500 V
= 160 V 19. V = V1 + V2
12. Redistribution of charges takes place and during  −9
= 9 × 109 ×  4 × 10 + −2 × 10 
−9

flow of charges some energy is lost as heat.  3 2 
20 20 =3V
10V 2 
13. 5 ∫ (10V + 4)dV = 5  + 4V  20. There are two loops, each having two capacitors
0  2 0
of 20 µF each in parallel.
= 5[5 × 400 + 80]
∴ Ceff. = 20 + 20 = 40 µF for each loop.
= 5[2000 + 80]
Now, these two capacitors of 40 µF each are in
= 5 × 2080
series.
= 10400 J
40 × 40 1600
∴ Ceff. = = = 20 µF
Q kε 40 + 40 80
14. C= ,C= 0
V d
1
1 1 21. u= CV2
C∝ ⇒C∝ 2
V d
2u 2 × 50
∴ As ‘d’ increases, C decreases ∴ V= = = 106
Hence ‘V’ increases. C 100 ×10−6
∴ V = 103 V = 1000 V
15. The electric potential V (x, y, z) = 3y2 − 2z
dV
E = −
dr
 ˆ ∂V ˆ ∂V ˆ ∂V 
E = −  i ∂x + j ∂y + k ∂z 
→

 
(
= − 6y ˆj − 2kˆ )
= − 6y ˆj + 2kˆ
At point (1, −2, 4)
ˆ ˆ
E = − 6(−2) j + 2k
→

= 12ˆj + 2kˆ
→
∴ |E|= 122 + 22= 148= 2 37 units

186
09 Current Electricity
Hints

∴ I − Ig = nIg
Classical Thinking I
∴ Ig =
n +1
2. At a junction,
Ig 1
Current entering = Current leaving ∴ =
∴ I+4+2=5+3⇒I=2A I n +1

8. In Wheatstone bridge experiment, some 38. The resistance of an ideal voltmeter is

smaller part of the experimental wire may be found considered as infinite so that it does not change
under metallic strip at the ends. This additional the current in the circuit.
length has some resistance known as end 40. The voltmeter is a high resistance galvanometer.
resistance. Hence, to measure the accurate length,
first the balancing length is obtained by keeping
the known and unknown resistances left and right Critical Thinking
gap and then again the balancing length is obtained 1. According to Kirchhoff's first law,
by interchanging the known and unknown At junction A, IA = 2 + 2 = 4 A
resistances to nullify the effect of unaccounted
At junction B, IB = IBC + 1 = 4 A ⇒ IBC = 3A
resistance offered by terminals.
2A 1A
X 20 1 1.3A
16. = ⇒X= Ω = 0.25 Ω
1 80 4 A B
C
27. Potentiometer is said to be more sensitive if it 2A I
gives large change in the balancing length for a At junction C, I = IBC − 1.3 = 3 − 1.3 = 1.7 A
dE
small change in p. d. (i.e., should be small) 2. According to Kirchhoff’s law,
dl
V ICD = I2 + I3
E= ×l
L 3. By Kirchhoff’s current law,
dE V V
∴ = ⇒ be small. 15 A
dl L L I2 B 3A
A
28. When null point is obtained on potentiometer wire,
the cell whose potential difference is to be 8A
I3
measured does not supply current to potentiometer
wire since galvanometer deflection is zero. D C
Therefore, current through the potentiometer wire I
5A I1
is due to auxiliary battery.
29. Potential difference per unit length, Let the currents I1, I2 and I3 be as shown in the
V 2 figure.
= = 0.5 V/m Applying Kirchhoff’s junction law to D,
L 4
I1 + 5 = 8 ⇒ I1 = 3 A
G Applying it to A,
35. Given: S =
n I2 = 8 + 15 = 23 A
 Ig  Applying it to B,
But S =   G I2 + 3 = I3 ⇒ I3 = 26 A
 I − Ig 
Applying it to C,
G I I1 + I = I3
∴ = g G
n I − Ig ⇒ I = I3 − I1 = 26 − 3 = 23 A
187
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

Alternate Method: 9. Since E1(10 V) > E2 (4 V), hence current in the
circuit will be clockwise.
Total current entering the loop ABCDA is
E1
15A + 3A + 5A = 23 A. Hence, total current a 1Ω e E2 2 Ω b
leaving the loop ABCDA will be same as 23 A.
10 V 4 V
4. According to Kirchhoff’s junction law, I
3Ω
(+ 5) + (+ 4) + (−3) + (− 5) + I = 0 4A d c
∴ I=−1A x 3A
[−ve sign shows that Applying Kirchhoff’s voltage law,
current is flowing away 5A I −(1 × I) + 10 − 4 − (2 × I) − 3I = 0
from x.] ∴ I = 1 A (a to b via e)
5A
5. 20 V 2 Ω V 4Ω 10.
5V I1 2V 2Ω I1
A I1 I2 B A B
2Ω
I3 D C
I2 2V 2 Ω I2
(I1 + I2) (I1 + I2)
0V
Let V be the potential of the junction as shown
in figure. Applying junction law, we have E F
5Ω
20 − V 5−V V−0
+ =
2 4 2 Applying Kirchhoff’s second law for closed
∴ 40 – 2V + 5 – V = 2V loop AEFBA we get,
∴ 5V = 45 ⇒ V = 9 V − (I1 + I2) × 5 − (I1 × 2) + 2 = 0
V ⇒ 7I1 + 5I2 = 2 ….(i)
∴ I3 = = 4.5 A Again, applying Kirchhoff’s second law for a
2
closed loop DEFCD we get,
6. According to Kirchhoff’s voltage law in loop −(I1 + I2) × 5 − (I2 × 2) + 2 = 0
ABQPA, ⇒ 5I1 + 7I2 = 2 ….(ii)
− (i1 + i2)R − i1r1 + E1 = 0 Multiplying (i) by 5 and (ii) by 7 we get,
∴ E1 − (i1 + i2)R − i1r1 = 0 35I1 + 25I2 = 10 ….(iii)
7. Applying Kirchhoff’s voltage law to the 35I1 + 49I2 = 14 ….(iv)
given loop QPQ, Subtracting (iv) from (iii) we get,
1
− 24I2 = − 4 ⇒ I2 = A
1 Ω 4 V 8V 2 Ω 6
P Q
I Substituting the value of I2 in equation (i)
we get,
I
9Ω 1 7 1
7I1 = 2 − 5 × ⇒ 7I1 = ⇒ I1 = A
6 6 6
1 The current through the 5 Ω,
−2I + 8 – 4 − (1 × I) − 9I = 0 ⇒ I = A 1 1
3 = I1 + I2 = +
1 6 6
∴ Potential difference across PQ = ×9=3V 1
3 = A
3
8. Applying Kirchhoff law,
(2 + 2) = (0.1 + 0.3 + 0.2)I 110
11. I= ….(i)
20 20 × 103 + R X
∴ I= A
3 Now, V = IR
∴ Potential difference across A  
110 3
20 4 ∴ 5=   × 20 × 10 ….[From (i)]
= 2 − 0.1 × = V (less than 2 V)  20 × 10 + R X 
3

3 3
Potential difference across B ∴ 105 + 5RX = 22 × 105
20 105
= 2 − 0.3 × =0 ∴ RX = 21 × = 420 kΩ
3 5

188
 

Chapter 09: Current Electricity

12. Suppose current through different paths of the 15. 2V
circuit is as follows: I1
A B
28Ω 54Ω I1
I1 + I2
I2
6V 4V 4Ω
i1 1 2
i3 i2 2V

D I2 C
8V 12V 2Ω
Applying Kirchhoff’s voltage law to loop (1) Applying Kirchhoff’s voltage law to ABCA,
and loop (2) we get, 2 − 4I1 − 4(I1 + I2) = 0 ….(i)
1 Applying Kirchhoff’s voltage law to ADCA,
28i1 =−6 − 8 ⇒ i1 = − A and
2 2 − 2I2 − 4(I1 + I2) = 0 ….(ii)
1 Subtracting equation (ii) from equation (i),
54i 2 =−6 − 12 ⇒ i 2 = − A
3 − 4I1 + 2I2 = 0
5 ∴ 2I2 = 4I1 ⇒ I2 / I1 = 2
∴ i3 = i1 + i 2 =− A
6 16. I – I1
A R D R E
13. I 1Ω I – I1
I1
I1 V
6V R
A 2Ω R=2Ω I R

B V

Applying Kirchhoff’s law to loop A, B C F

6 – I − 2I1 = 0 ….(i) For loop ADCBA,
Applying it to loop B, IR + I1R + V – V = 0
– 2(I − I1) + 2I1 = 0 ….(ii) ∴ (I + I1)R = 0 ⇒ I1 = – I
∴ – 2I = – 4I1 ⇒ I = 2I1 Now, In loop AEFBA,
Substituting in equation (i), IR + (I – I1) R + (I – I1)R – V = 0
6 – 2I1 − 2I1 = 0 ∴ IR + IR – I1R + IR – I1R = V
6 ∴ 3IR – 2I1R = V
∴ I1 = = 1.5 A
4 ∴ 3IR – 2(– I)R = V
14. The circuit can be simplified as follows: V
∴ 5IR = V ⇒ I =
B C 5R
I1 30 Ω
I3 I3 17. 60 Ω
A D
40 Ω 40 V i
I2 A 15Ω 1 5Ω B
F E i1
40 Ω 80 V 1A 2 1A
i2
Applying Kirchhoff’s current law to junction A,
I3 = I1 + I2 ….(i) 10 Ω
Applying Kirchhoff’s voltage law for the loop
ABCDA, Applying Kirchhoff's law
At junction A:
− 30I1 + 40 − 40I3 = 0
i + i1 + i 2 =
1 ....(i)
∴ − 30I1 − 40(I1 + I2) + 40 = 0 ….[From (i)]
∴ 7I1 + 4I2 = 4 ….(ii) For Loop (1)
Applying Kirchhoff’s voltage law for the loop − 60i + (15 + 5)i1 =
0
AFEDA, ∴ i1 = 3i ....(ii)
− 40I2 + 80 + 40 − 40I3 = 0 For loop (2)
∴ − 40I2 − 40(I1 + I2) = − 120 ….[From (i)] – (15 + 5) i1 + 10 i2 = 0
∴ I1 + 2I2 = 3 ….(iii) ∴ i2 = 2i1 = 2(3 i) = 6i ....(iii)
On solving equations (ii) and (iii), On solving equations (i), (ii) and (iii) we get
I1 = − 0.4 A i = 0.1 A
189
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

Alternate Method: 20. Four resistances forming a Wheatstone’s
Branch current = network are 8 Ω, 12 Ω, 6 Ω and 27 Ω. After
 Resistance of opposite branch  shunting the 27 Ω resistance with say, S, the
Main current ×  
 Total resistance  balance condition will be,
 20  8 6 1 3 ( 27 + S)
= ⇒ =
 3  12  27S  3 27S
⇒ i = 1× 
20  = 0.1 A  
 + 60   27 + S 
 3  ∴ 27 S = 243 + 9 S ⇒ S = 13.5 Ω
(Branch 60Ω
current) 21. Given circuit is a balanced Wheatstone bridge
i circuit. Hence it can be redrawn as follows:
12 Ω
1A 15Ω 5Ω 4Ω 8Ω 12 Ω
10Ω
a b ⇒a
20/3 Ω b
18.
A 2Ω 4Ω 6Ω
R1 = 3 Ω R2 = 6 Ω 6Ω
12 × 6
∴ RAB = =4Ω
X 10 Ω Y (12 + 6)

22.
R4 = 5 Ω R3 = 10 Ω R R

B R R R R 2R/3 2R/3
R1 R 2
 =
R4 R3 A R B ⇒A R B
Wheatstone’s bridge network is balanced.
Hence there is no current flowing through AB 2R/3 2R/3
R R R R
(through R5).
∴ The given circuit is equivalent to R R
3Ω A 6Ω
As the bridge is balanced,
X Y 2R
∴ Req =
3
5 Ω B 10 Ω
Alternate Method:
Rxy = (3 + 6) | | (5 + 10) Refer Shortcut 1.
9 × 15
∴ Rxy = 23. Let S be shunted with resistance X.
15 + 9
9 × 15 At balanced condition,
= P P 2 2 3X
24 = ⇒= ⇒ = 2
45 Q SX 2 3 X 3+ X
= Ω S+ X 3+ X
8
3X = 6 + 2X ⇒ X = 6 Ω
R R
19. As the bridge is balanced, AB = AD
R BC R DC 24. The resistances in four arms of a Wheatstone’s
15 + 6 15 + (6 || 6) bridge are, 10 Ω, 10 Ω, 10 Ω and 20 Ω.
∴ =
(X || 8) + 3 4 + (4 || 4) Let S be the resistance to be connected across
21 18 20 Ω.
∴ = ∴ Balance condition is,
 8X  4+2
 +3 10 10
8+X = ⇒ 20 S = 10 (20 + S)
∴ 168 + 21 X = 33X + 72 10  20S 
 
96  20 + S 
∴ 12X = 96 ⇒ X = =8Ω
12 ∴ 10 S = 200 ⇒ S = 20 Ω
190
 

Chapter 09: Current Electricity

25. B 31. For the balance condition,
4Ω 4Ω P R
= where X is the resistance with which
Q S || X
A C
16 Ω S is shunted,
3 4
4Ω 4Ω ∴ =
3  6× X 
D  
 6+ X 
According to the principle of Wheatstone’s
∴ 6X = 24 + 4X ⇒ X = 12 Ω
bridge, the effective resistance between the
given points is 32. As current through G is zero, it balances
= (4 + 4) Ω || (4 + 4) Ω Wheatstone’s bridge.
= 8Ω || 8Ω = 4Ω 6 9
∴ = ⇒ R = 18 Ω
12 R
Alternate Method:
Refer Shortcut 1. 33. Since it’s a balanced Wheatstone’s bridge, the
circuit can be redrawn as
26. This is a balanced Wheatstone’s bridge circuit.
Hence potentials at B and D will be same and no I 10 Ω 2Ω
current flows through the resistance 4R.
27. The bridge is balanced. 1.4 A
The balance condition after replacing 10 Ω
resistor by 20 Ω resistor will remain the same.
4 × 28 4 × 28 7 (1.4 − I) 25 Ω 5Ω
∴ Req. = 4Ω || 28 Ω = = = Ω
4 + 28 32 2
∴ 12 I = 30 (1.4 – I)
V 12 × 2
∴ I= = = 3.4 A ∴ 12 I = 42 − 30 I ⇒ I = 1 A
R eq. 7
34. The equivalent circuits are as shown below
P Q
28. Wheatstone’s network is balanced as = C C C
R S 2Ω 2Ω
∴ No current flows through galvanometer.
25 × 50 ⇒A B ⇒A B
∴ Reff. = A
25 + 50
2Ω 2Ω
25 × 50 50
= = Ω D B
75 3 D D
V 6 The circuit is a balanced Wheatstone’s bridge.
∴ I == = 0.36A
R 50 / 3 Hence effective resistance between A and B
29. The given circuit is a balanced Wheatstone’s = 4 Ω || 4 Ω = 2 Ω
bridge circuit. Hence potential difference 35. The given network is a balanced Wheatstone
between A and B is zero. bridge. Its equivalent resistance will be
30. As the bridge is balanced, 18
R= Ω
R AB = R BC 5
R AD R CD V V 5V
∴ i == =
R 18 / 5 18
4+4
∴ = 10 || 5
4  5 || 5 36. As I is independent of R6, no current flows
 + X
3  through R6. This implies that the junction of R1
and R2 is at the same potential as the junction of
= 50 / 15
8
∴ R3 and R4. This must satisfy the condition
4  25 / 10
 + X R1 R 3
3  = , as in the Wheatstone’s bridge.
R2 R4
8 50 10 4
∴ = × =
4  15 25 3 R1 2
 + X 37. 1st case: = .…(i)
3  X 3
4 4 14 R2 3
∴ +X=6⇒X=6– = Ω 2nd case: = .…(ii)
3 3 3 X 2
191
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

Adding equations (i) and (ii), 1 5
∴ =
R1 3
R2 2 3 10 + R Q
+ = +
X X 3 2
∴ 10 + RQ = 15
R1 + R 2 13
= ∴ RQ = 5 Ω and RP = 10/3 Ω
X 6
Let l be the distance of null point from left. 40. For meterbridge,
l 13  lx 
= X = R 
100 − l 6  lR 
∴ 6 l = 1300 – 13 l  lX  since null point is obtained 
1300 =10   ….  
∴ 19 l = 1300 ⇒ l = = 68.4 cm from left.  lR   at the middle point of wire,lX = lR 
19
= 10 Ω
38. Let X be the smaller resistance in the metre
100 − l 
bridge lX = 20 cm 41. X =  R
 l 
∴ lR = 100 − 20 = 80 cm
100 − l 
As the bridge is balanced, Initially, 30 =   × 10
lX X  l 
= ∴ l = 25 cm
lR R
100 − l 
20 Finally, 10 =   × 30
∴ = X  l 
80 R
∴ l = 75 cm
X 1
∴ = So, shift 75 cm − 25 cm = 50 cm
R 4
∴ R = 4X ....(i) 42. For first case, the balancing condition is
From second condition, 10 + R1 50
=
X + 15 40 R2 50
=
R 100 − 40 ∴ R2 = 10 + R1.
∴ X + 15 40
=
For second case, the balancing condition is
R 60 R1 40
=
X + 15 2 R 2 60
∴ =
R 3 R1 2
∴ 2R = 3X + 45 = ⇒ R1 = 20 Ω
10 + R1 3
3X + 45
∴ R= ....(ii)
2 R1 l1 l1
43. In balancing condition, = =
Equating (i) and (ii) we get, R 2 l2 100 − l1
3X + 45 X 20 1
= 4X ⇒ = = ....(i)
2 Y 80 4
∴ 8X = 3X + 45 4X l
and = ....(ii)
∴ 5X = 45 ⇒ X = 9 Ω Y 100 − l
4 l
RP 2 ⇒ =
39. 1st case: = 4 100 − l
RQ 3
⇒ l = 50 cm
2
RP = RQ ....(i) 44. Balancing length is independent of the area of
3
nd
2 case: Resistance, instead of RQ is cross-section of the wire.
10R Q lP P 1
RQ||10 = = R′ 45. = = ⇒ 3P = Q
10 + R Q lQ Q 3
Now, R P R′ =1 ⇒ RP = R′ ∴ 3P − Q = 0 ....(i)
10R Q P + 40 3
∴ RP = ....(ii) =
Q + 40 5
10 + R Q
∴ 5P + 200 = 3Q + 120
From equations (i) and (ii),
∴ 5P − 3Q = −80 ....(ii)
2 10R Q
RQ = Solving equations (i) and (ii) we have,
3 10 + R Q P = 20 Ω, Q = 60 Ω

192
 

Chapter 09: Current Electricity

46. G is a sensitive galvanometer and to protect it V E  R AB 
from damage of heavy currents, some resistance 55. =  
L L  R + R AB 
R′ is introduced.
E  R AB 
V
∴ E1 =  l=  .l
V L  R + R AB 
L
47. = 10 V/m
L E1 20 1
∴ = ×5=
∴ V = 10 × L = 10 × 25 × 10–2 = 2.5 V E (20 + 20).10 4

Iρ ∴ E : E1 : : 4 : 1
48. Potential gradient =
A e
−2 −3 9 −2
56. I=
10 × 10 × 10 × 10 (R + R h + r)
=
10−2 × 10−4 V 2 5
∴ = ×
102 L (15 + 5 + 0) 1
= −6
10 ∴ K = 0.5 V/m = 0.005 V/cm
= 108 V/m
E 4 1
57. I= = = A
Iρ 0.1 × 10−7 R+r 30 + 30 15
49. Potential gradient = = = 10–2 V/m
A 10−6 1
∴ V=I×R= × 30 = 2 V
15
E 2
50. I = = = 0.2A 2 1
R+r 8+2 ⇒K= = V/m
10 5
∴ V = IR = 0.2 × 8 = 1.6 V
V 1.6 e R
∴ Potential gradient = = = 0.4 V/m 58. K=
L 4 (R + R h + r) L
−3
10 2 3
E 2 2 ∴ = ×
51. I == = A 10−2 (3 + R h + 0) 1
R+r 990 + 10 1000
∴ Rh = 57 Ω
2
∴ V = IR = × 10
1000 e R
59. K= .
V 2 1 (R + R h + r) L
∴ Potential gradient = = × = 0.01 V/m
L 100 2 0.2 × 10 −
3
2 R
∴ = ×
10 −2
(R + 490 + 0) 1
E 5 5
52. I= = = = 0.1A ∴ R = 4.9 Ω
R + r2 40 + 10 50
e
53. Resistance per unit length is 1 Ω/m 60. V = I×R = R
(R + R h + r)
Balancing length = 2.9 m
2
Resistance across balancing length = 2.9 Ω ∴ 10−3 = × 10
(10 + R + 1)
e.m.f. = 1.45 V
∴ R = 19,989 Ω
1.45
Current, I = = 0.5 A 61. P.D. across potentiometer wire = 2 V
2.9
V 2
Potential gradient = = V/cm
2 L 100
54. I=
R + 10
Now, E =   l
V
2 20 L
∴ V = I RAB = × 10 =
R + 10 R + 10 2
∴ E= × 75
V 20 20 100
∴ = =
L (R + 10)1 R + 10 3
=2× = 1.5 V
V 4
∴ E1 = l  
L 62. E∝l
20 
∴ 10 × 10 = 0.4 
–3
 ∴
E
=
75
 R + 10  1.02 50
8 3
∴ R + 10 = −2 = 800 ⇒ R = 790 Ω ∴ E= × 1.02 = 3 × 0.51 = 1.53 V
10 2

193
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

63. Let EA, EB and EC be the e.m.f. of three cells A,  4I 
S I − 
B and C respectively. S(I − Ig ) 100
∴ G = =  
For the given potentiometer, Ig  4I 
EA + EB + EC = kl1 = k × 740 ….(i)  
 100 
EA + EB = kl2 = k × 440 ….(ii) 96IS
EB + EC = kl3 = k × 540 ….(iii) = = 24 S = 24 × 5 = 120 Ω
4I
From eq. (i) and (ii), we get
EC = 300k 72. Potential drop across galvanometer = Potential
From equations (i) and (iii) we get, drop across the shunt
EA = 200k i.e., IgG = (I − Ig) S
Substituting value of EA into equation (ii) Ig
⇒S = G
we get, I − Ig
EB = 240k I
∴ EA : EB : EC = 200k : 240k : 300k For Ig =
10
= 10 : 12 : 15 = 1 : 1.2 : 1.5 I / 10 G
∴ EA = 1 V, EB = 1.2 V, EC = 1.5 V S= G=
( I − I / 10 ) 9
64. Using,
Ig 1 S
E1 + E 2 l1 73. = =
= I 34 S + 3663
E1 − E 2 l2
3663
1.5 + 1.1 260 ∴ S= = 111 Ω
∴ = 33
1.5 − 1.1 l2
2.6 260 260 Ig G 15 × 10−3 × 5
∴ = ⇒ l2 = × 0.4 = 40 cm 74. S= = = 0.0505 Ω
0.4 l2 2.6 I − Ig 1.5 − 15 × 10−3

E1 l1 + l2 58 + 29 87 3 IG S 2.5 2.5 25 1
65. = = = = 75. = = = = =
E2 l1 − l2 58 − 29 29 1 I S+G 2.5 + 25 27.5 275 11

E1 l +l (6 + 2) 2
76. Ig = 5.4 × 10−6 A,
66. = 1 2 = = Ig S
E2 l1 − l2 (6 − 2) 1 =
I S+G
l   120  1 S+G  −6  1 + 30 
67. r = R  − 1 = 5  − 1 = 5 × = 2.5 Ω ∴ I = Ig   = 5.4 × 10 ×  
 l1   80  2  S   1 
= 5.4 × 10−6 × 31 = 1.67 × 10−4 A
l  75
68. r = R  − 1 = 10  
− 1
 S 
 l1   60  77. Ig =  I
15 
S+G 
= 10   = 2.5 Ω 10  S 
 60  I =  I
100 S+G 
 l1 − l2  1  10 
69. r=   × R′ ∴ =
 l2  
10  10 + G 
55 − 50  ∴ 10 + G = 100
∴ r =   × 10 = 1 Ω
 50  ∴ G = 90 Ω
60 78. Shunt resistances,
70. n= =2 Ig G 10 × 99
30 S= = = 11 Ω
G G (I − Ig ) (100 − 10)
Now, S = =
n −1 2 −1
79. Ig = 10 × 10−6 A
G
∴ S = ⇒ S = G = 12 Ω Ig
1 Using, S = G
I − Ig
4
71. Ig = I 10 × 10−6 × 1000
100 = ≈ 10−2 Ω
1 − 10 × 10−6
Ig G
Using, S = we get, = 0.01 Ω
I − Ig ∴ S = 0.01 Ω is parallel
194
 

Chapter 09: Current Electricity

80. (Reff = 30 || 30 = 15 Ω = G) 3×3
∴ R + 50 = × 103
Ig G Ig (15) 2
∴ S= = = 15 Ω ....( I = 2Ig)
I − Ig 2Ig − Ig ∴ R + 50 = 4.5 × 103
∴ R = 4500 – 50 = 4450 Ω
81. Fraction of current passing through the
Ig
88. A voltmeter always has high resistance as R is in
S
galvanometer is = series.
I S+G To increase the range of ammeter i.e., to
10 10 1 increase I, its resistance must decrease.
= = =
10 + 90 100 10 ∴ High range ⇒ low resistance.
Fraction of current passing through shunt is
Ig Ig 1 9 I
=1– =1– = 89. Ig = 10% of I =
I I 10 10 10
G 90
82. G = 6000 × 3 = 18000 Ω = 18 kΩ ∴ S= = = 10 Ω in parallel
(n − 1) (10 − 1)
V 3 1
Using, Ig = = = × 10−3 A, SG S × 500
G 18 × 103 6 90. Reff. = ⇒ 25 =
V S+G S + 500
∴ Value of series resistance, R = − G 500
Ig ∴ 500 S = 25 S + 12500 ⇒ S = Ω
19
12
= − 18 × 103
1 −3  GS
 × 10  91. Resistance of shunted ammeter =
6  G +S
= 72 × 103 − 18 × 103 Also,
I
=1+
G
= 54 × 103 = 5.4 × 104 Ω Ig S

83. For the actual measurement of potential GS I .G 0.05 × 120

∴ = g = = 0.6 Ω
difference, it is necessary that the current G +S I 10
between two points of the conductor should
92. 10 div = 1 mA and 2 div = 1 mV
remain the same after putting the measuring
∴ 150 div = 15 mA and 150 div = 75 mV
device across two points. This is the case when
V 75
resistance of device is very high (i.e., infinite). ∴ Ro = G = = =5Ω
I 15
V 10 S Ig
84. X= –G= – 40 = 39960 Ω ∴ =
Ig 0.25 × 10−3 S+G I
S 15 × 10−3 5 × 10−3
85. Ig = 5 × 10−3 A ∴ = =
S+5 6 2
V
Using, X = − G ∴ 2S = 5 × 10–3 S + 25 × 10–3
Ig
∴ S ≈ 0.0125 Ω
20
∴ 3960 = −G 93. With increase in temperature, the value of
5 × 103
unknown resistance will increase.
∴ G = 4000 − 3960 = 40 Ω For balanced Wheatstone bridge condition,
V 3 R l1
86. Ig = = = 15 mA =
R 200 X l2
In (A), 10 mA < 15 mA ⇒ I < Ig l1
To take null point at same point or to remain
∴ I ≠ 10 mA l2
87. The current through the galvanometer R
unchanged, should also remain unchanged.
3 X
= Therefore, if X is increasing R should also
2950 + 50
–3 increase.
= 10 A
∴ To reduce the deflection from 30 divisions to 20 94. V1 = 80 volt,
divisions, the current required R1 = 200 × 80 = 16000 Ω = 16 kΩ,
20 2 V1 80
= × 10–3 = × 10–3 A I1 = = = 5 × 10−3 A
30 3 R1 16000
3 2 Current in series connection of voltmeter
∴ The required resistance, R = = × 10–3
R + 50 3 remains constant.
195
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

∴ I2 = 5 × 10−3 A, R2 = 32 × 103 Ω, 7R
Req =
V2 = I2R2 = 5 × 10−3 × 32 × 103 = 160 V 5
∴ Line voltage = V1 + V2 = 80 + 160 = 240 V 3b 5b
Entering current, (a + b) = + b= = I
95. Since in a given loop the current coming out 2 2
from the positive terminal is equal to the current b I
Current in common side, (a – b) = = .
entering the negative terminal, the current in the 2 5
respective loop will remain confined to the loop. 99. iAD = iDB + iDC
∴ current through 2 Ω resistor is zero. Let potential at D be V
96. Voltmeter is connected in series in the circuit (7 − V) (V − 0) (V − 1)
= +
hence there is no Potential difference across 10 20 30
voltmeter. On solving the above equation, we get VD ≈ 4 V
Hence option (A) is correct.
97. The circuit for the dashed lines can be drawn as,
Currents through the sections DB and DC are,
1Ω 1Ω 1Ω 1Ω 1Ω 7−4
A B = 0.3 A,
10
∴ Req = 5 × 1 = 5 Ω 4
= 0.2 A,
The circuit obtained by adding dashed lines can 20
be drawn as, 4 −1
= 0.1 A
1Ω 30
Hence option (B) is correct.
1Ω 1Ω 1Ω 1Ω 1Ω Power = I2R
A B
∴ Total power drawn = (0.3)2 × 10 + (0.2)2 × 20
+ (0.1)2 × 30
1Ω = 0.9 + 0.8 + 0.3 = 2.00 W
Considering Wheatstone’s network, R ′eq for this Hence option (D) is correct.
combination after simplifying the circuit,
R ′eq = 3 Ω Competitive Thinking
∴ Difference in the final and initial values of Req is 2. Given circuit can also be drawn as,
2 Ω. 2Ω
A
98. Let the currents through various branches be as 2A
shown
R D (a+b)
C b
3V VA − VB
R R
(a − b) a
B F
R 1Ω
R R B
Aa By Kirchhoff’s voltage law,
(a+b) b R
VA − (2 × 2) − (3) − (2 × 1) − VB = 0
∴ VA − 4 − 3 − 2 − VB = 0
E ∴ VA − VB = + 9V
Applying Kirchhoff’s voltage law in loop 3. B
ABCDEA and loop ABFA we get,
4V
E − aR − 2Rb = 0 ….(i)
− aR − (a – b)R + 2Rb = 0 ….(ii)
I2 4Ω
2aR = 3Rb ⇒ 2a = 3b
A I1 O
3b 8V
E=R× + 2Rb = (a + b) Req 2Ω I3
2
7Rb  3b  2Ω
=  + b  R eq
2  2 
7Rb 5b
2V
⇒ = R eq C
2 2 Let potential at O be V0.

196
 

Chapter 09: Current Electricity

According to Kirchhoff’s current law, Now, p.d. between points A and C is,
I1 + I2+ I3 = 0 2
VA – × 20 = VC
8 − V0 4 − V0 2 − V0 50
+ + =0
2 4 2 2
i.e., VA = VC + × 20
∴ 2 (8 – V0) + 4 − V0 + 2(2 – V0) = 0 50
∴ 16 − 2V0 + 4 − V0 + 4 – 2V0 = 0 p.d. between points A and D is,
∴ 5 V0 = 24 2
VA – × 30 = VD
24 50
∴ V0 = = 4.8 V
5 2
3Ω i.e., VA = VD + × 30
4. + – 50
A B
2 V, 1 Ω 2 2
∴ VC + × 20 = VD + × 30
0.1 A 0.1 A 50 50
2
+ – ⇒ VC – VD = (30 − 20) = 0.4 V
D C 50
E, 1 Ω 5Ω
7. 1Ω 1Ω
Applying Kirchhoff’s voltage law in loop
ABCDA,
–2 – 0.1(1) – 0.1 (3) – 0.1 (5) – 0.1 (1) + E = 0 1Ω
1.2 V 3Ω 1Ω
∴ –2 – 1 + E = 0 1Ω
∴ E=3V 2Ω 1Ω
5. 100 Ω B
A C Req = (1 + 2) Ω = 3Ω
I2 .....( Considering shortest path)
I1 I3
50 Ω V 1.2
25 Ω I= = = 0.4 A
10 V R eq 3
5V

F D 8. Voltage across 10 Ω = voltage across 40 Ω

E ∴ I1 (10) = I2 (40)
Considering direction of I1 and I2, 2.5 × 10
I1 + I3 = I2 ∴ I2 = = 0.625 A
40
Applying Kirchhoff’s voltage law in loop 50 50 − 25
BCDEB ∴ R= = =8Ω
I1 + I 2 2.5 + 0.625
25I3 + 5 + 50I2 = 0
25I3 + 5 + 50(I1 + I3) = 0 9. 4V 2V
6V
∴ 50I1 + 75I3 = −5 ….(i) H F D B
Applying Kirchhoff’s voltage law in loop 0V
ABCDEFA, 2V 2V 2V
−100I1 + 25I3 = − 10 ….(ii) R1 = 1 Ω R2 = 1 Ω R3 = 1 Ω
From equation (i) and (ii),
175I3 = −20 2V 2V 2V
−4 0V
I3 = A G E C A
35 6V 4V 2V
6. From figure, resistance in branch ACB is, Consider potential at points A and B be zero.
RACB = 20 + 30 = 50 Ω Hence, potential at points C and D will be 2 V.
2 Similarly, potential at E and F is 4 V.
∴ Current in ACB, IACB = A This implies, potential drop across each resistor
50
R1, R2 and R3 is zero.
2
Similarly, current in ADB, IADB = A ∴ current through each resistor is zero.
50
20 Ω C 30 Ω 10. Current from D to C = 1 A
A ∴ VD − VC = 2 × 1 = 2 V
B
VA = 0 ⇒ VC = 1 V,
V
∴ VD − VC = 2
∴ VD − 1 = 2 ⇒ VD = 3 V
30 Ω D 20 Ω ∴ VD − VB = 2
2V
⇒ 3 − VB = 2 ⇒ VB = 1 V

197
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

11. 12 V 1Ω 16. 10 Ω
P S

13 V 2Ω 10 Ω 10 Ω 10 Ω
10 Ω AB
Q
10 Ω
10 Ω
E= E1r2 + E 2 r1 (12 × 2 ) + (13 × 1) 37
eq= = V
r1 + r2 1+ 2 3 This network can be redrawn in the bridge form
r r 1 × 2 2 as, S
Also, req = 1 2 = = Ω
r1 + r2 1+ 2 3
Current in the circuit will be, 10 Ω
10 Ω 10 Ω
37
I= =E eq 3 37
= A
R + req 10 + 2 32 A
P
B
3
The voltage across the load,
10 Ω 10 Ω
V = IR = 37 × 10 = 11.56 V
10 Ω
32
12. For parallel combination of batteries, Q
E1 E E3 AS AQ
+ 2 + In this case, = Hence, bridge is balanced
2R1 R 2 2R1 SB QB
Eeq =
1 1 1
+ + and no current will flow through SPQ branch
2R1 R 2 2R1 and thus, is neglected.
2 4 4 This modifies circuit into,
+ +
= 2 2 2 S
1 1 1
+ +
2 2 2 10 Ω
10 Ω
5× 2
=
3
A B
10
∴ Eeq = = 3.3 V
3 10 Ω 10 Ω
13. 1.5 R
X R O Y Q
≡
20 Ω in series
3R 10 Ω S 10 Ω
1.5R × 3R
ROY = =R
(1.5 + 3)R A B
RXO = ROY = R 10 Ω 10 Ω
⇒ VXO = VOY Q 20 Ω in series
⇒ VA = VB = VC −1
1 1
14. When I = 0 A, V = E = 3 V RAB = [20 Ω || 20 Ω] =  +  = 10 Ω
 20 20 
E 3
When V = 0, r = = = 0.5 Ω
I 6 17. No current flows through the 6 Ω resistor as the
Wheatstone network is balanced.
15. For balancing the bridge B
P R
= 15 Ω
Q S 3Ω
I1
S1S2 A C
∴ S= ….( S1, S2 are in parallel)
S1 + S2 I = 2.1 A
I2
P R ( S1 + S2 ) 4Ω
∴ = 20 Ω
Q S1S2 D
198
 

Chapter 09: Current Electricity

In parallel combination voltage remains same. X lx
20. =
15 Ω 3 Ω R lR
20 lx
I1 =
30 lR
I = 2.1 A I2 I
lx 40
⇒ =
20 Ω 4Ω lR 60
∴ I1 × (15 + 3) = I2 × (20 + 4) as for metrebridge, lx + lR = 100 cm
I1 × 18 = I2 × 24 ⇒ lx = 40 cm
∴ 3I1 = 4I2 After reducing resistance,
X′ lx′
∴ I2 = 3 I1 =
4 R 100 − lx′
According to Kirchhoff’s current law, 10 lx′
I1 + I2 = 2.1 ∴ =
30 100 − lx′
I1 + 3 I1 = 2.1 ∴ lx′ = 25 cm
4
7 The distance through which balance point is
I1 = 2.1 shifted lx − l′x = 40 – 25 = 15 cm to the left
4
I1 = 2.1 × 4 = 1.2 A 21. Let lX be balancing length obtained in front of
7 smaller resistance.
3 ∴ lX = 40 cm, lR = 60 cm
18.
r r When the bridge is balanced,
1 X lX 40 2
1 r 2 = = = ….(i)
R lR 60 3
≡ r r when 30 Ω is connected in series with X,
3 effective resistance becomes (X + 30) Ω
4
2 Also, length shifts by 20 cm
4 ⇒lX + 30 = 40 + 20 = 60 cm
r
The centre resistor will be neglected X + 30 60 3
3 ∴ = =
R 40 2
r r 2(X + 30)
r
R= ….(ii)
r 3
1 2
From equations (i) and (ii),
r r X 2
r r ⇒ =
(X + 30) 3
4 2
r 3
3X 2
r ∴ =
2(X + 30) 3
1 1 1 1
∴ = + + ∴ 5X = 120
Rp 2r 2r r
∴ X = 24 Ω
r
∴ Rp = 5 R
2 22. Initially, = ….(i)
l1 100 − l1
P R
19. = 5 R/2
Q S Finally, = ….(ii)
P
1.6 l1 (100 − 1.6 l1 )
Since P and Q is constant will be constant R R
Q ∴ =
R 1.6 (100 − l1 ) 2 (100 − 1.6 l1 )
∴ = constant
S ∴ 160 − 1.6 l1 = 200 − 3.2 l1
R 5 7 ∴ 1.6 l1 = 40
= =
S S S+3 ∴ l1 = 25
⇒ 5(S + 3) = 7S From equation (i),
∴ 15 = 2S 5 R
= ⇒ R = 15 Ω
∴ S = 7.5 Ω 25 75

199
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

23. l1 = 52 + 1 = 53 cm, l2 = 48 + 2 = 50 cm 26. Initially, when the bridge is balanced against
As the bridge is balanced, lengths l1 and l2, the circuit can be redrawn as
follows,
l1 X 53 X
= = = P
l2 R 50 10 Q

⇒ X = 10.6 Ω G
24. Initially, l1 l2
R1 l1 60 3
= = = ….(i)
R 2 l2 40 2
When, wire is stretched by 20 % i.e., becomes
E
1.2 L
When galvanometer and cells are interchanged,
Using shortcut 3, the balance condition remains unchanged.
Resistance will increase to 1.44R2
Hence, after stretching wire, P Q
R1′ l
= E G
R ′2 100 − l
But R1′ = R and R ′2 = 1.44 R2 l1 l2
R1 l
∴ = l1 2
1.44R 2 100− l 27. Unknown resistance, X = R =6×
l2 3
From (i),
∴ X=4Ω
3 l Resistance of bridge wire RW = 0.1 Ω/cm = 10 Ω
=
1.44 × 2 100 − l
X =4Ω R =6Ω
∴ 300 − 3l = 2.88 l
300
∴ l= ≈ 51 cm G
5.88
2 3
25. Let balancing length be l , RW = 10 Ω
R1 = l ()
∴ ....(i)
R2 100− l E = 5V K
Equivalent resistance,
If R1 and R2 are interchanged balancing length
Req = (X + R) || RW = (10 Ω) || (10 Ω)
becomes, ( l − 10)
Req = 5 Ω
∴ R2 = l −10 = l −10 ....(ii) Current drawn from the battery is,
R1 [100 − (l −10)] 110 − l I=
E
=
5
From equations (i) and (ii), Req 5
∴ I=1A
l = 110 − l
100− l l −10 29. l P
2 2 A B
∴ l − 10 l = (110 × 100) + ( l − 210 l )
L
∴ 200 l = 110 × 100
∴ l = 55 cm
Substituting in equation (i), we get, + −
()
R1 55 11
= = ....(iii) E K
R 2 45 9 For a potentiometer wire AB of length L,
When R1 and R2 are connected in series, V 
VAP =  AB  l
R1 + R2 = 1000 Ω . ....(iv)  L 
On solving equations (iii) and (iv), we get, VAP l
=
∴ VAB L
R1 = 550 Ω and R2 = 450 Ω
200
 

Chapter 09: Current Electricity

 VAP  34. Current drawn when resistors are in series,

The ratio   would remain constant if the E E
 VAB  Is = I = = ....(i)
length of the wire is increased. nR + R (n + 1)R
∴ L∝l Current drawn when resistors are in parallel,
Hence balancing length ‘l’ will increase if Ip = 10 I = E ....(ii)
length of potentiometer wire is increased. R
+R
30. EMF of cell, n
E = kl′ Substituting for I using equation (i) in equation
E′ (ii),
E = × l′
l 10E E
=
E=
E′
× 2.5 ….(i)
( n + 1) R 1 + 1  R
 
10  n
After increasing the length by 1 m,
E′ ∴ n + 1 = 10 1+ 1 
E = ×x n  
11
Substituting for E from equation (i) ∴ n – 10 = 9
E′ E′ n
× 2.5 = × x ∴ 2
n – 9n – 10 = 0
10 11
2.5 × 11 ∴ n2 – 10n + n – 10 = 0
∴ x= = 2.75 m
10 ∴ n (n – 10) + 1 (n – 10) = 0
ρl ∴ (n + 1) (n – 10) = 0
31. R= Neglecting negative value of n,
A
R ρ 40 × 10−8 n = 10
∴ = = = 5 × 10–2 Ω/m
l A 8 × 10−6
35. E1 ∝ L1 and E1 ∝ L2
Potential gradient is given by,
E1 L1 1.25 30
V IR ∴ = ⇒ =
= = 0.2 × 5 × 10–2 = 10–2 V/m E 2 L2 E2 40
l l
5
32. P.D. across the wire ⇒ E2 = ≈ 1.67 V
= Potential gradient × length 3
V0 = 1mV/cm × 400 cm = 0.4 V 36. While assisting net E.M.F = E1 + E2
0.4
Current in the wire, I = = 0.05 A opposing net E.M.F =  E1 − E2
8
for potentiometer E ∝ l
V − V0 2 − 0.4
R= = = 32 Ω E1 + E 2 50 5
I 0.05 ∴ = =
E1 − E 2 10 1
33. (E, r1) (E, r2) E 1 5 +1 6 3
+ – + – ∴ = = =
E 2 5 −1 4 2
I V1 37. E0 r1

R A l
P r
2E B
Current in the circuit: I =
R + r1 + r2
Terminal p.d across 1st cell is V1 = E – Ir1 E
Given: V1 = 0 E0
⇒ E – Ir1 = 0 Current in wire AB =
r1 + r
 2E 
E–   r1 = 0 i r  E0  r
 R + r1 + r2  Potential gradient (K) = = ⋅
L  r1 + r  L
2Er1
E= E = Kl
R + r1 + r2
R + r1 + r2 = 2r1  E0  r
∴ E=   ×l
⇒ R = r1 – r2  r1 + r  L

201
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

l  49. With ideal ammeter, V = IR

38. r =  1 − 1 R 6
 l2  R= =2Ω
3
 3  3A R
= − 1 9.5
 2.85  A
0.15
= × 9.5 = 0.5 Ω
2.85

39. Internal resistance of a cell, V

 l1 − l2   240 − 120  6V
r = R  = 2  =2Ω but the ammeter has resistance of its own hence,
 2 l  120 
external resistance has to be less than 2 Ω.
40. Internal resistance, 50. I
l  G
r =  1 −1 R S′
l
 2 
 52  12 × 5
=  −1 × 5 = = 1.5 Ω
 40  40 S
 GS  ′
42. Reason is correct as, to increase range additional Now, G =  +S
 G +S
shunt is connected across it. But, assertion is
GS
incorrect as shunt is added in parallel. ∴ G− = S′
G +S
ρl G2
43. R= ∴ S′ =
A G +S
∴ Shunt wire must have low resistance. IG S
For low resistance, wire should be short (l ≪) 51. =
I S+G
and thick (A≫, i.e., radius of wire ≫) .
1 3
=
 G  4 3+G
44. Is =  I ∴ 3 + G = 12
 S + G
∴ G=9Ω
 8  8 If additional shunt of 2 Ω is connected then total
=  ×1= = 0.8 A
 2 + 8  10 shunt resistance becomes,
1 1 1
I 100 = +
45. n = = = 500 S′ 2 3
Ig 0.2 2×3 6
∴ S′ = = Ω = 1.2 Ω
G G 2+3 5
∴ R= =
n 500 IG S′ 1.2 1.2 1
Now,= = = =
I S′ + G 1.2 + 9 10.2 8.5
Ig G 5 × 10−3 × 102 0.5
46. S= = = 250mV
I − Ig 1 − 5 × 10 −3
1 − 5 × 10−3 52. For full scale deflection, Ig = ampere
G
5 5 Value of shunt required for converting it into
= = Ω
10 − 0.05 9.95 ammeter of range 250 milliampere is,
G
Ig G5 × 10−3 × 99 S=
47. S= = =1Ω  I 
I − Ig (0.5 − 5 × 10−3 )  − 1
I
 g 
G Ig G 250mV
48. To convert an ammeter to range nI, S = ∴ S= ≈ ≈1Ω
n −1 I − Ig 250mA
Here, I = 1 mA = 10−3 A
V
nI = 10 A 55. Using, Rs = − G we get,
Ig
∴ n = 104
V
100 Ω for 1st case, 100 = −R ….(i) and
∴ S= = 10−2Ω = 0.01 Ω Ig
104
202
 

Chapter 09: Current Electricity

2V From equation (i) and (ii),
for 2nd case, 1000 = −R ….(ii)
Ig R2
= 500
By subtracting equation (i) from (ii) we get, R1
V 58. V = Ig ( G + R)
= 900
Ig V 3
i.e., Ig = =
∴ R = 900 Ω ( G + R ) 50 + 2950
V 3 1
56. Using, Rs = − G we get, = = = 10–3 A
Ig 3000 1000
Now, 30 divisions represent 10–3 A
st V Let 20 divisions represent I A
for 1 case, 50 = −G ….(i) and
Ig 2
∴ I= × 10–3 A
2V 3
for 2nd case, 500 = −G ….(ii)
Ig V 3
Also, I = =
By subtracting equation (i) from (ii) we get, ( eq )
R + r 3000 +r
V 2 3
= 450 Ω ∴ × 10–3 =
Ig 3 3000 + r
Substituting this value in equation (i), ∴ r = 1500 Ω
∴ G = 450 – 50 = 400 Ω
59.
57. Case I:
Ig
G 50 Ω G R
I
10 mA
I1 R1
V
V = Ig (G + R)
V ∴ 100 = 10 × 10–3 × (50 + R)
I = Ig + I1
I ∴ 50 + R = 10000
I= + I1 ∴ R = 9950 Ω
51
50I V
∴ I1 = 60. R= −G
51 Ig
But P.D across R1 = P.D. across G
∴ I1R1 = IgG 3 3 × 104
R= − 50
= − 50
50 I 5 × 10−4 5
∴ IR1 = G = 6000 − 50 = 5950 Ω
51 51
∴ G = 50 R1 ….(i) 61. Given: Ig = 5 × 10−3 A and G = 15 Ω
Case II: Let series resistance be R.
∴ V = Ig (R + G)
I R2 ∴ 10 = 5 × 10−3 (R + 15)
G
∴ R = 2000 − 15 = 1985 =1.985 × 103 Ω.
62. As the galvanometer is to be converted into
voltmeter, the resistance should be connected in
series.
V V 20
V = VG + V2 R= −G = − 50 = 3950 Ω
V Ig 5 × 10−3
V= + V2
11
63. As the voltmeter has full scale deflection of 6 V
10
∴ V2 = V and is graded as 3000 Ω/V, hence total
11
resistance of voltmeter is G = 6 × 3000 Ω
VG V2
But I = = ⇒ G = 18000 Ω
G R2 The full scale deflection current of voltmeter is
R2 6 1
∴ G= ….(ii) ∴ Ig = = A
10 18000 3000

203
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

The resistance in series that must be connected From figure (b), null point is obtained when,
for 12 V full scale deflection is R1 R 2
=
V 12 R3 R4
RS = − G = − 18000
Ig 1
R1 R 3
3000 i.e., = ….(ii)
R2 R4
∴ RS = 36000 − 18000 = 18000 Ω
∴ From equations (i) and (ii), we can say that null
64. Assume voltmeter and ammeters to be ideal. As, point is not disturbed when galvanometer and
ideal voltmeter provides infinite resistance, the cell are interchanged.
current through the branch containing voltmeter
will be zero. Hence, connecting a 10 Ω resistor 68. A
in series with voltmeter as shown in circuit 2
will not change the readings of the voltmeter as
well as ammeter.
230 V (100V, 500 W)
R left gap l
65. =
R right gap 100− l
Resistance increases with the increase in B
R I
temperature. Hence, the new balancing length
Power P = IV
will be greater than l.
P 500
∴ I= = = 5A
66. S1 is open and S2 is closed V 100
12 12 By Kirchhoff’s law,
So, I = =
(6 + 4) 10 230 V = IR + VAB
⇒ I = 1.2 A ∴ 230 V = IR + 100 V
∴ IR = 130 V
67. B 130
∴ R= Ω = 26 Ω
R1 R3 5

A C 69. F = qE
G
F F V
∴ E= ⇒ =
R2 R4 q q L
D FL 2.4 × 10−19 × 6
∴ V= = ⇒V=9V
q 1.6 × 10−19
+ –
E ∴ e.m.f. of cell = V = 9 V
Figure (a) 70. Equivalent circuit is given by
In the Wheatstone bridge shown in figure (a), 100 Ω 400 Ω
null point is obtained when,
R1 R 3
= ….(i)
R2 R4 200 Ω 300 Ω
When the positions of galvanometer and cell (E)
are interchanged, we get circuit shown in figure
(b). 6V
B
R1 R3
B Capacitors behave as infinite resistance in
A C R1 R3 steady state
Voltage
A Isteady =
R2 R4 ⇒ G C Resistance
D Equivalent 6
R2 R4 =
circuit (200 + 400)
G D
6 1
Figure (b) = = A = 10 mA
600 100

204
 

Chapter 09: Current Electricity

3 2
71. I= = 0.5×10−3 A ∴ 0.5 × 10−3 =
6 × 103 ( + r)
R ′
VAD = IR
2
= 0.5 × 10–3 × 3 × 103 ∴ R′ + r =
0.5 × 10−3
= 1.5 V
Here, capacitors 1 µF and 2 µF are in series. ∴ R′ = (4 × 103) – 30
2 ∴ R′ = 3970 Ω
∴ Ceq= µF
3 74.
Q = CeqVAD RS = 20 Ω
2 × 1.5 40.8 Ω
=
3 RA = 480 Ω
= 1 µC I
Applying Kirchhoff’s voltage law from B to C
via D, 30 V
−3 1 × 10−6 3
VB − 0.5 × 10 × 2 × 10 + = VC 480 × 20
2 × 10−6 Req = 40.8 +
1 500
VB – VC = 1 − = 0.5 V
2 = 40.8 + 19.2
72. = 60 Ω
50 Ω
G
30
I= = 0.5 A
60
Ig
So reading of ammeter is 0.5 A

75. Applying Kirchhoff’s voltage law to loop

8V 3950 Ω containing VCC, RL and Transistor -
the current in the circuit for which galvanometer + VCC − ICRL − VCE = 0
shows full scale deflection of 30 divisions is ⇒ VCC = VCE + ICRL
V 8
Ig = = = 2 mA Applying Kirchhoff’s voltage law to loop
R 3950 + 50
containing VBB, RB and Transistor-
For deflection to become 15 divisions, the
current through galvanometer must be halved. + VBB − IBRB − VBE = 0 ⇒ VBB = VBE + IBRB
Ig
∴ I′g = = 1 mA 76. We know current through the capacitor will be
2
50 Ω
zero at steady state and ammeter is ideal.
V
but, I′g = G
R′ 5 µF
8 I′g 2Ω
=
R s + 50 2Ω
= 1 mA 2Ω
8 8V Rs 2Ω ⇒
∴ = 10−3 3V
R s + 50
3
3V A
⇒ Rs + 50 = 8 × 10 A
⇒

⇒ Rs = 7950 Ω
73. 1Ω
I I
I I
3V
A
I I I
1970 Ω 2V
V 3
V 2 2 I= =
I= = = = 1 mA R 1
( R + r ) (1970 + 30 ) 2000
I=3A
∴ for 10 divisions of deflection, I = 0.5 mA

205
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

Hints to Evaluation Test

E e R P R
1. = 5. For balanced Wheatstone bridge, =
l (R + R h + r) L Q S
5 5 12 x+6
∴ 0.4 = × ×l ∴ =
(5 + 45 + 0) 10 (1 / 2 ) (1 / 2 )
∴ l=8m ⇒x=6Ω
X 2
2. The given circuit is a balanced Wheatstone’s 6. =
network as shown in figure (ii). Hence, points 100 − X 3
Q and S are at the same potential ∴ 3X = 200 – 2X
⇒ VQ – VS = 0 V ∴ 5X = 200 ⇒ X = 40 cm
Q 7. Metrebridge is balanced,
4Ω 12 Ω R AC 20
∴ = =
R 80 BC 80
P, T G ∴ R = 20 Ω
8Ω 24 Ω 8. RAB = 2 × 10 = 20 Ω
S 3 3 1
∴ I= = =
10 + 20 30 10
+ −
1
∴ V = I RAB = × 20 = 2 V
6V 10
Figure (ii) V 2
∴ = = 0.2 V/m
L 10
3. Applying Kirchhoff’s junction rule to point A,
(see figure)  l1 − l2 
− I1 – I2 – I3 = 0 9. r = R
 l2 
⇒ I1 + I2 + I3 = 0 .…(i)
 25 
If VA is the potential at A, by applying Ohm’s ∴ R=   2 = 0.5 Ω
law to R1, R2 and R3 then we get,  100 
VA – V1 = I1 R1, G 50
VA – V2 = I2 R2 and X 10. S = 12 Ω = ,n= =5
n −1 10
VA – V3 = I3 R3 I1 G G G
VA − V1 ∴ S= = =
∴ I1 = , R1 n −1 5 −1 4
R1 ∴ G = 4 S = 4 × 12 = 48 Ω
V − V2 A
I2 = A , R3 11. I = 40 mA
R2 R2
I2 I3 = 40 × 10−3 A
VA − V3 E
I3 = Y Z Using, I =
R3 R net + r
Substituting for I1, I2 and I3 in equation (i) we 3
get, 40 × 10−3 =
100R V
1 2+2+
1 1   V1 V2 V3  100 + R V
VA  + + −  + + =0
 R1 R 2 R 3   R1 R 2 R 3  100R V 3
⇒4+ = = 75
 V1 V2 V3  1 1 1 
−1
100 + R V 0.04
⇒ VA =  + +   + + 
 R1 R 2 R 3   R1 R 2 R 3 
⇒ RV ≈ 245 Ω
12. i2 4Ω
4. This is a balanced Wheatstone bridge. Hence
no current will flow from the diagonal i1
resistance 10 Ω.
(10 + 10 ) × (10 + 10 ) 4Ω 6Ω
∴ Equivalent resistance =
(10 + 10 ) + (10 + 10 ) i i1
= 10 Ω 4V 2V

206
 

Chapter 09: Current Electricity

Potential difference across upper 4 Ω 18. 4.3 V 10 Ω
resistance is zero
∴ current is zero ⇒ i2 = 0
Other two resistors are in series combination. 50 2Ω
Hence current is same. A
4−2 s
= = 0.2 A
4+6 V
∴ i = i1 = 0.2 A, i2 = 0 200 Ω
S 52 × 200
13. Ig = .I Req = 10 +
S+G 252
S 2520 + 10400
∴ 2= ×5 =
S + 12 252
∴ S = 8 Ω in parallel = 51.269 Ω
Ig S 4 4.3
14. = = ∴ I= = 0.08 A
I S+G 40 51.269
Ig 19. 1.5 V = k.l1 = k(76.3) ….(i)
∴ × 100 = 10 %
I E – ir = i(9.5 Ω) = kl2
V E 1.5
15. X= –G ∴ i= =
Ig 9.5 + r 9.5 + r
(1.5)
V (9.5) = kl2 ….(ii)
∴ 0= – 100 9.5 + r
3 × 103
Dividing (ii) by (i), we get,
∴ V = 100 × 3 × 10–3 = 0.3 V
9.5 l2 64.8 9.5 + r 76.3
16. E r1 E r2 = = ⇒ =
9.5 + r l1 76.3 9.5 64.8
r  76.3 
∴ =  − 1
I I 9.5  64.8 
 76.3 
X ∴ r=  − 1 (9.5)
 64.8 
From the figure, = 1.7 Ω
E+E 2E
I= = ….(i)
r1 + r2 + X r1 + r2 + X
P.D. across first cell, V1 = E − Ir1
2E
=E − r1
r1 + r2 + X
Given that, V1 = 0
2E r1
∴ E=
r1 + r2 + X
⇒ X + r1 + r2 = 2r1 or X = r1 − r2
17. R
x y
x y

V
Figure (i) V
Figure (ii)
Equivalent resistance decreases. Hence current
will increase. As a result, ammeter reading
will increase.
∴ Vx + Vy = V
Due to the change, Vx increases
⇒ voltmeter reading will decrease.
207
10 Magnetic Fields due to Electric Current

Hints

qB
20. Cyclotron frequency, f =
Classical Thinking 2πm
where, q = charge of proton
7.
→
→ → 1.6 × 10−19 × 1.4 49
F q v× B
=
  ∴ f= = × 107 Hz
 22 −27  22
Electron is a negatively charged particle,  2 × × 1.6 × 10 
 7 
→
therefore force F will be acting in negative
Z-direction. mv p 2mK 1 2mV
21. R= = = =
qB qB qB B q
8. F = qvB sin q
where, K = K.E. of the charged particle.
= 200 × 10−6 × 2 × 105 × 5 × 10−5 × sin 30°
m
F = 10−3 N ⇒R∝
q
9. F = qvB sin q 2 2
m1  R1   q1   R   q 
For q = 90° and v = 10−3c, ∴ =   =    
m 2  R 2   q 2   R / 2   4q 
F × 10−2 × 3
q= = −1.732 m1
vB 10 × 3 × 108 × 2 × 10−5
3
∴ =1
3× 3
m2
= × 10−2
3× 2
26. F=BIl
= 5 × 10−3 C
F mg 7.5 × 10−5 × 10
B= = =
10. F = qvB sin q Il Il 4 × 10−1
F B = 1.875 × 10−3 T
B=
qvsin q
27. F = BIl sin q
F
Bmin = ….(when q = 90°) 7.5 = 2 × 5 × 1.5 sin q
qv
q = 30°
10−10
∴ Bmin = = 10−3 tesla in ẑ - direction 28.
10 × 105
−12
A A
→ 10 A
⊗B
−4 −4 2
11. 1 G (gauss) = 10 T (tesla) = 10 Wb/m 10 A →
⊗B
14. For motion of a charged particle in a magnetic 3 cm ⇒ →
mv F
field, we have R = i.e., R∝ v
qB
B 4 cm C B C
18. Particles are entering perpendicularly. Hence,
they will describe circular path. Since their Force on the conductor ABC = Force on the
masses are different, they will describe paths of conductor AC
different radii. F = Il B sin q
mv =IlB ….( q = 90°)
19. R=
eB ∴ F = 10 × (5 × 10–2) × 5 = 2.5 N
Now, v → 2v
∴ R → 2 R = 2 × 2 cm = 4 cm 34. τ NBIA
= -4
= 100 × 0.5 × 1 × 400 × 10= 2 N-m

208
  Chapter 10: Magnetic Fields due to Electric
Current
35. Field is radial (plane of coil parallel to magnetic µ0I
53. B=
field) 2πR
∴ τ = NIAB 4π × 10−7 × 10
= 100 × 100 × 10–6 × (5 × 2 × 10−4) × 0.1 = = 5 × 10−5 N/A m
2π × 4 × 10−2
= 10−6 N m
µ0 I
54. B=
36. τ = NIAB sinq 2π r
= 20 × 12 × (10−1)2 × 0.8 × sin 30° µ0 π
∴ 5 × 10−5 = ×
= 0.96 N m 2π r
µ0 × π
37. τ NBIA
= ) 0.32N m
= 100 × 0.2 × 2 × ( 0.008= ∴ r=
5 × 10−5 × 2π
Direction is given by Fleming's left hand rule. ∴ r = 104µ0 metre
τ 5 µ0I
38. B= = =2T 55. B=
NIA 100 × 5 × 50 ×10−4 2πR
1
Kφ 5 × 10−7 × 45 ∴ B∝
39. I= = R
NAB 200 × 0.02 × 0.08 × 0.2
B1 R
∴ I = 3.5 × 10−4 A = 2
B2 R1
40. B = 80 gauss = 80 × 10−4 tesla 10−8 12
For equilibrium of coil, ∴ =
B2 4
NBIA = Kφ ∴ B2 = 3.33 × 10−9 T
NBIA
∴ K = 56. In the figure, magnetic field at mid-point M is
φ
given by,
40 × 80 × 10−4 × 0.2 × 10−3 × 5 × 10−4 P Q
= B=
net BQ − B P
20
µ 2 2.5 A
= 1.6 × 10−9 Nm/degree = 0 × (IQ − I P ) 5A
4π r M
41. m = NIA, thus independent of magnetic field of µ 2
=0 × (5 − 2.5) 2.5 m
induction. 4π 2.5
42. m = NIA = NI(πr2) ⇒ m ∝ r2 µ
= 0 5m
2π
43. m = NIA = 5 × 1 × (4 × 10−2)2
58. Since currents are flowing in opposite direction.
m = 8 × 10−3 A m2
Hence force of attraction does not exist.
44. d = 9 cm = 9 × 10−2 m µ 2I1I 2 µ 0 I 2
∴ A = πr2 = π (4.5 × 10−2)2 59. Force per unit length = 0 × = ×
4π d 2π b
∴ m = NIA = 30 × 1 × π × (4.5 × 10−2)2
∴ m = 19.08 × 10−2 Am2 60. The force per unit length is,
F µ 2I 2
47. W = mB cosq1 − mB cosq2 = 0 ×
L 4π R
= mB (cosq1 − cosq2) If R is increased to 2R and I is reduced to I/2,
Here q1 = 0°, q2= 90° the force per unit length becomes,
∴ W = mB(1 − cos q2) = 40 × 0.25 (1 − cos 90°) F′ µ 2(I/2) 2
= 10 J = 0 ×
L 4π 2R
µ 0 Idl sin θ µ 0 2I 2 1 F
51. dB = × = × × =
4π r2 4 π R 8 8L
F
µ0I ∴ F′ =
52. B= 8
2πr
r µ 0 I1I 2 L
New distance = 61. F=
2 2πd
µ 0 2I F 4π × 10−7 × 2 × 4
∴ New magnetic field = = 2B =
4π  r  L 2π × 10−1
 
2 = 1.6 × 10−5 N/m

209
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

F µ 0 2I1I 2 74. B = 0.4 × 10−4 T = 4 × 10−5 T

62. =
L 4π d µ 0 nI
Using B = we get,
F1 µ 0 2I 2 2r
= (Attraction)
L 4π x 2Br 2 × 4 × 10−5 × 200 × 10−3
n= =
F2 µ 0 2I × 2I µ 2I 2 µ0I 4 × 3.14 × 10−7 × 0.25
= = 0 (Repulsion)
L 4π 2x 4π x ∴ n = 50.9 ≈ 51
Thus F1 = −F2
75. r1: r2 = 1: 2 and B1 : B2 = 1 : 3
63. Force on wire Q due to wire P is µ 0 2πnI
B= × ⇒ I ∝ Br
2 × 30 × 10 4π r
FP = 10−7 × × 0.1
0.1 I1 Br 1×1 1
∴ = 11 = =
= 6 × 10−5 N (Towards left) I2 B2 r2 3× 2 6
Force on wire Q due to wire R is
2 × 20 × 10 76. Magnetic field on the axis of circular current
FR = 10−7 × × 0.1 µ0 2πnIa 2
0.02 B= × 2 2 3/ 2
= 20 × 10−5 N (Towards right) 4π (a + x )
Fnet = FR – FP = 14 × 10−5 N = 1.4 × 10−4 N na 2
B∝
(a 2 + x 2 )3/ 2
F µ 2I I µ 2I 2
64. = 0 × 12 = 0 ( I1 = I2 = I)
l 4π d 4π d µ 0 nIR 2
2 78. B =
2I 2(z 2 + R 2 )3/ 2
∴ 2 × 10−7 = 10−7 ×
1 4π × 10−7 × 50 × 1 × (5 × 10−2 ) 2
I= 1A =
2[(0.05) 2 + (0.2) 2 ]3/ 2
68. Element ‘dl’ and radius are perpendicular π × 10−5 × 25 × 10−4
=
µ0I 4π × 10−7 π × 10−7 [(25 + 400) × 10−4 ]3/ 2
69. B= = × 0.5 = ∴ B = 9 × 10−6 Wb/m2
2r 2r r
But 22 × 10−2 = 2πr µ 0 IR 2 1
−2 79. B= ⇒ Bz ∝ 3
11 × 10 z
2r 3 r
∴ r=
π
80. Magnetic moment, m = IA
π × 10−7 × π
∴ B= ≈ 9 × 10−6 Wb/m2 and magnetic field at the centre of a loop
11 × 10−2 µ0I X(2r)
carrying current = = X or I =
µ 0 nI −7
4π × 10 × 100 × 0.1 2r µ0
70. B= =
2r 2 × 5 × 10−2 X.2r
−5 So, m = × πr2
= 4π × 10 tesla µ0

µ 0 nI µ 0 2πnI 2πnI 2π Xr 3
71. B= = × = 10−7 × ∴ m=
2r 4π r r µ0
10−7 × 2π × 250 × (20 × 10−3 )
= µ0 I n R 2
( 40 ×10−3 ) 81. Since z >> R, B =
2z3
= 7.85 × 10−5 T ≈ 7.9 × 10−5 T 4π × 10−7 × 5 × 250 × (0.1) 2
=
µ 0 n1I1 µn I 2 × (5)3
72. B= + 0 22
2r1 2r2 = 2π × 10−8 T
µ 0  5 × 0.20 5 × 0.30  → →
= + = 5µ0 84. From Ampere’s circuital law, ∫ B. dl = µ0I
2  0.20 0.30  c

where I is the current in the closed path.

µ 0 2πI
73. BA = ×
4π R µ 0 2I
85. As B = , for the same distance, field will
µ 2π (2I) µ 2πI 4π r
∴ BB = 0 × = 0×
4π 2R 4π R remain the same
BA 1 86. Magnetic field due to solenoid B = µ0ni
∴ =
BB 1 Thus, it is independent of diameter.

210
  Chapter 10: Magnetic Fields due to Electric
Current
88. B = µ0ni = 4π × 10−7 × 10 × 5 = 2π × 10−5 T
Critical Thinking
90. B = µ0 n I ⇒ B does not depend upon radius.
2. Fm = qvB sin q,
10 +14
91. Mean radius = = 12 cm Since v = 0
2
∴ Fm = 0
The magnetic field B,
 N  → → →
B = µ0ni ....  n =
 3. F = q (v× B) = 10−11 (108 ˆj× 0.5 ˆi)
 2πR 
5 × 10−4 (ˆj × ˆi)
=
1500 × 100
= 4π × 10−7 × × 10
2π × 12 = 5 × 10−4 N along −k̂
= 25 × 10−3 T 4. Force on the charge in motion in magnetic field,
92. F = qvB sin q = qvB sin 90° →
→ →
F q  v × B  , implying
=
→
F is perpendicular
F = evB  
→
µ0I
B= to v .
2πR → →

evµ 0 I 1.6 × 10−19 × 107 × 4π × 10−7 × 50 Work done W = F⋅ v

∴ F= = = F v cos q
2πR 2π × 5 × 10−2
F = 3.2 × 10−16 N = F v cos 90°  → →
 F ⊥ v 
 
µ0I
93. B= =0
2πR
4π × 10−7 × I 5. As per the figure,
1.33× 10−4 =
2π × 0.1 F = q(E + v × B) = qE + q(v × B)
∴ I = 66.5 Now, Fe = qE
n=
It = −16 × 10−18 × 104 (− k̂ )
e = 16 × 10−14 k̂
66.5 × 1
n= ≈ 4.16 × 1020 And Fm = −16 × 10−18 (10 î × B ĵ )
1.6 × 10−19
= −16 × 10−17 B( k̂ )
94. Magnetic induction at O due to coil,
∴ F = Fe + Fm = 16 × 10−14 k̂ − 16 × 10−17 B k̂
µI
B1 = 0 Since, the particle will continue to move along
2r
+ X-axis, so resultant force is zero. Therefore,
Considering perpendicular distance between Fe + Fm = 0
wire and O as nearly r,
Magnetic induction at O due to wire. ∴ 16 × 10−14 k̂ = 16 × 10−17 B k̂
µ0I ∴ B = 103 Wb/m2
B2 =
2πr 6. The charge will not experience any force if
As both fields are directed inside the plane of → →

paper magnitude of net magnetic field, | Fe | = | Fm | . This condition is satisfied in option

B = B1 + B2 (B) only.
µ0I µ0I
= + 9. t = 2.3 × 10−8 s
2r 2πr
∴ T = 2t = 4.6 × 10−8
µI  1
= 0 1 +  1 1
2r  π  ∴ f= = = 2.17 × 107 Hz
T 4.6 × 10−8
95. Magnetic field at distance of 10 cm due to wire,
µ0I 5µ0 2mK
B= = 10. =r ⇒r∝ K
2πr 2π × 0.1 qB
Magnetic force on electron, R K
∴ = ⇒ R 2= R 2
Fm = qvB R2 2K
5 × 4π × 10−7
= 1.6 × 10−19 × 3 × 106 × 2π qB  2πm 
2π × 0.1 11. =
ω = ⇒ ω ∝ v0  T = 
= 4.8 × 10−18 N T m  qB 

211
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

12. Kinetic energy, 23.
→
m = NI A
→

2 2 2
1 2 qBR → → → → →
mv = τ = m × B = NI A × B = NIAB sin α
2 2m
For an α-particle, the charge is two times that of but α = 90 − q
→
the proton but mass is 4 times that of the proton. ∴ τ = NIAB sin(90 − q) = NIAB cos q
Hence compared to kinetic energy of a proton,
Plane of the
for the same conditions in the cyclotron, energy
coil
of alpha particle is E.
13. Kinetic energy in magnetic field remains q →
constant and it is K.E. = qV B0
∴ K.E ∝ q α
(V = constant)
∴ K.Ep : K.Ed : K.Ea = qp : qd : qa = 1 : 1 : 2
normal
14. Maximum force will act on proton so it will
move on a circular path. Force on electron will 24. Suppose length of each wire is l.
be zero because it is moving parallel to the field. 1
r∝
B
15. From figure, vector length of wire l = 3 cm 2
F = BIl = 2 × 2 × 3 × 10−2 = 0.12 N  l  l2
A circle =πr 2 =π  =
Now, F = ma  2π  4π l/4
0.12
∴ a= = 12 m/s2 (along Y-axis)  Magnetic moment m = IA
10 × 10−3
msquare A square r
16. Let Fm be the force arising due to magnetic ⇒ =
m circle A circle
field, then the given situation can be drawn as
follows l 2 / 16 π
Fm cos 60° = =
l 2 / 4π 4
60°
Fm 25. As shown in the following figure, the given
B situation is similar to a bar magnet placed in a
mg sin 60° 60°
mg cos 60° uniform magnetic field perpendicularly. Hence
60° mg torque on it is given by,
o B
Fm = BIl ⇒ mgsin 60 =BIl cos60o
S
0.01 × 10 × 3
=⇒B = 1T
0.1 × 1.73
17. τ = N I B A sin q N
τ does not depend upon shape of the loop.
18. τ ∝ Area. The area of circle is largest. τ = mB sin 90° = (Iπr2)B
19. τ = NBIA sin q, so the graph between τ and q is 26. m = nIA = 100 × 5 × 2 ×10−2 = 10
a sinusoidal graph.
τ1 = mB sin q ; τ2 = mB cos q
20. For q = 90°, τ 12 = m2B2 sin2 q, τ 22 = m2B2 cos2 q
3 2 2 2
Area of equilateral triangle = l ∴ τ12 + τ22 = m B
4
∴ (0.09 + 0.16) = 102B2
 3  0.25
⇒ τ = NIAB = 1 × I ×  l 2  B B2 = = 2.5 × 10−3
 4  100
3 2 B = 0.05 T
= l BI
4 27. Work done here is equivalent to magnetic
21. Here, θ = 90°− 60° = 30° potential energy of dipole.
τ = NIAB sin 30° ∴ W = −mB cos q = −mB (cos q2 − cos q1)
1 = −mB (cos 60° − cos 0°)
= 500 × 0.2 × 4 × 10−4 × 10−3 × 1  mB
2 W = −mB  − 1 = ….(i)
∴ −5
τ = 2 × 10 N-m 2  2

212
  Chapter 10: Magnetic Fields due to Electric
Current
Now, when q = 60°, torque acting on dipole 33. Every point on line AB will be equidistant from
should be X and Y-axis. So magnetic field at every point
3 on line AB due to wire 1 along X-axis is equal
τ = mB sin q = mB sin 60° = mB in magnitude but opposite in direction to the
2
magnetic field due to wire along Y-axis. Hence
Using (i)
Bnet on AB = 0
τ= 3W
34. Net current I = I1 + I2 + I3 + I4 + I5 + I6
µ 0 2I = 10 − 13 + 10 + 7 − 12 + 18
28. B
= ×
4π R = 20 A
Hence, if distance is same, field will be same. µ0I
Magnetic induction B =
2πR
29. Magnetic field lies inside as well as outside the
Here R = 10 cm = 0.1 m
solid current carrying conductor.
4π × 10−7 × 20
∴ B= = 40 × 10−6 T = 40 µT
µ0 2I 2π × 0.1
30. B= × (For infinitely long conductor)
4π r
µ0 I
1 35. By using,
= B (sin φ1 + sin φ2 )
B∝ 4π r
r µ0 I
∴
= B (2sin φ) L
Hence, graph (C) is correct. 4π (L / 4) L/2 5
4
31. L/2 2 φ
Also,=
sin φ = P
4 cm 5L / 4 5 L/4
φ
4µ 0 I L/2
∴ B=
I 5πL
P 3I
36.
x 4−x
45° l
At neutral point P, B1 = B2
2l i
µ0 I µ 3I
∴ = 0 O
2π x 2π (4 − x)
∴ x = 1 cm
32.
Using Biot Savart’s law,
I 2I Magnetic field due to one side of the square at
r r centre O
A C
O µ 0i
B1 = × ( sin 45° + sin 45° )
4πl
µ 2i
= 0×
4π l
Let two wires be A and C carrying current I and Hence magnetic field at centre due to all sides,
2I respectively. The magnetic field produced by µ 0 ( 2)i
B = 4B1 =
two wires at mid-point ‘O’ will be in opposite πl
direction. Hence net magnetic field at O is, Magnetic field due to n turns
µI µI 2µ 0 nI
B = B1 − B2 = 0 1 − 0 2 Bnet = nB =
2r 2r πl
µ µ µ
= 0 (I1 − I 2 ) = 0 (I − 2I) = 0 (−I) 37. Bnet
2r 2r 2r B1
Here negative sign indicates the direction of B.
Hence neglecting it, |B| = |B1| ….(i) B2

When 2I wire is switched off, field produced at

2cm
point O will be only B1, which referring to
equation (i), equals B.
Thus, when 2I wire is switched off, field will be At the point, magnetic induction due to external
B. magnetic field be B1 = 4 × 10−4 T.
213
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

11. 12 V 1Ω 16. 10 Ω
P S

13 V 2Ω 10 Ω 10 Ω 10 Ω
10 Ω AB
Q
10 Ω
10 Ω
E= E1r2 + E 2 r1 (12 × 2 ) + (13 × 1) 37
eq= = V
r1 + r2 1+ 2 3 This network can be redrawn in the bridge form
r r 1 × 2 2 as, S
Also, req = 1 2 = = Ω
r1 + r2 1+ 2 3
Current in the circuit will be, 10 Ω
10 Ω 10 Ω
37
I= =E eq 3 37
= A
R + req 10 + 2 32 A
P
B
3
The voltage across the load,
10 Ω 10 Ω
V = IR = 37 × 10 = 11.56 V
10 Ω
32
12. For parallel combination of batteries, Q
E1 E E3 AS AQ
+ 2 + In this case, = Hence, bridge is balanced
2R1 R 2 2R1 SB QB
Eeq =
1 1 1
+ + and no current will flow through SPQ branch
2R1 R 2 2R1 and thus, is neglected.
2 4 4 This modifies circuit into,
+ +
= 2 2 2 S
1 1 1
+ +
2 2 2 10 Ω
10 Ω
5× 2
=
3
A B
10
∴ Eeq = = 3.3 V
3 10 Ω 10 Ω
13. 1.5 R
X R O Y Q
≡
20 Ω in series
3R 10 Ω S 10 Ω
1.5R × 3R
ROY = =R
(1.5 + 3)R A B
RXO = ROY = R 10 Ω 10 Ω
⇒ VXO = VOY Q 20 Ω in series
⇒ VA = VB = VC −1
1 1
14. When I = 0 A, V = E = 3 V RAB = [20 Ω || 20 Ω] =  +  = 10 Ω
 20 20 
E 3
When V = 0, r = = = 0.5 Ω
I 6 17. No current flows through the 6 Ω resistor as the
Wheatstone network is balanced.
15. For balancing the bridge B
P R
= 15 Ω
Q S 3Ω
I1
S1S2 A C
∴ S= ….( S1, S2 are in parallel)
S1 + S2 I = 2.1 A
I2
P R ( S1 + S2 ) 4Ω
∴ = 20 Ω
Q S1S2 D
198
 

Chapter 09: Current Electricity

 VAP  34. Current drawn when resistors are in series,

The ratio   would remain constant if the E E
 VAB  Is = I = = ....(i)
length of the wire is increased. nR + R (n + 1)R
∴ L∝l Current drawn when resistors are in parallel,
Hence balancing length ‘l’ will increase if Ip = 10 I = E ....(ii)
length of potentiometer wire is increased. R
+R
30. EMF of cell, n
E = kl′ Substituting for I using equation (i) in equation
E′ (ii),
E = × l′
l 10E E
=
E=
E′
× 2.5 ….(i)
( n + 1) R 1 + 1  R
 
10  n
After increasing the length by 1 m,
E′ ∴ n + 1 = 10 1+ 1 
E = ×x n  
11
Substituting for E from equation (i) ∴ n – 10 = 9
E′ E′ n
× 2.5 = × x ∴ 2
n – 9n – 10 = 0
10 11
2.5 × 11 ∴ n2 – 10n + n – 10 = 0
∴ x= = 2.75 m
10 ∴ n (n – 10) + 1 (n – 10) = 0
ρl ∴ (n + 1) (n – 10) = 0
31. R= Neglecting negative value of n,
A
R ρ 40 × 10−8 n = 10
∴ = = = 5 × 10–2 Ω/m
l A 8 × 10−6
35. E1 ∝ L1 and E1 ∝ L2
Potential gradient is given by,
E1 L1 1.25 30
V IR ∴ = ⇒ =
= = 0.2 × 5 × 10–2 = 10–2 V/m E 2 L2 E2 40
l l
5
32. P.D. across the wire ⇒ E2 = ≈ 1.67 V
= Potential gradient × length 3
V0 = 1mV/cm × 400 cm = 0.4 V 36. While assisting net E.M.F = E1 + E2
0.4
Current in the wire, I = = 0.05 A opposing net E.M.F =  E1 − E2
8
for potentiometer E ∝ l
V − V0 2 − 0.4
R= = = 32 Ω E1 + E 2 50 5
I 0.05 ∴ = =
E1 − E 2 10 1
33. (E, r1) (E, r2) E 1 5 +1 6 3
+ – + – ∴ = = =
E 2 5 −1 4 2
I V1 37. E0 r1

R A l
P r
2E B
Current in the circuit: I =
R + r1 + r2
Terminal p.d across 1st cell is V1 = E – Ir1 E
Given: V1 = 0 E0
⇒ E – Ir1 = 0 Current in wire AB =
r1 + r
 2E 
E–   r1 = 0 i r  E0  r
 R + r1 + r2  Potential gradient (K) = = ⋅
L  r1 + r  L
2Er1
E= E = Kl
R + r1 + r2
R + r1 + r2 = 2r1  E0  r
∴ E=   ×l
⇒ R = r1 – r2  r1 + r  L

201
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

l  49. With ideal ammeter, V = IR

38. r =  1 − 1 R 6
 l2  R= =2Ω
3
 3  3A R
= − 1 9.5
 2.85  A
0.15
= × 9.5 = 0.5 Ω
2.85

39. Internal resistance of a cell, V

 l1 − l2   240 − 120  6V
r = R  = 2  =2Ω but the ammeter has resistance of its own hence,
 2 l  120 
external resistance has to be less than 2 Ω.
40. Internal resistance, 50. I
l  G
r =  1 −1 R S′
l
 2 
 52  12 × 5
=  −1 × 5 = = 1.5 Ω
 40  40 S
 GS  ′
42. Reason is correct as, to increase range additional Now, G =  +S
 G +S
shunt is connected across it. But, assertion is
GS
incorrect as shunt is added in parallel. ∴ G− = S′
G +S
ρl G2
43. R= ∴ S′ =
A G +S
∴ Shunt wire must have low resistance. IG S
For low resistance, wire should be short (l ≪) 51. =
I S+G
and thick (A≫, i.e., radius of wire ≫) .
1 3
=
 G  4 3+G
44. Is =  I ∴ 3 + G = 12
 S + G
∴ G=9Ω
 8  8 If additional shunt of 2 Ω is connected then total
=  ×1= = 0.8 A
 2 + 8  10 shunt resistance becomes,
1 1 1
I 100 = +
45. n = = = 500 S′ 2 3
Ig 0.2 2×3 6
∴ S′ = = Ω = 1.2 Ω
G G 2+3 5
∴ R= =
n 500 IG S′ 1.2 1.2 1
Now,= = = =
I S′ + G 1.2 + 9 10.2 8.5
Ig G 5 × 10−3 × 102 0.5
46. S= = = 250mV
I − Ig 1 − 5 × 10 −3
1 − 5 × 10−3 52. For full scale deflection, Ig = ampere
G
5 5 Value of shunt required for converting it into
= = Ω
10 − 0.05 9.95 ammeter of range 250 milliampere is,
G
Ig G5 × 10−3 × 99 S=
47. S= = =1Ω  I 
I − Ig (0.5 − 5 × 10−3 )  − 1
I
 g 
G Ig G 250mV
48. To convert an ammeter to range nI, S = ∴ S= ≈ ≈1Ω
n −1 I − Ig 250mA
Here, I = 1 mA = 10−3 A
V
nI = 10 A 55. Using, Rs = − G we get,
Ig
∴ n = 104
V
100 Ω for 1st case, 100 = −R ….(i) and
∴ S= = 10−2Ω = 0.01 Ω Ig
104
202
  Chapter 10: Magnetic Fields due to Electric
Current
µ0 I R 2 P
64. B=
2(R 2 + z 2 )3/ 2
I
µ 0 I(6) 2 × (10−2 )
2

108 × 10−6 = I
2 ( 6 2 + 82 ) × (10−4 )
3/ 2 3/ 2

µ 0 ni
µ 0 I 108 × 10 × (10 )
3/ 2
−6 2
× 10− 6 108 × 10−5 72. B=
∴ = = l
2 62 × 10− 4 36 4π × 10−7 × n × 10
….(i) ∴ 0.2 =
0.8
At the centre of the coil, z = 0
4 × 104
µ0 I µ0 I ∴ n=
∴ B= = π
2R 2 × 6 × 10−2 Since n turns are made from the winding wire,
Using (i) so length of the wire (L)
108 × 10−5 = 2πr × n [2πr = length of each turns]
B= = 5 × 10−4 T = 500 µT
36 × 6 × 10−2 4 × 104
∴ L = 2π × 3 × 10−2 × = 2.4 × 103 m
π
µ 0 IR 2 µI
65. Baxis = 2 2 3/ 2
, Bcentre = 0 73. The magnetic field in the solenoid along its axis
2(z + R ) 2R
3 (i) at an internal point = µ0ni
R
Baxis = Bcentre × = 4π × 10−7 × 5000 × 4 = 25.1 × 10−3 Wb/m2
(z 2 + R 2 )3/ 2
(Here, n = 50 turns/cm = 5000 turns/m)
( Baxis ) ( z 2 + R 2 )
3/ 2
(ii) at one end
Bcentre = 1 µ ni 25.1 × 10−3
R3 Bend = Bin = 0 =
(54)(4 + 32 )3/ 2
2
54 × 125 2 2 2
Bcentre = = = 250 µT = 12.6 × 10−3 Wb/m2
33 27
74. I = 10 A;
µ0 2πnIR 2 1
66. B= × 2 ⇒ B∝ 2 Total number of turns = 4000
4π (R + z 2 )3/ 2 (R + z 2 )3/ 2 Mean radius of toroid,
2/3
8 (R 2 + z 22 )3/ 2 8 R 2 + 0.04 25 + 26
=
⇒ ⇒
=   r= = 25.5 cm = 25.5 × 10−2 m
1 (R 2 + z12 )3/ 2 1 R 2 + 0.0025 2
4 R 2 + 0.04
Total length (circumference) of the toroid
⇒ =2 , = 2πr = 2π × 25.5 × 10−2 = 51 π × 10−2 m
1 R + 0.0025
Therefore, number of turns per unit length,
On solving, R = 0.1 m
4000
n=
67. Magnetic field lines about a current carrying 51π×10−2
wire get crowded when the wire is bent into a The field inside the core of the toroid,
circular loop. 4000
B = µ0nI = 4π × 10−7 × × 10
µ 0 2πnI 51π×10−2
68. Using, B = × ,
4π r = 31.4 × 10−3 T
2πnI 2 × π × 25 × 4 75. The coil is made up of tiny current elements.
B = 10−7 × = 10−7 ×
r 5 × 10−2 Force acting on each current element is directed
∴ B = 1.256 × 10−3 T outwards. As a result of this the coil expands.
69. Inside the pipe, I = 0 76. The normal to the plane of the coil (x-y plane)
µI makes angle of 90° with the direction of the
⇒ Binside
= = 0
0
2πr field.
∴ torque on the loop, τ = BIA = BI (πr2) .…(i)
70. Applying Ampere’s law, ∫ B.dl = µ I ,0 to any Also the torque required to just raise an edge of
closed path inside the pipe, we find no current is the loop is
enclosed. Hence, B = 0.  mg 
τ = Fr =  r .…(ii)
 2 
71. The respective figure is shown below.
Equating (i) and (ii),
Magnetic fields at P due to inner and outer
mgr mg
conductors are equal and opposite. Hence, net BIπr2 = ⇒I=
magnetic field at P will be zero. 2 2πBr

217
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

77. The net force on the particle is 80. Here magnetic force is zero, but the velocity
→ → → →
….(i) increases due to electric force.
F= q (E + v × B)
The solution of this problem can be obtained by 1 e2
81. Electrostatic force, Fe = × 2
resolving the motion along the three coordinate 4πe0 r
axes namely,
µ0  e2 v2 
F q  Magnetic force, Fm =  
a x =x = (E x + v y Bz − v z By )  4π  r 2 
m m

Fy q  Fm v2
a y = = (E y + v z Bx − v x Bz )  ….(ii) ∴ = µ0e0 v2 = 2 ( µ0e0 = 1/c2)
m m Fe c

Fz q 
a z = = (E z + v x By − v y Bx )  82.
m m  Straight wire
For the given problem,
Circular loop
Ex = Ey = 0, vy = vz = 0 and Bx = Bz = 0
Substituting in equation (ii), Direction of magnetic
q field due to straight
ax = ay = 0 and az = [−E z + v x By ]
m current carrying wire
As electric field is along the negative z-axis,
hence Ez is negative. Magnetic field due to straight wire is either
Again az = 0, as the particle transverses through parallel or antiparallel to the current flow in
the region undeflected. loop depending on direction of current in wire.
⇒ Ez = vx By Thus force F exerted by this magnetic field B is,
→ → →
E z 5 × 104 F Idl × B
=
∴ By = = = 2.5 × 103 Wb/m2
vx 20
= IdlB sin q = 0 ( q = 0 or 180°)
1
78. Ekinetic = mv2 83. Current carrying coil is a closed loop. Net force
2
acting on the coil due to uniform magnetic field
1 is always zero. But there will be a non-zero
2 × 1.6 × 10−13 = × 1.67 × 10−27 × v2
2 torque acting on the coil, except when plane of
v2 = 3.83 × 1014 the coil is perpendicular to the field.
v = 0.196 × 108 m/s
84. B at the centre of a coil carrying a current, I is
F = qvB sin q
µ0I
= 1.6 × 10−19 × 0.196 × 108 × 2.5 × sin 90° Bcoil = (upward)
2r
F = 7.84 × 10−12 N
µ0I
1 B due to wire, Bwire = (downward)
79. The kinetic energy of the proton, mv2 = qV 2πr
2
2Vq Magnetic field at centre C
⇒ v2 = ….(i) Bc = Bcoil + Bwire
m
If the proton is moving undeflected, then the µ0I µI
= (upward) + 0 (downward)
deflection produced by the electric field must 2r 2πr
nullify the deflection produced by magnetic µI µI µ I  1
= 0 − 0 = 0 1 −  upward
field. 2r 2πr 2r  π 
As, the deflection of the 4π × 10−7 × 8  1
proton caused by the = 1 −  upward
2 × 10 × 10−2  π
magnetic field is upwards,
deflection produced by the B 4π× 10−7 × 8 × 2.14
= upward
electric field should be into 2 × 10 × 10−2 × π
the paper. Hence the direction = 3.424 × 10−5 N/A m upward
of the field is also into the
85. Number of revolutions completed by the
paper.
electron in one second,
qE = qvB ⇒ v = E/B ….(ii)
v
2Vq E 2 2Vq n=
∴ Equation (i) gives v2 = ⇒ 2= 2πr
m B m Also current,
mE 2 v
⇒V= I = nq = q
2qB2 2πr
218
  Chapter 10: Magnetic Fields due to Electric
Current
Now, magnetic field,
O
µ0I
B = r
2r
µ0 v q
= × q
2r 2πr N B
µ vq q
= 0 2
4πr
4π×10−7 × 2.2 ×106 ×1.6 ×10−19 t
=
4π ( 5×10 )
−11 2

From Figure, t = r sin q

∴ B = 14.08 T t t Bq t Bq
or sin q == = 1
86. For charged particles, if they are moving freely r mv
 2Vq  2
m 
in space, electrostatic force is dominant over  m 
magnetic force between them. Hence due to
electric force they repel each other. Bt q q
= = Bt
m 2V 2Vm
87. Deflecting couple on magnet
= mB sin q = (2l × pole strength) B sin q 92. Change in momentum = Impulse
= (10 × 8) × 0.32 × sin 45° t t

= 18.1 ≈ 18 dyne cm i.e., mv = ∫ Fdt = ∫ BIl dt

0 0

2e t
88. Current due to motion of α particle = = Bl ∫ I dt = Blq
T
0
2e
∴ Magnetic moment = I × A = × πr2 Blq
T Or v = But v = 2gh
m
e ( 2πr ) r
= Blq m 2gh
T ∴ 2gh = or q =
= evr m Bl

89. For magnetic field to be zero at centre of loop, 93. Here magnetic force = BIa
µ0 Ic µ0 Ie Weight of a side is mag, where m is mass per
=
2R 2πH unit length, and that of two sides i.e., 2 mag is
IR effective at the centre.
∴ H= e
πIc
a/2
90. If a wire of length l is bent in the form of a q
circle of radius r then 2πr = l
l π2 π a/2
∴ r= = =
2π 2π 2
Magnetic field due to straight wire magnetic force (BIa)
µ 0 2I µ 2× 2
(2m × a)g
(m × a)g
B1 = ⋅ = 0 ×
4π r 4π 1 × 10−2
Also, magnetic field due to circular loop, Then taking moments,
µ 0 2πI µ 2π × 2 a
B2 = ⋅ = 0⋅ 2 mag × sin q + mag × a sin q = BIa a cos q
4π r 4π π / 2 2
B2 1 i.e. 2ma2g sin q = BIa2 cos q
∴ =
B1 50 BI
∴ tan q = But m = Aρ
2mg
1
91. Using qV = mv2, we get BI
2 ∴ tan q =
2Aρg
v= 2Vq / m
2Aρg
mv 2 mv ∴ B= tan θ
Again, Bqv = i.e., r = I
r Bq

219
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

mv
9. Radius traced, R =
Competitive Thinking qB
Though proton and neutron have nearly same
→
→ →
1. F=
± q  v × B mass, neutron does not have charge. As a result,
  two particles will not trace circular path of same
As particle is projected towards east radius. Rather, neutron being charge less will
∧ ∧
v=i not experience magnetic force.
Hence, assertion is false but reason is true.
Force is acting in north direction
∴
∧
F= +j
∧
10. In cyclotron,
πr
∴
∧ ∧
j (i × B)
=
∧
v=
t
But we know, ∴ v∝r
∧ ∧ ∧
i × (− k) =j Bq
While, ω =
∧ ∧ m
∴ B = –k
i.e., ω is independent of r.
2. The particle is released from rest 11. Momentum p = qBR
→ →
and E  B
12. Time period of revolution is given by,
→ → →
F=
net FE + FB ….(i) T=
2πm
→
→
 → → → qB
FE =
± q E and FB =
± q v × B Hence, time period is independent of velocity of
 
→ → the particle.
As v = 0, FB = 0
→ →
13. Radius of circular path:
hence, Fnet = FE mv
r=
→
qB
As FE is acting along the direction of electric
1
field, particle will always move in the direction ∴ r∝
→ → B
of electric field. Also, v being parallel to B , B
particle will not deviate. When B is reduced to , r is doubled
2
3. When particle moves undeflected, magnetic ∴ New radius of circular path is 2r.
force and electric force on particle exactly mv
balance each other, i.e., Fm = Fe 14. r=
qB
E
qvB = qE ⇒ v = mv
B i.e., B =
qr
→
→ → 9.1 × 10−31 × 106 9.1
4. FB = ± q  v × B  B= =
–5
× 10−5 = 2.84 × 10 T
  −19
1.6 × 10 × 0.2 1.6 × 2
→  ∧
 ∧ ∧

FB = ± q a i ×  b j + c k   mv v
   15. r= ⇒r=
qB q
 
 B
= ± q ab k + ac(− j) 
∧ ∧
m
 
109
→
  ∧ ∧ r= = 102 m
FB = qa  b k − c j  (1011 ) 10−4
 
16. Initially FE = Fm
Taking magnitude on both sides,
→ ∴ qE = qvB
FB = qa b 2 + c 2 E 2 × 104 2
∴ B= = = = 2 × 10–2 T
v 106 100
FB qa(b 2 + c 2 )1/ 2
=
Now when E is switched off,
mv vmv
7. r=
mv 2Em r= = =
= qB e
eB
qB qB B× 
m
mv 106 1
8. r= ⇒r∝v = = = 0.5 m
Bq 2 × 10−2 × 108 2

220
  Chapter 10: Magnetic Fields due to Electric
Current
17. From figure, we know that 2m ( K.E.)
r1 < r2 21. r=
Bq
also,
m 2m 4m
mv rp : rd : rα : = : : = 1: 2 :1
r= q q 2q
qB
v and B being constant, 22. For cyclotron,
m mv mω
r∝   B= = ….( v = Rω)
q eR e
m × 2πν 2πmν
m1 m 2 = =
∴ < e e
q1 q 2
1 2 1
m ( Rω )
2
m m K.E. = mv = max
i.e.,   <   2 2
 q 1  q  2 1
= mR 2 ( 4π2ν 2 )
2
18. For charged particle moving perpendicular to
mv p
= 2 mR2π2ν2
uniform magnetic field, r = =
qB qB 23. Radius in magnetic field
Given that, pH = pα = p(say) mv 2mE
R= =
p p qB qB
∴ rH = and rα =
qHB qa B q 2 B2 R 2
But, qα = 2qH E=
2m
rH q a B 2q H B 2 For proton
∴ = = =
ra q H B q H B 1 e 2 × B2 × R 2
E1 =
2 × mp
19. For a charged particle inside a magnetic field,
radius of path is, For α-particle
mv p (2e) 2 × B2 × R 2
r= = E2 =
qB qB 2 × 4m p
1 p2 ∴ E1 = E2 = 1 MeV
E= mv2 =
2 2m
As K.E. for all the particles is given to be same, 2mE
24. Radius of circular path: r =
qB
p∝ m
Also, the magnetic field is same, q 2 B2 r 2
E= ....(i)
2m
p m
∴ r ∝ or qB
q q Cyclotron frequency is f =
2πm
For given particles,
∴ q2B2 = 4π2m2f2 ....(ii)
qp = qe qα = 2qp Using equation (ii) in equation (i),
mp = 1836 me mα = 4mp 1
mp
E= (4 π2m2f2)r2
2m
mp 4m p mp
∴ rp ∝ , re ∝ 1836 , rα ∝ ∝ ∴ E = 2 π2mf2r2 ....(in joule)
qp qp 2q p qp 2
2π mf r 2 2
∴ E= ....(in eV)
∴ re < rp = rα e
2 × 10 × (1.67 × 10−27 ) × (10 × 106 ) × ( 0.6 )
2 2
q 2 B2 r 2 = eV
20. K.E. = 1.6 × 10−19
2m
But here K.E. = qV = 7.5 × 106 eV
qV × 2m = 7.5 MeV
∴ r2 =
q 2 B2 The closest value in the option is 7 MeV
∴ Option (C) is correct.
r∝ m
m1  r1 
2
2πm T m q 2
∴ = 25. T= ⇒ α = α× p =
m 2  r2  Bq Tp m p q α 1

221
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

2πm 34. As the coil is perpendicular to magnetic field
26. T= →
qB B=2T ,
i.e., T is independent of v.
q = 90o
∴ Time period will remain the same. The loop formed is circular,
27. Here, f = 10 MHz = 107 Hz ∴ l = 2πr
r = 50 cm = 50 × 10−2 m As the force acting on the loop will be along
v = 2π rf = 2π × 50 × 10−2 × 107 radius,
= 3.14 × 107 ms−1 r=
l
2π
28. Frequency of revolution is,
∴ Tension developed is
Be 3.57 × 10−2 × 1.76 × 1011
f= = T = F = B I r sinq = B I r
2πm 2 × 3.14
2 × 1.1 × l
≈ 1 × 109 Hz = 1 GHz =
2π
29. The oscillator frequency must be same as 1.1
proton’s cyclotron frequency. = = 0.35 N
π
qB
f= Kθ
2π m 35. I= ⇒ I∝q
−27 6 NAB
2π mf 2 × 3.14 × 1.67 × 10 × 12 × 10
∴ B= =
q 1.6 × 10−19 36. B
−2
= 78.6 × 10 T ≈ 0.8 T
30°
30. Component of velocity parallel to the field,
60°
makes the particle move in direction of field and A
due to perpendicular component of velocity,
particle follows circular path making combined
path as helical.
31. Parallel component drags the particle to side and
perpendicular component gives circular path. τ = NAIB sin θ
Hence the path is helical. = 50 × .012 × 2 × 0.2 × sin 60º
= 0.20 Nm
32. F = IlB sin q
q = 90° 37. τ∝A
∴ sin 90° = 1 For square coil,
∴ F = IlB Area (A1) = length2 = a2
For circular coil,
∴ mg = IlB 2
 a 
m =
IlB
=
2.5 × 50 × 10−2 × 0.5
=
1
= 62.5 g Area (A2) = π × (radius)2 = π  
g 10 16  π
a2
33. We know =π× = a2
π
FB = i  l eq × B  = i leff B ….( leff ⊥ B)
→ →
τ1 A a2
  ∴ = 1 = 2 =1
→ →
τ2 A2 a
For PQ l eq || B
→
38. → →
(FB ) PQ = 0 B m
For PR
3 →
lPR = l (which is perpendicular to B )
2
 3 
(FB)PR = i leff B = i  l  B
 2  →
B
3
(FB)PR = il B
2 When q = 0° (parallel) it is in stable
Similarly for QR equilibrium.
3 When q = 180° (anti-parallel), it is in unstable
(FB)PR = ilB
2 equilibrium.

222
  Chapter 10: Magnetic Fields due to Electric
Current
39. For stable equilibrium µ0 Idl sin θ
→ →
45. By Biot-Savart’s law, dB = ×
m ( magneticdipole moment ) ||B 4π r2
1
z i.e., dB ∝
r2
46.
B I1
I B2
I y d
I B1
x I
I2

For unstable equilibrium m ||  − B 

→ →

 
z
µ 0 2 2 1/ 2
B= B12 + B22 =
2πd
( I1 + I2 )
B
47. Magnetic field due to first wire is given by
I µ0I
I y B1 =
I 2π r
x I Magnetic field due to second wire is given by
−4
40. m = nAI = 2000 × 1.5 × 10 × 2 = 0.6 µ0I µI
B2 = = 0
−2 1 2π (3r) 6π r
∴ τ = mB sin 30 = 0.6 × 5 × 10 ×
2 Net Magnetic field at P is, B = B1 + B2
τ = 1.5 × 10−2 Nm µ0I µI
B= + 0
→ → → 2π r 6π r
41. τ = m × B = mB sin θ →
m 3µ0I + µ0I
=
→ 6π r
∴ τ = NIA × B sin 90°
4 µ0I 2 µ0I
2 = =
∴ τ = NI (πr ) B× 1 O →
B 6π r 3 πr
= B πr2 IN
48.
42. m = I × Area of loop k̂
 πa 2  π  P
= I × a 2 + × 4  kˆ = I × a 2  + 1 kˆ
 4× 2 2    90°
30° d 3
43. K.E = mB(cosq1 − cosq2)
2
Here, q1 = 0° (along East - West) 60°
q2 = 90°(along North-South) 60°
K.E. = 2.5 × 3 × 10−5 × (1 – 0)  
= 75 × 10−6 = 75 µJ  
 µ0 I
Bnet = 2  × × [1 + sin 30°]
44. P.E = U = −nIABcosq 4π  d 3 
→ →    
i.e., U = −nI( A⋅ B )   2  
also, magnetic dipole moment,
µ 2I 3 3µ I
→
m = nI A
→
= 2 0 × × = 0

→ ∧ ∧ ∧
 4π d 3 2  2πd
∴ given A =0.04 i − 0.05 j + 0.07 k 49.
→ → →
2
∴ m = 15 × 12 × A = 180 × A
∧ ∧ ∧ I 16 A
= 7.2 i − 9 j + 12.6k
 ∧ ∧ ∧
  ∧ ∧ ∧

∴ U = −  7.2 i − 9 j + 12.6 k  .  0.2 i + 0.3 j − 0.4 k   →
     r
−x x
= −[1.44 − 2.7 − 5.04] −2 O 1
= −(−6.3) →

U = 6.3 J Magnetic field at point r due to wire 1 = 0

223
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

→
57. For distribution of current between any two
Magnetic field at point r due to wire 2,
points on the circumference of the loop, the
µ0I
B= ….(As wire is semi-infinite) magnetic field at the centre of the loop is zero.
4πr
4π × 10−7 × 16  µ0I
∴ B= ( | r | = 2 mm = 2 × 10−3 m) 58. B=
4π × 2 × 10 −3 2r
= 8 × 10−4 T = 0.8 × 10−3 T = 0.8 mT q
I= =e×n
t
50. µ e× n
x B= 0
B1 1A = ii 2A = i2 2r
0.1m µ0
B2 59. B= B12 + B22 = I12 + I 22
2r
For net force to be zero, net magnetic field at 4π×10−7
= 32 + 42
that point should be zero, i.e., 2 × 2π×10−2
B1 = B2 = 5 × 10−5 Wb m−2
µ 0 (1) µ 0 (2)
= µ 0 Iθ
2πx 2π(0.1 + x) 60. B1 =
2x = 0.1 + x 4π R 1
x = 0.1m π
c
here, θ= 60°=
3
F µ 0 2I1I 2
52. = π
l 4π r I
µ0 3 µ0 I
Here, r = b and I1 = I2 = I ∴ =B1 =
4π R1 12R1
F µ 0 2I 2
∴ = Similarly,
l 4π b
π
F µ 0 I1I 2 5×5 I
53. = = 2 × 10−7 × µ0 3 µ0 I
=B2 =
l 2πd 1 4π R 2 12R 2
= 5 × 10−6, attractive Bnet = B1 – B2
µ I I l 4π×10−7 × 5× 5× 5 × 10−2 µ I 1 1 
54. F= 012 = = 10−5 N =
µ0I µI
− 0 = 0  −
2πd 2π× 2.5×10−2 
12R1 12R 2 12  R1 R 2 
55. Net force on wire B, Fnet = FA2 + FC2
61. Magnetic field at point O,
µ 0 I1I 2l
FA = FC = → µ0I ˆ + µ 0 I π(−ˆi) = −µ 0 I [πˆi + 2k]
ˆ
2πd =B (−2k)
4πR 4πR 4πR
µ 0i 2l
= ....( I1 = I2 = i) 62. Magnetic field at C due to semi-infinite wire,
2πd
µ 0i
 µ i 2l 
2
2µ 0i 2l µ i 2l B1 =
∴ Fnet = 2 0  = = 0 4πr
 2πd  2πd 2πd Magnetic field at C due to semi-circle,
µ i2 µ 0i µi µi
∴ Net force per unit length = 0 B2 = q= 0 ×π= 0
2πd 4πr 4πr 4r
As directions of both fields is outward through
56. For sides AD and BC, force acting on them is plane of the paper, magnitude of net magnetic
equal and opposite. Hence the net force is zero. field, B = B1 + B2
∴ Fnet = FBA − FCD µ 0i µi
µ 2IiL = + 0
here, FBA = 0 4πr 4r
4π L µ 0i
2 = (1 + π)
4πr
µ 2IiL
for FCD = 0 63. When radius is doubled the resistance in the
4π 3 L
2 circuit is also doubled. Therefore the current in
 
the circuit becomes halved.
µ 0 IiL  1 1  µ 0 IiL  4L  2µ 0 Ii Magnetic induction is given by,
∴= Fnet  −  = =
2π  L 3 L  2π  3L2  3π B=
µ0I
2 2 2r

224
  Chapter 10: Magnetic Fields due to Electric
Current
Now, ∴ (R2 + z2)1/2 = 2R
µ 0 I′ I ∴ R2 + z 2 = 4R2
B′ = where I′ = and r′ = 2r
2r′ 2 ∴ z 2 = 3R2
µI B ∴ z = 3R
∴ B′ = 0 =
8r 4
67. According to Ampere’s circuital law,
64. Refer shortcut 1 the magnetic induction on axial line of a straight
Alternate Method: current carrying conductor is zero.
Let the wire of length l be bent into circle of ∴ The segments DE and AB do not produce a
radius R. magnetic field at O.
µ 0 nI For segments BC and EF,
∴ B=
2R µ0 IC µ I
BBC = , BEF = 0 F
here, n = 1 4π rC 4π rF
l Bnet = BBC + BEF
R=
2π  4 9 
µ0I ∴ 10−7 × 
Bnet = + =5 × 10−5 T
∴ B=  0.02 0.03 
 l 
2  68. By Ampere’s circuital law,
 2π 
→ →

∴ B=
µ 0 πI
....(i) ∫ B⋅ dl =µ I 0 enclosed =µ 0 (2 − 1) =µ0
2l
When the same wire is bent into coil of n turns, µ 0 2I
69. B=
let R′ be the radius of the coil, 4π r
∴ 2πnR′ = l 2I
⇒ 10=
−5
10−7 ×
l (10 × 10−2 )
∴ R′ =
2πn ∴ I=5A
µ nI µ 0 nI µ πI
∴ B′ = 0 = = 0 n2 70. Net current through system I = I1 + I2 + I3
2R ′  l  2l
2  =3−5+8=6A
 2πn  Using Ampere’s law,
∴ B′ = n2B ….[From (i)] µ 0 I 4π × 10−7 × 6
65. Bcentre = 5 5 Baxis B= = = 12 × 10−6 T = 12 µT
2πR 2π × 0.1
µ0n I µ0n I R 2
=5 5 71.
2( R 2 + z2 )
3/ 2
2R

(R2 + z2)3/2 = 5 5 R3
(R2 + z2)3 = 125 R6 a
/2 a
R2 + z2 = 5R2 B
z2 = 4R2
2a
z = 2R
B′
z = 2 × 0.1 ….( R = 0.1) According to Ampere’s Circuital law,
z = 0.2 m For inside loop,
µ 0 nI µ 0 r′ I  I × A′ 
66. Magnetic field at the centre: Bc = B= ....  as I′ = 
2R 2πr 2  A 
Magnetic field at the axial point: a
µ0I  
µ 0 nIR 2 ∴ B= 2
Baxis =
2( R 2 + z2 )
3/ 2
2πa 2
µI
Bc B= o ....(i)
Given: Baxis = 4πa
8 For outside loop,
µ 0 nIR 2 µ nI B′ × (2πr′) = µ0I
= 0
2( R 2 + z2 )
3/ 2
8 × 2R µI µ0I
∴=B′ =
0
....(ii)
2π(2a) 4πa
R2 1
∴ = From equations (i) and (ii),
2( R 2 + z2 )
3/ 2
16R
B
=1
∴ (R2 + z2)3/2 = 8R3 B′
225
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

72. I 77. Rod will be stationary if component of magnetic
field balances component of weight of rod as
shown in the figure below.
B X
I BIl cosq
R q F = BIl

q
Y
mg
As magnetic field inside conductor is zero,
q
For d < R, B = 0
However, for d > R, To keep the rod stationary,
µI BIl cosq = mg sinq
B= 0
2πd mg tan θ
∴ I =
1 Bl
i.e., B ∝
d λg tan θ
= ….( m/l = λ)
Hence, the variation is best depicted by graph B
(C). 0.5 × 9.8 × tan 30° 19.6
I= = = 11.32 A
0.25 3
73. The proton is moving parallel to the axis of
Force
solenoid. The magnetic field inside the solenoid 78. Electric field =
Charge
is uniform hence it doesn’t affect the velocity of
ma 0
proton. = (in west direction)
e
74. B = µ0ni ....(n = N/L) Magnetic force = Fm
= 3ma0 − ma0
400
= 4 × 3.14 × 10−7 × ×5 = 2ma0 (in west direction)
0.4 × 10−2 → →
( v × B is directed towards west)
= 0.628 T
→
Since, v is directed towards north for positive
75. Magnetic field, B = µ0ni →

Here, n = 50 turns/cm charge, B is directed vertically down.

→ → →

= 50 × 102 turns/m Now, =F qv × B

∴ B = 4π × 10−7 × 50 × 102 × 2.5 ∴ 2ma0 = ev0 × B

2ma 0
= 5π × 10−3 T ∴ B= (vertically down)
ev0
76. Magnetic field inside a toroid is given by,
work
µ NI 79. Average Power =
B = µ0nI = 0 time
2πR 2
W= ∫ Fdx ….(i)
∴ For first toroid, 0

µ 0 N1I B
B1 =
2πR1 l = 3m
For second toroid,
µ0 N 2I
I = 10A z
B2 =
2πR 2
x
B1 N1 R 2
∴ = × Magnetic force on conductor
B2 R 1 N 2
F = B I l sin q
=
200 0.2
× Here, B = 3.0 × 10-4 e−0.2 x T, I = 10 A and
0.4 100 l = 1.5 − (1.5) = 3 m
=1:1 ∴ F = 3.0 × 10−4 e−0.2 x × 10 × 3

226
  Chapter 10: Magnetic Fields due to Electric
Current
Substituting in equation (i), As the system is in equilibrium vertically,
W=
2
T cos q = λgL ….(i)
∫
−4 −0.2x
3.0 × 10 e × 10 × 3dx
0
2
Along horizontal,
= 9 × 10−3 ∫ e −0.2x dx µ0 I × I × L
0
T sin q = ….(ii)
9 × 10 −3 2π (2Lsin θ)
=  −e −0.2× 2 + 1
0.2   µ 0 I1I 2l 
F
= and here
= d 2Lsin θ 
9 × 10−3  2 π d 
= × 1 − e −0.4 
0.2 4π Lsin θ× Tsin θ
= 45 × 10−3 [1 − 0.67] ∴ I2 =
µ0 L
≈ 14.84 × 10−3 J
14.84 × 10−3 πT
P = ≈ 2.97 W I = 2 sin q ....(iii)
5 × 10−3 µ0

80. For given two coils, magnetic induction at their Using equation (i),
centres is same. λgL
T=
Let B1 = B2 cos θ
µ 0 I1 µ 0 I 2 Substituting for T in equation (iii),
=
2r 2 ( 2r ) πλgL
I 1
I = 2 sin q
⇒ 1= µ 0 cos θ
I2 2
Using Ohm’s Law, 84. Dipole moment M = nIA = I × πR2
1 If dipole moment is doubled keeping current
V∝
I constant,
V1 2 M′ = I × π(R′)2
∴ =
V2 1 ∴ 2M = I × π(R′)2
∴ 2 (I × πR2) = I × π(R′)2
81.
∴ R′ = 2 R
Magnetic field at centre of loop is,
a µ0I
B=
2R
1
∴ B∝
µ0I π a 2 R
B= ×
2π a π r 2 B1 R ′ 2
∴ = =
µ0I B2 R 1
B= a
2π r 2
85. Force on moving charge in magnetic field is
B∝a
given by,
82. m = nIA
For coil, magnetic induction at the centre, F = qvBsin θ
µ 0 nI but, θ = 90°
B= ∴ sin 90° = 1
2R
B × 2R ∴ F = qvB
∴ I=
µ0n Kinetic Energy of proton is given by
For n = 1, Area A = πR2 E=
1 2
mv
B × 2R 2πBR 3
2
m= × πR2 =
µ0 µ0 2E
∴ velocity (v) =
m
83.
q 2E
∴ F=q× ×B
T m
2 × 2 ×106 ×1.6 ×10−19
F = 1.6 × 10−19 × × 2.5
1.6 × 10−27
(λL)g F = 8 × 10−12 N
227
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

86. Magnetic field at the centre of a circular loop of  φ1 = φ2 = 45o here
radius R carrying current I,
µ0 I  2  µo I
µ 0 2πI µ 0 I ∴ BBC = =
B= = and M = IA = I(πR2) 4π l ′  2  2 2πl ′
4πR 2R
B µ0I 1 µ l L
∴ = × = 0 = x [Given] As l=′ =
M 2R IπR 2 2πR 3 2 8
When both the current and radius are doubled, 4µ 0 I
∴ BBC =
the ratio becomes 2πL
B′ µ0 1  µ0  x ∴ By all four sides
= = = 
M′ 2π(2R) 8  2πR 3  8
3 16µ 0 I
BB =
2πL
87. K.E. of particle = qV
BA µ 0 πI 2πL 2 × π2 π2
2mqV ∴ = × = =
∴ Radius of circular path: r = BB L 16µ 0 I 16 8 2
qB
89. The electron is revolving along a circular path
r ∝ V where B is constant
∴ K.E. = qV ….(i)
i.e., V ∝ r2
2
also, we know,
V2  r2  1
= 
V1  r1 
K.E. = mv2
2
V2  2r 
2
but, v = rω
∴ =  =4
V  r  1 2 2
∴ K.E. = mr ω ….(ii)
∴ V2 = 4V 2
Equating (i) and (ii)
88. Case I, 1 2 2
mr ω = qV
Wire is bent to circle, 2
L = 2πr mr 2ω2 9.1 × 10−31 × (0.20) 2 × (120) 2
L ∴ V= =
⇒r= 2q 2 × 1.6 × 10−19
2π ∴ V = 1.638 ×10−9 V
∴ magnetic induction at centre,
µ0I µ0I 90.
∴ q
Bcircle
= =
2r L
2 
 2π  Q
µ πI
∴ BA = 0 ….(i)
L

Case II
KqQ
Wire is bent to square, Electrostatic force of attraction, F =
r2
L = 4l mv 2
l But, centripetal force is given by, F =
L B l′ C r
∴ l=
4 mv 2
KqQ
∴ = 2
φ2 r r
φ1
1
v∝
P r
Time taken by charge to complete a circular
2πr
path is given by, T =
v
A D
r
∴ T∝
v
 1 
∴ T ∝ r3/2 ….  v ∝ 
Magnetic induction at P due to side BC  r
µ I µI
BBC = 0 (sinφ1 + sinφ2) But, for circular loop, B = 0
4π l ′ 2r

228
  Chapter 10: Magnetic Fields due to Electric
Current
I 93. Magnetic field at centre of coil
∴ B∝
r µ 0 ni
B1 = ….(i)
Q 2r
As current I =
T Magnetic field at distance h,
1 1 µ0 nir 2
I∝ ∝ 3 B2 = ×
T 2 ( h 2 + r 2 )3/ 2
r2
r −3/ 2 µ0 nir 2
∴ B∝ = ×
r 2 3/ 2
 h2 
∴ B∝r −5/2 r 3 1 + 2 
 r 
1
i.e., B ∝ 5/ 2
Using equation (i)
r − 3/ 2
 h2 
→ → → B2 = B1  1 + 
91. F qv × B
=  r2 
I/2  3h 2 
= B1  1 −  ….(Using Binomial equation)
 2r 2 

3h 2
I I ∴ B2 is less than B1 by fraction
2r 2

94. Magnetic field due to semi-circular wire at O

I/2
µ0I
B =
Using shortcut 3(vi), 4R
→
In this case, magnetic field at the centre, B = 0 4π × 10−7 × 8
=
→ 4 × 10π × 10−2
∴ F =0
= 8 × 10−6 T
92. I L F
Force per unit length, =I×B
l
d = 2 cm = 8 × 8 × 10−6
= 64 × 10−6 N/m
I L = 64 µN/m
Force of attraction between wires, 95. For a current carrying coil, a magnetic field line
µ 0 I1I 2 forms a closed loop. Each of these loops cuts the
F= L
2π d plane twice, once outside the coil and once
µ 0 100 × 100 inside the coil as shown in the figure below.
= × ×4
2π 2 × 10−2
4π × 10−7 × 104 × 4
=
4π × 10−2
= 0.4 N
The force would cause displacement in spring I
F
x= where, k is spring constant.
k
0.4
= m Since the flux in two regions are equal but
50
opposite in direction.
Work done = F × x
0.4
φi = − φ0
= 0.4 ×
50
= 3.2 × 10−3 J
= 3.2 mJ

229
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

Hints to Evaluation Test

q 2 × 1.6 × 10−19 µ0 I
2. I= = 11. =
By using B (sin φ1 + sin φ2 )
t 2 4π r
= 1.6 × 10−19 A µ0 I L
∴
= B (2sin φ)
L/2 17
µ0I µ × 1.6 × 10 −19
4π (L / 8) 8
∴ B= = 0
2r 2 × 0.8 L/8 1 φ
Also
= sin φ = P
= µ0 × 10−19 17 L / 8 17 L/8 φ
4µ 0 I L/2
q 2 B2 R 2 ∴ B=
3. K.E = 17 πL
2m

=
(1.6 ×10 ) × ( 0.5) × ( 4 ×10 )
−19 2 2 −1 2
12. Bc =
µ0I
2r
2 × 1.67 × 10−27
µ0I r 2 µ0I r 2 µ0I
(1.6 ) Ba = = =
2
× 10−38 × 25 × 10−2 × 16 × 10−2
= 2( r2 + r2 )
3/ 2 3 3/ 2
2r (2 ) 2r (2 2)
2 × 1.67 × 10−27
1024 × 10−42 ∴ Ba : Bc = 1: 2 2
= = 306.58 × 10−15
3.34 × 10−27
13. Y
= 3.06 × 10−13 J B C
−13
3.06 × 10
= eV
1.6 × 10−19 10 A
= 1.9 × 106 eV
15 cm
= 1.9 MeV
F µ 0 I1I 2 4π × 10−7 × 1 × 1 10 A
4. = =
L 2πd 2π × 1 A D
F −7 10 cm
∴ = 2 × 10 N/m 2 cm
L X
µ0I 1 The effective force is only on AB and CD.
6. B= ⇒B∝
2πr r The force on AB is attractive and that on CD is
∴ When r is doubled, B is halved. repulsive.
Force between two current carrying conductors
Kφ 1.5 × 10−9 × 10 µ 0 I1 I 2
7. I= = is F1 between XY and AB = l attractive
NAB 100 × 15 × 10−4 × 0.025 2πa
= 4 × 10–6 A = 4 µA µ I I l
force and F2 between XY and CD = 0 1 2
Bq 2πd′
8. Cyclotron frequency, f = repulsive force.
2πm
 2µ 0  10 × 10 × 0.15 2µ 0 10 × 10 × 0.15
1 × 1.6 × 10−19 ∴ F1 – F2 =   −
∴ f =  4π  0.02 4π 0.12
2 × 3.14 × 9.1 × 10−31
= 2.79 × 1010 Hz µ0 100 100 
∴ Fresultant = 2 × × 10 × 10 × 0.15 ×  −
= 27.9 × 109 Hz 4π  2 12 
≈ 28 GHz 0.15 × 500
= 2 × 10−7 × 100 ×
12
9. When a charged particle is moving in a region
= 1.25 × 10−4 N
with uniform electric and magnetic field parallel
to each other, it experiences force only due to 14. For α-particle, q = 2 e
electric field, along the direction of field, due to → → →
5
F = q (v× B) = q[(6 × 10 î ) × (4 î − ĵ )]
which the path of a charged particle will be a
straight line. = q × (−6 × 105) k̂
= 2e × (−6 × 105) k̂
10. The perimeter in plane is two-dimensional.
Negative sign indicates particle is moving along
Amongst the given shapes, circle has maximum
negative Z-axis.
area. Hence, maximum torque will act on it.

230
  Chapter 10: Magnetic Fields due to Electric
Current

∴
→
| F | = 2 × 1.6 × 10
−19
× −6 × 105 µ 0 2π I
∴ 4π r = 27
= 1.92 × 10−13 N µ0 2π I r 2
× 3
µ0I 4π
15. Using, B = , (r 2 + x 2 ) 2
2πr 3

2I 2× 2 (r 2 + x 2 ) 2
B = 10−7 × = 10−7 × = 8 × 10−8 T ∴ = 27
r 5 r3
1
(r 2 + x 2 ) 2
IAB 2 ×10 −5
∴ =3
16. K= = = 2 × 10−6 Nm/degree r
φ 10
r2 + x2
∴ =9
17. Here, net field, r2
B = Field due to circular portion ∴ r2 + x2 = 9r2
− Field due to straight portion ∴ 8r2 = x2
µ I µI µ I 1 µ I(π − 1) ∴ x= 2 2r
=  0 − 0 = 0 1 − = 0
 2r 2πr  2r  π  2πr 21. Refer shortcut 3(vi)
(perpendicular to the plane of page and directed Alternate method:
into it) Here, the wire does not produce any magnetic
Field due to circular portion is directed into the field at O because the conductor lies on the line
plane of the paper and that due to straight through O. Also, the loop does not produce
portion is directed outward and perpendicular to magnetic field at O.
the plane of paper. Thus net field is directed into
the plane of the paper. 22. Using shortcut 1,
Here, n = 2
p2 (mv) 2 (qBR) 2 ∴
→ →
| B′c | = 4 | Bc | = 4 × 0.2 = 0.8 T
18. Energy, E == =
2m 2m 2m
µ 0 I1I 2
 mv 2  23. F= l
 = qvB  2πd
 R 
µ (−2I1 )I 2 2 µ 0 I1I 2 2
(2e BR) 2 F′ = 0 l = − l = − F
Then, Eα = 2π 3d 3 2πd 3
2 × 4m p
where mp is mass of proton.
(2e BR) 2 E 2
and Ed = ⇒ d =
2 × 2m p Eα 1
or Ed = 2Eα = 2 × 2 = 4 MeV
µ0I
19. Magnetic induction, B =
2r
For the coil,
2πr = 4(2πr′) ⇒ r′ = r/4
4µ0 I
∴ New magnetic induction, B′ =
2r′
4µ0I
∴ B′ = × 4 = 16B
2r

µ 0 2πI
20. Magnetic field at centre, B =
4π r
Let the distance be x.
Magnetic field at a point on the axis,
µ0 2π I r 2
B′ = × 3
4π (r 2 + x 2 ) 2
B B
Given, B′ = ⇒ = 27
27 B'
231
11 Magnetic Materials

Hints

I
Classical Thinking 5. T = 2π
M BH
τ1 MBsin θ1 sin θ1 sin 90° 1 Where I is moment of inertia
5. = = = = =∞
τ2 MBsin θ2 sin θ2 sin 0° 0 m(L2 + b 2 )
I= ….For rectangular block
12
6. τ = MB sinθ (m = Mass of magnet)
∴ M = MB sin θ
⇒T∝ m,
∴ 1 = B sin 90° [ θ = 90°]
Hence, if mass is increased 4 times, period gets
∴ B = 1 Wb/m2 doubled.
Also, 1 Wb/m2 = 104 gauss
→  e →
M 7. Orbital magnetic moment M = −  L
10. Gyromagnetic ratio = 0  2m e 
L0
Angle made by orbital angular momentum with
14. µr < 1 and εr > 1. direction of orbital magnetic moment is 180°.
20. With rise in temperature, their magnetic e
susceptibility decreases, i.e., 8. I= = eν and I ∝ ν
T
1
χm ∝ ∴ Minitial = IA
T
∴ Mfinal = 2IA = 2M
52. Soft iron is highly ferromagnetic.
9. As we know for circulating electron magnetic
moment
Critical Thinking 1
M = evr ....(i)
2
dτ
1. τ = MBH sin θ ⇒ = MBH cos θ and angular momentum J = mvr ....(ii)
dθ
eJ
This will be maximum when θ = 0°. From equations (i) and (ii) M =
2m
2. τ = MB sin θ ⇒ τ ∝ sin θ
10. The magnetic moment of the revolving electron
τ1 sin θ1 τ sin 90
⇒ = ⇒ = is
τ2 sin θ2 τ / 2 sin θ2
e 2πr
1 M = IA = × πr2 But T =
∴ sin θ2 = ⇒ θ2 = 30° T v
2
ev evr
∴ angle of rotation = 90° − 30 = 60° ∴ M= × πr2 =
2πr 2
3. W = –MB(cosθ2 − cosθ1) 1.6 ×10−19 × 2.5 ×106 × 0.5 ×10−10
∴ M=
Here, θ1 = 0° , θ2 = 60° 2
1 = 10−23 Am2
W = – 2.5 × 3 × 10−5 × ( – 1)
2
= 37.5 × 10−6 = 37.5 µJ 11. r = 0.5 Å = 0.5 × 10−10 m,
f = 1010 MHz = 1016 Hz
4. B=
4π 2 I The revolving electron is equivalent to a current
mT 2 M = IA = (ef) πr2
B=
4 × 10 × 8 × 10−6
= 1.6 × 10–3 T ∴ M = 1.6 × 10−19 × 1016 × 3.14 × (0.5 × 10−10)2
5 × 10−2 × (2) 2 = 1.256 × 10−23 Am2
232
 

Chapter 11: Magnetic Materials

Distance travelled φ
12. time(t) = 22. B = µMz Also, B =
Velocity A
2R + πR B φ
∴ t= = R(π + 2) ∴ µ= =
v v Mz AM z
q qv 40 × 10−4
∴ I= = ∴ µ= = 8.3 × 10−3 Wb/Am
t R (π + 2) 4 × 10−4 × 1200
qv πR 2 πRqv φ
∴ M=I×A= × = 23. B = µMz Also, B =
R(π + 2) 2 2(π + 2) A
B φ
14. Net magnetic induction B = B0 + Bm ∴ µ= =
= µ0H + µ0Mz Mz AM z
4 × 10−5
15. χ = (µr − 1) ∴ µ= = 2 × 10−4 Wb/Am
0.4 × 10−4 × 5000
∴ χ = (600 − 1) = 599
25. Diamagnetic substances are repelled by
16. Relative permeability, magnetic field.
µ 0.1256
µR = = 26. Repelled due to induction of similar poles.
µ0 4π×10−7
0.1256 30. On heating, different domains have net
= magnetization in them which are randomly
4 × 3.14 × 10−7
distributed. Thus, the net magnetisation of the
1256 ×10−4 substance due to various domains decreases to
= = 105
12.56 ×10−7 minimum.
M net M 1 32. As every atom of a diamagnetic material is not a
17. Mz = = =
V Al 5 × 10 × 6 ×10−2
−4 complete magnet in itself, its susceptibility is
= 3.3 × 104 A/m not affected by the temperature.

18. % increase in magnetic field 33. As temperature of a ferromagnetic material is

B − B0 µ χH × 100
raised, its susceptibility χ remains constant first
= × 100 = 0 and then decreases.
B0 µ0H
= χ ×100 = 6.8 × 10−5 × 100 = 6.8 × 10−3 34. For paramagnetic substance, magnetisation M is
proportional to magnetising field H, and M is
19. Volume of the magnet, positive.
mass 75 ×10−3
V = = = 10−5 m3 36. Magnetism of a magnet falls with rise of
density 75 ×102 temperature and becomes practically zero at
M net 3 Curie temperature.
∴ Magnetization, Mz = = −5
V 10
37. The volume of the cubic domain is
∴ Mz = 3 × 105 A/m
V = (10−6 m)3 = 10−18 m3
20. The bar magnet has coercivity 4 × 103 Am −1 i.e., Net dipole moment
it requires a magnetic intensity H = 4 × 103 Am−1 Mnet = 8 × 1010 × 9 × 10−24 A m2 = 72 × 10−14 A m2
to get demagnetised. Let i be the current carried M net
∴ Magnetization, MZ =
by solenoid having n number of turns per metre Domain volume
length, then by definition H = ni. 72 × 10−14 A m 2
=
Here, H = 4 × 103 A m−1 10−18 m3
N 60 –1 = 72 × 104 A m–1
n
= = = 500 turn metre
l 0.12 = 7.2 × 105 A m–1
H 4 × 103 1
⇒i= = = 8A 38. From Curie’s law, χ ∝
n 500 T
21. Magnetic intensity, χ2 T χ 1
∴ = 1 but it is given that 2 =
H = nI = 500 × 1 = 500 Am–1 χ1 T2 χ1 2
µr = 1 + χ ⇒ χ = (µr – 1) and T1 = 273 + 127 = 400 K
∴ M = χH = (µr – 1)H = (500 – 1) × 500 1 400
∴ =
= 2.495 × 105 Am–1 2 T2
≈ 2.5 × 105 Am–1 ∴ T2 = 800 K = (800 – 273) = 527 °C
233
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

1 3. W = MB cosθ1 − MB cosθ2
39. When χ = 0.5, = 5 × 10−3/K
T = MB (cosθ1 − cosθ2)
1 1000 Here θ1 = 0°, θ2= 90°
∴ T= = = 200 K
5 ×10−3 5 ∴ W = MB(1 − cos θ2) = 20 × 0.25 (1 − cos 90°)
C =5J
According to Curie’s law, χ =
T 4. W = – mB (cos 60° − cos 0°)
∴ C = χT = 0.5 × 200 = 100 K 1  1
= − mB  − 1 = mB
42. The real distinguishing feature of ferromagnetic 9  2
material is that intensity of magnetisation I ∴ mB = 2 W
(or B) is not directly proportional to Torque required τ = mB sin θ = 2W sin 60°
magnetising field H.
 3
43. In the given figure, OQ refers to retentivity while ∴ τ = 2W   = 3 W
 2 
OR refers to coercivity, for permanent magnet
both retentivity and coercivity should be high. I
5. T = 2π
49. Iron is ferromagnetic in nature. Lines of force mB
due to external magnetic field prefer to pass When magnet is cut into two equal halves,
through iron. m I
m′ = , I′ =
50. → 2 2
B1
∴ Time period
1 2
I′
N S S N T′ = 2π
m′B
d
→ →  1 2
M1 M2 T′ =  × T
 2 1 
Both the magnets are placed in the field of one
another, hence potential energy of dipole (2) is ∴ T′ = T
µ 2M I
U2 = –M2B1 cos 0 = –M2B1 = –M2 × 0 . 3 1 6. Period of oscillation T = 2π
4π d MB
dU
By using F = − , ∴ T = 2π 7.5×10−6
= 0.665 s
dr
6.7 ×10−2 × 0.01
Force on magnet (2) is
dU d µ 2M M
∴ Time taken for 10 oscillations = T × 10 = 6.65 s
F2 = − 2 = −  − 0 . 13 2 
dr dr  4π d  7. Time period of oscillations is given by,
−µ 0 MM I 12 × 10−6
= ×6× 1 4 2 T = 2π = 2π
4π d MB (6 × 10−2 × 2 × 10−2 )
µ 0 6M1M 2
It can be proved F1 = F2 = F = × 1
4π d4 ∴ T = 2π ×
10
1
∴ F∝ Now, for 20 oscillations
d4
t = 20 × T
B 1
51. B = µ0µrH ⇒ µr ∝ = slope of B- H curve ∴ t = 20× 2π × = 12.57 s
H 10
According to the given graph, slope of the graph Closest answer in options is 12 s
is highest at point Q.
8. Period of oscillation for a magnet,
I
T = 2π
Competitive Thinking MB
2. M = nIA M1 L2
Where, I =
= 2000 × 2 × 1.5 × 10−4 12
= 0.6 J/T M = m(2L)
τ = MB sin 30° M1 = mass of the magnet
1 As the length is doubled,
= 0.6 × 5 × 10−2 × th
2 1
−2 And pole strength is reduced to   ,
= 1.5 × 10 N-m 4  

234
 

Chapter 11: Magnetic Materials

I′ M net
T ′= 2π 17. Intensity of magnetization =
M′ B Volume
M net
M1 ( 2L )
2 =
× m ( 2L ) length×area of cross-section
T′ I′ M 12 2 12
∴ = = = × = 8 3
T I M′ M1 L2  m  3 1 =
×   ( 4L ) 3 × 10−2 × 2 × 10−4
12  4 
= 5 × 105 A/m
∴ T′ = 2 2 T
19. Magnetic field inside a solenoid is given by,
I
9. T = 2π B=µnI
MB
= µ0 µr n I = µ0 (1 + χ) n I.
1
∴ T∝ 20. χ m =( m r − 1) ⇒ χ m =( 5500 − 1) =5499
B
T′ B 21. H = nI
∴ =
T B′ H 3 × 103
Also 30 osc/min ⇒ T = 2 s I
= = = 3A
n 1000
B 2
∴ T ′= ×2= = 2s
2B 2 B (φ / A) φ 6 × 10−4
22. µ= = = =
H H HA 2000 × 3 × 10−4
nh q eω
10. L= and I = = ∴ µ = 10–3 Wb/A−m
2π T 2π
Now, M = IA φ
23. B = µMz Also, B =
eω eωR 2 A
∴ M= πR2 =
2π 2 B φ
∴ µ= =
e 2 nh enh Mz AM z
∴ M= R × =
2 2πmR 2 4πm 5 × 10−5
M enh 2π e ∴ µ=
∴ = × = 0.5 × 10−4 × 5000
L 4πm nh 2m
= 2 × 10−4 Wb/Am
M e 1
11. = = × specific charge of an electron 26. B = (1 + χ)H
L 2m 2
For paramagnetic materials, χ is small and
12. The magnetic moment of the revolving electron positive.
neh eh  For diamagnetic materials, χ is small and
is given by, M = = n  
4πm  4πm  negative.
Thus, M ∝ n (the principal quantum number). 30. Needle N1 is ferromagnetic. Ferromagnetic
M nIA q materials are strongly attracted by magnet.
13. = = Needle N2 is paramagnetic. Paramagnetic
L mvr 2m
materials are weakly attracted by magnet.
M e Needle N3 is diamagnetic. Diamagnetic materials
14. Gyromagnetic ratio, =
L 2m are weakly repelled by magnetic.
e
∴ m = 31. Diamagnetic will be feebly repelled.
2( M / L) Paramagnetic will be feebly attracted.
=
1.6 × 10−19 1
= × 10−29 kg Ferromagnetic will be strongly attracted.
2 × 8.8 × 1010 11
M
15. From the relation, susceptibility of the material is 32. χ=
H
I ∴ M=χ×H
χ= ⇒ χ∝I
H = 3 × 10−4 × 4 × 104
Thus, greater the value of susceptibility of a = 12 A/m
material greater will be the value of intensity of
magnetisation i.e., more easily it can be 1
33. χ∝
magnetised. T
χ1 T2
16. Magnetization is given by, MZ = CBext ∴ =
χ 2 T1
⇒ χ1T1 = χ2T2
T

235
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

1 χ T χ2 200
34. χ∝ ⇒ 1= 2 =
T χ 2 T1 0.0075 100
1.0 × 10−5 χ2 = 0.0150
⇒ T2 = × (273 + 27)
1.5 × 10−5 39. Even in the case of a permanent magnet all the
= 200 domains are not perfectly aligned due to thermal
K = −73 °C agitations.
1 χ T 40. Diamagnetic material is repelled by magnetic
35. χ∝ ⇒ 2= 1
T χ1 T2 field. This magnetic field energy of current
χ2 273 − 73 sources will be converted into potential energy
= of the rod which is set up by switching on the
0.0075 273 − 173
current source.

Hints to Evaluation Test

1. τ = MB sin θ 7. The magnetic field inside the toroid in the

= 200 × 0.25 × sin 30° absence of tungsten, B0 = µ0H
∴ τ = 25 N-m When filled with tungsten, B = µ0(1 + χ)H
The increase in field = B – B0
2. W = –MB(cosθ2 − cosθ1) = µ0χH
Here, θ1 = 0° , θ2 = 60° The percent increase in the magnetic field
1 B − B0
W = – 4.5 × 2 × 10−5 × ( – 1) = × 100
2 B0
= 45 × 10−6 = 45 µJ µ 0χH × 100
=
µ0H
I
3. Period of oscillation T = 2π = χ × 100
MB
= 4.6 × 10–5 × 100
∴ T = 2π
5.5×10−6
= 0.687 s = 4.6 × 10−3
4.6 ×10−2 × 0.01
8. The relative permeability of the rod is given by,
∴ Time taken for 10 oscillations = T × 10 = 6.87 s µR = 1 + χm = 1 + 599 = 600
4. Magnetic field lines avoid passing through ∴ The permeability of iron = µ = µ0µR
diamagnetic materials. Due to this reason, the ∴ µ = 4π × 10−7 × 600
bar of diamagnetic material aligns perpendicular B = µH = 4π × 10−7 × 600 × 800
to the magnetic field ∴ B = 192π × 10−3
Magnetic field lines prefer passing though the ∴ The magnetic flux produced in the coil,
paramagnetic materials. So, the bar of φ = BA = 192π × 10−3 × 1 × 10−5
paramagnetic material aligns parallel to the ∴ φ = 192 × 3.14 × 10−8
magnetic field. ≈ 6 × 10−5 Wb
I 9. The bar magnet has coercivity 4 × 103 Am–1 i.e.,
5. χ (susceptibility) =
H it requires a magnetic intensity H = 4 × 103 Am–1
For paramagnetic substances, to get demagnetised. Let i be the current carried
0 < χ < E, where E is a small positive number. by solenoid having n number of turns per metre
Hence I vs H graph is a straight line with a length, then by definition H = nI.
small positive slope i.e., graph III. Here, H = 4 × 103 Ampere turn metre–1
N
6. Magnetic intensity H = nI = (500)(1) n=
l
= 5 × 102 Am−1 50
Magnetization MZ = (B − µ0H)/µ0 =
0.10
= (µrµ0H − µ0H)/µ0 = 500 turn metre–1
= (µr − 1)H H
∴ I=
= (350 − 1) (5 × 102) Am−1 n
= 1.75 × 105 4 × 103
= = 8.0 A
≈ 1.8 × 105 Am−1 500

236
 

Chapter 11: Magnetic Materials

10. Net dipole moment is, Mnet = MZ × V. M net
15. Mz =
Volume of the cylinder V = πr2l, where r is the V
radius and l is the length of the cylinder, then M
=
dipole moment, Al
Mnet = MZπr2l 1
22
=
= (4.2 × 10 ) × × (0.6 × 10–2)2 × (4 × 10–2)
3 6 × 10 × 4 ×10−2
−4

7 = 4.2 × 104 A/m

–2
∴ Mnet = 1.9 × 10 J/T
11. In paramagnetic substances, intrinsic magnetic
moment is not zero. Further, in the absence of
external magnetic field, spin exchange
interaction is present.
12. Mean radius = r
6+8
= = 7 cm
2
= 7 × 10−2 m
∴ Number of turns/length,
N 1500
n=
= = 3412.19
2πr 2π× 7 ×10−2
As B = µni, where B = 2 T and i = 0.5 A
B 2
∴ µ= =
ni 3412.19 × 0.5
∴ µ = 11.7 × 10−4 Tm A−1
µ 11.7 ×10−4
µr = = = 931.5
µ 0 4π×10−7

13. B = µ0 (H + I) where, I be intensity of

magnetization.
B
∴ I = −H
µ0
µH
= −H
µ0
= µr H − H
= (µr − 1) H
For a solenoid of n turns per unit length carrying
current i; H = ni.
∴ I = (µr − 1) ni
Here, n = 6 turns/cm = 600 turns/m
I = (900 − 1) × 600 × 0.4
∴ I ≈ 2.16 × 105 Am−1
As magnetic moment, M = I × V
∴ M = 2.16 × 105 × 10−4
= 21.6 Am2
14. From the relation susceptibility of the material
is
I
χ=
H
⇒χ∝I
Thus, greater the value of susceptibility of a
material greater will be the value of intensity of
magnetisation i.e., more easily it can be
magnetised.

237
12 Electromagnetic Induction

Hints

21. Only a.c. dynamo has slip rings.

Classical Thinking
φ y
35. φ = LI ⇒ L = = henry
1. The magnitude of induced e.m.f is directly I x
proportional to the rate of change of magnetic
flux. Induced charge doesn’t depend upon time. 36. φ = LI = 5 × 10−3 × 2 = 0.01 weber

5. Since e ∝ B, so by reducing magnetic field to φ 10 × 10−6

37. L= = = 4 × 10−3 H = 4 mH
half, induced e.m.f. will also be reduced to half. I 2.5 × 10−3

dφ 240 38. φ = LI = 2 × 5.8 = 11.6 Wb

6. |e|= = =2V
dt 2 × 60 dI
39. e=−L = − (2) × (−0.5) = + 1 V
−3
dφ 3 × 10 − 2 × 10 −3 dt
7. |=
e| =
dt 25 40. Inductance of coil,
= 0.04 × 10−3 = 0.04 mV e 8
L= = = 0.2 H
dI  8− 4 
9. The energy of the field increases with the  
magnitude of the field. Lenz’s law infers that dt  0.1 
there is an opposite field created due to increase dI
or decrease of magnetic flux around a conductor 41. e = −L = −5 × 2 = −10 V
dt
so as to hold the law of conservation of energy.
e 5 5
dB 42. L= = = × 10−3 H = 5 mH
11. | e | = nA = 100 × 10−2 × 103 = 103 volt  dI   (3 − 2)  1
dt    −3 
 dt   10 
15. φ = BAcosθ = 5 × 10−2 × 0.2 × cos 60°
= 5 × 10−3 Wb dI |e| 220
43. |e| = L ⇒L= = = 11 H
dt  dI   10 − 0 
16. φ = nBA cos θ    
 dt   0.5 
 Plane of the loop is at right angles to the field.
44. nφ = LI
⇒ θ = 90°
nφ 500 × 4 × 10−3
∴ φ = 1 × 4 × 10−3 × 0.4 × cos 90° = 0 ⇒L= = = 1 henry
I 2
17. e.m.f. induced between ends of conductor,
e = Blv = 5 × 10–3 × 1.5 × 5 = 37.5 × 10–3 V dI
45. | e |= L
dt
18. e∝ω L × 10 − ( −10 ) 
∴ 1= ⇒L=
25 mH
19. With the increasing speed, ω increases. Thus 0.5
current reduces due to increase in the back
e.m.f. 1 2 1
46. Energy stored E = LI = × 50 × 10–3 × 4
Also, according to Ohm’s law, 2 2
V−e = 0.1 J
I=
R
and e ∝ ω 47. uB =
B2
=
( 2 ×10 ) = 159.2 J/m3
−2 2

Hence, as ω increases, e increases reducing 2µ 0 2 × ( 4π × 10−7 )

current.
49. Induced current is produced in secondary coil,
20. Commutator converts a.c. into fluctuating dc. hence main current remains same.

238
 

Chapter 12: Electromagnetic Induction

es e.dt 1000 × 0.01 9. If the current increases with time in loop A, then
51. M= = = =5H
 dI p  dI 2 magnetic flux in B will increase. By Lenz's law,
  loop-B will be repelled by loop-A.
 dt 
10. φ = BA = 103 × 10−2 = 10 weber
dI p
52. |es| = M
dt φ2 − φ1 B A −BA
11. |e|= = 2 2 1 1
3 t t
∴ 15 × 10−3 = M × ⇒ M = 0.05 H
10 22
1.8 × (100 × 10−4 ) − 1.0 × ( × 49 × 10−4 )
= 7
dI 5 0.1
53. e = −M =4× = 30 kV
dt  1  = 26 mV
 
 1500 
n(B2 − B1 )A cos θ
12. e= −
Critical Thinking t
−50 × (0 − 2 × 10−2 ) × 100 × 10−4 × cos0o
2. As φ through coil is constant and there is no ∴ t=
0.1
relative motion between magnet and coil, ∴ t = 0.1 s
neither e.m.f. nor current is induced in coil.
13. dφ = nAB = 10 × 4 × 10−2 × 10−2
− n(φ2 − φ1 )
3. e= = 4 × 10−3 Wb
t
dφ 4 × 10−3
−50(1 × 10−6 − 31 × 10−6 ) ∴ |e|= = = 8 × 10−3 V = 8 mV
= dt 0.5
0.02
= 7.5 × 10–2 V 14. | e | = nA
dB
dt
 dφ 
  = 100 × 50 ×10–4 ×
( 0.1 − 0.05) ≈ 0.5 V
e dt 1 d
4. I= =   = (4t2 – 4t +1) 0.05
R R R dt
8t − 4 8 × (1 / 2) − 4 dφ dB
∴ I= = =0 15. e=– = – nA
R 10 dt dt
dB gauss tesla
dφ d Now, = 108 = 104
5. e=– = – (6t2 − 5t +1) dt s s
dt dt
∴ e = –10 × 10–3 × 104 = – 100 V
= − (12t − 5)
∴ e = 100 volt (numerically)
As t = 0.25 s, e = − [12 (0.25) − 5]
e 100
= − (3 − 5) = 2 V ∴ I= = = 5 ampere
R 20
e 2
∴ I= = = 0.2 A
R 10
16. |e| =
dφ BdA
= = B×
( πr 2 − L2 )
dφ dt dt dt
6. e= −  2

dt  44 
0.2 ×  π ×   − 222  × 10−4
= −(10t − 4)   π 
=
∴ e = − (10 × 0.1 − 4) = 3 volt 0.4
= 6.6 × 10−3 V
dφ d
7. |e|= = (5t2 + 3t + 16) = (10t + 3)
dt dt dφ d dB B
17. | e =| = (BA)= A ⋅ =1× = 5B
When t = 3 s, e3 = (10 × 3 + 3) = 33 V dt dt dt 0.2
When t = 4 s, e4 = (10 × 4 + 3) = 43 V
dφ dA d dr
Hence e.m.f. induced in fourth second 18. |e| == B= B (πr2) = 2πBr
dt dt dt dt
= e4 − e3 = 43 − 33 = 10 V
∴ |e| = 2π × 0.04 × 2 × 10−2 × 2 × 10−3 = 3.2 π µV
8. The energy of the field increases with the
magnitude of the field. Lenz’s law infers that 20. θ = 90° − 30° = 60°, 1 T = 104 G
there is an opposite field created due to φ = nAB cos θ
increase or decrease of magnetic flux around a ∴ φ = 100 × (π × 10−4) × (106 × 10−4) × cos 60°
conductor so as to hold the law of conservation 1
= 100 × π × 10−2 × = 0.5π Wb
of energy. 2
239
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

µ 0 IA If in time t the rod turns by an angle θ, the area
21. φ = BA cos ωt = cos ωt
2R generated by the rotation of rod will be
4 × 3.14 × 10−7 × 10 × 10−4 1 1 2
= cos ωt = 10−9 cos ωt = l × l= θ lθ
2 × 0.628 2 2
So the flux linked with the area generated by the
22. φ = nBA = 103 × 10−2 × 10−4 = 10−3 weber
rotation of rod
23. φ = nAB cos θ = 1 × 0.5 × 4 × cos 60° 1  1 2 1 2
1
=φ B  l 2θ  cos0
= B= lθ Bl ω t
= 2 × = 1 weber  2  2 2
2
dφ d  1 2  1 2
and so e = =  Bl ωt  = Bl ω
24. Since the magnetic field is uniform, the flux φ dt dt  2  2
through the square loop at any time t is constant,
because 31. As the magnet moves towards the coil, the
φ = B × A = B × L2 = constant. magnetic flux increases (nonlinearly). Also
dφ there is a change in polarity of induced emf
∴ e =− = zero when the magnet passes on to the other side of
dt
the coil.
25. e = Blv ⇒ IR = Blv
32. 2πν = 377 ⇒ ν = 60.03 Hz
IR
∴ v =
Bl 33. e = IR
Iρl  ρl  440 1
= ....  R =  ∴ I= = A
BA.l  A (4000 + 400) 10
Iρ 3 × 10−3 × 9 × 10−6 ∴ Voltage across the load, V = IR
= =
BA 2 × 1.8 × 10−7 1
= × 4000 = 400 V
27 × 10 −9
3 10
= = × 10−1 = 0.075
36 × 10 −8
4 34. For the A.C. generator,
∴ v = 7.5 × 10−2 m/s Flux φ = NAB cos ωt and I = I0 sin ωt
26. e = vt Bl = (v sin θ) Bl = vBl sin 30° When I = 0, sin ωt = 0 or ωt = 0 and then
1 φ = NAB cos 0° = NAB
= 10 × 0.5 × 1 × = 2.5 V
2 = 1000 × 2 × 0.2 = 400 Wb
Note: When I = 0, then φ is maximum.
27. E = Blv sinθ
35. φB = BA cos θ
v sin θ
v where θ is the angle between normal to the
plane of the coil and magnetic field.
Induced e.m.f.,
θ v cos θ
∴ e = BA sin θ
l
θ = 0° ….[Given]
28. The magnitude of induced e.m.f. is given by ∴ Magnetic flux is maximum and induced e.m.f. is
| e | = Blv zero.
v = 300 m/min = 5 m/s
|e| 2 36. e0 = nABω = nAB.2πf = 2(nA) × B × π × f
∴ B= = = 0.8 tesla.
lv 0.5 × 5 22
= 2 × 2 ×7 × 10−5 × × 100 = 88 mV
→ 7
29. Potential difference between B
ω
1 2 37. e0 = nABω = 2πfnAB
O and A is V0 − VA = Bl ω
2 2000
=2×π× × 50 × 80 × 10−4 × 0.05
1 60
O and B is V0 − VB = Bl 2ω
2 4π
A O B = V
30. 3
ω B
× × × × × 38. e0 = 2 πf nAB
× × × θ × ×  600  −4 −4
= 2 ×π×   ×(5000)×(50 × 10 ) × 8 ×10
A P  60 
l
× × × × × = 12560 × 10−4
× × × × × = 1.256 V

240
 

Chapter 12: Electromagnetic Induction

39. e0 = ωnBA = (2πf)nBA dI dt
48. |e|=L ⇒L=e
= 2 × 3.14 × 100 × 5000 × 0.2 × 0.25 dt dI
= 157 kV dI = 2 – (–2) = 4 A
8 × 0.05
40. ∴ L= = 0.1 H
4
dI
B V 49. |e|=L or L ∝ dt
dt
L1 dt1 5
∴ = = = 100 : 1
L 2 dt 2 50 × 10−3
The induced emf between A & B = E = Blv
The induced current = i = E/R µ0 N 2A
50. L=
i = Blv/R l
B 2l 2 v 2
where N is the total number of turns.
Electrical power = P = i2R = As L ∝ N2
R 2
Since v is doubled, the electrical power becomes L2 N 
∴ =  2  = (2)2
four times. Since heat dissipation per second is L1  N1 
proportional to electrical power, it becomes 4 ∴ L2 = 4L1
times.
µ0 N 2A
41. The emf induced in the rod of length 0.5 m is 51. L= or L ∝ N2
l
e = Bnvl = 0.50 × 4 × 0.5 = 1 volt 2
The free electrons of rod experience force along L1  N1 
 ∴ = 
L2  N 2 
BA therefore end A becomes negative and end
B becomes positive. That is the direction of the 108  600 
2

induced emf is from B towards A. ∴ = 

L 2  500 
The current in the circuit ABCD, ∴ L2 = 75 mH
e 1
i= = =5A 52. Let φ1 = φ2 = φ
R 0.2
The force required to maintain the motion φ φ
 L= ⇒I=
= ilB = 5 × 0.5 × 0.5 = 1.25 N I L
Mechanical work done by the force per second φ φ
∴ I1 = , I2 =
or mechanical power L1 L2
= Fv = 1.25 × 4 × 1 = 5 watts  φ
 
I1 L L 2 × 10−3 1
42. emf = Blv = Bl
l ∴ =  1 = 2 = =
2 I2  φ  L1 8 × 10−3 4
 
L
 2
(emf ) 2
Work done in pulling out = ×t
R 53. L = µ0nI
l2
2 2 L2 µ
Bl 2 ∴ = ….( n and I are same)
= 2 × 2 = 3.125 × 10−3 J L1 µ 0
R
∴ L2 = µrL1 = 900 × 0.18 = 162 mH
dI
44. e=L ⇒ L = volt-s/ampere 1 2
dt 54. U= LI
2
2
45. Nφ = LI U2 2
 I2   1  1
i.e., = =  = 
LI 8 × 10−3 × 5 × 10−3 U1  I1   2  4
∴ φ= =
N 400 1
µ
∴ U2 = U1
= 10−7 = 0 Wb 4
4π
di 2 − 0.5
55. emf = L = = = 50
ndφ LdI dA LdI dt 0.03
46. = ⇒ nB =
dt dt dt dt 1 1
Estored = Li2 = × 50 × 0.52
1×1× 5  2 −1  2 2
∴ =L× −3 
⇒ L =10 H
10−3  2 × 10  = 25 × 0.25 = 6.25 J

241
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

56. Magnitude of induced flux is higher at the Also, IPVP = ISVS
centre than at the edges. Therefore the flux VS
∴ IP = IS = 8 × 5 = 40 A
linkage per unit current (which is equal to VP
inductance) is higher at the centre than at the
edges. LM >Le 65.
NS VS
=
N P VP
B2
57. E= . Hence a graph between E and B will 1 V
2µ 0 ∴ = S
20 2400
be a parabola symmetric about E axis and
⇒ Vs = 120 V
passing through origin.
For 100% efficiency, VSIS = VPIP
58. As I increases in outer loop, φ increases ∴ 120 × 80 = 2400 IP
∴ Current in the inner loop is such that it opposes ⇒ IP = 4 A
the increase in φ. Hence φ decreases (By Right 66. For 100% efficient transformer, VSIS = VPIP
Hand Rule). The induced current will be counter
VS I P NS
clockwise. ∴ = =
VP IS N P
dI I −I IP 25
59. e = −M = −M × 2 1 ∴ =
dt t 4 100
0−5 ∴ IP = 1 A
= −4 × −3 = 2 × 104 V
10
68. PP = PS = ISES
60. Maximum induced e.m.f., PS 2000
∴ IS = = = 10 A
dI ES 200
e = −M
dt NS I
Now, = P
d NP IS
= 0.01 × (5 sin 200 πt)
dt N P I P 1000 × 0.1
∴ NS = = = 10
= 0.01 × 5 × 200π × cos 200π IS 10
= 0.05 × 200π ….( cos 200π = 1)
e N 1500
= 10π V 69. Using, =
S
=
S
we get,
ep NP 50
61. VP = VI = 300 volt, eS = 30 eP
VS = Vo = 15 kV = 15 × 103 volt dφ
NP V 300 2 1 Now, | ep | = = 4 volt
∴ = P = = = dt
NS VS 15 × 103 100 50 ⇒ eS = 30 × 4 = 120 V
VS N N Pout VI
62. = S ⇒ VS = S × VP 70. n% = × 100 = S S × 100
VP NP NP Pin VP I P
500 2 × 440
= × 220 = 1100 volt ∴ 0.8 × 100 = × 100
100 220 × I P

NS V
∴ IP = 5A
63. = S
NP VP Vs I p
71. Using, =
200 V Vp Is
∴ = S
100 120 11000 × 2
⇒ VS = 240 V ∴
= I p = 100 A
220
VS I
= P dφ
VP IS 73. e = −n
240 10 dt
∴ = e − n dφ
120 IS ∴ i= =
R ′ R ′ dt
⇒ IS = 5 A
R 3R
Given, R + = ,
VP N P 500 1 2 2
64. = = =
VS NS 2500 5 dφ = φ2 − φ1, dt = t
200
∴ i=
−2n ( φ2 − φ1 ) = 2n ( φ1 − φ2 )
∴ VP = = 40 V
5 3R t 3Rt

242
 

Chapter 12: Electromagnetic Induction

74. Considering that the electron is moving from 83. When magnet falls through ring, there is change
left to right, the flux linked with the loop of flux associated with the ring. It produces
(directed into the page) will first increase and induced e.m.f. and hence induced current. By
then decrease as the electron passes by. Hence Lenz’s law, the current flows in such a direction
the induced current in the loop will be first so as to produce an induced e.m.f. which
anticlockwise and will change its direction as opposes the falling magnet. Acceleration of
the electron passes by. magnet is less than acceleration due to gravity.
75. Induced electric field is non-conservative. 84. When there is a cut in the ring, e.m.f. will be
Also we have, induced in it but there is no induced current in
→ → d → → the ring. Hence there is no opposition to falling
dt ∫
∫ e ⋅ dl = − e ⋅ ds ≠ 0 magnet. Therefore, acceleration is equal to ‘g’.

76. e = Blv = 0.15 × 0.5 × 2 = 0.15 V 85. φ = nBA cos θ = 10 Ba2cos ωt

e 0.15 dφ d 2 2
∴ I= = = 0.05 ∴ e=− = (10Ba cosωt) = 10 Ba ωsinωt
R 3 dt dt
∴ F = BIl = 0.15 × 0.05 × 0.5 = 3.75 × 10–3 N 86. Comparing given equation with the standard
77. Component of the length perpendicular to the form,
field l′ = l sin 60° e = e0 sin ωt we get,
e = 200 sin 100π
 3
= 1.0 ×   = 0.5 3 e0 = 200, ω = 100 π
 2  Now, e0 = nABω
∴ e = l′ Bv = 0.5 3 × 0.5 × 10 e0
∴ B=
= 4.3 volt Anω
200
78. The e.m.f. induced is directly proportional to = = 0.01 T
(0.25 × 0.25) × 1000 × 100π
rate at which flux is intercepted which in turn
varies directly as the speed of rotation of the 87. It is evident that when viewed from the magnet
generator. side, the induced current will be anticlockwise.
e2 f 2
∴ e∝f⇒ = S
e1 f1
120 N
∴ f2 = × 1500 r.p.m. = 1800 r.p.m.
100
79. F1 = mg
When bar is just ready to levitate,
IlB = mg
88. B = 1.25 mT = 1.25 × 10−3 T
mg
I= e = Blν
lB
∴ The mechanical power required,
1 × 10
∴ I= = 20 T P = eI = BlνI
1 × 0.5
= 1.25 × 10−3 × 0.1 × 1 × 50
E = IR = (20)25 = 500 V = 6.25 × 10−3 W = 6.25 mW
dφ 89. e = nBAω sin ωt
80. dq = = I dt = Area under I – t graph
R µ0I
∴ dφ = R × (Area under I – t graph) Given that, n = 1, B = , A = πa2
2b
1 µ0I
= 10 ×
2
× 4 × 0.1 = 2 weber ∴ e=
2b
( πa 2 ) ωsin (ωt)
dφ 90. Magnetic field produced due
81. At B, flux is maximum, which means =0
dt µ 0 8 2I
dφ to large loop B =
As, | e |= ⇒ | e | =0 4π L i
dt Flux linked with smaller loop
l
82. If a horizontal straight conductor placed along µ 0 8 2Il 2
2
=φ B(=
l )
N-S falls under gravity, then there is no induced 4π L L
e.m.f. along the length of the conductor as there φ µ 8 2l 2 l2
is no change in flux. ∴ φ= MI ⇒ M= = 0 . ⇒M∝
I 4π L L
243
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

dφ dB
8. |=
e|= A
Competitive Thinking dt dt
3 
1. When e− is coming towards the loop, magnetic  4 B  3AB
flux of one type increases and when going ∴=| e | A= 
away, the same magnetic flux decreases. So  2  8
 
induced current opposite will reverse its
direction as e– goes past the coil. 9. φ=n×A×B
dφ dB
dφ d ∴ e= = nA
2. |e| = =
dt dt
( 3t 2 + 4t + 9 ) = 6t + 4 dt dt
(0.6 − 0.2)
at t = 2 sec, = 200 × 0.15 ×
0.4
|e| = 16 V
= 30 V
dφ
3. e = − = −(100t) dφ
dt 10. e=−
dt
At t = 2 s,
φ = B.A
e 100 × 2
I= = = 0.5 A Here A = πr2 as magnetic field is restricted to
R 400
region of radius r.
d
4. φ1 = 4 × 10−4 Wb ∴ 2
e = − πr .
dB
in loop 1
φ2 = 0.1 φ1 = 0.4 × 10−4 Wb dt
∴ dφ = |φ2 − φ1| = 3.6 × 10−4 Wb As the loop 2 is outside the region of magnetic
dt = t second field, e = 0 for loop 2.
dφ 11. e = Bvl = 0.1 × 15 × 0.1 = 0.15 V
e=
dt (Considering B, l and v are mutually
3.6 × 10−4
−3 perpendicular.)
∴ 0.72 × 10 =
t 12. Induced emf, e = Blv
−4
3.6 × 10 = 5 × 10–4 × 0.1 × 5
∴ t=
0.72 × 10−3 = 2.5 × 10–4 V/s
∴ t = 0.5 second
13. e =B×v×l
e − n ( φ2 − φ1 ) dφ = 5.0 × 10−5 × 1.50 × 2
5. I= = …(e = − n )
R R t dt = 10.0 × 10−5 × 1.5
− n ( φ2 − φ1 ) − n ( φ2 − φ1 ) = 15 × 10–5
= =
(R + 4R) t 5Rt = 0.15 mV

dφ 14. e = Blv sin α

6. |e| = = B(2r)v sin α
dt
dφ 5
iR = 15. v = 1080 km/hr = 1080 × = 300 m/s
dt 18
∴ ∫dφ = R ∫ I dt Induced emf
This means e = B l v = 1.75 × 10−5 × 40 × 300 = 0.21 V
|dφ| = Resistance × area under current – time
16. The e.m.f is induced when there is change of
graph
flux. As in this case there is no change of flux,
1
= 100 × × 10 × 0.5 = 250 Wb hence no e.m.f. will be induced in the wire.
2
17. For a wheel rotating about an axis passing
7. φ = (5t2 − 4t + 1) Wb through its centre and perpendicular to the plane
dφ of wheel,
∴ = (10t − 4) Wbs−1
dt Bωr 2 0.1 × 10 × ( 0.5 )
2

−dφ e = = = 0.125 V
e= = − (10t − 4) 2 2
dt
Bωr 2 0.2 × 10 × ( 2 )
2
At, t = 0.2 s, e = − (10 × 0.2 − 4) = 2 V
18. e= =
e 2 2 2
∴ I = = = 0.2 A
R 10 ∴ e=4V
244
 

Chapter 12: Electromagnetic Induction

19. Given 1 2
30. Energy stored in inductor, E = LI
ω = constant 2
 0+ v  2E 2 × 25 × 10−3
∴ vavg =   ∴ L= = = 13.89 H
 2  ( 60 × 10−3 )
2
I2
Emf induced between axle and rim of the wheel
is; 31. Given: I = I0e−λt
e = Blvavg dQ  dQ 
∴ = I0 e−λt ....   I = 
Blv B l ω r dt  dt 
= =
2 2 Q t=∞

∴ ∫ dQ = I ∫ e
−λt
Bl 2 ω 0 dt
∴ e= ….( r = l) 0 t =0
2
 −1 1 
20. e = Bleff v (where leff = Diameter) ∴ Q = I0  ∞ + 0 
 λe λe 
= B(2r)v
I0
= 2rBv ∴ Q=
λ
and R is at higher potential by Fleming’s right
hand rule. di
32. E= M
dt
The induced emf e = l .  v× B 
→ →
21. d(5sin10πt)
  E = 2 × 10–2
dt
= l(vB sin θ) = Bvl
= 2 × 10–2 5(cos 10πt) × 10π
e
Induced current, i = Emax = 2 × 10–2 × 5 × 1 × 10π = π
R
If the straight wire is replaced by a semicircular MdI
33. e=
wire, resistance R remains unchanged. dt
Hence, current remains same. d
e=M (Im sin ωt)
22. Induced emf e = NBAω sin ωt dt
For maximum value of voltage or emf, d
Now, (Im sin ωt) = Imω cos ωt
sin ωt = 1 dt
∴ e0 = NBAω dI
For maximum value of emf, is maximum
= 100 × 0.3 × 2.5 × 60 dt
= 4500 ⇒ cos ωt = 1
= 4.5 × 103 volt ∴
dI
= Imω
= 4.5 kV dt
∴ e = 0.005 × 10 × 100 π = 5π
23. Maximum emf
e0 = NBAω 34. φQ = M IP
= 100 × 0.01 × 2 × 10−2 × 2 × 3.14 × 50 But
= 6.28 V dIQ
|ep| = M
dt
25. Time varying magnetic field gives rise to eddy
e × dt
currents in accordance with Lenz’s law. M= P
dIQ
27. Given: N = 1000; I = 4A; φ = 4 × 10–3 Wb. e P × dt
∴ total magnetic flux linked with solenoid = Nφ ∴ φQ = × IP
dIQ
Nφ
Self inductance, L = ….( φ = LI) 15 × 10−3
I φP = × 1.8
10
1000 × 4 × 10−3
∴ L= =1H φP = 2.7 × 10−3 Wb = 2.7 mWb
4
35. As efficiency is always less than unity in
28. φ∝I practice, output power is less than the input
If solenoid is pulled out then flux decreases power.
resulting into decrease in the value of current.
Poutput 100 100 10
1 1 36. η= × 100 = = = =90%
Pinput 1 110 11
29. U = LI2 = × 2 × 1 = 1 J 220 ×
2 2 2

245
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

37. Given: Vp = 220 V, Vs = 3.3 × 103 V 45. Given that, coil is kept perpendicular to
Np = 600, P = 4.4 × 103 W magnetic field B = 5 × 10−5 T.
Power, P = VS Is Thus, angle between area vector A and magnetic
P 4.4 × 103 4 field B is, θ = 0°
∴ IS = = = A
Vs 3.3 × 10 3
3 ∴ e.m.f. induced,
dφ BA cos θ 800 × 5 × 10−5 × 0.05
P VI e =N =N =
38. η = out = s s = 0.8 dt dt 0.1
Pin Vp I p = 2 × 10−2
(440)(2) = 0.02 V
∴ Ip = =5A
(0.8)(220)
46. The voltage equation in going from point
P A to B is
39. η= o di
Pi − IR + E − L – VAB = 0
dt
80
∴ Po = ηPi = × 4 × 103 W ∴ VBA = − 2 × 2 + 12 − (5 × 10−3 × 102)
100
But Po = es Is  di 
 isdecreasing hence rate is negative 
∴ es Is = 0.8 × 4000  dt 
0.8 × 4000 ∴ VBA = − 4 + 12 + 0.5 = 8.5 volt
∴ Is =
240 dI
∴ Is = 13.33 A 47. VAB – IR + E + L =0
dt
40. Transformer works on A.C. alone which ∴ VAB = (2) (7) – 4 – (9 × 10–3) (103)
changes in magnitude as well as in direction. = 14 – 4 – 9
∴ VAB = 1 V
N s Vs
41. =
N p Vp dφ
48. E= −
dt
50 V
∴ = s d ( B.A )
1000 220 E= −
⇒ Vs = 11 V dt
Now, VsIs = VpIp dB d µ0I
E = −A = −A
∴ 11 × Is = 220 × 1 dt dt 2π ( vt )
⇒ Is = 20 A µ 0 d –1
⇒ −AI (t )
2πv dt
VS N I
42. = S = P µ
VP NP IS ⇒ AI 0 t–2
2πv
N S IS 25 1
i.e., IP = = × 2 = 50 A E∝ 2
NP 1 t
90 49. Area of square loop, A = 10 cm × 10 cm
43. Power output = 3 × = 2.7 kW
100 A = 100 cm2 = 100 × 10−4 m2 = 10−2 m2
Ip = 6 A Initial magnetic flux linked with loop,
2.7 × 103 3× 103 φ1 = B1Acos φ = 0.1 × 10−2 × cos 45°
∴ VS = = 450 V and Ip = = 15 A
6 200 0.1 × 10−2 × 1 10−3
= = Wb
2 2
44. P = VrmsIrms
Final magnetic flux linked with loop,
12 = 48 × Irms
12 1 φ2 = 0 Wb ….[ B2 = 0]
Irms = = A
48 4 ∴ The induced e.m.f. in the loop,
I  10−3 
Irms = 0 0 − 
2 dφ (φ − φ ) 2 
e =− = − 2 1 =− 
I0 = Irms ×2 dt t 0.7
−3
1 10
I0 = × 2 = ≈ 10−3 V
4 0.7 × 2
1 e 10−3
I0 = A ∴ I= = = 10−3 A = 1.0 mA
2 2 R 1

246
 

Chapter 12: Electromagnetic Induction

50. Force on the strip when it is at stretched position 3l 3l 3l
 l2  5Bωl 2
x from mean position, 53. e = ∫ Bvdl = ∫ B(ωl )dl = Bω   =
F = – kx – il B 2l 2l  2  2l 2

× × ×× × ×
54. Induced emf e = − Blv
kx
× × × ×× × ×
× × × ×× × × x
B × × ×× × × iBl P + S
+
× × ×× × ×
x v
x−
a v
Since, i is induced current, 2
e Blv
i= = −
R R Q − R
Blv a a
∴ F = – kx – × lB 2 2
R
a
B 2l 2 x+
∴ F = – kx – ×v 2
R
Above expression shows it is a case of damped εPQRS = εPQ + εRS
oscillations. µ0I µ0I
= av − av
Comparing it with,  a  a
2π  x −  2π  x + 
F = – kx – bv,  2  2
B 2l 2 µ 0 Iav  2 2 
b= = −
R 2π  2x − a 2x + a 

For damped oscillations, amplitude is given by, µ 0 Iav  2x + a − 2x + a 
A = A0e–bt/2m =  
π  (2x − a)(2x + a) 
A0
∴ For A = = A0e–bt/2m 2µ 0 Ia 2 v
e =
− bt π(2x − a)(2x + a)
= –1
2m 55. e
 B 2l 2 
 t
∴  R  =1 +
2m t
2mR 2 × 50 × 10−3 × 10 –
∴ t= 2 2 =
( 0.1) × ( 0.1)
2 2
Bl
e = nωAB sinωt
∴ t = 104s
∴ e changes direction twice per revolution.
m 50 × 10−3 2π
Now, T = 2π = 2π = 56. Current passing through the solenoid I(t)
k 0.5 10
∴ Number of oscillations, = I0t(1 − t)
Magnetic field B at the centre of the solenoid is
t 104 × 10
N= = ≈ 5000 B = µ0nI(t) = µ0nI0t(1 − t)
T 2π
Area of the small ring placed co-axially at the
51. eo = io × XL centre of the solenoid is A = π(2R)2 = 4πR2
XL = ωL = 2πfL = 2π(50) = 100π ∴ Flux passing through the small ring is given by
2 φ = BA = µ0nI0t(1 − t) 4πR2
io = ampere
π = 4πR2 µ0nI0 (t − t2)
2 Induced emf in the small ring is given by Lenz
∴ eo = × 100π = 200 V law.
π
dφ d 2 2
52. φ = BA |E| = = [4πR µ0nI0 (t − t )]
dt dt
φ = (B) (πr2) = 4πR2 µ0nI0 (t − 2t)
dφ  dr  If E = 0, 1− 2t = 0, t = 0.5 s
∴ e= = (B) (2πr)  
dt  dt  dE dE
Also, = −8πR2 µ0nI0t, < 0 for all t
= (0.025) (2π) (2 × 10−2) (10−3) dt dt
= π µV ∴ the induced emf/current has reverse direction
247
 

Chapter 11: Magnetic Materials

Distance travelled φ
12. time(t) = 22. B = µMz Also, B =
Velocity A
2R + πR B φ
∴ t= = R(π + 2) ∴ µ= =
v v Mz AM z
q qv 40 × 10−4
∴ I= = ∴ µ= = 8.3 × 10−3 Wb/Am
t R (π + 2) 4 × 10−4 × 1200
qv πR 2 πRqv φ
∴ M=I×A= × = 23. B = µMz Also, B =
R(π + 2) 2 2(π + 2) A
B φ
14. Net magnetic induction B = B0 + Bm ∴ µ= =
= µ0H + µ0Mz Mz AM z
4 × 10−5
15. χ = (µr − 1) ∴ µ= = 2 × 10−4 Wb/Am
0.4 × 10−4 × 5000
∴ χ = (600 − 1) = 599
25. Diamagnetic substances are repelled by
16. Relative permeability, magnetic field.
µ 0.1256
µR = = 26. Repelled due to induction of similar poles.
µ0 4π×10−7
0.1256 30. On heating, different domains have net
= magnetization in them which are randomly
4 × 3.14 × 10−7
distributed. Thus, the net magnetisation of the
1256 ×10−4 substance due to various domains decreases to
= = 105
12.56 ×10−7 minimum.
M net M 1 32. As every atom of a diamagnetic material is not a
17. Mz = = =
V Al 5 × 10 × 6 ×10−2
−4 complete magnet in itself, its susceptibility is
= 3.3 × 104 A/m not affected by the temperature.

18. % increase in magnetic field 33. As temperature of a ferromagnetic material is

B − B0 µ χH × 100
raised, its susceptibility χ remains constant first
= × 100 = 0 and then decreases.
B0 µ0H
= χ ×100 = 6.8 × 10−5 × 100 = 6.8 × 10−3 34. For paramagnetic substance, magnetisation M is
proportional to magnetising field H, and M is
19. Volume of the magnet, positive.
mass 75 ×10−3
V = = = 10−5 m3 36. Magnetism of a magnet falls with rise of
density 75 ×102 temperature and becomes practically zero at
M net 3 Curie temperature.
∴ Magnetization, Mz = = −5
V 10
37. The volume of the cubic domain is
∴ Mz = 3 × 105 A/m
V = (10−6 m)3 = 10−18 m3
20. The bar magnet has coercivity 4 × 103 Am −1 i.e., Net dipole moment
it requires a magnetic intensity H = 4 × 103 Am−1 Mnet = 8 × 1010 × 9 × 10−24 A m2 = 72 × 10−14 A m2
to get demagnetised. Let i be the current carried M net
∴ Magnetization, MZ =
by solenoid having n number of turns per metre Domain volume
length, then by definition H = ni. 72 × 10−14 A m 2
=
Here, H = 4 × 103 A m−1 10−18 m3
N 60 –1 = 72 × 104 A m–1
n
= = = 500 turn metre
l 0.12 = 7.2 × 105 A m–1
H 4 × 103 1
⇒i= = = 8A 38. From Curie’s law, χ ∝
n 500 T
21. Magnetic intensity, χ2 T χ 1
∴ = 1 but it is given that 2 =
H = nI = 500 × 1 = 500 Am–1 χ1 T2 χ1 2
µr = 1 + χ ⇒ χ = (µr – 1) and T1 = 273 + 127 = 400 K
∴ M = χH = (µr – 1)H = (500 – 1) × 500 1 400
∴ =
= 2.495 × 105 Am–1 2 T2
≈ 2.5 × 105 Am–1 ∴ T2 = 800 K = (800 – 273) = 527 °C
233
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

1 3. W = MB cosθ1 − MB cosθ2
39. When χ = 0.5, = 5 × 10−3/K
T = MB (cosθ1 − cosθ2)
1 1000 Here θ1 = 0°, θ2= 90°
∴ T= = = 200 K
5 ×10−3 5 ∴ W = MB(1 − cos θ2) = 20 × 0.25 (1 − cos 90°)
C =5J
According to Curie’s law, χ =
T 4. W = – mB (cos 60° − cos 0°)
∴ C = χT = 0.5 × 200 = 100 K 1  1
= − mB  − 1 = mB
42. The real distinguishing feature of ferromagnetic 9  2
material is that intensity of magnetisation I ∴ mB = 2 W
(or B) is not directly proportional to Torque required τ = mB sin θ = 2W sin 60°
magnetising field H.
 3
43. In the given figure, OQ refers to retentivity while ∴ τ = 2W   = 3 W
 2 
OR refers to coercivity, for permanent magnet
both retentivity and coercivity should be high. I
5. T = 2π
49. Iron is ferromagnetic in nature. Lines of force mB
due to external magnetic field prefer to pass When magnet is cut into two equal halves,
through iron. m I
m′ = , I′ =
50. → 2 2
B1
∴ Time period
1 2
I′
N S S N T′ = 2π
m′B
d
→ →  1 2
M1 M2 T′ =  × T
 2 1 
Both the magnets are placed in the field of one
another, hence potential energy of dipole (2) is ∴ T′ = T
µ 2M I
U2 = –M2B1 cos 0 = –M2B1 = –M2 × 0 . 3 1 6. Period of oscillation T = 2π
4π d MB
dU
By using F = − , ∴ T = 2π 7.5×10−6
= 0.665 s
dr
6.7 ×10−2 × 0.01
Force on magnet (2) is
dU d µ 2M M
∴ Time taken for 10 oscillations = T × 10 = 6.65 s
F2 = − 2 = −  − 0 . 13 2 
dr dr  4π d  7. Time period of oscillations is given by,
−µ 0 MM I 12 × 10−6
= ×6× 1 4 2 T = 2π = 2π
4π d MB (6 × 10−2 × 2 × 10−2 )
µ 0 6M1M 2
It can be proved F1 = F2 = F = × 1
4π d4 ∴ T = 2π ×
10
1
∴ F∝ Now, for 20 oscillations
d4
t = 20 × T
B 1
51. B = µ0µrH ⇒ µr ∝ = slope of B- H curve ∴ t = 20× 2π × = 12.57 s
H 10
According to the given graph, slope of the graph Closest answer in options is 12 s
is highest at point Q.
8. Period of oscillation for a magnet,
I
T = 2π
Competitive Thinking MB
2. M = nIA M1 L2
Where, I =
= 2000 × 2 × 1.5 × 10−4 12
= 0.6 J/T M = m(2L)
τ = MB sin 30° M1 = mass of the magnet
1 As the length is doubled,
= 0.6 × 5 × 10−2 × th
2 1
−2 And pole strength is reduced to   ,
= 1.5 × 10 N-m 4  

234
13
-
AC Circuits

Hints

27. e = 100 sin (100t) and I = 100 sin(100t)

Classical Thinking Comparing these equations with the standard
forms,
9. Ipeak = I0 = Ir.m.s × 2 = 10 2 A e = e0 sinωt and
I = I0 sinωt we get,
10. e = 100 sin (100 πt + 0.6) e0 = 100 V and
Comparing with the standard form, I0 = 100 × 10−3 A
e = e0 sin (ωt + θ) we get, e0 I0
Peak volt = e0 = 100 V P = e rms Irms = ×
2 2
100 100 × 10−3 10
12. e0 = erms × 2 = 220 × 2 ≈ 311 volt = × = =5W
2 2 2
e0 423 40. At resonance, VL = VC
13. er.m.s. = = ≈ 300 V
2 2 ∴ VT = VR = 100 V
e0 141.4 1
14. erms = = = 100 V 41. Using, fr =
2 1.414 2π LC
1
18. The reactance of the circuit is zero either when =
the circuit contains only resistor or the circuit 2 × π 100 × 10−6 × 4 × 10−8
contains an inductor and capacitor connected in 1
=
such a way that their individual reactance cancel 2π × 2 × 10−6
out. 106 25
= = × 104 Hz
4π π
21. XL = ωL
XL 1 42. Refer Notes 12
∴ ω= = = 1000
L 10−3
Critical Thinking
22. Impedance of circuit, Z = XC
1 1 1. General equation for instantaneous e.m.f. is,
∴ Z= = ≈ 63.7 Ω
2πfC 2π × 50 × 50 × 10−6 e = e0 sin (ωt + φ) = 200 sin (2π 50t)
= 200 sin (100 πt)
1 1
23. XC = = 2. In D.C. ammeter, a coil is free to rotate in the
ωC 2πfC
magnetic field of a fixed magnet. If an
∴ XC = ∞ ....[f = 0 for D.C]
alternating current is passed through such a coil,
1 1 the torque will reverse its direction each time
24. XC = ⇒C= the current changes direction and the average
2πfC 2πfX C
value of the torque will be zero.
1
∴ C= = 0.5 × 10−4 = 50 µF 3. The instantaneous current in a circuit is,
400
2× π× × 25 i = sin (ωt + φ)
π
As i = i0 sin (ωt + φ)
XL − XC 300 − 200 100 ∴ i0 = 1 A
25. tan φ = = =
R 100 100 i0 1
∴ irms = = A
∴ tan φ = 1 ⇒ φ = 45° 2 2

250
 

Chapter 13: AC Circuits

e rms e0ωC 100 2 × 100 × 0.5 × 10−6 1

4. irms = = = 14. XC ∝
XC 2 2 f
X C2 f1 1
= 5 × 10–3 A = 5 mA ∴ = =
X C1 f2 2
e rms 200
5. irms = = =5A 10
R 40 ∴ X C2 = =5Ω
2
i0 = 2 irms = 1.414 × 5 ≈ 7.1 A
 1 
6. Time taken by the current to reach the  ωL − ωC 
−1
15. φ = tan  
T 1 1 R
maximum value t = = = = 5 × 10−3 s  
4 4f 4 × 50  
and i0 = irms 2 = 10 2 = 14.14 A  1 
2πfL −
−1  2 πfC 
= tan  
e0 2πfnAB  R 
7. erms = = = 2 πfnAB
2 2  
 1000   2 π 
= 2 × π × −4 −4 2π × 50 × −
 × 50 × (30 × 10 ) × 5 × 10 −1  π 2 π × 50 × 10−6 
 60  = tan  
 10 
≈ 5.55 mV  
8. e = 200 sin 50 t ≈ − 90°
Comparing this equation with the standard form, X fL 2f1 × 2L1
e = e0 sin ωt we get, e0 = 200 V 16. XL = fL ⇒ =
L2
=
2 2
=4
X L1 f1L1 f1L1
200
∴ erms = V ∴ X L2 = 4 × 1000 = 4000 Ω
2
e rms 200
Now, irms = = = 2 2 = 2.828 17. The impedance of combination,
R 2 × 50
 1 
Z =  2πfL − 
9. Comparing the given equation with the standard  2πfC 
form, i = i0 sin ωt we get, i0 = 4 A 1
= 2π × 50 × 1.2 −
i 4 2π × 50 × 10−5
irms = 0 = = 2 2 ampere
2 2 = 376.8 − 318.5 = 58.3 Ω
10. Comparing given equation with the standard 18. e= e 2R + (eC − e L ) 2
form,
e = e0 sin ωt we get, ω = 2πf = (40) 2 + (80 − 40) 2
∴ 2πf = 377 ⇒ f = 60 Hz = 1600 + 1600
= 2(1600) = 40 2 V
11. Heat produced by A.C. = 3 × Heat produced
by D.C 19. Figure below shows the graph for the given case
2
∴ i rms Rt = 3 × I Rt
2
X L e L ωL
tan 45° = = =
i 2
=3×2 2 X R eR R
rms
∴ ωL = R eL e
∴ irms = 2 3 = 3.46 A
R R
∴ L= = θ = 45°
12. Z= 2
R +X 2
= 10 2 Ω ω 2πf
L
100 eR
e0 = 2 e = 220 2 V =
2 × 3.14 × 1000
e0 220 2 100
∴ i0 = = = 22 A = × 10–3
Z 10 2 6.28
≈ 16 × 10–3 H = 16 mH
1 1 1
13. XC = = = e
ωC 2πfC 2 × 3.14 × 50 × 10 × 10−6 20. i=
≈ 318.5 Ω Z
200 e 50
e rms ∴ Z= = = 25
irms = = = 0.6 A I 2
XC 318.5
Z2 = R2 + (XC ~ XL)2
i0 = irms × 2 = 0.6 × 2 A ∴ 252 = 202 + (XC –XL)2
251
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

∴ (XC – XL)2 = 625 – 400 = 225 ∴ Voltage across capacitor
∴ XC – XL = 15 = i × Resistance across capacitor
∴ XC = XL + 15 = 10 + 15 = 25 Ω = 5 × 10 = 50 V
100 25. Z= R 2 + X L2 , XL = ωL and ω = 2πf
21. For D.C., R = = 100 Ω
1
∴ Z = R 2 + 4π2f 2 L2
100
For A.C. Z = = 200 Ω
0.5 π
26. As the current i leads the voltage by , it is an
2
Now, Z = R + 2
X 2L 4
XC
∴ XL2 = (200)2 − (100)2 RC circuit ⇒ tan φ =
R
= 40000 −10000 = 30000
π 1
∴ XL = 30000 = 173.2 Ω ∴ tan =
4 ω CR
XL = 2πfL
XL ∴ ω CR = 1
∴ L = Given that, ω = 100 rad/s
2πf
1 −1
173.2 ∴ CR = s
= = 0.55 H 100
2 × 3.14 × 50
∴ From all the given options, only option (A) is
120 correct.
22. R =
0.5
e
= 240 Ω 27. i=
Effective impedance for A.C. source, R + X 2L
2

120 220 220

Z= = 300 Ω i= = = 3.33 A
0.40 2
(20) + (2 × π × 50 × 0.2) 2 66
Using, Z2 = R2 + X 2L
L 1
E 28. We have, X C = and X L = L × 2π f
XL = Z2 − R 2 C × 2πf
120 V
= (300) 2 − (240) 2
30. In series LCR circuit,
= 180 Ω 2
 1 
∴ 2πfL = 180 Z= R 2 +  ωL − 
 ω c
180
∴ L = 2
2πf  1 
( 300 ) + (1000 × 0.9 ) −
2
= −6 
180 1.5  1000 × 2 × 10 
= = ≈ 0.48 H
2π(60) π 2
 106 
= 9 × 104 + 900 − 
e e  2 × 103 
23. i= =
Z  1 
2

9 × 104 + [900 − 500]

2
R 2 +  ωL − =
 ω C 
As resistance is negligible, R → 0 = ( 9 + 16 ) × 104
e = 500 Ω
∴ i=
 1 
 ωL −  31. For AC, XL = 2πfL
 ωC 
For DC, f = zero
1 e 100 X L(AC)
Now, ωL – = = ∴ = infinity
ωC i 5 X L(D C)
= 20 Ω ….(i)
If the value of capacitor is decreased to half then, V 12
32. R= = =3Ω
1 100 I 4
ωL – = = 10 Ω
 C 10 e 12
 ω  ∴ Z = rms = =5
 2 i rms 2.4
ωL −
2
= 10 Ω ….(ii) Z2 = R2 + XL2
ωC ∴ XL2 = 25 − 9 = 16
By equation (i) – equation (ii), we get ∴ XL = ωL = 4
1 4
= 10 Ω ∴ L= = 0.08 H = 8 × 10−2 H
ωC 50

252
 

Chapter 13: AC Circuits

33. Average power lost / cycle P = erms × Irms × cos φ
e I 1 100 100 × 10−3 π
= ermsIrms cos θ = 0 0 cos θ = e0I0 cos θ = × × cos
2 2 2 2 2 3
34. e = 5 sin(ωt + 90) and 104 × 10−3 1 10
= × = = 2.5 watt
I = 2 sinωt 2 2 4
π 42. e = e0 sin (ωt + φ)
There is phase difference of between e and I
2 e0 200
⇒P=0 ∴ erms = =
2 2
35. Power dissipation in pure inductive and ∴ Power, P = erms Irms cos φ
capacitive circuit is zero. P 1000 2
∴ Irms = = = 10 2 A
e rms × cos φ 200 × cos60°
36. R = 40 + 40 = 80 Ω
∴ XL – XC = 100 – 40 = 60 Ω 43. Comparing given equations with the standard
Z = R 2 + (X L − X C ) 2 = 802 + 602 = 100 forms,
R 80 e = e0 sin ωt and I = I0 sin(ωt + α)
∴ Power factor, cos φ = = = 0.8 π
Z 100 e0 = 200 V, we get, I = 1 A, φ = rad
3
37. IWL = Irms sinφ 200 1
erms = , Irms =
3 2 2
∴ 3 = 2 sin φ ⇒ sin φ = ⇒ φ = 60°
2 ∴ P = ermsIrms cos φ
1 200 1 π
∴ Power factor = cos φ = cos 60° = = × cos = 50 watt
2 2 2 3
1 44. Z =
38. cos φ = (R) 2 + (X L − X C ) 2
2
ωL = (8) 2 + (31 − 25) 2
φ = 60°, tan 60° =
R = 64 + 36
3R 3 × 100 3 = 10 Ω
∴ L= = = H
ω 2π × 50 π R 8
∴ Power factor, cos φ = = = 0.8
2
Z 10
 1 
39. Z= R2 +   46. Maximum energy stored in a capacitor,
 2πfC 
Q2
1 E1 =
= (3000) 2 + 2
2C
 2.5  When energy is stored equally between the
 2π × 50 × × 10−6 
 π  electric and magnetic fields, then energy in the
∴ Z= (3000) 2 + (4000) 2 = 5 × 10 Ω
3 1
capacitor is E2 = E1
2
R 3000
∴ Power factor, cosφ = = = 0.6 If Q′ is the charge on the capacitor in this case,
Z 5 × 103
Q′2
v 2 cos φ then E2 = .
Power dissipated, P = erms Irms cos φ = rms 2C
Z
Q′2 1 Q 2
(200) 2 × 0.6 ∴ =
∴ P= 2C 2 2C
5 × 103
Q
= 4.8 W Q′ = .
2
2
 Ip  I 2p R
40. Power = I2R =   R= 1 
 2 2 47. Magnetic field energy  LI 2  changes from
2 
41. Comparing the given equations with the max. to zero, when current changes from I0 to
standard forms, zero i.e. in T/4 sec.
e = e0 sin ωt and I = I0 sin (ωt + φ) T
∴ = 5 ms, T = 20 ms = 20 × 10−3 s
we get, 4
π 1 1 103
e0 = 100 V, I0 = 100 mA and φ = rad f=
= = = 50 Hz
3 T 20 × 10 −3
20

253
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

49. The current will lag behind the voltage when 1 1 1000
ωr =
57.= = = 83.3 rad/s
reactance of inductance is more than the −6
LC 4.0 × 36 × 10 12
1
reactance of condenser. Thus, ωL > or From Notes 12,
ωC
1 1 ωL 250 4
ω > or n > or n > nr where Q factor of the circuit = =
r
× = 100
R 3 10 / 3
LC 2π LC
nr = resonant frequency. 59. e = e0 cos ωt = e0 cos(2πft)
50. Given that, XL = XC  2π× 50 × 1 
= 10cos  
1 1  600 
∴ ω= =
LC 4 × 10 × 10 × 10−6
−3
π
1 1
= 10cos =5 3V
= = 6
4 × 10 −8 2 × 10−4
60. Phase difference relative to the current,
104
= = 5 × 103 rad/s  π π
2 φ =  314 t −  − 314t = − rad
 6 6
1
51. f=
2π LC 61. Comparing given equation with the standard
1 form, I = I0 sin ωt we get,
f= ≈ 80 Hz
2π 2 × 2 × 10−6 2π 1
= 200π ⇒ T = s
T 100
1 1 T
52. fr = = The current takes s to reach the peak value.
2π LC 2π 9 × 10−3 × 10 × 10−6 4
1 10000 1
= = = 0.530 kHz ∴ Time to reach the peak value = s
2π× 3× 10−4 6 × 3.14 400

1 1 62. 2
e 2L = e − e 2R
53. Using, fr = ⇒ L ∝ for fixed fr
2π LC C = (20)2 – (12)2
L 2 C1 C L = 400 – 144
∴ = = ⇒ L2 =
L1 C 2 2C 2 = 256
54. Impedance of LCR circuit will be minimum at ∴ eL = 16 V
resonant frequency
63. XL = ωL = 2πfL = 2 π × 50 × 0.7 ≈ 220 Ω
1 1 105 −1
∴ f0 = = = s Z= R 2 + X 2L = 2202 + 2202 = 220 2 ohm
2π LC 2π 1×10−3 × 0.1×10−6 2π
ev 220 1
55. Given that, VL = VC ∴ Iv = = = = 0.707 A
Z 220 2 2
1 1
fr = =
2π LC 2π 3 × 10−3 × 30 × 10−6 2
 1 
10 4 64. Z= R 2 +  2πfL − 
= ≈ 530 Hz  2πfC 
2π × 3
From above equation at f = 0 ⇒ z = ∞
1 1 1
56. fr = ⇒ fr ∝ When f = (resonant frequency)
2π LC LC 2π LC
1/ 2
(f r ) 2 1  LC  ⇒Z=
R
∴
= = L1C1  1 1 
(f r )1 L 2C 2  L 2C 2  1
For f > ⇒ Z starts increasing.
L×C  1
1/ 2 2π LC
=   = 1/ 2 i.e., for frequency 0 – fr, Z decreases and for fr
 2L × 4C  (8)
to ∞, Z increases. This is justified by graph C.
(f r ) 2 1
∴ =
(f r )1 2 2 1
65. Brightness ∝ Pconsumed ∝ for Bulb
f R
(fr)2 = 1
2 2 As, resistance of the bulb remains same for both
f AC and DC supplies, the brightness will be
∴ (fr)2 = ….[ (fr)1 = f]
2 2 equal in both the cases.

254
 

Chapter 13: AC Circuits

V 80
12. Resistance, R = = =8Ω
Competitive Thinking i 10
R L
2. Given,
I = 50 cos(100t + 45°) A
10 A
Comparing the equation by I = I0 cos(ωt + φ)
I0 = 50 A ∼
I 50 220 V
∴ Irms = 0 = = 25 2 A
2 2 For a RL circuit;
3. e0 = 2 e rms = 1.414 × 100 = 141.4 V e= e 2R + e 2L
2
5. In pure capacitive circuit, let an A.C. voltage be ∴ e 2L = e – e 2R
supplied of the form i2(2πfL)2 = e2 − (iR)2
e = e0 sin ωt ….(i) e 2 − (iR) 2 (220) 2 − (10 × 8) 2
q ∴ L2 = = 2
we know that, C =
2
i 4π f2 2
10 × 4 × (3.14) 2 × (50) 2
e ~ L2 = 0.425 × 10−2
⇒ q = Ce = Ce0 sin ωt
∴ L = 0.065 H
dq
∴ I= = Ce0 ω cos ωt
dt 13. Given, eL = 40 V; eC = 120 V; eR = 60 V
∴ I = I0 cos ωt ….(taking I0 = Ce0ω) ∴ Source voltage, e = e 2R + ( e L − eC )
2

∴ I = I0 sin (π/2 + ωt) ….(ii)

Thus, on comparing (i) and (ii), we see that = (60) 2 + (40 − 120) 2
current leads the voltage by a phase angle of
= (60) 2 + (80) 2
π/2.
∴ V = 100 volt
1
6. XC = 14.
ωC Vo = 200 V
 angular frequency (ω) for D.C. source is Zero ~
∴ Capacitive reactance becomes infinite.
R C L
 1 
XC − XL  2πfC − 2πfL 
8. tan φ = ⇒ tan 45° =  
R  R  R = 100 Ω, Vo = 200 V, f = 50 Hz
  C-I: When capacitance is removed then circuit
1 is L − R circuit
∴ C=
2π f (2πfL + R) X 
∴ φ = tan−1  L 
XL 3R  R 
9. tan=
φ = = 3
R R X 
60 = tan−1  L 
∴ φ = 60o = π / 3  100 
XL
XL tan 60° =
10. tan φ = = 1 ⇒ φ = 45° or π/4 100
R
XL
 1  3=
 ωL − ωC  100
XL − XC
11. tanφ = =  XL = 100 3
R R
  C-II : when inductor is removed then circuit is
 
 100 1 
R − C circuit
−3
 2 × 3.14 × 50 × π × 10 − 10−3   XC 
 2 × 3.14 × × 50  φ = tan−1  
= 2π   R 
 10 
X 
  60° = tan−1  C 
   100 
 
XC
i.e. tanφ = 1 tan 60° =
φ = tan–1(1) 100
∴ φ = 45° XC = 100 3

255
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

Now, Z = R 2 + (X L − X C ) 2 XC 1 / ωC 1
∴ tan 30° = = = ….(ii)
R R ωCR
( )
2
Z= 2
R + 100 3 − 100 3 From equations (i) and (ii),
tan 60o ωL
Z = R ⇒ Z = 100 = = ω2LC
tan 30o R × 1
The current in L − C – R circuit is,
ωCR
Vo = io Z
Vo 3 0.5
io = = ω2 × 60 × 10−3 × × 10−6
1 10
Z
200 3
io = ∴ 3 = ω2 × 3 × 10−8
100
io = 2 A ∴ ω2 = 108
ω = 104
15. erms = 10 V, ω = 200, R = 50 Ω, 2πf = 104
L = 400mH = 400 × 10-3 H,
104
C = 200µF = 200 × 10-6 F ∴ f= Hz
2π
2
 1 
R 2 + ( XL − XC ) =
2
Z= R 2 +  ωL −  π
 ωc  22. For pure inductor φ =
2
2
 1  π
= 502 +  200 × 400 × 10−3 − −6  
Pav = VI cos φ = VI cos
 200 × 200 × 10   2
∴ Pav = 0
502 + ( 80 − 25 )
2
=
23. In LCR circuit power is always dissipated
Z = 74.3 Ω through resistor.
e rms 10
irms = = = 0.13459 A 24. For LR series circuit,
Z 74.3
eL = irms XL = 0.1345 × 80 = 10.8 V Z = R 2 + ω2 L2
V
16. Z= R 2 + ( XC − XL ) =
2 ∴ I=
(3) 2 + (14 − 10) 2 R + ω2 L2
2

∴ Z=5Ω V 2R
∴ P = I2R =
e0 R + ω2 L2
2
17. i0 = ( Z = XL for pure inductive circuit)
XL
e 2 rms
2 e rms 2 × 200 25. For purely resistive circuit Power (P) =
i0 = = R
XL 2πfL When inductance is connected in series with
2 × 200 resistance
i0 = = 0.9 A P′ = erms irms cos φ
2π× 50 × 1
e  R  e2
18. XL = ωL = 2πfL = erms  rms   = rms R
 Z  Z  Z2
XL ∝ f
( PR ) R
∴ The graph will be a linear graph. P′ =
Z2
( e 2
rms = PR )

19. i PR 2
P′ = 2
Z
26. P = VI
P 100 5
eC − eL I= = = A
V 220 11

20. Since, VL = VC it is a resistive circuit 27. P = erms Irms cosφ

V 220 R
∴ V = 220 V and I = = = 2.2 A But, cos φ = and erms = Irms × Z
R 100 Z
e R 220 × 220 × 18
21. When L and R are connected in series, φ = 60° P = erms × rms × = = 800 W
Z Z 33 × 33
XL ωL
∴ tan 60° = = ….(i) 28. Pavg = erms × Irms × cosφ
R R
Similarly, when C and R are connected in circuit, Pavg 63
cosφ = = = 0.1
φ = 30° e rms × I rms 210 × 3

256
 

Chapter 13: AC Circuits

29. Average power dissipated = erms × Irms 35. Given: L = 20mH = 20 × 10–3 H
= Irms × R × Irms C = 100 µF = 100 × 10–6 F, R = 50 Ω
I0 I V = 10 sin 314t,
= ×R× 0
2 2 But, V= V0 sin ω t
( 2 ) × 10
2
I02 R On comparision we get,
= =
2 2 ω = 314 rad/s and V0 = 10 V
4 Inductive reactance,
= × 10 = 20 watt
2 XL = ωL = 314 × 20 × 10–3 = 6.28 Ω
Capacitive reactance,
30. Pavg = VrmsIrms cosφ
1 1
 v  I  π v0 I0 XC = = = 31.85 Ω
=  0  0   cos  = ωC 314 × 100 × 10−6
 2  2   3 4
Impedance,
31. P = erms Irms cosφ and Pmax = ermsIrms Z2 = R2 + (XL − Xc)2
Since P = 50 % Pmax = 0.5 Pmax Z2 = 502 + (6.28 – 31.85)2
π Z2 = 3153 Ω
⇒ cosφ = 0.5 ⇒ φ =
3 Average power,
32. Using, P = VI cos φ = I2 Z cos φ we get, Pav = =
V2 R V2 R 100 × 50
rms
=
0
= 0.79 W
P 2 2
Z 2
2× Z 2 × 3153
cos φ = 2 = = 0.5
I Z 4 ×1
R
33. Comparing given equations with the standard 36. Power factor = cos φ =
Z
forms, as current remains same, we can write,
e = e0 sin ωt and i = i0 sin(ωt + φ) we get, R VR
e0 = 100 V, I0 = 100 mA cos φ = =
Z ( VR ) + ( VL − VC )
2 2
e = 100 sin (100 t) V and
 π 80
I = 100 sin 100 t +  mA = = 0.8
 3  (80 )
2
+ ( 60 )
2

e0 I0
∴ Power = ⋅ cos φ
2 2 37. For CR circuit, power factor is given by
100 × 100 π R R
= × cos   × 10−3 cos φ = =
2 3
2
R +X 2
1
C R2 +
100 × 100 1 (ωC) 2
= × × 10−3
2 2 R
∴ (cos φ)1 = ….(i)
= 2.5 W 2 1
R +
2
Vrms V2  R  (ω1C) 2
34. P= cosφ = rms  
Z Z Z 1 R
∴ =
2
V R 2 1
∴ P= 0
….(i) R2 +
2 Z2 (ω1C) 2
Given V0 = 10 V; ω = 340 rad/s; L = 20 mH; 1 R2
C = 50 µF; R = 40 Ω ∴ =
2 R2 + 1
Z = R 2 + (X L − X C ) 2 (ω1C) 2
(10) 2 1
∴ P= × (40) ∴ R2 + = 2R2
2 (ω1C) 2
1 1
× ∴ R2 = ….(ii)
 2  −3 1  
2
(ω1C) 2
(40) +  340 × 20 × 10 −  
  340 × 50 × 10−6   Now,
2000 2000 R
= = (cos φ)2 =
1600 + [6.8 − 58.8]2 1600 + [2704] 1
R2 +
2000 (ω2C) 2
= ≈ 0.46 W
4304 ω1
But, ω2 =
Nearest answer is option (C). 2

257
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

R 1 1
∴ (cos φ)2 = ….(iii) 43. ωL = ω=
4 ωC LC
R2 +
(ω1C) 2 ⇒ XL and XC will get interchanged.
Dividing equation (iii) by equation (i) 1
⇒ 200 L =
1 800C
R2 + 1
(cos φ) 2 R (ω1C) 2 ⇒ = 200 × 800 = 400 Hz
= × LC
(cos φ)1 4 R
R2 +
(ω1C) 2 44. According to condition of parallel resonance for
1 LC circuit, at resonant frequency (fr) impedance
R2 + of circuit is maximum and current is minimum.
(ω1C) 2
∴ (cos φ)2 = cos φ1 ×
4 ω0 L
R2 + 45. Q= ....(Using Notes 12)
(ω1C) 2 R
Using eq(ii), 1 1 100
ω0 = = = rad/s
1 R +R 2 2 LC 9 × 100 × 10 −6 3
(cos φ)2 =
2 R 2 + 4R 2 100 9
∴ Q= × = 30
1 2R 2 3 10
= 2
2 5R 46. Irms = (I 2 ) = (8 + 6sin ωt) 2
1
∴ (cos φ)2 = Irms = (64 + 96sin ωt + 36sin 2 ωt)
5
Irms = (64) + 96(sin ωt) + 36(sin 2 ωt)
38. e = 100 sin 30 t
100 Since (sin2ωt) = 0.5 and (sinωt) = 0
∴ erms = Irms = 64 + 0 + 36 × 0.5 = 9.05 A
2
 π 47. Alternating voltage: e = 200 2 sin(100 t) volt
I = 20 sin  30t − 
 4  Comparing with e = e0 sin ωt
20 ω = 100 rad/s, e0 = 200 2
∴ Irms =
2 Capacitive reactance,
π 1 1
Also, φ = XC = = Ω = 104 Ω
4 ωC 100 × 10−6
∴ Average power consumed, e
I0 = 0
π XC
P = erms × Irms × cos
4 200 2
100 20 1 2000 1000 I0 =
= × × = = W 104
2 2 2 2 2 2
I0 = 2 2 ×10–2 A
π
Wattless current, I = Irms sin I0 2 2 × 10−2
4 Irms = = = 2 × 10–2 A = 20 mA
20 1 20 2 2
∴ I= × = =10 A
2 2 2 48. Ammeter measures the rms value of current
39. As the electric and magnetic fields share energy Vrms V0
∴ Irms = = (ωC)
equally in an LC circuit, XC 2
1 2 1 50 2
Li = CV 2 = × 100 × 10 × 10–6
2 2 2
 CV 2 
1/ 2
= 5 × 10–2 A = 50 mA
∴ I = 
 L  49. For AC circuit,
 16 × 10 × 20 
−6 2 1/ 2
V V
= = 0.4 A Current, I = = = 0.2 A
−3  Z R + ( XL − XC )
2 2
 40 × 10 
When connected to DC source, if the capacitor
1 1
42. f0 = = is present in the circuit, it will provide infinite
2π LC 2π 5 × 10−3 × 2 × 10−6 resistance to current and the current in the
104 5 × 103 circuit will be zero. However, the current in the
= = Hz
2π π circuit changes to 0.4 A.

258
 

Chapter 13: AC Circuits

This implies the circuit does not contain any Im
= Im sin (100 π t2)
capacitor. As current in the circuit increases 2
after connecting to DC source, the circuit must π
contain an inductor. Thus, the circuit must be a ∴ 100π t2 =
6
series LR circuit.
1
∴ t2 = s
50. Current in LR circuit is, 600
 − Rt
 E − Rt
 1 1 2 1
I = I0 1 − e L
 =  1 − e L
 ….(i) ∴ treq= t1 – t2 = − = = = 3.3 ms
  R  200 600 600 300

dI d  E E  −LRt   52.
∴ =  −  e 
dt dt  R R   
E R  −LRt  i0
= × e  irms
R L 
E  −LRt  trms tpeak
= e  ….(ii)
L 
Rate of energy dissipated across resistance is, For i = i0,
PR = I2R i0 = i0 sin ωt
Rate at which magnetic energy is stored in coil π
∴ sin ωt = 1 ⇒ ωt =
is, 2
 dI  2π π
PL = EL× I =  L  × I ∴ ×t =
 dt  T 2
T
Let at time t, ∴ tpeak = ....(i)
PR = PL 4
Similarly, for i = irms,
 dI 
∴ I2R =  L  × I irms = i0 sinωt
 dt 
i0
From equations(i) and (ii), ∴ = i0 sin ωt
2
E − Rt
 E  − Rt 
1 − e L  × R = L ×  e L  ∴ sin ωt =  
 1 
R  L 
 2
− Rt − Rt
∴ 1– e L
= e L π 2π π
i.e., ωt = ⇒ ×t =
− Rt
1 4 T 4
∴ e L
= T
2 ∴ trms =
Rt 8
∴ loge 2 = ∴ Time for current to reach from rms value to
L
Substituting values for R and L,  i 
peak value is i.e., irms → i0  0 → i 0 
10 × t  2 
ln 2 =
20 T T T
t = tpeak − trms = − =
∴ t = 2 ln 2 4 8 8
Given that, f = 50 Hz
51. V (t) = 220 sin 100πt
T 1 1 1
220 ∴ t= = = = = 0.25 × 10−2
∴ I (t) = sin 100πt 8 f ×8 50 × 8 400
50
= 2.5 × 10−3 s
∴ I = Im sin (100 πt)
∴ Option (D) is correct.
For I = Im
Im = Imsin(100 πt1) 53. V = 5 cos 1000t volt
∴ sin(100 πt1) = 1 V = V0 cos ωt
π V0 = 5 volt
∴ 100 πt1 = ….[ sin (π/2) = 1]
2 ω = 1000 rad/s
π 1 1 L = 3mH = 3 × 10–3 H, R = 4 Ω
∴ t1 = × =s
2 100π 200 Maximum current,
I V0
For I = m 10 =
2 Z

259
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

5 P 1000
10 = 60. I= = = 10 A
2
R +ω L 2 2 V 100
5 The voltage drop across heater must remain
= same and the current it draws must be same.
42 + (1000 × 3 × 10−3 ) 2
Hence, voltage across coil is
5
= =1A VC = 200 2 − 100 = 182 V
5
VC
We know that I =
54. Comparing the given equation with standard form, ωL
e = e0 sin ωt we get, E0 = 200 2 v, ω = 100 V 182
⇒L= C =
Vrms V0ωC Iω 10 × 2π × 50
I rms
= =
XC 2 ∴ L = 0.057 henry
200 2 × 100 × (1 × 10−6 ) 61. Quantity of heat liberated in the ammeter of
=
2 resistance R
= 2 × 10−2 A = 20 mA i. due to direct current of 3 ampere
= [(3)2 R/J]
55. eo = io × XL
ii. due to alternating current of 4 ampere
XL = ωL = 2πfL = 2π(50) = 100π
= [(4)2 R/J]
2
io = ampere ∴ Total heat produced per second
π
(3) 2 R (4) 2 R 25R
2 = + =
∴ eo = × 100π = 200 V J J J
π
Let the equivalent alternating current be I virtual
1 
2
ampere; then
56. Z2 =  ωL −  +R
2

 ωC  I 2 R 25R
= or I = 5 A
J J

c 3 × 108
Z 62. f = =
λ 300
= 106 Hz
ω 1 1
ω0 Now, fr = ⇒ LC =
2π LC 2πf r
∴ As we gradually increase frequency, Z first
1
decreases and then increases ∴ L=
4π2f r2C
57. Let ω1 = 50 × 2π ⇒ ωL = 20 Ω 1
∴ ω2 = 100 × 2π ⇒ ω′L = 40 Ω ∴ L=
4π2 (106 ) 2 × 2.4 × 10−6
200 200 200
∴ I= = = ≈ 10−8 H
Z R 2 + (ω′L) 2 (30) 2 + (40) 2
63.
∴ I=4A R L C

58. From V = 200 2 sin ωt, V0 = 200 2

V0 200 2 200 2 When L is removed,
∴ I0 = = = R
Z R + ( XL − XC )
2 2
20 + (15 − 15 )
2 2
XC π π/3
= tan
200 2 R 3
∴ I0 = = 10 2 π XC
20 ∴ X C = R tan Z1
3
59. For inductor, When C is removed,
1 1 XL π
I∝ ∝ = tan
XL f R 3
Hence, as frequency increases, current decreases. π
For capacitor, XL = R tan Z2
3 XL
1
I∝ ∝f ∴ Z= R + ( XL − XC ) =
2
R
2
XC
Hence, as frequency increases, current R π/3
∴ cos φ = =1 R
increases. Z

260
 

Chapter 13: AC Circuits

Vrms V V
64. Irms = I= =
1 Z  1 
2
R2 + 2 2 R2 + 
ωC 
 2πfC 
∴ As ω increases, Irms increases and hence the bulb 2πfC
glows brighter. Or I = ×V
4π 2f 2C 2 R 2 + 1
65. Impedance is given as, Voltage drop across capacitor
R )X 2 2 2πfC 1
Z= L Vc = I × Xc = ×
R ) (L´2πf ) 2
2 4π 2f 2C 2 R 2 + 1 2πfC

∴ If frequency is decreased, impedance decreases. V

Vc =
If number of turns decreases, self inductance 4π f C 2 R 2 + 1
2 2

decreases and thus impedance decreases. When mica is introduced capacitance will
At resonance, XC = XL and impedance increase, hence voltage across capacitor gets
decreases. decreased.
When iron rod is inserted, impedance increases.
1 1 1
Hence current decreases. Hence option (D) is 69. f= ∴ f∝
correct. 2π LC C
1
 XL − XC  70. Frequency of oscillation, f =
66. Phase difference ⇒ φ = tan−1   2π LC
 R 
1
For pure L, R circuit; ∴ f∝
 ωL  C
 XL  −1  
φ = tan−1   = tan  R  f air Cdielectric
 R  ∴ =
f dielectric Cair
 2πfL 
φ = tan−1   Cdielectric
 R  But =k ….(k = dielectric constant)
 25  Cair
 2π× π × 2  f air
φ = tan−1  100  ∴ = k
f dielectric
 
  125
= k
−1
φ = tan (1) 100
2
φ = 45° 5
∴ k =  
4  
X 1/ 3
67. tan φ = L = ∴ k = 1.56
R 1
1 71. For a damped harmonic oscillator, equation of
tanφ = motion is given as,
3
d2x dx
1 
–1  m +b + kx = 0 ....(i)
φ = tan   dt 2 dt
 3 Consider series LCR circuit,
πC L C R
φ = 30° =
6
But,
φ = ωt i i
φ π/6 1
∴ t= = = s
ω 2π ( 50 ) 600
∼
68. R C In the above circuit,
di  q
− iR − L   − C=0
 dt 
~ ∴ L
 d 2q  dq 1
+ R   + (q) = 0 ....(ii)
V = V0 sin ωt 2 
 dt  dt
  C
1 Comparing equations (i) and (ii),
Xc =
2πfC 1
L ↔ m, C ↔ ,R↔b
current in ciruit k

261
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

Hints to Evaluation Test

I0 6 i = ω q 02 − q 2
1. Irms = = = 3 2A
2 2

1
= 2.9 × 104 ( 48 ×10 ) − ( 24 ×10 )
−6 2 −6 2

2. f0 =
2π LC = 2.9 × 104 × 10−6 × 12 4 − 1
1 = 1.2 A
=
2 × 3.14 5 × 10−4 × 20 × 10−6 7. Through element X, current is in phase with the
4
10 E 0 100
∴ f0 = ≈ 1592 Hz voltage. Therefore, X = R = = = 40 A.
6.28 I0 2.5

3. Comparing the given equation with standard form, Through element Y, current lags behind the
e = e0 sin ωt we get, ω = 120, e0 = 240 V applied voltage by 90°. Therefore, Y must be an
ω 120 × 7 inductor,
∴ f= = ≈ 19 Hz E 0 100
2π 2 × 22 XL = = = 40 A.
I0 2.5
240
∴ erms = = 120 2 ≈ 170 V When X and Y are connected in series,
2
Z= R 2 + X L2 = 402 + 402 = 40 2 ohm
1 1
4. XC = ⇒ XC ∝ E E 100 5
2πfC f Iν ==ν
=
0
= A.
Z 2Z 2 × 40 2 4
X C′ f 50 1
∴ = = =
XC f′ 200 4 8. Here, R = 100 Ω, Eν = 100 volt, ω = 300 rad/s
∴
X
X C′ = C =
10
= 2.5 Ω when capacitor s removed,
4 4 XL
tan φ = = tan 60° = 3
R
1
5. f=
2π LC0 XL = 3 R
When inductor is removed.
= 10 × 103 Hz
XC
= 10000 Hz tan φ = = tan 60° = 3
R
1
f′ = XC = 3R
2π LC
R 2 + ( XL − XC )
2
= (10000 − 100)Hz Z=
= 9900 Hz
= 1002 + 0
f C = 100 Ω
= = K
f′ C0
E ν 200
2 2 Iν = = = 2A
f 10000  Z 100
K =   =   = 1.02
′
 f   9900  R
P = EνIν cos φ = EνIν  
Z
6. C = 2 µF = 2 × 10−6 F, V0 = 12 volt
q0 = CV0 = 2 × 10−6 × 24 = 48 × 10−6 C 100
= (100)(2) ×
When V = 6 volt, 100
q = CV = 2 × 10−6 × 12 = 200 W
= 24 × 10−6 C 9. On introducing an iron bar in the inductor,
1 inductive reactance XL = ωL increases.
ω=
LC Therefore, impedance of the circuit
1
R 2 + ( XL − XC ) ;
2
= Z=
−3 −6
0.6 × 10 × 2 × 10
Increases, current through the bulb decreases
= 2.9 × 104 rad/s and it becomes dim.
262
 

Chapter 13: AC Circuits

1 Z= R 2 + ( XC − XL )
2
10. XC − XL = − ωL
ωC
502 + ( 31.85 − 6.28 )
2
When frequency is small, ω is small. Reactance =
1 = 56. 16 Ω
is positive. For certain value of freq., = ωL,
ωC E ν2 E 02
Average power, P = =
reactance is zero. For larger values of ω, Z 2Z
reactance becomes negative. Therefore, curve 5×5
= = 0.22 W
(ii) is correct. 2 × 56.16

11. In the circuit shown, L and C are in series. ∴ Total energy dissipated in 10 min.
Therefore, it amounts to a series resonance = 0.22 × 10 × 60
circuit. The current through a.c. source is = 132 Joule
maximum.

13. In a series LCR circuit, current will be

maximum, when ω = natural frequency of LCR
system = 1/ LC

14. As VR = I0R
VR 100
∴ I0 = = = 0.1 A
R 1000
At resonance, XL = XC
1
ωL = ;
ωC
1
L=
ω2C
1
= = 50 H
(100 )
2
( 2 ×10 )
−6

VL = I0XL = I0(ωL) = 0.1 × 100 × 50 = 500 V

E 0 200
15. R= = = 40 Ω
I0 5
As current lags behind the applied voltage by
90°, therefore, element Y must be a pure
inductor.
E 0 200
XL = = = 40 Ω
I0 5

Z = R 2 + X L2

= 402 + 402

= 40 2 Ω

16. L = 20 × 10−3 H,
C = 100 µF = 100 × 10−6 F = 10−4 F
R = 50 Ω, t = 20 min = 20 × 60 s, E = ?
From V = 5 sin 314 t, E0 = 5 V,
ω = 314 rad/s
XL = ωL = 314 × 20 × 10−3 = 6.28 Ω
1 1
XC = = = 31.85 Ω
ωC 3.14 × 10−4

263
14 Dual Nature of Radiation and Matter

Hints

Classical Thinking Critical Thinking

hc 1. For no emission of photoelectron,
13. λ=
φ0 energy of incident light < work function
hc λ φ
∴ λ′ = = ∴ hν < φ ⇒ <
2φ0 2 h

25. The maximum velocity or the kinetic energy of 2. If threshold frequency is ν0, then light frequency
photoelectrons depends on frequency and not on becomes 1.5ν0.
intensity. If we make it half it becomes 0.75 ν0, which is
smaller than threshold frequency, therefore
27. If the frequency of incident radiation is kept photoelectric current is zero.
constant at a value greater than ν0 (threshold
frequency), then the rate of emission of 3. φ0 =
hc
=
6.6 × 10−34 × 3 × 108
= 3 × 10−19 J
photoelectrons from emitter is directly λ0 6600 × 10−10
proportional to intensity of incident radiation.
hc
28. Intensity ∝ No. of photons 4. = 2 eV
λ max
∝ No. of photoelectrons
hc 6.63 × 10−34 × 3 × 108
29. Intensity increases means that more photons of λmax = =
2eV 2 × 1.6 × 10−19
same energy will emit more electrons of same
6.63 × 3
energy, hence only photoelectric current increases. = × 10–7
3.2
30. Photoelectric effect is one photon, one electron = 6215 Å
phenomenon, i.e., one photon cannot eject more
than one photoelectron. 5. φ0 = hν0
φ0 3.3 × 1.6 × 10−19
32. According to Einstein’s equation, ∴ ν0 = =
h 6.63 × 10−34
hν = hν0 + K.Emax
5.28 × 10−19
∴ K.Emax = hν − hν0. Comparing it with = = 7.9 × 1014
y = mx + c, we can say that, 6.63 × 10−34
this is the equation of straight line having ≈ 8 × 1014 Hz
positive slope (h) and negative intercept (hν0) 6. φ0 = hν0
on K.E. axis.
hc 6.63 × 10−34 × 3 × 108
∴ φ0 = =
37. Velocity of photon c = νλ λ0 5000 × 10−10
1 = 3.978 × 10–19 J
48. λ∝ 3.978 × 10−19
m = = 2.48 eV
me < mp < mα 1.6 × 10−19
∴ λe > λp > λ α 7. Minimum kinetic energy is always zero.
h 6.63 × 10−34 8. The velocity of the photoelectron ejected from
49. λ= = = 6.63 × 10−33 m
mv 10−3 × 100 near the surface is larger than those coming
from interior of metal because for the given
h 6.63×10−34
50. λ= = energy of the incident photon, less energy is
mv 2 ×10 ×10−3 ×100 ×10−2
−3
spent in ejecting the electron near the surface
= 3.32 × 10−28 m than that from the interior of the surface.
264
 
Chapter 14: Dual Nature of Radiation and Matter

hν 0 6.63 × 10−34 × 1.6 × 1015 By Einstein’s photoelectric equation,

9. φ0 = eV = = 6.63 eV
e 1.6 × 10−19 K1 = hν − φ0 = K ….(i)
K.E = E – W0 = 8 – 6.63 = 1.37 eV and K2 = h(2ν) − φ0 ….(ii)
= 2hν − φ0 = hν + hν − φ0
1 hc
10. mv2 = − φ0 ∴ K2 = hν + K ….[From (i)]
2 λ
1 6.63 × 10−34 × 3 × 108 18. Using Einstein photoelectric equation,
∴ mv2 = − 2.5 ≈ 1 eV
2 ( 3.6 ×10−7 ) ×1.6 ×10−19 E = φ0 + K.Emax
1 2
2 × 1 × 1.6 × 10−19 hν1 = φ0 + mv1 ….(i)
∴ v= = 0.6 × 106 m/s 2
9.1 × 10−31 1
= 6 × 105 m/s hν2 = φ0 + mv 22 ….(ii)
2
11. If the voltage given is V, then the energy of Subtracting equation (ii) from equation (i) we
electron, get,
1 1
mv2 = eV h(ν1 − ν2) = m(v12 − v 22 )
2 2
2eV 2h
2 × 1.6 × 10−19 × 1000 ∴ (v12 − v 22 ) = (ν1 − ν2)
∴ v= = m
m 9.1 × 10−31
ν ν
= 1.875 × 107 ≈ 1.9 × 107 m/s But ν2 = 1 =
2 2
1 2 2h  ν  hν
12. mv max = eV ∴ (v1 − v 2 ) =
2 2
2 ν −  =
m 2 m
2eV 2 × 1.6 × 10−19 × 9
∴ vmax = = 19. eV0 = hν − φ0
m 9.1 × 10−31
6 eV0 = (2.4 −1.6) eV
= 1.8 × 10 m/s
∴ V0 = 0.8 V
13. K.Emax (eV) = E(eV) − φ0(eV)
(E − φ0 ) (2 eV − 0.6 eV)
= 6.2 − 4.2 20. V0 = = = 1.4 V
= 2 eV e e
∴ K.Emax(joule) = 2 × 1.6 × 10−19 J hc
= 3.2 × 10−19 J 21. eV = − φ0
λ
14. E = φ0 + Kmax 1 2
∴ mv max = eV
12375 2
∴ =E = 2.475eV
5000 v2 × m v2 1
∴ V = max = max
∴ Kmax = E − φ0 = 2.475 − 1.9 = 0.58 eV 2e e
  2
2 
m
1
15. mv 2max = hν – hν0 1.2 × 10 × 1.2 × 106
6
2 = =4V
2 × (1.8 × 1011 )
= 9.2 eV – 4.2 eV
= 5 eV
hc hc
= 5 × 1.6 × 10−19 22. eV1 = – φ0 , eV2 = – φ0
λ1 λ2
= 8 × 10−19 J
hc hc
hc hc ∴ – eV1 = – eV2
16. E= − φ0 and 2E = − φ0 λ1 λ2
λ λ′
 1 1
λ′ E + φ0 ∴ e (V2 – V1) = hc  − 
∴ =
 λ 2 λ1 
λ 2E + φ0
 1 + φ0 / E   λ1 − λ 2 
∴ λ′ = λ   ∴ hc   = e (V2 – V1)
 2 + φ0 / E   λ1λ 2 
(1 + φ0 / E) 1 λ e λλ
Since > , so λ′ > ∴ h= (V2 – V1) 1 2
(2 + φ0 / E) 2 2 c λ1 − λ 2
h
17. Let K1 and K2 be the maximum kinetic energy 23. Retarding potential, V0 = (ν − ν0)
e
of photoelectrons for incident light of frequency
ν and 2ν respectively. 24. Refer Shortcut 3
265
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

25. Slope of V0 – ν curve for all metals are same K K
∴ 12 = and I =
h (0.2) 2 (0.4) 2
  i.e. curves should be parallel.
e I (0.2) 2 1
∴ = =2
or I = 3 mA
26. Stopping potential is same for (a) and (b). Hence, 12 (0.4) 4
their frequencies are same. Also maximum ∴ I = 3 mA ⇒ stopping potential = 0.5 V
current values are different for (a) and (b). Hence,
35. The work function has no effect on current as
they will have different intensities.
long as hν > φ0. The photoelectric current is
c 3 × 108 proportional to the intensity of light. Since,
27. λ0 = = = 6 × 10−7 m =
6000 Å there is no change in the intensity of light,
ν0 5 × 1014
therefore I1 = I2.
hc 1
28. =φ0 + mv 2max h 6.625 × 10−34
λ 2 36. p= = = 6.625 × 10−17 kg m s−1
hc λ 10−17
Assuming φ0 to be negligible in comparison to ,
λ hν
1 1
37 p=
v 2max ∝ ⇒ v max ∝ c
λ λ pc 3.3 × 10−29 × 3 × 108
∴ ν= = = 1.5 × 1013 Hz
∴ On increasing wavelength from λ to 4λ, vmax h 6.6 × 10 −34

becomes half.
h h
29. Number of photons emitted per second 38. λ= ⇒v=
mv λ×m
p 10 × 103
n= = = 1.72 × 1031 =
6.6 × 10−34
hn 6.6 × 10−34 × 880 × 103
(66 × 10−9 ) × (9 × 10−31 )
30. Intensity of light = 0.011 × 106
Watt nhc = 1.1 × 104 ms−1
=I =
Area Aλ
4 / 1000
IAλ 39. mHe = kg
∴ Number of photon n = 6.02 × 1023
hc
1 Aλ
= 6.64 × 10−27 kg
1 1 × 10−4 × 300 × 10−9
∴ n= × = × h
100 hc 100 6.6 × 10−34 × 3 × 108 λ =
mv
= 1.5 × 1012 /s
6.63 × 10−34
31. Energy received from the sun =
6.64 × 10−27 × 2.4 × 102
= 2 cal cm−2 (min)−1 = 8.4 J cm−2 (min)−1 = 0.416 × 10−9 m = 0.416 nm
Energy of each photon received from sun,
hc 6.6 × 10−34 × 3 × 108 h h
E= = = 3.6 × 10−19 J 40. λA = , λB =
λ 5500 × 10−10 mv 0.25m × 0.75v
∴ Number of photons reaching the earth per cm2 λB 1
= = 5.3
per minute will be λA 0.25 × 0.75
Energy received fromsun ∴ λB = 5.3 λA = 5.3 Å
n=
Energyof one photon
h 6.63×10−34
8.4 41. =
= = 2.3 × 1019 2mE 2 × 9.1×10−31 × 50 × 1.6 ×10−19
3.6 × 10−19
6.63×10−34
32. λ = 1 Å = 10−10 m = = 1.737 Å
1.456 ×10−47
hc 6.63×10 × 3×10
−34 8
E = hνmax = =
λ 1×10−10 h h
42. λ= =
= 19.8 × 10−16 J mv 2mqV
33. The stopping potential gives maximum kinetic λe m pq p V mp
energy of the electron. It depends on the ∴ = =
λp me × e× V me
material as well as the frequency of incident
light whereas the current depends on the number [ V is the same and qp = e (in magnitude)]
of incident photons. Hence, it is 0.5 V. By  λe   mp 
1/ 2

inverse square law, saturation current is ∴   =  

inversely proportional to square of distance.  λ p   me 

266
 
Chapter 14: Dual Nature of Radiation and Matter

h 6.6 × 10−34 2. For photo emission ν ≥ ν0 or λ ≤ λ0

43. p= = = 1.5 × 10−27 kg.m / s
λ 4400 × 10−10 3. For work function of 5 eV,
p 1.5 × 10−27 4 × 10−15 × 3 × 108
and mass m= = = 5 × 10−36 kg λmin = = 240 nm,
c 3 × 108 5
E For work function of 2 eV,
44. p=
c 4 × 10−15 × 3 × 108
−16 10 −6 λmax = = 600 nm
∴ E = p × c = 2 × 10 × (3 × 10 ) = 6 × 10 erg 2
This means wavelength of 650 nm cannot be
45. In Davisson – Germer experiment, used.
12.28
λ= Å ….(i)
V hc
4. Work function φ0 =
We note that, λ0
V∝ 1
−34 8
….(ii) hc 6.63 × 10 × 3 × 10
λ ∴ λ0 = = = 3.10 × 10−7 m
φ0 4 × 1.6 × 10−19
i.e., λ will decrease with increase in V.
= 310 nm
If there is a maxima of the diffracted electrons
at an angle θ, then
5. φo = hc
2dsinθ = λ λo
Hence,
hc
λ ∝ sin θ Case (i) λ1 =
λ∝θ ( φ0 )1
i.e., with decrease in λ, θ will decrease. hc
Case (ii) λ2 =
Thus when the voltage applied to A is increased, ( φ0 ) 2
the value of θ will be less than the earlier value.
Dividing equation (i) by (ii),
46. E = eV = 1.6 ×10–19× 105 = 1.6 × 10–14 J
λ1 ( φ0 ) 2 6000 × 10−10 3
∴ = = =
47. b sin θ = nλ λ2 ( φ0 )1 4000 × 10−10 2
 12.28 
Here, b = 0.6 Å, n = 1 and λ =  Å
 600   hc 
8. K.Emax =   joules − 2.2 eV
12.28 λ
∴ 0.6(sin θ) = = 0.5013
600 hc
–1
( K.Emax = − φ0 )
∴ sin θ = 0.84 ⇒ θ = sin 0.8 λ
 hc 
1 K.Emax =  −19 
eV − 2.2 eV
48. Using Einstein equation, E = φ0 + mv2  λ × 1.6 × 10 
2
K.Emax = 2 eV − 2.2 eV = −0.2 eV
2(E − φ0 )
∴ =v As kinetic energy can never be negative, hence
m photo-emission doesn’t occur.
A charged particle placed in uniform magnetic
field experience a force 1
9. Using, K = mv2 = hν − hν0 for same metal,
mv 2 2
F= hc
r KA = − hν0,
mv 2
mv λA
⇒ evB = ⇒r=
r eB 2hc
KB = − hν0
2m(E − φ0 ) λA
∴ r=
eB KB
∴ KA <
2
Competitive Thinking
10. E = φ0 + K.Emax
1. Initially when the moving electron is very far 1 = 0.5 + (K.Emax)1 ⇒ (K.Emax)1 = 0.5
away from stationary electron, it only has 2.5 = 0.5 + (K.Emax)2 ⇒ (K.Emax)2 = 2
kinetic energy but as it approaches the (K.E max )1 0.5 1
= =
stationary electron, its K.E. decreases due to (K.E max ) 2 2 4
repulsion and gets converted to P.E. according
 v1  (K.E max )1 1
to law of conservation of energy. Hence, K.E. =
  = 11. When, ν1 = 2ν0,
decreases and P.E. increases.  v2  (K.E max ) 2 2

267
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

∴ (K.E.1)max = h(2ν0) – hν0 = hν0 ….(i) 16. λ = 3300 Å
When, ν2 = 5ν0 vmax = 0.4 × 106 m/s
(K.E.2)max = h(5ν0) – hν0 = 4hν0 ….(ii) 1 hc
(K.E.)max = mv 2max = – φ0
Dividing equation (i) by equation (ii), 2 λ
( K.E.1 )max 1
∴
1
× 9.1 × 10–31 × (0.4 × 106)2
=
( K.E.2 )max 4 2
1 2 6.6 × 10−34 × 3 × 108
As, (K.E.)max = mv max = − φ0
2 3300 × 10−10
6.6 × 10−34 × 3 × 108
v12 1 ∴ − 7.28 × 10−20 = φ0
∴ = 3300 × 10−10
v 22 4
∴ φ0 = 5.3 × 10–19 J
v1 1
∴ = 17. Using photoelectric equation, hν = K.E. + φ0
v2 2
Initially,
12. Cut off frequency is given as ν hν = 0.4 + φ0 ….(i)
Work function φ0 = hν After increasing incident frequency by 30%,
Now, E = K.E. + φ0 h(1.3 ν) = 0.9 + φ0 ….(ii)
1 multiplying equation (i) by 1.3 and then
2hν = mv2 + hν subtracting from equation (ii),
2
1 0 = [0.9 – 1.3(0.4)] + [φ0 – 1.3 φ0]
∴ mv2 = 2hν − hν ∴ 0.3 φ0 = 0.9 – 0.52
2
1 0.38
∴ mv2 = hν ∴ φ0 = = 1.267 eV
2 0.3
2hν 1 2 hc
∴ v= 18. mv=
1 − φ0
m 2 λ1
1 2 hc
13. Using, E = hν − φ0 for the two cases we get, mv=
2 − φ0
0.5 = hν − φ0 ….(i) and 2 λ2
0.8 = 1.2 hν − φ0 ….(ii)  hc 
− φ0 
 v1   λ1
2 2
By equation (i) × 1.2 − equation (ii) we get, 2  v1 
=
  =    ….  = 2
0.2 φ0 = 0.2 or φ0 = 1 eV  v 2   hc − φ0   1   v2 
λ 
 2 
1 2
14. Kmax = mv max = hν − φ0 ….(i) 4hc hc
2 ∴ − 4φ=
0 − φ0
λ2 λ1
Now, when ν is doubled, then
1 4hc hc
m (2 vmax)2 = 2hν − φ0 ∴ − =φ3 0
2 λ 2 λ1
1 4 × 1240 1240
∴ 4 × mv 2max = 2hν − φ0 ∴ − = 3φ0
2 310 248
∴ 4(hν − φ0) = 2hν − φ0 ….[from equation (i)] ∴ 3φ0 = 11 ⇒ φ0 = 3.7 eV
∴ 3φ0 = 2 hν 1 2
2hν 19. mv max = eV
∴ φ0 = 2
3
2eV
∴ vmax =
hc m
15. KE1 = − φ0
λ
1 2 hc hc 1
hc 2hc 20. mv = − φ0 or = mv 2 + φ0 and
KE2 = − φ0 = − φ0 2 λ λ 2
λ/2 λ
1 2 hc 4 1 2 
KE2 = 3KE1 mv1 = − φ0 =  mv + φ0  − φ0
2  3λ  3 2 
2hc  hc   
⇒ − φ0 = 3  − φ0   4 
λ λ 
4
hc ∴ v12 = v 2 + constant
⇒ 2 φ0 = 3
λ 1
hc  4 2
⇒ φ0 = So, v1 > v  
2λ 3

268
 
Chapter 14: Dual Nature of Radiation and Matter

21. For ejected electron, 28. Using photoelectric equation,

1 1 1  hc
mv2 = hc  −  = φ0 + 3V0 ....(i)
2 λ
 λ λ0 
hc
2hc  1 1  = φ0 + V0 ....(ii)
∴ v= 2λ
 − 
m  λ λ0  Subtracting equation (ii) from equation (i),
hc
2 × 4.14 × 10−15 × 3 × 108 × 1.6 × 10−19  1010 1010  = 2V0
=  −  2λ
9.1 × 10−31  2536 3250 
hc
= 6.15 × 105 m/s ∴ V0 =
4λ
≈ 0.6 × 106 m/s–1 Substituting in equation (ii)
22. From Einstein’s photoelectric equation, hc hc hc
∴ φ0 = − V0 = −
2λ 2λ 4λ
hc 1
= mv 2max + φ0 hc hc  hc 
λ 2 = ....  φ0 = 
hc 1 λ0 4λ  λ 0 
∴ = eV0 + φ0 ...( mv max = eV0)
2

λ 2 ⇒ λ0 = 4λ
1
∴ V0 ∝ 29. From Einstein’s equation,
λ
hν = eV0 + hν0
Thus, if incident wavelength is decreased, then
stopping potential will increase. hc hc
∴ − = eV0
λ λ0
23. According to Einstein’s photoelectric equation case (i) λ = λ ; V0 = V
E = φ0 + Kmax hc hc
hc  1 1 
− = eV ....(i)
∴ V0
= λ λ0
 − 
e  λ λ0  V
case (ii) λ = 3λ ; V0 =
∴ As λ decreases, V0 increases. 6
hc hc eV
24. eV0 = hν – hν0 − = ....(ii)
3λ λ0 6
If ν increases, V0 will increase.
dividing equation (i) by equation (ii)
25. eV0 = hν − φ0  hc hc 
hc  − 
= − φ0 ∴ λ λ0 
=6
λ  hc hc 
 − 
 6.63×10−34 × 3×108 
=  −1.07  eV  3λ λ0 
−9 −19
 332 ×10 ×1.6 ×10   1
1 1 1 
= 2.67 eV ∴ − = 6 − 
λ λ0  3λ λ0 
Nearest answer is (D)
1 1 2 6
∴ − = −
26. Energy of incident light λ λ0 λ λ0
12375 −1 6 2 1
=E = 6.18eV ∴ + = −
2000 λ0 λ0 λ λ
Using, E = φ0 + eV0
5 1
(E − φ0 ) (6.18eV − 5.01eV) ∴ =
V0 = = λ0 λ
e e
= 1.17 V ≈ 1.2V ∴ λ0 = 5λ
30. Using Einstein’s photoelectric equation
27. In photoelectric effect, energy is conserved.
Case I :
h
∴ V0 = (ν − ν0) hc hc 1 1 
e eV = − = hc  −  ....(i)
6.6 × 10−34 × (8.2 × 1014 − 3.3 × 1014 )
λ λ0  λ λ0 
∴ V0 = Case II :
1.6 × 10−19
6.6 × 4.9 V hc hc
= × 10−1 = 2.0V e= −
1.6 4 2λ λ 0

269
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

4hc 4hc 40. E = 15 keV = 15 × 103 eV
∴ eV = −
2λ λ 0 12400
 E= eV Å
1 1 λ
= 4hc  −  ....(ii) 12400
 2λ λ 0  λ= eV Å
Ε
Equating (i) and (ii), 12400
1
1 1 1 λ= eV Å
hc  − 15×103 eV
 = 4 hc  − 
 λ λ0   2λ λ 0  λ = 0.826 Å (λ < 0.01 Å)
1 1 2 4 It belongs to X-rays.
− = −
λ λ0 λ λ0
hc
∴ λ0 = 3 λ 41. E=
λ
31. The saturation photoelectric current is directly E1 λ
∴ = 2
proportional to the intensity of incident radiation E2 λ1
but it is independent of its frequency. Hence, E1λ1 3.2 × 10−19 × 6000
saturation photoelectric current becomes double, ∴ E2 = = = 4.8 × 10–19 J
λ2 4000
when both intensity and frequency of the
incident light are doubled. 42. The plate current reduces with increasing
wavelength. When wavelength exceeds certain
33. Photoelectric current ∝ intensity of light
value, photo electric effect ceases, making
∴ I1 < I2 current value zero.
34. Above threshold frequency (ν0), the stopping 43. We know,
potential increases with the increase in (K.E.)max = hν − φ0
frequency. ∴ 2 eV = 5 eV − φ0
35. Energy radiated as visible light φ0 = 3 eV
5 Hence, when hν = 6 eV,
= × 100 = 5 J/s
100 (K.E.)max = 6 eV − 3 eV = 3 eV
If n be the number of photons emitted per Also, (K.E.)max = eV0 = 3 eV
second, then, nhv = E = 5 ⇒ V0 = 3 V
5λ 5 × 5.6 × 10−7 As, stopping potential is a retarding potential,
∴ n= = = 1.4 × 1019 potential of A relative to C = − 3 V
hc (6.62 × 10−34 )(3 × 108 )
h hc
 hc  25 45. p= , E=
36.   × N = 200 × ….[Given] λ λ
λ 100
Thus, if λ decreases, both p and E will increase.
200 × 25 λ 200 × 25 × 0.6 × 10−6
∴ N= × = h 6.626 × 10−34
100 hc 100 × 6.2 × 10−34 × 3 × 108 46. λ= ⇒ = 6.626 × 10–34 m
= 1.5 ×1020 mv 0.1 × 10

37. K.E. = E − φ0 h 1
47. λ= ⇒p∝
∴ φ0 = 10.20 − 3.57 p λ
6.63 × 1.6 × 10−19
∴ v0 = = 1.6 × 1015 Hz 48. E=
1
mv 2 =
m2v2
6.67 × 10−34 2 2m
38. From Einstein’s photoelectric equation, 1 2
=
2m
( )
p ….( momentum p = mv)
hν1 = W0 + eV1
hν2 = W0 + eV2 =
1 h2  h
….  p = 
×
ν1 W0 + eV1 2m λ 2  λ
∴ =
ν 2 W0 + eV2 h2
=
∴ W0ν1 + eV2ν1 = W0ν2 + eV1ν2 2mλ 2
W0 ( ν 2 − ν1 )
∴ e= 49. de-Broglie wavelength,
ν1V2 − V1ν 2 h
λ=
hc 6.6 × 10−34 × 3 × 108 p
39. λ= = = 3.5 × 10–11 1
E 35 × 103 × 1.6 × 10−19 But p = 2mE ∴ λ∝
= 35 × 10 –12
m E

270
 
Chapter 14: Dual Nature of Radiation and Matter

1 h h 1
i.e., E ∝ 55. λ= = ⇒λ∝
λ2 mv 2mk k
2 2
 E 2   λ1   1 
∴ =
  =  =  4 h h
56. λ= =
 E1   λ 2   0.5  p 2mE
As, E2 = 4E1 h 1 h λ
∆E = 3E1 Now, λ′ = = × == 0.25λ
2m(16E) 4 2mE 4
h ∴ % change = λ − λ′ = λ − 0.25 λ
50. λ= ,
p = 0.75λ ⇒ 75%
But, p =
2mE
h
h 57. λ=
∴ λ= , p
2mE
1 P2 h2 (6.6 ×10−34 ) 2
∴ λ∝ K.E. = = =
E 2m 2mλ 2
2 × 9.1×10−31 × (5.5×10−7 ) 2
λ1 E2 ≈ 7.91 × 10−25 ≈ 8 × 10−25 J
∴ =
λ2 E1 58. Let p be initial momentum of electron,
0.4 × 10 −10
E Given,
∴ = p=′ p + Pm
1.0 × 10−10 1
∴ E = 0.16 keV 1
as λ ∝
h p
51. Using λ = , increase in p, decreases λ
2mE
h2 hc 0.5  0.5 
Eelectron = 2 and Ephoton = ∴ λ′ =λ − λ=  1− λ
( λ × 2m ) λ 100  100 
λ′ p
E photon  hc l 2 × 2m  2mc 2 2 × 5 × 105 20 ∴ =
∴ = . =
= = λ p′
E electron l h 2   hc  (50 × 103 ) 1
   0.5  p
λ ∴  1− =
 100  p + P m
h
52. For electron, λ e = and for photon, 0.995 p + 0.995 Pm = p
2mE e
p
hc 0.995Pm =
λp = 200
Ep ∴ p ≈ 200 Pm
λ h Ep
∴ =e
× 59. For a charged particle, de-Broglie wavelength
λp 2mE e hc is,
1
λe 1  E  2 h
= ….( Ep = Ee) λ=
λ p c  2m  2meV
1
∴ λ∝
53. For any charged particle, de-Broglie wavelength is, V
h
λ= ∴
λ1 V2
2mE =
λ2 V1
h
∴ λ2 =
2 ( 2m )( 2E ) h h
60. de Broglie wavelength, λ = =
h λ p 2meV
∴ λ2 = =
2 × 2mE 2 For an electron,
me = 9.1 × 10–31 kg, e = 1.6 × 10–19 C
54. For photon,
hc 6.63 × 10−34
E= ∴ λ=
λ 2 × 9.1 × 10−31 × 1.6 × 10−19 × 10000
∴ For electron, 6.63 × 10−34 × 1023
=
h h hλ 2 × 9.1 × 1.6
λ′ = = =
2mE hc 2mc = 1.229 × 10–11m
2m
λ ≈ 12.2 × 10–12 m
271
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

h λe m
61. λ= ∴ λp =
2meV 3 M
h2 λ m
∴ V= ∴ λp = ....( λe = λ)
2meλ 2 3 M

=
( 6.63 × 10 )−34 2
h
68. λ=
2 × 9.1 × 10−31 × 1.6 × 10−19 × (1 × 10−10 )
2
2mqV
≈ 150 volt We know, qα = 2qP
mα = 4 mp
12.27 12.27
62. λ= = = 1.227 Å λP mαq α 4m P × 2q P
V 100 ∴ = = = 8 2 2
=
λα m Pq P mP × qP
12.27 1.227 × 10−9
63. λ= Å= h
V 400 69. λ= ….(De-Broglie formula)
−9 p
= 0.061 × 10 m = 0.06 nm
h h h
λα = = = ….(i)
h p α mα vα 4mv
64. de Broglie wavelength is, λ =
2mE [as mass of alpha is 4 times mass of
For proton, proton/neutron and velocity given is v]
h h h h
λp = λd = = = ….(ii)
2m p E pd md vd 2m 2v
For α-particle, [as mass of deuteron is 2 times mass of
h
proton/neutron and velocity given is 2v]
h
λα = = ....( mα = 4mp) From (i) and (ii),
2m α E 2 ( 4m p ) E λα 1
=
λd 1
λp h 2 4m p E( 4m p )
∴ = × = =2:1 hc
λα 2m p E h mp 70. For photon: E =
λp
65. K.E. = 120 eV hc
∴ λp = ....(i)
∴ V = 120 V E
12.27 12.27 For electron: E = mc2 = pc
λ= = = 1.12 Å = 1.12 × 10−10 m
V 120 E
⇒p=
= 112 × 10 −12
m = 112 pm c
h hc
66. For electron, de-Broglie wavelength is, ∴ λe = = ....(ii)
p E
1 1
λ= ∴ λ∝ Comparing equations (i) and (ii),
2meV V λp ∝ λe
λ1 V2
∴ = p2
λ2 V1 71. K.E. of electrons =
2m
V × λ2 10000 × λ 2 10000 h
∴ V2 =
= 1 2 1 = = 2500 V here, p = ....(De-Broglie hypothesis)
( 2λ )
2
λ2 4 λ
2
h
1  
67. λdb ∝ λ
m V ∴ K.E. =   ….(i)
2m
1 Also, if λ0 is cutoff wavelength, maximum K.E.
∴ λe ∝
me V hc
of X- ray photons = ....(ii)
1 λ0
λp ∝
mp 9V Maximum K.E. of X- ray will be equal to that of
electrons.
λp me V
∴ = . hc h2
λe mp 9V ∴ = 2 ....[from (i) and (ii)]
λ0 2λ m
λp m 1 2λ 2 mc
∴ =   ...( me = m ; mp = M) ∴ λ0 =
λe M 3 h

272
 
Chapter 14: Dual Nature of Radiation and Matter

72. The momentum of the final particle 1240

→ → → 78. EPh = eV = 2.48 eV
pf = p1 + p 2 500
K.Emax = EPh – φ0 = 2.48 – 2.28 = 0.2 eV
∴ | pf| = p12 + p 22 For electron,
12.28 12.28
From de-Broglie relation, we have, p = h λmin = Å= Å = 27.459 Å
λ K.E max (eV) 0.2
∴ For the two particles, = 27.459 × 10–10 m
h h λmin.= 2.7459 × 10–9 m
p1 = and p2 =
λ1 λ2 λ ≥ λmin
h h2 h2 79. Kinetic energy of neutron in thermal
∴ = +
λ λ12 λ 22 3
equilibrium is kT
1 1 1 2
∴ = 2+ 2
λ2 λ1 λ 2 h h h
λ= = =
mv 2m(K.E.) 3 
1 2m  kT 
73. λ∝ 2 
V
h
To decrease wavelength potential difference =
between anode and filament is increased. 3mkT

75. Power of the incident photons is, h

80. λ=
n hc mv
P=
t λ 1
∴ λ∝
But P = Fc v
n hc Now, v ∝ T
∴ Fc =
t λ 1
∴ λ∝
n Fλ 6.62 × 10−5 × 5 × 10−7 T
∴ = = = 5 × 1022
t h 6.62 × 10 −34
λ 27 T
⇒ = 927
76. Power of the incident photons is, λ 927 T27
E ⇒ λ27 = 2 λ927
P=
t λ 27 λ
⇒ λ927 = =
But, P = Fc 2 2
∴ E = Fct
81. de-Broglie’s formula is
= 2 × 10−7 × 3 × 108 × 10 × 10−9
h
= 600 × 10−9 J λ=
= 600 nJ 2m (K.E)
But kinetic energy of thermal neutrons is kBT
77. By conservation of linear momentum,
where, kB = Boltzmann constant
m
mv = mv1 + v2 6.63 × 10−34
2 ∴ λ=
where, v1 and v2 are velocities of particles A and 2 × 1.67 × 10−27 × 1.38 × 10−23 × (27 + 273)
B after collision. ∴ λ = 1.78 × 10−10 m = 1.78 Å
∴ 2v = 2v1 + v2 ….(i)
82. We know that de-Broglie wavelength,
As collision is head on and elastic,
h
v 2 − v1 λ=
e= =1 mv
u1 − u 2
Velocity of a body falling from height H is
∴ v = v2 – v1 ....(ii) given by
Solving equation (i) and (ii),
v = 2gH
3v 2
v = 3v1 and v = h h
4 ∴ λ= =
1 m 2gH m 2g H
As, λ ∝
p h
Here, is a constant say ‘K’.
m m 2g
v2
λ A p2 2 (4 / 3)v 1
∴ = = = =2 ∴ λ∝
λ B p1 mv1 (2 / 3)v H

273
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

Hints to Evaluation Test

2. We know that, 1250

4. EPh = eV = 1.67 eV
1 hc 750
mv2 = − φ0
2 λ K.Emax = EPh – φ0 = 1.67 – 1.35 = 0.32 eV
−34
(6.63×10 )(3×10 ) 8 For electron,
= − 3.0 × 1.6 × 10−19 12.28
120 ×10−9 λmin = Å
−19 −19 K.E max (eV)
= 16.57 × 10 − 4.8 × 10
= 11.77 × 10−19 J 12.28
= Å = 21.708 Å
∴ 2
mv = 2 × (11.77 × 10−19) 0.32
= 21.708 × 10–10 m
or mv2 = 23.54 × 10−19 J
λmin.= 2.1708 × 10–9 m
23.54 ×10−19 λ ≥ λmin
v= = 1.61 × 106
9.1×10−31
5. Stopping potential does not depend upon the
mv 2 mv distance of source from photocell but saturation
Now, Bev = ⇒r=
r Be  1 
current ∝  
9.1×10−31  squareof distanceof source 
r= × 1.61 × 106
(4 ×10−5 )(1.6 ×10−19 ) 1 1
∴ I1 ∝ and I2 ∝
or r = 0.228 m ≈ 0.23 m (0.2) 2 (0.4) 2

3. For the first wavelength: I2 (0.2) 2

∴ =
eVs1 = hν1 − φ0 ….(i) 12 (0.4) 2
2
0.2 
For the second surface: or I2 = 12   = 3 mA
eVs2 = hν2 − φ0 ….(ii)  0.4 

Subtracting equation (i) from equation (ii), hc hc 12500 eV Å

6. φ0 = ⇒ λmax = = = 3125Å
h λ max φ0 4 eV
Vs2 − Vs1 = (ν2 − ν1)
e
7. de-Broglie wavelength,
hc  1 1  h
or Vs2 = Vs1 +  −  λ=
e  λ 2 λ1  p
hc  λ1 − λ 2  But p = 2mE
= Vs1 +  
e  λ 2λ1  1
∴ λ∝
 450 − 120  E
= 0.2 + 1240  
 120 × 450  1
i.e., E ∝
 hc  λ2
....  ≈ 1240eV − nm  2 2
 e   E 2   λ1   200 
∴ =
  =   =  4
= 7.78 V  E1   λ 2   100 
From equation (i), As, E2 = 4E1
hc ∆E = 3E1
φ0 = − eVs1 J
λ1 2
λ 2 (λ 0 −λ1 )
φ0 hc
8. Here, =
= − Vs 1 eV λ1 (λ 0 −λ 2 ) 1
e eλ1
or
5.4 (λ 0 − 3.4 ×10−7 )
=
2
1240
=
450
− 0.2 eV 3.4 (λ 0 − 5.4 ×10 )
−7
1

= 2.56 eV or λ0 = 12.7 × 10−7 m

hc
φ0 2.56 × 1.6 × 10−19 Now, φ0 =
ν0 = = λ0
h 6.6 × 10−34
= 0.62 × 1015 =
( 6.6×10 )( 3×10 )
−34 8

= 0.98 eV
= 6.2 × 1014 Hz (12.7 ×10 )(1.6×10 )
−7 −19

274
 
Chapter 14: Dual Nature of Radiation and Matter

9. Saturation current depends on intensity. Hence Subtracting equation (i) from 3 × equation (ii)
B and C will have same intensity different from we get,
that of A. Stopping potential depends on  3  hc hc
frequency. So A and B will have the same  − 1 = 3φ0 − φ0 or φ0 =
2  λ 4λ
frequency different from that of C.
hc
Hence option (A) is correct. But φ0 = , where λ0 is the threshold
λ0
h h h wavelength, hence λ0 = 4λ.
10. λ= = =
p 2mK 2mqV Hence, option (C) is correct.
h h
∴ λP = ; λα =
2m p (q p )V 2m α (q α )V′
h h
Now, λP = λα ⇒ =
2m pq p V 2m α q α V′
∴ m p q p V = m α q α V′
m Pq P V (1)(1)V V
∴ V′ = = = volt
mαq α (4)(2) 8

12. Gain in K.E. = Loss in P.E.

p2
∴ = qV ⇒ p = 2mqV
2m
pp 2m p (e)V
∴ =
pα 2m α (2e)V

mP  e  1 1
=  = .
m α  2e  4 2
1
=
2 2
nhc
13. Using E = , we get
λ
n(6.6 ×10−34 )(3×108 )
10−7 =
(3000 ×10−10 )
∴ n = 1.5 × 1011
hc (6.6 ×10−34 )(3×108 )
14. λ0 = = = 300 nm
φ0 4.125×1.6 ×10−19

1
15. Using E = mv2 = hν0 − W0 we get,
2
E1 = (1 − 0.6) = 0.4 eV
and E2 = (2.5 − 0.6) = 1.9 eV
E1 v2 0.4
∴ = 12 = ≈ 0.21
E2 v2 1.9
v1
or = 0.458 ≈ 0.5
v2

17. E = eV = 1.6 ×10–19× 20 × 103 = 3.2 × 10–15 J

18. Using Einstein’s photoelectric equation,
hν = φ0 + Kmax
hc
∴ = φ0 + e(3V0) ….(i)
λ
( Kmax = eVs)
hc
Also, = φ0 + eV0 ….(ii)
2λ

275
15
Doin
Structure of Atoms and Nuclei

Hints

51. E∞ = 0 and
Classical Thinking −13.6
E5 = = − 0.544 eV
25
1 1
16. Wave number = = ∴ ∆E = E∞ − E5
λ 6000 × 10−10
6 −1 = 0 − (−0.54) = 0.54 eV
= 1.66 × 10 m
1
17. Refer Shortcut 2 52. T.E. = (P.E.) = − (K.E.)
2
20. As n increases, energy difference between K.E. 1
adjacent energy levels decreases. =−
P.E. 2
23. R ∝ m. Thus, if mass is reduced to half, then 53. Minimum energy required to excite from ground
Rydberg constant also becomes half. state
25. Energy is absorbed when atom goes from lower 1 1 
= 13.6  2 − 2=
 10.2 eV
state to higher state. 1 2 
30. As difference between the levels increases, energy 57. For 7N13, N = 13 − 7 = 6 and
emitted increases and hence wavelength decreases.
for 6C12, N = 12 − 6 = 6
It means colour must change to violet.
As number of neutrons is same, they are
31. If the energy radiated in the transition be E, isotones.
then we have,
58. They have same mass number (A).
E R → G > E Q →S > E R →S > E Q → R > E P → Q
For getting blue line, the energy radiated should 68. Using, R ∝ A1/3
1/3 1/3
 1 R Li  Li 7   7  1
be maximum  E ∝  . = =    =
 λ R Fe  Fe56  56
  2

34. Energy increases from lower state to higher state. 72. Since nuclear density is constant,
∴ mass ∝ volume.
e0n 2h 2
38. Bohr radius, rn =
πme 2 73. Actual mass of the nucleus is always less than
2 2 total mass of nucleons
39. r ∝ n ⇒ r ∝ (3)
∴ M < (NM n + ZM p )
40. r ∝ n2
r1 n2 1
2
1 76. B.E. per nucleon is maximum for Fe56.
∴ = 1 2 =   =
r2 n 2 2 4 77. Binding energy per nucleon increases with
atomic number. The greater the binding energy
1 v1 n 2 per nucleon, the stability of the nucleus will be
42. v∝ ∴ = 2 =
n v2 n1 1 more.
For 26Fe56, number of nucleons is 56.
43. A ∝ r2, but r ∝ n2
This is the most stable nucleus because
∴ A ∝ n4
maximum energy is needed to pull a nucleon
1 away from it.
49. En ∝
n2 A 0 A 4( )

(5) 2 25
78. zx
−1 β
 → z + 1Y 
2 He α
→
E3
∴ = = A−4 γ0 A−4
z − 1K → z − 1K
2
E5 (3) 9 
0

276
 

Chapter 15: Structure of Atoms and Nuclei

0.6931 × 1 0.6931 × 1 16 16
80. T= = ≈ 1620 years ∴ λ= = = 9.72 × 10–8
λ 4.28 × 10−4 15R 15 × 1.097 × 107
81. Fraction of sample after n-half-lives is given by = 97.2 × 10–9 m
N 1 = 97.2 nm ≈ 97 nm
=
N 0 2n 1 1 1 
Where; n = t/T 7. For Lyman series, = RH 12 − n 2  ,
λ  
t/T 10/5
1 1 where n = 2, 3, 4,….
Nt = N0   = 50000   = 12500
2 2 For shortest wavelength, n = ∞
1 RH
82. In fusion, two lighter nuclei combines which is ∴ =
not the radioactive decay. λ 1
1
∴ λ=
RH
Critical Thinking
1
=
1. Using Shortcut 2 109678cm −1

Number of lines, NE =
n(n − 1) 3(3 − 1)
= =3 = 9.117 × 10–6 cm = 911.7 Å.
2 2
1 1
2. For Lyman series, n1 = 1, n2 = ∞  2− 2 11 / 9 44
λ Br 5 6 
8. =  = =
1  1 1  1 1 λ Pf  1 1 9/4 81
∴ =R  2− 2 =R  2 −  =R  2− 2
λ  n1 n 2  1 ∞  4 5 
1  ν ∝ 1/λ
∴ λ=
R ν Br λ 81
∴ = Pf =
1 1 1  3R 4 ν Pf λ Br 44
3. = R 2 − 2 = , λL =
λL  1 2  4 3R
1 1
R = 1.0967 × 107 m−1 = 1.0967 × 105 cm−1  2− 2 3/ 4 27
λB 1 2 
4 9. =  = =
∴ λL = cm λL  1 1 5 / 36 5
3 × 109670  2− 2
2 3 
1  1 1  15R 5 5
4. = R 2 − 2 = ∴ λL = λB = × 6563 = 1215.4 Å ≈ 1215 Å
λ  1 4  16 27 27
16 16 10. For Balmer series,
∴ λ= = × 10−5 cm
15R 15 1 1 1
c 3 × 1010
=R 2 − 2
∴ n= = = 2.81 × 1015 Hz λB 2 n 
λ  16 −5  And for Paschen series,
 × 10 
 15  1 1 1 
=R 2 − 2
5. Least energetic wavelength in Paschen λP 3 n 
coressponds to n= 3 and m = 4. Now, for series limit, n = ∞
1  1 1  7R  1 
∴ = R 2 − 2  = 1
λP  3 4  144    
λ
 B  = 4
∴ Least energetic wave number, ∴
 1  1
7R    
ν = λ
 P 9
144
λP 9
6. Given that, we get six wavelengths. ∴ =
λB 4
From Shortcut 1,
9
Maximum number of spectral lines, ∴ λp = × 6400 = 9×1600 = 14400 Å
n(n − 1) 4
= 6 which on solving gives n = 4
2 11. Frequency of radiation emitted
1  1 1 1  8  1 1
Using = R 1 − 2  we get, ν = Rc  7
− 2  = 10 × 3 × 10  2 − 2 
λ  4  2
nf n i  2 3 
1  1 15R 5 5
= R 1 −  = = 3 × 1015 × = ×1015 ≈ 4 × 1014 Hz
λ  16  16 9 × 4 12

277
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

1 1 1 1 1 1
12. =R  2− 2 = −
λ  n1 n 2  λ AB 2000 6000
1  n2 − n2  2 1
∴ = R  2 2 21  = =
6000 3000
λ  n1 n 2 
∴ λAB = 3000 Å
1  n12 n 22 
∴ λ=  
R  n 22 − n12  1  1 1 3R
16. = R 2 − 2  =
36 1  n12 n 22  λ 2 4  16
∴ =  
5R R  n 22 − n12  16 16
∴ λ= = × 10−5 cm
⇒ n n = 36 and n − n = 5
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
1
3R 3
∴ On simplifying these two equations, we get c 3 × 1010
∴ n= =
n2 = 3, n1 = 2 λ  16 −5 
 × 10 
 3 
13. For longest wavelength in Lyman series,
n1 = 1, n2 = 2 9
= × 1015 Hz
1 1 1  4 16
∴ = R  2 − 2  ⇒ λL =
λL 1 2  3R 17. For Lyman series,
For shortest wavelength n1 = 1, n2 = ∞ 1 1 1  3
1 1  1 = R 2 − 2 = R
∴ = R  2 − 0  ⇒ λS = λ max 1 2  4
λS 1  R
1 1 1  R
λL 4R 4 =R 2 − 2
=
∴ = = λ min 1 ∞  1
λS 3R 3
λ max 4
4 ∴ =
∴ λL = × 912 = 1216 Å λ min 3
3

3R 18. The wavelength of spectral line in Balmer series

1 1 1   4 − 1
14. =R  2 − 2 = R   = 4 1 1 1
λ1 1 2   4  is given by =R  22 − n 2 
λ  
4
∴ λ1 = = 121.6 nm ....(i) For first line of Balmer series, n = 3
3R
1 1 1 16 − 4  12R 1 1 1 5R
Let = R 2 − 2 =R  ∴ = R 2 − 2 = ;
= λ1 2 3  36
λ2 2 4   64  64
64 For second line, n = 4
∴ λ2 = ....(ii)
12R 1 1 1 3R
∴ = R 2 − 2 =
From equations (i) and (ii), λ2 2 4  16
λ2 λ2 64 3R λ2 20
= = × =4 ∴ =
λ1 121.6 12R 4 λ1 27
∴ λ2 = 4 × 121.6 = 486.4 nm 20
∴ λ1 = × 6561 = 4860 Å
1 1 27
15. = RH  12 − 12  =
λ AC  C A  2000 19. For Paschen series
1 1 1  1 1 1 
and = RH  2 − 2  n= = R  2 − 2  ; n = 4, 5, 6....
λ BC  C B  λ 3 n 
1 For first member of Paschen series n = 4
=
6000 1 1 1 1 7R
= R 2 − 2⇒ =
1 1 1  λ1  3 4  λ1 144
∴ = RH  2 − 2 
λ AB B A  144 144
∴ R= = = 1.1 × 107
1 1 1 1  7λ1 7 × 18800 × 10−10
= RH  2
− 2 + 2 − 2
 B C C A  For shortest wave length n = ∞
 1 1   1 1  1 1 1  R
= RH  2 − 2  − RH  2 − 2  So = R 2 − 2 =
C A  C B  λ 3 ∞  9
1 1 9 9
= − ∴ λ= = =8.182 × 10−7 m =8182Å
λ AC λ BC R 1.1 × 107

278
 

Chapter 15: Structure of Atoms and Nuclei

20. For Balmer series, 25. The absorption lines are obtained when the
1 1 1  electron jumps from ground state (n = 1) to the
= RZ2  2 − 2  higher energy states. Thus only 1, 2 and 3 lines
λ 2 n 
will be obtained.
where, n = 3, 4, 5
For second line n = 4, 1 1 1
26. = R 2 − 2
1  1 1 3 λ  n1 n 2 
∴ = RZ2  2 − 2  = RZ2
λ 2 4  16
1 1 1 
Assuming atom to be hydrogen, Z = 1, ∴ −10
= 1.097 × 107  2 − 2 
970.6 × 10 1 n 2 
16
∴ λ= ∴ n2 ≈ 4
3R
From Shortcut 1,
1 1 1 5 ∴ Number of emission lines,
21.= RZ2  2 − 2  = RZ2  
λB 2 3   36  n(n − 1) 4 × 3
N= = =6
1 2 2
1 1  9 
= RZ2  2 − 2  = RZ2 
λ Br 4 5   400  27. Radius of 1st Bohr orbit is,
36 400 r1 = 0.053 nm = 0.053 × 10−9 m = 0.53 × 10−8 cm
∴ λB = ∴ λBr =
5RZ2 9RZ2
1
λB 36 9RZ2 28. L ∝ n and p ∝
∴ = × = 0.162 n
λ Br 5RZ2 400
⇒ L × p ∝ 1 ⇒ L × p ∝ n0
22. For Brackett series,
nh
1 1 1 9 29. Angular momentum = mvr =
=R 2
− 2 = R and 2π
λ max 4 5  25 × 16
∴ Angular momentum ∝ n
1 1 1  R n1 1
=R 2 − 2 = ∴ Ratio = =
λ min 4 ∞  16 n2 2
λ max 25
∴ = 30. rn ∝ n2
λ min 9
2
rn n
23. For Lyman series, ∴ =   = (4)2 = 16
r0 1
1 1 1  ∴ rn = 16 × 0.53 = 8.48 Å
= RZ2  2 − 2 
λ 1 n 
31. rn ∝ n2
1  1 2
∴ = RZ2 1 −  = RZ ….(i) ∴ A ∝ r2 ∝ n4
λ min  ∞  4 4
A2 n  3
For Paschen series, ∴ =  2  =   = 81
1  1 1  7RZ
2 A1 n
 1  1 
= RZ2  2 − =
2
….(ii)
λ m ax  3 4  144 ∴ A2 = 81 A1 = 81 A
∴ By dividing equation (i) by equation (ii), e2 e2
λ max 144 144 32. vn = ⇒ v1 =
=RZ2 × = 2e0 hn 2e0 h
λ min 7RZ2 7
v1 e2
144 ∴ =
∴ λmax = × 912 ≈ 18761 Å c 2e0 hc
7
1 v 3 n1 1
 1 1  33. vn ∝ ⇒ = =
24. ν= R 2 − 2 n v1 n 3 3
n
 1 n 2 
2.1 × 106
X=R ….(Lyman series) ∴ v3 = = 0.7 × 106 m/s
3
1
Z = R  ….(Balmer series)
4   34. Linear speed in 1st Bohr orbit is,
(1.6 ×10−19 )
2
 1 3 e2
∴ Y = R 1 −  = R v= =
 4 4 2ε 0 h 2 × 8.85 × 10−12 × 6.63 × 10−34
From above, X = Y + Z ⇒ Z = X – Y ≈ 2.25 × 106 m/s
279
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

 hc  Z
2
1 43. Change in angular momentum of electron,
35. E
= ∝ 2 ⇒ λ∝ 2
 λ n Z h 6.64 × 10−34
L5 − L4 = [5 − 4] =
20.397 2π 2 ( 3.14 )
∴ λ= = 5.099cm
He+ 4 = 1.05×10−34 J-s
36. P.E.= 2 × Total energy −13.6
44. Using, En = ,
= 2 × (−13.6) =−27.2eV n2
−13.6
2πr n 2h 2 E3 = = −1.51 eV
37. T= ; r = radius of nth orbit = 32
v πmZe 2
ze 2 −13.6
v = speed of e− in nth orbit = 45. Energy of electron, En = eV
2e0 nh n2
−13.6
4e 2 n 3 h 3 n3 ∴ − 0.544 eV = eV
∴ T= 0 2 4 ⇒ T∝ 2 n2
mZ e Z
∴ n2 = 25 ⇒ n = 5
13.6 Orbital velocity of electron in orbit n = 5,
38. En
= × Z2 . For first excited state, n = 2 and
n2 e2 e2 v
++ vn = = =
for Li , Z = 3 2e0 hn 2e0 h(5) 5
13.6
∴ E= ×9 =30.6 eV B
4 46. En = where B = 16 × 10–18 J
n2
39. n = 3 (– 1.51 eV)
16 × 10−18 16 × 10−18
E3 ∴ E4 = 2
= = 1 × 10–18 J
n = 2 (– 3.4 eV) (4) 16
16 × 10−18 16 × 10−18
n = 1 (– 13.6 eV) ∴ E2 = = = 4 × 10–18 J
( 2)
2
4
E3→2 = − 3.4 − (− 1.51) = − 1.89 eV hc
∴ |E3→2| ≈ 1.9 eV Let E2 – E4 = hν =
λ
40. E2 hc h × 3 × 108 h × 3 × 108
∴ λ= = =
E2 − E4 (4 − 1) × 10−18 3 × 10−18
2.3 eV
= 1026 h
E1 47. Since for n = 3,
Using, E2 − E1 = hν we get,
E3 = −13.6 = − 1.51 eV
E − E 2.3 × 1.6 × 10−19 J 2
3
ν= 2 1=
h 6.6 × 10−34 Js −13.6
For n = 1, E1 = = − 13.6 eV
= 0.56 × 1015 s−1 = 5.6 × 1014 Hz 12
2πr ∴ The energy of the photon emitted in the
41. T= , r ∝ n2 and transition from n = 3 to n = 1 is
v
1
E3 − E1 = (− 1.51) − (− 13.6) = 12.09 eV.
v ∝ ⇒ T ∝ n3
n Massof nucleus
48. Density of nucleus =
T1 n13 1 Volumeof nucleus
∴ = 3
=
T2 (2n1 ) 8 A × 1.66 × 10−27
=
4
π (1.1 × 10−15 ) × A
3
42. Radius of hydrogen atom in the ground state,
r1 = 5.3 × 10−11 m. (n1 = 1) 3
Radius of hydrogen atom in the excited state, = 2.97 × 1017 kg m−3.
r2 = 13.25 × 10−10 m. Since, density of nucleus is independent of mass
For a hydrogen atom, number, hence density of all nuclei is same.
r ∝ n2 49. Using R = R0 A1/3,
2 1/3
r1 n  R1 A  R A
1/3
∴ =  1 =  1 ⇒ = 
r2  n 2  R2 A
 2 R He 4
5.3 × 10−11 2 1/3
∴ −10
= n1 2 ∴
A
(14)1/3 =  
13.25 × 10 n2 4
∴ n 22 = 25 ⇒ n2 = 5 ∴ A = 56 ⇒ Z = 56 – 30 = 26

280
 

Chapter 15: Structure of Atoms and Nuclei

50. R ∝ (1)1/3 60. 4 Be9 + 2 He 4 →6C12 + 0 n1 .
∴ R80 ∝ (80)1/3 and R10 ∝ (10)1/3
1/3 61. From Shortcut 4,
R 80  80 
∴ =   = (8)1/3 = 2 A − A′ 232 − 208
R10  10  nα = = =6
4 4
∴ R80 = 2 × R10 = 2 × 3 × 10–15 = 6 × 10–15 m
nβ = (2nα − Z + Z′) = (2 × 6 − 90 + 82) = 4
51. Matter is not uniformly distributed inside the 0
238 234 234 234
nucleus. 62. 92U
α
 → 90Th
β
 → 91Pa (−1 β )
 → 92U

52. E = ∆mc2 = 3 × (3 × 108)2 = 27 × 1016 J 238 − 222

63. Number of α-particles emitted = =4
53. ∆m = 1 − 0.993 = 0.007 g 4
∴ E = (∆m)c2 .... (Refer Shortcut 4)
= (0.007 × 10−3) (3 × 108)2 = 63 × 1010 J. This decreases atomic number to 90 − 4 × 2 = 82
Since atomic number of 83 Y 222 is 83, this is
54. Let the percentage of B10 atoms be x.
∴ Percentage of B11 atom = (100 − x) possible if one β particle is emitted.
Using Mindbenders 1 64. Average life
Average atomic weight Sum of all lives of all the atom 1
10x + 11(100 − x) T= =
= = 10.81 ⇒ x = 19 Total number of atoms λ
100 ∴ Tλ = 1
N 10 19
∴ B
= 65. Fraction of sample after n-half-lives is given by
N 11 81
B
N 1
=
55. The equation is O → 0 n + O
17 1 16 N 0 2n
∴ Energy required = B.E. of O17 – B.E. of O16 Where; n = t/T
15/5
= 17 × 7.75 – 16 × 7.97 N 1
= =
1
= 4.23 MeV 
N0  2  8
56. Binding energy per nucleon, 1 7
∴ Decayed fraction = 1 − =
E 8 8
Ebn = b
A 66. Fraction of sample after n-half-lives is given by
For deuteron, A = 2 N 1
E =
∴ 1.115 MeV = b ⇒ Eb = 2 × 1.115 MeV N 0 2n
A
Where; n = t/T
Now, Eb = ∆mc2 t/T
1
Mass defect, N = N0  
2 × 1.115 2
∆m = u ….[ 1u = 931.5 MeV/c2] 30/ T
931.5 N0 1
= 0.0024 u ∴ = N0  
64 2
57. Energy is released in a process when total 30
∴ T= =5s
binding energy (B.E.) of the nucleus is 6
increased or we can say when total B.E. of
products is more than the reactants. By 67. Fraction that remains after n half lives,
n t/T
calculation, we can see that only in case of N 1 1
=   =  
option (C), this happens. N0 2 2
Given W → 2Y T/2
1/ 2
N 1 1 1
=   =   =
T
B.E. of reactants = 120 × 7.5 = 900 MeV and ∴
B.E. of products = 2 × (60 × 8.5) = 1020 MeV N0 2 2
  2
i.e., B.E. of products > B.E. of reactants. dN
68. = − λN
58. B = [ZM p + N M n − M(N, Z)]c 2
dt
∴ M(N, Z) = ZM p + N M n − B / c 2 dN 0.693
∴ = ×N
dt T1/ 2
59. B.E. = ∆mc2 0.693
= [2(1.0087 + 1.0073)– 4.0015] × 931 = × 4 × 1015
1.2 × 107
= 28.4 MeV = 2.3 × 108 atoms/s
281
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

1
t/T
Dividing equation (i) by (ii) we get
69. Using N = N0   4 8 TY
2 = ×
8 TX 8
 7 1
∴ N =  1 −  N0 = N0 1 TY T 2
 8 8 ⇒ = or X =
t/T
2 TX TY 1
1 1
∴ N0 = N0  
8 2 N0 1
60/ T

75. = N 0  
1
3
1
t /5
32 2
∴   =   ⇒ t = 15 days
60
2 2 ∴ 5= ⇒ T = 12 days
T
dN
70. = −λN 76. From Mindbenders 2
dt
dN T1T2 810 × 1620
∴ n = − λN ….( = n) =T = = 540 years
dt T1 + T2 810 + 1620
n 1
∴ λ=− ∴ th of material remains after 1080 years.
N 4
0.693 0.693 0.693 N 77. Remaining amount
∴ Half-life = = = s
λ λ n 32/ 2 16 12
1 1 1
= 16 ×   = 16 ×   =   < 1 mg
71. Using N = N0e−λt, 2 2 2
N0
= N 0e−λ T1/ 2 ⇒ 2 = eλ T1/ 2 1
2 78. M = M 0e −λt ; Given t = 2  
λ
∴ By taking loge on both the sides,
2 2
loge 2 = λT1/2 ⇒ λT1/2 = 0.693 −λ  
1
M 10e =
⇒= λ
10   ⇒ M = 1.35 g
e
72. A = A0e−λt
975 = 9750 e−λ×5
2
∴ 1 N 1
79. N = N0   ⇒ =
e5λ = 10 2 N0 4
∴ 5λ = loge10 = 2.303 log10 10 = 2.303 N 1 3
Probability = 1 − =1 − =
∴ λ ≈ 0.461 N0 4 4

N0 80. During fusion, binding energy of daughter

73. is the new N0
2 nucleus is always greater than the total energy
To reduce one fourth the time taken, of the parent nuclei so energy released
t = 2 ( T1/ 2 ) = 2 × 40 = 80 years. = c – (a + b) = c – a – b
0.693 0.693 mv 2 1 e2
∴ λ= = = 0.0173years 81. =
T1/ 2 40 a0 4πe0 a 02
e
N 1
n
∴ v=
74. As =   ; where, Number of half lives, 4πe0a 0 m
N0  2 
t 2πr 2πr
n= 82. v= ⇒T=
T T v
For sample X, e e ev
Now, I=
= =
1 1
8/ TX
1 1
4 8/ TX
T  πr 
2 2πr
=  or   =    
16  2    2
2  v 
8 1.6 × 10−19 × 2.18 × 106
⇒4= ….(i) ∴ I=
TX 2 × 3.14 × 0.53 × 10−10
For sample Y, = 1.04 ×10–3 A = 1.04 mA
8/ TY 8 8/ TY
 1  1 1 1
or   =   83. Since electron and positron annihilate,
 = 
 256   2  2 2 hc 6.6 × 10−34 × 3 × 108
=l =
8 E Total (0.51 + 0.51) × 106 × 1.6 × 10−19
⇒8= ….(ii)
TY 0.012Å .
1.21 × 10−12 m =
=

282
 

Chapter 15: Structure of Atoms and Nuclei

84. Ground state energy = −(Ionisation potential) For n = 1,
= −13.6 eV ωr2 = h/2πm
Ef = –13.6 + 12.1 = −1.5 eV 1 qh (1.6 × 10−19 )(1.05 × 10−34 )
∴ M= =
E i −13.6 4π m 2 × 9.1 × 10−31
∴ Energy state, n2 = = =9
Ef −1.5 = 9.2 × 10–24 Am2
∴ n = 3 i.e., second excited state. 91. A photon is emitted when hydrogen atom comes
∴ Number of spectral lines from to first excited state i.e., n = 2
n(n − 1) 3(2) ∴ Energy transferred
n = 3 to n = 1 = = = 3
2 2 1 1
= − 13.6  2 − 2 
85. For n = 1, maximum number of states = 2n2 2 1 
= 2 and for n = 2, 3, 4, maximum number of 3
states would be 8, 18, 32 respectively, Hence = × 13.6 eV
4
number of possible elements = 10.2 eV
= 2 + 8 + 18 + 32 = 60. By conservation of momentum,
86. The binding energy per nucleon of the nuclei of 1 1 1
mv2 = mv12 + mv22 + 10.2
high mass number is small as compared to that 2 2 2
of stable nuclei. Such nuclei undergo or v12 − vv1 + 10.2 = 0 ….[eliminating v2]
radioactive decay so as to attain greater value of  v1 is real ⇒ v2 ≥ 4 × 10.2
B. E. / A
4 × 10.2
mv 2 or vmin =
87. = qvB ⇒ mv = qBr m
r 1
= m ( v min )
2
nh ∴ K.Emin
Now, mvr = 2
2π 1 4 × 10.2
nh nh = m = 20.4 eV
∴ qBrn2 = ⇒ r 2n = 2 m
2π 2πqB

88. Let the energy in A, B and C state be EA, EB and Competitive Thinking
EC, then from the figure
C 2. The hydrogen spectrum consists of different
λ1 series of spectral lines and each series can have
B infinite lines within itself. Hence, No. of
λ2 λ3 spectral line observed in hydrogen atom is ∞.
A
1  1 1 
3. = R 2 − 2 
(EC − EA) = (EC − EB) + (EB − EA) λ  p n 
hc hc hc
∴ + = a) For n = 5 to p = 4,
λ1 λ 2 λ3 400
λλ λ=
∴ λ3 = 1 2 9R
λ1 + λ 2 b) For n = 4 to p = 3
144
89. Mass of proton = mass of antiproton λ=
7R
1.67 × 10−27 kg =
= 1 amu
c) For n = 3 to p = 2
Energy equivalent to 1 amu = 931 MeV
36
So energy equivalent to 2 amu = 2 × 931 MeV λ=
5R
= 1862 × 106 × 1.6 × 10−19 ≈ 3 × 10−10 J . d) For n = 2 to p = 1
4
90. Using magnetic moment, λ=
3R
q
M = current × area = ×A ∴ λ is minimum for n = 2 to p = 1 transition.
t
1  1 1 
ω 1 4.= RZ2  2 − 2 
∴ M= × q × πr2 = ωqr2 λ  n1 n 2 
2π 2
But orbital angular momentum, For first number of Lyman series,
nh 1 1 1 4
L = mωr2 = = RZ2  2 − 2  ⇒ λL =
2π λL 1 2  3RZ2

283
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

For first number of Paschen series, 4
λb =
1 1 1 144 RZ2
= RZ2  2 − 2  ⇒ λP =
λP 3 4  7RZ2 For last line of Lyman series: n1 = 1 and
λ 4 / 3RZ 2
7 n2 = ∞
∴
= L
=2
λP 144 / 7 RZ 108 1 1 1 
∴ = RZ2  2 − 2 
λλ 1 ∞ 
5. Given: R = 107 m−1
1
For the last line of Balmer series, n1 = 2, λl =
n2 = ∞ RZ2
1 1 1 λ b (4 / RZ2 )
Wave number, ν =
= R − 2 = =4
2 λ λ (1 / RZ2 )
λ  n1 n 2 
107
= = 0.25 × 107 m−1 11. ν = RZ2 
 1 1 
− 2
4 2
 n1 n 2 
6. −0.58 eV
Series limit of Balmer: n1 = 2, n2 = ∞
−0.85 eV
RZ2
−1.51 eV ∴ ν1 =
4
−3.4 eV n=2 Series limit of Paschen: n1 = 3, n2 = ∞
10.2 eV
−13.6 eV n=1 RZ2
∴ ν2 =
9
It is clear that difference of 11.1 eV is not
possible to obtain. 1st line of Balmer series: n1 = 2, n2 = 3
 1 1  RZ RZ
2 2

 1 ∴ ν3 = RZ2  − 2= − = ν1 − ν2
1  n 2 − (n − 1) 2 2n −1 2
2 3  4 9
7. ν∝  − 2∝ = 2
 ( n − 1) n 
2
n 2
(n − 1) n (n −1) 2
 
12. Series limit for Lyman series is,
1
∴ For n >> 1, ν ∝ 3 1
n λL =
R
1 1 1 c
8.= RZ2  2 − 2  ∴ νL = Rc ….( ν = )
λ  n1 n  λ
1 Series limit for Pfund series is,
∴ λ∝ for given n1 and n2 25 Rc ν
Z2 λp = ⇒ νp = = L
∴ λ1 = λ2 = 4λ3 = 9λ4 R 25 25

1  1 1  1 1 1
9. =R  2− 2 13. = R 2 − 2
λ n
 1 n 2  λ n
 1 n 2

Lyman series : n1 = 1, n2 = 2 1 1 1 5
∴ = − =R
1 1 1
=R  2− 2 …(i) λ  22 32  36
λ1 1 2  c 5
Balmer series: ∴ f= = Rc
λ 36
n1 = 2, n2 = 3
1  1 1 14. Case I:
=R  2 − 2 …(ii)
λ2 2 3  n = 3 to p = 2
Dividing equation (ii) by equation (i), 1 1 1 1 1
= R 2 − 2 = R − 
1 1 λ p n 4 9
R −  5  
λ1
= =  4 9  36 = 5 × 4 =5 1 5
λ2  1 3 36 3 27 = R .…(i)
R 1 −  λ 36
 4 4
Case II:
1 1 1 n′ = 4 to p′ = 3
10. = RZ2  2 − 2 
λ  n1 n 2  1  1 1  1 1 
= R 2 − 2 = R − 
For last line of Balmer: n1 = 2 and n2 = ∞ λ′  p′ n′   9 16 
1 1 1  1 7
∴ = RZ2  2 − 2  = R ….(ii)
λb  2 ∞  λ′ 144

284
 

Chapter 15: Structure of Atoms and Nuclei

∴ Dividing equation (i) and (ii) 22. 4th excited state means n = 5 and 2nd excited
λ′ 5 144 20 state means n = 3
= × =
λ 36 7 7 E1 E
E5 = and E3 = 1
20 25 9
∴ λ′ = λ
7 where, E1 = 13.6 eV
13.6 13.6
hc 6.63 × 10−34 × 3 × 108 ∴ |E5 − E3| = − = 0.967 eV
15. E= = eV 25 9
λ 975 × 10−10 × 1.6 × 10−19
∴ Energy of the destination orbit = −13.6 + 12.5 −13.6 Z2
= − 0.85 eV 23. Using En ∝ we get,
n2
∴ The Hydrogen atom will be excited to n = 4
13.6(3) 2
Using Shortcut 1, E1 = −
(1) 2
4(4 − 1)
Number of spectral lines = =6 13.6(3) 2
2 E3 = −
(3) 2
16. Let the energies in given three orbits be E1, E2
and E3 as shown in the figure. ∴ ∆E = E3 − E1
 1
E3 n =3 = 13.6(3)2 1 − 
λ1  9
E2 n =2 13.6 × 9 × 8
=
λ2 λ3 9
E1 n =1 ∴ ∆E = 108.8 eV

∴ (E3 − E1) = (E3 − E2) + (E2 − EA) 24. Hydrogen atom takes ∆E amount of energy for
hc hc hc excitation from ground state (n = 1) to n = 3
∴ = + state.
λ3 λ1 λ 2
∴ ∆E = E3 − E1
λ1λ 2
∴ λ3 = −13.6
λ1 + λ 2 = − ( −13.6 )
( 3)
2

18. As electron transits from higher energy level to = 12.1 eV

lower, its n decreases, hence it K.E. increases.
This implies its velocity increases. This means 25. For an electron in a Bohr orbit in H-atom,
statements (A) and (B) are correct. K.E. = –T.E.
1 K.E. −1
Also, de Broglie wavelength λ ∝ . Hence, as ∴ =
v T.E. 1
velocity increases, associated de Broglie
i.e., 1 : −1
wavelength decreases. Hence, statement (D) is
correct. But, angular momentum L ∝ n. This 26. T.E. = – K.E.
means, as energy level changes, associated Also, P.E. = – 2 K.E.
angular, momentum changes. Hence, statement ∴ K.E. = + 3.4 eV
(C) is incorrect.
and P.E. = – 2 × (+ 3.4) = – 6.8 eV
T2 23 8
19. T ∝ n3 ⇒ = = 1
T1 13 1 27. K.E. = − T.E = − P.E.
2
∴ T2 = 8 T
Also, Total energy of 4th state of hydrogen atom
nh
20. Angular momentum, L = is
2π
−13.6
4h h 3h E4 = eV = −0.85 eV
∴ ∆L = L4 − L1 = − = 42
2π 2π 2π
∴ P.E = −1.7 eV, K.E = 0.85 eV
21. Ground state energy for hydrogen atom, 2
E1 = − 13.6 eV  Z
28. K.E. ∝   and
E1 n
Now, En =
n2 K.E. = − (T.E.), P.E. = −2(K.E.)
−13.6 This implies as K.E. increases and as K.E.
⇒ E2 = = −3.4 eV
22 increases, T.E., P.E. decreases.
285
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

29. Ground state energy = − 13.6 eV = E1 35. R = R0 (A)1/3
1/3
−13.6 R 2  A2   64  4
1/3
Now, En = ∴ = =  = 
n2 R1  A1  27
  3
−13.6 4
∴ E2 = = − 3.4 eV ∴ R2 = 3.6 × = 4.8
2 3
∴ Energy released = −3.4 −(−13.6)2 = 10.2 eV
B.E. ∆mc 2
30. Radius of Bohr orbit is, 36. =
A eA
1 But 1 u = 931 MeV/c2
Rn ∝
m B.E. 0.03 × 931
∴ =
If radius of Bohr orbit for muon is Rµ, A 4
Rμ me = 6.9825 MeV/nucleon
=
Re mμ
37. Energy required to remove one neutron
R × m e 0.51 × 10−13 ΔE = (17 × 7.75) – (16 × 7.97)
∴ Rµ = e =
mμ 207 = 131.75 – 127.52
= 4.23 MeV
≈2.56 × 10–13 m
As, energy E ∝ me, 38. Mass defect = ∆m = 0.02866 u
Eμ mμ Total energy = E = ∆mc2
∴ =
= 0.02866 × 931 MeV
Ee me
= 26.68 MeV
∴ Eµ = –13.6 × 207
E 26.68
= –2.8 keV Energy liberated per nucleon = =
A 4
31. To balance the atomic number and mass number = 6.67 MeV
on both sides, 10 X −
40. X A 
α
→ 2β
Y A − 4  → ZX A − 4
( n)
Z Z−2
∴ X represents neutron 1
0

42. 94 Pu 239 → 92 U 235 + 2 He 4

1
32. R = R 0A 3 Hence, the particle emitted when Pu decays into
1 1
U is, α-particle.
R Te  A Te  3  125  3 5
=  =   = 44. An element is represented as AZ X
R Al  A Al   27  3
where, A is atomic mass No. Z is atomic
5 number.
∴ RTe = RAl
3 when a β− particle is emitted,
1 A does not change, Z increases by 1
33. R = RoA 3 When an α particle is emitted:
1
A decreases by 4, Z decreases by 2.
R Te  A Te  3
∴ =  180
X 
−
→ 180 → 176 176 −
→ 172
73 X1  71 X 2 → 72 X 3  70 X 4
β α β α
R All AA  72

A A–12 A–12
1
125  3 45. ZX → Z–6(X) 
0 → Z–8
(X)
× 
−15 4
RTe = 3.6 × 10
3(2 α ) 2(+1 β )
∴ 
 27  Number of neutrons (A − 12) − (Z − 8)
∴ =
5 Number of protons Z−8
∴ RTe = 3.6 × 10−15 ×
3 A−Z−4
=
∴ RTe = 6 × 10−15m = 6 Fermi. Z−8

34. R = R0A1/3 46. As emission of β− doesn’t affect the atomic

1/3 mass no. A, hence No. of α particle emitted to
R Ge  A Ge 
∴ =  decrease A from 238 to 206 is
R Be  A Be 
238 − 206 32
2R Be = =8 .... (Refer Shortcut 4)
∴ × (ABe)1/3 = (AGe)1/3 4 4
R Be (As single α decreases A by 4)
∴ 23 × 9 = AGe Thus, 8α particles needs to be emitted to
∴ AGe = 72 decrease (A) from 238 to 206

286
 

Chapter 15: Structure of Atoms and Nuclei

But emitting 8α will bring down the atomic No. λn 2 0.7
Also, T1/2 = =
(Z) from 92 to 76. λ λ
(As single α decrease Z by 2) 0.7
For A, λA =
Thus 6 β− needs to be emitted to raise (Z) from 10
76 to 82.  0.7 
− ×t 
(As single β− increases Z by 1) ∴ MA = M0 e 10 
….(i)
0.7
47. A1 = λN1 and A2 = λN2 For B, λB =
20
 A1 − A 2 
∴ N1 − N2 =   0.7 
− ×t 
 λ  ∴ MB = M0 e 20 
….(ii)
 0.7 
− ×t 
48. Time taken to reduce from 2/3rd to 1/3rd should MA e  10  −
 0.7 
×t 

also be one half life i.e., 20 days. ∴ =  0.7  = e 20 

MB − ×t 
e 20 
N 1 1 1
49. = = = M 1
N0 (1) 7) 8 (2)3 But, A =  
MB e
 1 1  0.7
∴ n=3  n = 3  ∴ ×t = 1
 2 (2)  20
t 20 200
∴ n= ⇒ t = 3 × 20 ∴ t= = yrs
T 0.7 7
(Half-life of X = T = 20 years)
54. Half life T1/2 = 5 min
∴ t = 60 years Total time t = 20 min
X 1 t 20
50. = ∴ Number of half lives, n = = =4
Y 7 T1/ 2 5
X 1 1 Now,
∴ = = n 4
X + Y 8 23 N 1  1 
= =
⇒ 3 half-lives N 0  2   2 
∴ ∆T = 3 × 1.4 × 109 years = 4.2 × 109 yrs. N 1
∴ =
51. N = Noe−λt N 0 16
No Disintegrated nuclei of given element will be,
⇒ = N oe −λt
20  N0 − N   N
  ×100 =1 −  ×100
⇒ ln 1 − ln20 = −λt  N0   N0 
ln20  1
⇒t= × 6.93 = 1 −  × 100 = 93.75%
ln2 16
 
2.99 × 6.93
∴ t= = 29.9 ≈ 30 days. 55. Nuclei remaining (N) = 600 – 450 = 150
0.693 n
N 1
52. Given: λA = 8 λ, λB = λ, (NB)0 = (NA)0 = N0 Comparing with =  
N0 2
NA
For, NB = , 150  1 
n
1 1
n
e ∴ =  ∴ = 
600  2  4 2
N e −8λt
N 0e −λt = 0 ⇒n=2
e
∴ −λt = −8λt – 1 i.e., nuclei would disintegrate in two half-lives
∴ 7λt = −1 which in this case equals 20 minutes.
1 56. Using Mindbenders 2,
∴ t= −
7λ T1T2 5×103 ×105
T= = = 4762 yrs
Negative sign here, indicates process of T1 + T2 5 ×103 +105
disintegration,
0.693
1 57. T1/2 =
∴ t= λ
7λ
1
Average life τ =
53. We know λ
N = N0e−λt ∴ T1/2 = 0.693 τ
Similarly for given masses, 10
M = M0e−λt ∴ τ= = 14.43 hours
0.693

287
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

58. NA = N0e−λt 20 5
⇒ t′ = ln   ….(ii)
NB = N0 − N0e−λt 0.693  4 
N B N 0 − N 0e −λt thus, ∆t = t − t′
∴ = = 0.3
NA N 0e −λt 20  5
= n 5− n 
 ll
∴ eλt − 1 = 0.3 0.693  4
∴ eλt = 1.3 20
∴ λt = ln (1.3) = ln 4
0.693
ln (1.3)  λn (2)  = 40 min.
∴ t=T ….  λ =
ln (2)  T  n
1
log(1.3) 62. Number of nuclei remaining N = N0  
⇒t=T 2  
log 2
For element A, TA = 20 min. Hence, 80 minutes,
T N  correspond to 4 half lives.
59. t2 − t1 = log e  1 
log e 2  N2 
∴ No. of nuclei decayed of A( N′A )
20  50  = N0 − N
= loge   1
log e 2  12.5  
= N0 1−
20  24 
= log e 4 = 40 minutes Similarly for element B, TB = 40 min. Hence, 80
log e 2
minutes correspond to 2 half lives.
T   N  ∴ No. of nuclei decayed of B ( N′B )
60. t= log e  0  
log e ( 2 )   N  = N0 − N
T   N0   1
∴ t1 = log e  = N0 1−
log e ( 2 ) 

 N1    22 
∴ Taking ratio,
T   N0 
t2 = log e    15 
log e ( 2 )   N 2   N0  
N′A  16  5
= =
T   N1   N′B 3 4
∴ t2 − t1 = log e   N0  
log e ( 2 )   N 2   4
For 40% decay, N1 = 60 t / T1/ 2
m 1
For 85% decay, N2 = 15 63. = 
m0  2 
30   60  
∴ t2 − t1 = log e    Given: T1/2 = 12.5 years, t = 50 years
log e ( 2 )   15   50/12.5 4
m 1 1 1
30 ∴ =  =   =
= × log e ( 4 ) m0  2   2  16
log e ( 2 )
64
= 30 × 2 = 60 min ∴ m= = 4 mg
16
61. We know for radioactive decay, 64. Half life T = 10 days, t = 5 days
−λt N t 5 1
N = N0e (or) ln 0 = λt ∴ n= = =
N T 10 2
For 20% decay N 1000X 1000X
1 N N = n0 = 1/ 2 = = 0.707 × 1000X
t= ln 0 2 2 2
λ N
= 707X
20  100   0.693 
⇒t=  ln  ….  λ =  65. Given:
0.693  20   T 
20
T1/2 = 2.2 × 109 s and rate of disintegration,
⇒t= ln (5) ….(i) 0.693  0.693 
0.693 R = λN = N ....  λ = 
For 80% decay T1/ 2  T1/ 2 
1 N 0.693
t′ = ln 0 ∴ 1010 = ×N
λ N′ 2.2 × 109
20  100  2.2 × 109 × 1010
⇒ t′ = ln   ∴ N = = 3.17 × 1019
0.693  80  0.693

288
 

Chapter 15: Structure of Atoms and Nuclei

66. Let rate of disintegration 10,000 dis/min be 71. N = N0e−λt
taken as initial rate (N0) and let N0 1
N = 2500 dis/min. = N0e−λ(5) ⇒ λ =
e 5
N
= e−λt N0
N0 ∴ = N0e−λ(t′) ⇒ t = 5 loge 2
2
2500
∴ = e−λ × 4 ….(Given : t = 4 min)
10000 0.693 0.693
72. =λ = = 0.03465
1 T1/ 2 20
∴ = e−4λ ∴ e4λ = 4
4 2.303  N 0 
t= log  
∴ 4λ = loge 4 ∴ 4λ = loge 22 l  N
2
∴ 4λ = 2 loge 2 ∴ λ= loge 2 2.303  100 
4 ∴
= t1 = log   11.6min
0.03465  67 
∴ λ = 0.5 loge 2
2.303  100 
dN =and t 2 = log   32min
67. = –λN 0.03465  33 
dt
Hence time difference between points of time
Where, negative sign indicates that nuclei
disintegrate = t1 – t2 = 32 – 11.6
dN = 20.4 min ≈ 20 min.
Given: = –55.3 × 1011
dt λn2
∴ 55.3 × 1011 = (7.9 × 10–10) × N 73. Half-life = 6 min. =
λ
∴ N = 7 × 1021 ln2
⇒l=
68. The number of nuclei decayed in 2 days is, 6
N2 = N0e–2/τ 0.692
Similarly, in 3 days, the number of nuclei l=
6
decayed will be,
 at t = 0, 1024 particles per minute
N3 = N0e–3/τ
t1/ 2 3 After 42 minute, 7 half-life is complete
where τ = = ....(i) 1024
n2
ll n2 ⇒ no. of particles =
∴ Fractional Decay on third day 27
 N 0e −2/ τ − N 0e −3/ τ  No. of particle = 8
N 2 − N3
= = 
N0 N0 74. Rate disintegration, R = λN0e−λt
−2 l n 2
0.693
= e 3
− e−l n 2 ....[using (i)] λ=
−2
T
= 2 3 − 2−1 = 0.63 – 0.5 = 0.13 0.693
∴ R= N0 e−0.693 t/T
T
1
69. By using N = N 0e −λt and average life time t = 0.693 0.693
λ R1 = N0 e−0.693 × 12/2 = N0 e−6(0.693)
2 2
∴=N N=
0e
−λ×1/ λ
N 0e −1
0.693 0.693
N 1 R2 = N0 e−0.693 × 12/4 = N0 e−3(0.693)
∴ −1
= e= 4 4
N0 e
4
N 1 e −1 ∴ R1 : R2 = × e−3(0.693) = 0.25 = 1 : 4
∴ Disintegrated fraction =1 − =1 − = 2
N0 e e
75. Let X have atomic number Z and mass number
N 01 N 02 A
70. N1 = , N2 =
(2) t / 20 (2) t /10 ∴ Z X → Z − 2 Y + 2 He
A A− 4 4

N1 = N2 ….[Given] −
 t  But A−4
Z− 2 Y→ A′
Z′ Z + 2e i.e.,
40 160 2− 
∴ = ⇒ 2− t / 20 = 2 10 
(2) t / 20
(2) t /10 A−4
Z−2 Y→ A′
Z′ Z+ −1
0
e + −10 e

∴
−t
= 2− ⇒
t −t t
+ =2
⇒ A′ = A − 4 and Z′= Z
20 10 20 10 Since X and Z has same atomic number and
t different mass numbers, they are isotopes of
∴ = 2 ⇒ t = 40 s
20 each other.
289
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

76. X→Y+Z 81. For transition n = 2 to n = 1,
Now, Py = Pz (P → linear momentum) Energy released ΔE1 = 13.6 –
13.6
myvy = mzvz ( 2)
2

my vz 2
⇒ = ⇒ =2  1
mz vy 1 = 13.6 1 − 
4 
⇒ Ay = 2Az 3
1/3 = × 13.6 = 10.2 eV
R z (A Z )1/3  1  4
Now,
= =  
R y (A y )1/3  2  Now, He+ ion absorbs this 10.2 eV energy in
transition from n = 2 to say n = n′
⇒ 1 : 21/3
1 1 
77. Q = 2(B.E. of He) − (B.E. of Li) ∴ ΔE2 = 13.6 × 4 ×  − 2
 4 ( n′) 
= 2 × (4 × 7.06) − (7 × 5.60)
= 56.48 − 39.2 13.6 × 4
∴ 10.2 = 13.6 –
( n′ )
2
≈ 17.3 MeV
∴ n′2 = 16
hc
78. ∆E = ∴ n′ = 4
λ
∴ possible transition is n = 2 → n = 4
From energy level diagram,
For He+ ions in state n = 1,
hc hc
λ1 = = 13.6 × 4
[− E − (−2E)] E 10.2 = 13.6 × 4 –
( n′ )
2

hc hc
λ2 = = ∴ (n′)2 = 1.23
  −4E    E 
 − E −  3    3  As n′ does not have integral value, there is no
  
possible transition from n = 1 of He+ ions.
λ1 1
∴ =
λ2 3 82. ∆E = E1 – E2
13.6 13.6
1  1 1  ∴ ∆E = − 2
79. = R 2 − 2  1 2
λ  n p  3
∆E = 13.6 × = 10.2 eV
In this case, n = 1 and p = 4 4
1 1 1  1 15 This is the energy associated with emitted photon
∴ = R  2 − 2  = R 1 −  = R
λ 1 4   16  16 i.e., hν = 10.2 eV
Energy of photon is given by, but according to photoelectric equations,
c 15 hν = φ0 + eV0
E = hν = h = hcR ….(i)
λ 16 ∴ 10.2 eV = 4.2 eV + eV0
According to Einstein mass-energy relation, ∴ eV0 = 6 eV
E = mc2 ….(ii)
83. For least energetic photon emitted in Lyman
From equations (i) and (ii),
series, E = E2 − E1 = 10.2 eV
15
mc2 = hcR hc 6.63 × 10−34 × 3 × 108
16 λ= =
E 10.2 × 1.6 × 10−19
15hRc
∴ c2 = = 1.2187 × 10−7 m ≈ 122 nm
16m
15hR 84. Using principle of momentum conservation,
c=
16m m1v1 = m2v2
3
hc v1 m 2  R 2 
80. Ephoton = (in eV) = =   m ∝ A ∝ R3
λ v 2 m1  R1 
3
4 × 10−15 × 3 × 108 v1  2  8
= = = 
300 × 10−9 v2  1  1
= 4 eV
For an electron in the ground state of hydrogen E 6 ×1.6 ×10−13
85. Momentum of photon = =
atom first excitation energy is 10.2 eV. Since c 3 ×108
Ephoton < 10.2 eV no excitation is possible. = 3.2 × 10−21 kg m/s
290
 

Chapter 15: Structure of Atoms and Nuclei

As the momentum is conserved in nuclear Energy released per fission(E)
88. Power = = Ef
reactions, momentum of nucleus Timefor onefission(T)
= 3.2 × 10−21 kg m/s where,

∴ (K.E.)nucleus =
p
=
2
( 3.2 × 10 )
−21 2 f = frequency = No. of fissions per second.
2m 2 × 20 ×1.6 ×10−27 P 6.4 6.4
∴ f = = =
−16 E 200 × 106 × 1.6 × 10−19 200 × 1.6 × 10−13
= 1.6 × 10 J = 1,000 eV = 1keV
∴ f = 2 × 1011 per second.
86. Although the beta spectrum is a continuous
spectrum, the energy states of daughter nucleus 89 (K.E.)initial = (P.E.)closest approach
are discrete. 1 2Ze 2 1
∴ mv2 = ⇒ r0 ∝
Binding energy of Hydrogen nucleus is zero 2 4πe0 r0 m
whereas for Helium it is 28.3 MeV.
90. According to Bohr’s second postulate,
mv 1 nh
87. Using r = and mv2 = eV0 mvrn =
qB 2 2π
2meV0 1 2m nh
∴ r = = V0 ∴ 2πrn =
eB B e mv
h
B2 r 2 e But, de-Broglie wavelength λ =
⇒ V0 = = 0.8 eV mv
2m
∴ 2πrn = nλ
For transition between 3 to 2,
Circumferenceof
1 1 13.6 × 5 No. of waves theorbit
E = 13.6  −  = = 1.88 eV contained =
4 9
  36 wavelength
in the orbit
∴ Work function = 1.88 eV − 0.8 eV
2πrn
= 1.08 eV = =n=2
≈ 1.1 eV λ

Hints to Evaluation Test

1. rn ∝ n 2 ⇒ A n ∝ n 4 where, An = area 72 × 1011

Or ∆m = = 8 × 10–5 kg
A1  2  16
4
(3 × 108 ) 2
∴ = = 
A0  1  1 ∆m = 0.08 g
Since 0.90 milligram (= 0.90 × 10−3 g) mass is
2. K.E. of an electron revolving in nth orbit is, lost in 1 g uranium, hence for a mass loss of
e2 1 0.08 g the uranium required
K.E. = ⇒ K.E. ∝
8πe0 rn r 1 × 0.08
=
Hence, to double the K.E. of electron, its orbit 0.90 × 10−3
radius should be halved. = 88.88 ≈ 89 g
3. Power to be obtained from power house Thus, to run the power house, 89 g uranium is
= 200 megawatt required per hour.
∴ Energy obtained per hour 4. Lyman series belongs to the ultraviolet region.
= 200 megawatt × 1 hour
= (200 × 106 watt) × (3600 s) 13.6 −2(13.6)
5. K.E. = eV, P.E. = eV
= 72 × 1010 J n2 n2
Here only 10% of output is utilized. In order For Hydrogen, Z = 1
to obtain 72 × 1010 J of useful energy, the ∴ ∆K.E = K.Ef − K.Ei
output energy from the power house  1 1 
(72 × 1010 ) × 100 ∆K.E. = 13.6  2 − 2 
=  (2) (1) 
10
= – 10.2 eV (decrease)
= 72 × 1011 J
Let this energy be obtained from a mass-loss  1 1 
∆P.E. = –2(13.6)  2 − 2 
of ∆m kg. Then  (2) (1) 
(∆m)c2 = 72 × 1011 = 20.4 eV (increase)
291
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

nh f = number of revolution in one second
Angular momentum, L =
2π N v
= = n
h h t 2πrn
∴ ∆L = (2 – 1) =
2π 2π ∴ Number of revolutions,
–34
= 1.05 × 10 J-s (increase) 1.1 × 106
N=f×t= × 10–8
2π × 2.12 × 10−10
6. Number of nuclei remained after time t can be
written as N = N0e−λt = 8.2 × 106 revolutions
1
N1 = N0e−5λt ….(i) ∴ Period = = 1.2 × 10−7
−λt 8.2 × 106
and N2 = N0e ….(ii)
Dividing equation (i) by equation (ii), we get, 9. 1H
2
+ 1H2 → 2He4 + Energy
N1 1
= e( −5λ +λ )t = e −4 λt = 4 λt
Binding energy (B.E.) of 1H2 = 2 × 1.1
N2 e = 2.2 MeV
N1  1  1
2 ∴ B.E. of two 1H2 = 2 × 2.2 = 4.4 MeV
= =  ….[Given] B.E. of 2He4 nucleus = 4 × 7.1 = 28.4 MeV
N 2  e  e2
∴ Energy released when two 1H2 fuse to form
1 1 4
∴ = 2He = 28.4 – 4.4 = 24 MeV
e 2 e 4 λt
2 1 10. For Balmer series,
∴ 2 = 4λt ⇒t= =
4λ 2λ 1 1 1
= RZ2  2 − 2 
λ 2 n 
7. For Lyman series, nf = 1 and ni = 2 2
and Z = 2(He) 1  1 1  5RZ
∴ = RZ2  2 − =
2
....(i)
 1 λα 2 3  36
1 
∆E = −13.6 Z2  −  1  1 1  3RZ
2
n2 n 2  = RZ2  2 − = ....(ii)
 i f  2
λβ 2 4  16
 −3 
= –13.6 (2)2 ×   = 13.6 × 3 ∴ Dividing equation (ii) by equation (i),
 4  λ α 3RZ2 36 27
∴ Total available energy = 3 × 13.6 Joule = × =
λβ 16 5RZ2 20
Ionization energy of Hydrogen = 13.6 eV
Now energy available to an electron after the N 1
t/T

ionisation of hydrogen, 11. Using, = 

N0  2 
1
∆E = 3 × 13.6 – 13.6 = 2 × 13.6 eV = mev2 N 67
2 ∴ For 33% decay, =
N 0 100
1
∴ mev2 = 2 × 13.6 Ev  67   1 
1 t /10
2 ∴  =
   ….(i)
2 × 2 × 13.6 × 1.6 × 10−19  100   2 
2
∴ v = N 33
9.1 × 10−31 For 67% decay, =
∴ v = 3.1 × 10 m/s 6 N 0 100
t /10
33  1  2
8. Orbital frequency, ∴ =  ….(ii)
100  2 
v
f= n Dividing equation (ii) by equation (i) we get,
2πrn t 2 − t1
1 ( t 2 − t1 ) /10
33  1  1 1
2.2 × 106 Z ≈   =  
10
vn = m/s = 
n 67  2    2
2
2.2 × 106 (1) t 2 − t1
= ⇒ = 1 or t2 – t1 = 10 min
2 10
= 1.1 × 106 ms–1 2πr 2πr
Now radius, 12. v= ⇒T=
T v
n2 1
rn = 0.53 × 10–10 = 4 × 0.53 × 10–10 m But r ∝ n2 and v ∝
Z n
….[ n = 2] r n2
–10
∴ T∝ ∝ ∝ n3
= 2.12 × 10 m v (1 / n)

292
 

Chapter 15: Structure of Atoms and Nuclei

13. From law of conservation of momentum, For three energy levels, the possible transition
u are as shown in the diagram.
mu = 2 mv or v =
2 It is given, λ1 < λ2 < λ3 ⇒ ν1 > ν2 > ν3.
Excitation energy, The largest gap will correspond to hν1
1 1 u 1
2 hc hc hc
∆E = mu2 – 2 × m   = mu2 hν1 = hν2 + hν3 or
λ1
= +
λ 2 λ3
2 2 2 4
Minimum excitation energy 1 1 1
⇒ = +
1 1 λ1 λ 2 λ3
= 13.6  2
− 2  eV
1 2  nh
18. Angular momentum of nth orbit = .
3 2π
= × 13.6
4 nh
= 10.2 eV Again, mvr =
2π
1 nh
∴ (10.2)(1.6 × 10–19 J) = (1.0078)(1.66 × 10–27)u2 ∴ v= ….(i)
4 2πmr
∴ u = 6.25 × 104 ms−1 The time taken for completing an orbit
2πr 2πr(2πmr)
2πr 2πr T= =
14. v= ⇒T= v nh
T v
e e ev 4π2 mr 2
Now, I=
= = Or T = ….(ii)
T  2πr  2πr nh
  Now, r = r0n2 ….[ r ∝ n2]
 v 
4π2 mr02 n 4 4π2 mr02 n 3
15. Sum of masses of deutron and lithium nuclei ∴ T= =
before disintegration nh h
= 2.0147 + 6.0169 10−6
Number of orbits completed in 10−6 s =
= 8.0316 amu T
Mass of α particles 10−6 × h
=
= 2 × 4.0039 4π2 mr02 n 3
= 8.0078 amu 10−6 × (6.63 × 10−34 )
Difference of mass =
4(3.14) 2 (9.1 × 10−31 )(5.3 × 10−11 ) 2 (2)3
= 8.0316 – 8.0078
= 0.0238 amu = 8.22 × 108
Mass converted into energy 19. To ionize the H atom in ground state minimum
= 0.0238 × 931.3 MeV K.E. of photoelectron needed = 13.6 eV.
Energy given to each α particle  φ0 = 1.9 eV
0.0238 × 931.3
= ∴ Minimum energy (or maximum wavelength)
2 incident = 13.6 + 1.9 ≈ 16 eV
= 11.08 MeV
6.6 × 10−34 × 3 × 108
∴ λ′max =
0.693 0.693 16 × 1.6 × 10−19
16. For C14, λ = =
T1/ 2 5730 = 77.3 nm ≈ 77 nm
–4 –1
⇒ λ = 1.21 × 10 yr since A = 0.144 Bq and 20. E = ∆mc2 = 1.5 × (3 × 108)2 = 13.5 × 1016 J
A0 = 0.28 Bq
1  A0 
Using, A = A0e−λt or t = λn  
λ  A
1  0.28 
t= ln  
1.21 × 10−4  0.144 
≈ 5500 years
17.
hν3

hν2 hν1

293
16 Semiconductor Devices

Hints

240 × 10−3
Classical Thinking 6. I= P = = 48 mA
V 5
3. The output of a diode rectifier contains some VS − VZ 30 − 10
AC component and hence it is a pulsating wave. 7. IS = = = 13.33 mA
RS 1.5 × 103
16. In lightly doped diodes, the necessary voltage is VO 10
IL = = = 5 mA
higher and avalanche breakdown is then the RL 2 × 103
chief process involved. IZ = IS – IL = 13.33 – 5 = 8.33 mA
19. Zener diode regulates above zener breakdown 8. Voltage across RL = 5 V
voltage.
VZ 5V
41. Current through load resistance, ∴ I= = 3 = 5 mA
RL 10 Ω
V 5
IL = L = = 0.01 A E − Vz 3
R L 500 9. I= = = 0.03 A
Rs 100
53. The arrow head in the transistor symbol always
VZ 6
shows the direction of hole flow in the emitter IL = = = 0.006 A
region. RL 1000
IZ = I − IL = 0.03 − 0.006 = 0.024 A
56. When n-p-n transistor is used as an amplifier,
majority charge carrier electrons of n-type PZ = VzIz = 6 × 0.024 = 0.144 W
emitter move from emitter to base and then base 10. I(mA)
to collector. a
57. IE = IB + IC ⇒ IC = IE – IB
Vz
71. The Boolean expression for ‘NOR’ gate is V(V)
d c b
Y = A+B
e
If A = B = 0(Low), Y = 0 + 0 =0 = 1 (High)
I(mA)
72. If inputs are A and B, then output for NAND
gate is Y = A ⋅ B When the reverse bias is greater than the Vz, it is
breakdown condition. In breakdown region,
∴ If A = B = 1, Y = 1 ⋅1 = 1 = 0
(Vi > Vz) for a wide range of load; (RL), the
voltage across RL remains constant though the
Critical Thinking current may change. Hence portion ‘de’ of the
characteristics is relevant for the zener diode to
2. The output waveform pattern is shown as, operate as a voltage regulator.
+ Second Third
First 14. Knee voltage for GaAsP LED is 1.5 eV.
V 15. In p-n-p transistors, majority charge carriers are
O
T T 3T 2T 5T Time
holes while in case of n-p-n transistors, majority
2 2 2 charge carriers are electrons which have greater
−
4. During the positive half cycle of the input A.C. mobility.
signal, diode D1 is forward biased and D2 is 16. If forward bias is made large, the majority
reverse biased. Hence in the output voltage charge carriers would move from the emitter to
signal, A and C are due to D1. During negative the collector through the base with high
half cycle of input A.C. signal, D2 conducts. velocity. This would give rise to excessive heat
Hence output signals B and D are due to D2. causing damage to transistor.
294
 

Chapter 16: Semiconductor Devices

IC α
17. βdc = ⇒ IC = 99 × 20 = 1980 mA 30. β=
IB 1−α
∴ IE = IC + IB = 1980 + 20 = 2000 mA 1 1 1 1− α 1 −1+ α
∴ − = − = =1
80 α β α α α
18. IC = × IE
100 31. Peak value of IC = 1.414 mA
80
∴ 24 = × IE ⇒ IE = 30 mA 1.414
100 ∴ r.m.s. value of IC = = 1 mA
Using, IE = IB + IC, 2
IB = 30 – 24 = 6 mA IC 10−3
∴ β= = = 100
IB 10 ×10−6
19. α is the ratio of collector current and emitter
current while β is the ratio of collector current 40. When either of them conducts, the gate
and base current. conducts.
20. Vb = IbRb 41. (i) 1 0 1 1
9 1
∴ Rb = = 257 kΩ 0
35×10−6
1
0 1
∆VBE 0.04 (ii) 0
21. ri = = = 1000 Ω 1
∆I B 40 × 10−6
1 0
22. Emitter-base junction is always forward-biased (iii) 1
0
and collector-base junction is reverse biased. 1

23. IE = IB + IC The outputs of (i), (ii) and (iii) are respectively

∴ IC = IE − IB 1, 1, 0.
∴ IC = 4 − 0.04 = 3.96 mA
43. A
IC 3.96
∴ α= = = 0.99 A
IE 4 Y= A ⋅ B
B
24. In CE amplifier current gain, B
∆IC
β=
∆I B A B A B A⋅B A⋅B A+B
∆IC = β × ∆IB = 80 × 250 mA 0 0 1 1 1 0 0
α 0.96 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
25. β= = = 24 1 0 0 1 0 1 1
1− α 1 − 0.96
1 1 0 0 0 1 1
0.8
26. α = 0.8 ⇒ β = =4
(1 − 0.8) From above truth table,
∆I A⋅ B = A + B = A + B
∴ β = C ⇒ ∆IC = β × ∆IB = 4 × 6 = 24 mA.
∆I B

27. ∆IC = α × ∆IE = 0.98 × 2 = 1.96 mA Competitive Thinking

∴ ∆IB = ∆IE − ∆IC = 2 − 1.96 = 0.04 mA.
1. Rectifier converts AC signal into pulsating DC
28. Current gain,
signal. Filter circuit filters DC signal while
∆IC
β= regulator makes the DC value stable.
∆I B
2.
1 × 10−3
∴ ∆IB = = 10−5 A = 0.01 mA
100
By using ∆IE = ∆IB + ∆IC
∴ ∆IE = 0.01 + 1 = 1.01 mA
⇒ Half wave ⇒
I rectifier
29. β = C Also, IC = IE − IB
IB
50 Hz
I
∴ IC = IE − C
β
∴ 80IC = 648 − IC 50 Hz
∴ IC = 8 mA
295
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

4. Zener breakdown voltage = 6 V 15. In active region of CE amplifier, the
∴ Potential across 4 kΩ = 6 V collector-base junction is reverse biased while
and potential across 6 kΩ = (10 – 6) = 4 V emitter-base junction is forward biased.
4
Current through the 6 kΩ = 16. The input characteristics of the CE mode
6000
transistor (common emitter mode) represents the
2 2 variation of the input current (base current IB)
= A = mA
3000 3 with input voltage (base emitter voltage VBE) at
5. Potential difference across 800 Ω resistor constant output voltage (collector emitter
V800Ω = 5.6 V voltage VCE).
∴ current across 800 Ω resistor, 17. During positive half cycle due to forward
5.6 biasing, emitter current and consequently
I800Ω = A = 7 mA
800 collector current increases.
Potential difference across 200 Ω resistor, As, VCE = VCC − ICRL, increase in collector
V200Ω = 9 – 5.6 = 3.4 V current causes decrease in collector voltage. This,
∴ current across 200 Ω resistor, as collector is connected to positive terminal of
3.4 VCC battery, makes collector less positive,
I200Ω = A = 17 mA
200 i.e., negative with respect to initial value.
∴ Current through zener diode, Thus, during positive half cycle, unlike input
Iz = 17 – 7 = 10 mA. signal voltage, output signal voltage at collector
varies through a negative half cycle.
6. Current through the load resistance,
VZ 10 Similarly, it can be seen that, during negative
IL = = = 5 mA half cycle, unlike input signal voltage, output
RL 2 × 103
signal voltage at collector varies through a
Now, positive half cycle.
IZ = Is − IL = 5IL This shows, in a CE amplifier, input and output
∴ IS = 6IL = 30 mA voltages are in opposite (180°) phase.
VS − VZ 16 − 10
∴ RS = = = 200 Ω
IS 30 × 10−3 Alternate method:
For a CE amplifier,
7. 5.6 V
100 Ω input signal voltage Vi = ∆IB × RB
where, ∆IB = change in base current and
10 V RB = input resistance of emitter base circuit.
∆IC
AC current gain βac =
10 − 5.6 4.4 ∆I B
I = =
100 100 where, ∆IC = change in collector current.
= 0.04 = 44 × 10–3 A As, VCE = VCC − ICRL, considering change in
= 44 mA VCE,
10. The energy gap values for different colours are ∆VCE = 0 – ∆ICRL
different. [Since change in base current ∆IB changes
(Eg)red < (Eg)yellow < (Eg)green < (Eg)blue. collector current, but not VCC]
Hence, their knee voltages are different ∴ ∆VCE = −(βac × ∆IB) RL
accordingly. Output voltage Vo = ∆VCE
11. Base is thinnest layer in a transistor and has the ∴ Voltage gain of CE amplifier,
width of about 3-5 mm. Thus, its thickness is of Vo −βac ∆I B R L R 
the order of a micro meter. AV = = = −βac  L 
Vin ∆I B R B  RB 
12. npn
E Negative sign indicates that output voltage is out
C
of phase (180)° with respect to input voltage.

− + 18. For a transistor,

Forward B Reverse
biased biased − α dc α
+ βdc = ⇒ (1 – αdc) = dc ….(i)
1 − α dc βdc

296
 

Chapter 12: Electromagnetic Induction

50. Force on the strip when it is at stretched position 3l 3l 3l
 l2  5Bωl 2
x from mean position, 53. e = ∫ Bvdl = ∫ B(ωl )dl = Bω   =
F = – kx – il B 2l 2l  2  2l 2

× × ×× × ×
54. Induced emf e = − Blv
kx
× × × ×× × ×
× × × ×× × × x
B × × ×× × × iBl P + S
+
× × ×× × ×
x v
x−
a v
Since, i is induced current, 2
e Blv
i= = −
R R Q − R
Blv a a
∴ F = – kx – × lB 2 2
R
a
B 2l 2 x+
∴ F = – kx – ×v 2
R
Above expression shows it is a case of damped εPQRS = εPQ + εRS
oscillations. µ0I µ0I
= av − av
Comparing it with,  a  a
2π  x −  2π  x + 
F = – kx – bv,  2  2
B 2l 2 µ 0 Iav  2 2 
b= = −
R 2π  2x − a 2x + a 

For damped oscillations, amplitude is given by, µ 0 Iav  2x + a − 2x + a 
A = A0e–bt/2m =  
π  (2x − a)(2x + a) 
A0
∴ For A = = A0e–bt/2m 2µ 0 Ia 2 v
e =
− bt π(2x − a)(2x + a)
= –1
2m 55. e
 B 2l 2 
 t
∴  R  =1 +
2m t
2mR 2 × 50 × 10−3 × 10 –
∴ t= 2 2 =
( 0.1) × ( 0.1)
2 2
Bl
e = nωAB sinωt
∴ t = 104s
∴ e changes direction twice per revolution.
m 50 × 10−3 2π
Now, T = 2π = 2π = 56. Current passing through the solenoid I(t)
k 0.5 10
∴ Number of oscillations, = I0t(1 − t)
Magnetic field B at the centre of the solenoid is
t 104 × 10
N= = ≈ 5000 B = µ0nI(t) = µ0nI0t(1 − t)
T 2π
Area of the small ring placed co-axially at the
51. eo = io × XL centre of the solenoid is A = π(2R)2 = 4πR2
XL = ωL = 2πfL = 2π(50) = 100π ∴ Flux passing through the small ring is given by
2 φ = BA = µ0nI0t(1 − t) 4πR2
io = ampere
π = 4πR2 µ0nI0 (t − t2)
2 Induced emf in the small ring is given by Lenz
∴ eo = × 100π = 200 V law.
π
dφ d 2 2
52. φ = BA |E| = = [4πR µ0nI0 (t − t )]
dt dt
φ = (B) (πr2) = 4πR2 µ0nI0 (t − 2t)
dφ  dr  If E = 0, 1− 2t = 0, t = 0.5 s
∴ e= = (B) (2πr)  
dt  dt  dE dE
Also, = −8πR2 µ0nI0t, < 0 for all t
= (0.025) (2π) (2 × 10−2) (10−3) dt dt
= π µV ∴ the induced emf/current has reverse direction
247
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

IC 37. Given: RL = 2 kΩ = 2000 Ω,
 α=
IE Ri = 150 Ω, ∆IB = 20 mA = 20 × 10–6 A,
 α = 0.96 (given) ∆IC = 1.5 mA = 1.5 × 10–3A
Voltage gain is given by,
0.625mA V0
0.96 = Av =
IE V1
IE = 0.651 mA R L ∆IC
=
IB = IE − IC R i ∆I B
IB = 0.651 − 0.625 2000 ×1.5× 10−3
IB = 0.026 mA = = 1000
150 × 20 ×10−6
⇒ VCE = VCC – IC RC
= 8 – 0.625 × 10–3 × 800 38. Given, RL= 800 Ω, VL = 0.8 V
∴ VCE = 7.5 V VL
∴ IC = = 1 mA = 10–3 A
RL
VCE 2
34. IC = = = 0.5 × 10–3 A = 0.5 mA ri = 192 Ω
R C 4 × 103
IC
I Current amplification = α = = 0.96
∴ β= C IB
IB
10−3 1
−3 ∴ IB = =
IC 0.5 × 10 0.96 960
∴ I=
B = = 10–5 A = 10 mA
β 50 VL VL 0.8
Also, AV = = = × 960 = 4
Vin I B ri 192
35. Given,
( )
2
Rin = RB = 1 kΩ IC2 R L 10−3 ×800
AP = = 2 = 3.84
Rout = RC = 2 kΩ I 2B ri  1 
Vout = 4 V   ×192
 960 
β = 100
41. Reversible operation is carried out by inverter
We know,
gate. E.g., NOT gate. For Option (B), for input 1
AV = β × resistance gain output is 0 and for input 0 output is 1. Thus the
RC 2kΩ gate acts as NOT gate.
∴ AV = β × = 100 × = 200
RB 1kΩ
42. Gate shown in option (B) is a NOR gate. Output of
Vout
Also, AV = NOR gate when both the inputs are 0, is 1.
Vin
Vout 44. Truth table for the given circuit is
∴ = 200
Vin
A B Y
4
∴ = 200 0 0 0
Vin
0 1 0
4
∴ Vin = = 20 mV 1 0 0
200 1 1 1
R2 This belongs to AND gate.
36. Voltage gain = AV = β and
R1
47.
α 0.98
Current gain β = = = 49
1 − α 1 − 0.98 A Y = A× B X= A × B = A⋅B
 500 × 10  3
B
∴ AV = (49)  
 R1 
A B Y X
∴ Power gain = β.AV
0 0 1 0
 500 × 103  0 1 1 0
∴ 6.0625 × 106 = 49 ×   × 49
 R1  1 0 1 0
492 × 500 × 103 1 1 0 1
∴ R1 =
6.0625 × 106
∴ R1 ≈ 198 Ω ∴ X = A × B = A⋅B

298
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

Hints to Evaluation Test

1. Magnetic field at the centre VP N P

9. =
3+ 3 1  VS NS
µ0I
=  + 
L  3 2  220 
∴ NP =   × 2000
 2200 
dφ dB
Emf, |e| = = A = 200
dt dt
 d  µ I  3 + 3 1   10. Here, B is constant and radius r is linearly
= (πr2)   0
 +    changing only during time interval 5 to 10
 dt  L  3
 2   
units.
µ0  3 + 3 1  d d
∴ e = πr2  +  (I0 eαt ) Using, e = (Bπ r2)
L  3 2  dt dt
 dr 
µ π r2  3 + 3 1  = (Bπ)  2r 
= 0  +  I0 α eαt  dt 
L  2 2
Hence during this period, the emf is as shown in
µ I απr 2  3 + 3 1  αt (D).
= 00  +  e
L  3 2
11. Assertion and Reason both are correct and
dφ
reason is correct explanation of assertion
2. |e|=  di 
dt because e = −L  
1 − 0.1  dt 
=
0.1 12. Rate of work done by external agent is:
0.9 dW BIL(dx)
= =9V = = BIL v and thermal power
0.1 dt dt
e 9 dissipated in resistor = eI = (BvL) I
∴ I= = = 0.09 A
R 100 Clearly both are equal. Hence (A) is correct.
If applied external force is doubled, the rod
dI
3. From e = L will experience a net force and hence
dt
acceleration. As a result, velocity increases,
e = (5 × 10−3)
( 4 − 0 ) = 20 V hence (B) is correct.
−3
10
e
Both the statements are true and statement 2 is Since, I =
R
correct explanation of statement 1.
On doubling ‘R’, current and hence required
φ 200 power becomes half. Hence (D) is correct.
4. M= = = 40 H
I 5 1
Since P = BIl v and I ∝
R
5. Statement 1 is false, mutual induction of two Hence option (C) is incorrect.
coils is in addition to their self induction.
Statement 2 is however true.  Bωl 2 Bωl 2 
 + 
2 2 
dI 13. i = 
6. e=L R
dt
B ωl 2
(5 − 3) =
= 1 × 10–3 × R
10−3
=2V

8. Statement 1 is true, but the statement 2 is false. Bωl 2 Bωl 2

The two laws have different statements, through 2 2
the result of their application is the same.

248
 

MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)

For Option (A) 69. For given circuit, LED will glow until the current
( ) (
y= 0+0 + 1+0 = 0+ 0=0 ) through A and B is zero.
Hence, for the condition in which A and B both
∴ Option (A) is incorrect. have high value (i.e., 1) the majority current
For Option (B) flows through A and B and LED does not glow.
( ) (
y= 1+0 + 1+0 =0+0=0 ) ∴ We can write the truth table as,
∴ Option (B) is incorrect. A B Y
For Option (C)
0 0 1
( ) (
y= 0+1 + 0+1 = 0+ 0=0 ) 0 1 1
∴ Option (C) is incorrect. 1 0 1
For Option (D) 1 1 0
( ) (
y= 0+0 + 1+1 = 0+ 1= 1 ) This corresponds to NAND gate.
Hence answer is option (D).
70. For given circuit, LED will glow until the current
66. To get the output Y = 1 from the AND gate, through both A and B is zero.
both its inputs must be one. For this C = 1, and Hence, for the condition in which either or both
for the OR gate, either A or B or both must A and B have high value (i.e., 1) the majority
be = 1. current flows through A and/or B and LED does
67. not glow.
A D
∴ We can write the truth table as,

C Y A B Y
0 0 1
B E 0 1 0
1 0 0
A B C D = A⋅C E = C⋅B Y 1 1 0
0 0 1 1 1 0
0 1 1 1 0 1 This corresponds to NOR gate.
1 0 1 0 1 1 V 3
1 1 0 1 1 0 72. E= =
d 300 × 10−10
68. V
= 108
A AB m
B ( )(
Y = AB ⋅ A + B ) V
= 106
cm

A+B 73. Energy gap of LED is,

From Figure, hc
E = hν =
( ) ( )
λ
Output Y = (A ⋅ B) ⋅ (A + B) = A ⋅ B + A + B
hc 6.63 × 10−34 × 3 × 108
∴ λ= =
= (A ⋅ B) + (A + B) E 1.9 × 1.6 × 10−19
6.63 × 3 × 10−7
A B A⋅B A+B Y =
1.9 × 1.6
0 0 0 0 0
= 6.542 × 10−7 m
1 0 0 1 1
= 654 nm
0 1 0 1 1
1 1 1 1 1

300
 

Chapter 16: Semiconductor Devices

Hints to Evaluation Test

1. P.D. across series resistance, 9. Here, R i = 500 Ω, R0 = 40 × 103 Ω, β = 75

= 9V – 4V = 5V  R0 
Voltage gain = β  
∴ Current through series resistance,  Ri 
4 40 × 103 Ω
i= = 0.04 A. 75 ×
= 6000
=
100 500 Ω
∴ Current through load resistance, Power gain = Voltage gain × Current gain
V 4 = 6000 × 75 = 450000 ≈ 4.5 × 105
iL = L = = 0.01 A
R L 100
10. Given that, α = 0.96 I E = 8 mA,
Changein collector current IC
2. α= α=
Changein emitter current IE
α 0.94 ∴ IC = α I E = 0.96 × 8 ≈ 7.7 mA.
∴ β= = = 15.67 The base current,
1−α 1 − 0.94
I B= I E − IC = 8 − 7.7 = 0.3 mA
∴ ∆IC = β(∆IB) = 15.67 × 0.5 = 7.83 mA
α 0.96
E−V 8−3 1 11. A.C. current gain,=β = = 24.
3. I= = = A 1 − α 1 − 0.96
R 60 12
Collector current,
V 3 1 Voltage drop across collector resistor
∴ IL = Z = = A IC =
RL 120 40 Load resistance
1 1 7 4V
∴ IZ = I − IL = − = A = = 8 × 10−3 A
12 40 120 500 Ω
IC
4. The base in a transistor is made thin because Now, β =
IB
most of the holes coming from the emitter are
able to diffuse through the base region to the I 8 × 10−3 A
∴ Base current, I= =
C
= 0.33 mA.
collector retion. Hence, the assertion is true B
β 24
but reason is false.
hc
12. E=
IC × R C ( 2 × 10 )( 4 × 10 ) λ
−3 3

5. Voltage gain = = hc
IB × R B (10 ×10−6 ) ( 400 ) ∴ λ=
E
= 2000 6.63 × 10−34 × 3 × 108
=
6. When A is V(0) or B is V(0) or both are 0, 0.74 × 1.6 × 10−19
accordingly D1 or D2 or both are forward = 16.798 × 10−7
biased. Current flows via R, the potential at = 1679.8 × 10−9 m
Y is 0. But when both A and B are at V(1), ≈ 1680 nm
then D1 and D2 do not conduct current. So
potential at Y is V(1). Y is 1 only when A and
B are both 1.
Thus, this represents an AND gate.
⇒ Option (B) is correct.

7. For 0 < t < t1, Input = 0 ⇒ output = 1

For t1 < t < t3, Input = 1 ⇒ output = 0
For t3 < t < t4, Input = 0 ⇒ output = 1
Hence (B) is the correct option.

8. P = A and Q = B
Now Y = 1 ⇒ both P and Q are 0
P = 0 ⇒ A = 1 amd Q = 0 ⇒ B = 1
301